rece eNO) rer nay Rawr Simon arestea Paice Seta aba AT erase ern roe ‘ Ferrin ee ot aera) HM ees Oe alate ao ays oltgheaey | aes. na vtteae tt Uta devote Awe teae! ay “apes dtosatat, he. entree as, fh pind boa 0 ae y fi a WA oe ha hae ERTOR MAH ®. seed phon wae ate . gees Prone SAR IOS TSA oi ! a ete'y hs Pee "aes agthvieteittess on Pree ee Rot ecees nie Die at Sttantt apheee kan ok PENS NID ae NAL etsy bse HK yee ate = = (7) = n” = INS, S31UVUGIT_ LIBRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS, S3 iuvygia_Ll = py = aa = y, = = py, = , ; ys = iy, = Ss z \ & 8 NOU G s Ne: Yio z 12 BOE I SUG? RB EC) i Gee SS = a es 2 Se aS = = > na “A = an a. > 3 N ! = 2 AN NOILALILSNI_ S3JIYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NO Zz Me z ey = 7) = 7) wv = “ e 7) us a w st cc = « = wx ,a « f Bs igen | =r < | ls , ce a ce fz etic ec c " c = “S e x = =) c = = Xx 3 = ra) 2 rs} a 3S 2 = J =z =! =z = za a WS S3IYVHYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVYSIT Ly z SS = is = c z= F oO oO f ° oe re) = 2 o = ‘ 2 - 8 = 2 = > FE ys > = > ° = > FS = 2 - 2 2 i a IAN INSTITUTION, NOLLNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS, S318V4eI1_ ej SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NC < K 2 = = = = 2 @& § Z ey z x Fe . 2 a 3 FA » B FA Soe WS S3IYVYNGII LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1NVYSIT LI — -_ (7) ) = z = a. ot yy = a gS : < 4 <: 3 = } SF MS < : re = « Gx = « Sc AN a 3 © 5 no | 5 2 5 rt @ Nd aay ; 2 = e z - z eeosy IAN” INSTITUTION NVINOSHLINS. S31YV¥YGIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN N~ NC E z c% z f eee ow = o = ow — fev] ym od ay r é i. > > E > | 5 2 5 3 Bi - z = 2 he = a Sli erat sere ba eae el oP = = wm = WS, S31YVYGIT LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS, Saiuvugia_ Lt = gp = = Es < = Yh, —] = z = = | 4, xr i e ) g BEE Sy 2 c 2 | g jz ze J = 2, = Zz S SS = = >" = = NOILALILSNI” NVINOSHLIWS” a % AN _ INSTITUTION $s §1_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN ae NOILALILSNI NOILNLILSN! LIBRARIES NOMLNLILSNI WS S3I8YVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI 1_LIBRARIE TION INSTITUTION INSTITUTION AN NOJLALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS SSINVYSIT_ LIBRARIES S INSTITUTION as °, YINOSHLINS SSIUYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN MITHSONI. MITHSONIAN INSTITU YINOSHLIWS S3INVYGIT AN JINOSHLINS SAIYVUSI {ITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO MITHSONIAN NOSAYY MAC RAY F e S kde SG ope Wes. Poe ee NG ‘7% Ty AW SAF FF VG NY wr o a 5 a OO RY Wo = ” =— on” —— ” zie — THSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31YvuYaIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIC z= i “” = n” B z "= no z 1% < = <= = a = = < = par} z - =z 4 = : aN SS A: g : : 2 = Ee = Zz E A Z = RNS z= 8 = z 5 ne S3INVYUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31uVvua ” = ” > ms) ae 2) uw o w rT) tw “ uw 2 = , a - oS = _< a < ann < = a « + a = o = a : : = : 5 : : ol | THSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3!1YVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIC im z e z = = = ae) = o ° ow = wo 2 5 2 5 2 5 fp ? = E ab = eS Me = = - 2 = x - Gy = a Z a Z ih er NOSHLINS S3INVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uVvud 7) z =e 177) z on” = ” = +s = < = << = | = z | z = BY 2 g 2 é 2 g z S Zz = 2 iS 2 z a alee = ies = - ; THSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3INVYSIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTI( = 4 2 x nf! 2 Me = : s o 3 = pl = pnts i 4 5 2 5 = 5 EQGup 3 3 aad = fi ( eas a ge = Z = a = mo = ma %j 5 ee oO j a fe) eS fe} = Ge: = J — = z NOSHLINS_S3NUVUGIT _LIBRARI ES~ SMITHSONIAN” INSTITUTION - NOILLALILSNI-NVINOSHLINS _S3 iuvua > ~~ 2 o 2 Z o ° a. 2 2 Ss 2 4 2 E a 5 E = & eg i Es E b = = = - = e ‘SF 62 m 2 m Z m 2 ® = 77) = no = ” = THSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NYINOSHLINS S31uvugIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTI( rahe 77) z on ; aie 2 ae: = = = = —— s < = 4 =z | z =i z E 2,7 & 2 Ee 2 E AS ee z c zi 2 Fea NOSHLIWS, S31YVYGIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION —NVINOSHLINS Saluvua 2 a Sty & u @ = = e < od Fa > | > > es > = = 2 = = a 2 m 2) — e i wo = e 2 a Z B Aiea INOSHLIWS, S3INVUGIT_LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION , NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS Saluvua = “2 Ws OE eee < = 2 gl Sy S| = B 2 ef fy 29 ly = - > a > G3GGZy ir > Gp i j bi ’ i Y iy ‘ : i) ‘ CAse it } y } ii ean A ‘ “I 5 i) 2 ‘ af a) ) f \ " f ‘ yy ‘ 1 fet iv \ , fr he “a ‘ is te , Ly He 0 ee. ere f t on i yh im : i ! { ; ’ \ ‘ poe 4 ‘ 1 ye Pa ti . F mi Be ak ; Pe ws eC i oN | ase PRO AL. Fe; ¥. Ne ee COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Review VOL. 31, NO.1 JANUARY 1969 4 // j AVSCFX f Fo shes 34 ) i COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Review A comprehensive view of United States and foreign fishing industries--including catch, processing, market- ing, research, and legislation--prepared by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. sy) THEY THaTco. } A ky! “POWN To THE SEA ‘ ‘ IN SHIPS = FISHERMEN'S MEMORIAL - GLOUCESTER, MASS. I Managing Editor: Edward Edelsberg Production Manager and Associate Editor: Jean Zalevsky ASsOCiaie Billo, Buigeinel (uae y Production: Alma Greene (Senior Compositor) and Mary Andrews The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries and The Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife make up The Fish and Wildlife Service of The United States Department of the Interior. Throughout this book, the initials BCF stand for the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Address correspondence and requests to: Commercial Fisheries Review, 1801 North Moore Street, Room 200, Arlington, Va. 22209. Telephone: Area Code 703 - 557-4246. Publication of material from sources outside the Bureau is not an endorsement. The Bureau is not responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions of these sources. Although the contents have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely, reference to source is appreciated. Use of funds for printing this publication was approved by the Director, Bureau of the Budget, April 18, 1968. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402. Price 60 cents (single copy). Subscription Price: $7.00 a year; $2 additional for foreign mailing. CONTENTS UNITED STATES ARTICLES The U.S. Fish Protein Concentrate Program, by Roland Ib ayClal eho eas) Cac, rh: olden ons: Salomon ole cro. ous a 503 A. Machine for Winding Trawl Cable, by Ian E, Ellis. BOOKS Rei gs,- su-aere at his eho see bee aS Pe hs cheney elie S558 FOREIGN IEE IOS SE aromee Coos decree Sweat Soak wearers waka Se a ay Sse Abie A 6 il: Cake so, voy shatpeteiie ce eMcnes weiteasie_.o. mise a aia coieetich eyes Tilapia fry seek shelter in their mother's mouth when frightened--here, by the photographer's flash. (FAO) STRUGGLE TO CLOSE PROTEIN GAP REPORTED BY 60 NATIONS Sixty members of the United Nations family have responded to a questionnaire from the world organization asking what they are doing now and what they propose to do in the next 5 years to improve andincrease ''the produc = tion and human consumption of protein." Their answers, reflecting the state of their economic condition, prompted Se cre tary General | ,Thant to warn about the "crippling urgency" of finding asolution to the problem. The UN sent the questionnaire because it is studyin 2 "bossible reallocation of the resources'' the agencyitselfis using to close the protein gap. It has compiled the answers in 'The Protein Problem," along with state- ments by its own agencies: WHO, FAO, UNICEF, and the Protein Advisory Group (PAG). From the 60 answers, the report states, "it is clear that there is widespread support for an immediate emphasis on the use of con- ventional sources of supply to meet protein needs, ' " There is general recognition that "unconventional sources of protein will play an increasingly critical role." For all nations, in all parts of the world, "the heart of the matteris to ensure adequate consumption of proteinby the very young and by pregnant and lactating women," THE PROBLEM IS NOW The report rings an alarm: ''The size, urgency, and rapid emergence of this problem must be fully understood. About half the population of the developing world is under the age of twenty years and about a quarter is below the age of eight. Thus, the number of growing children is already very large, and, irrespective of the effectiveness of pres - ent andfuture programmes to limit population growth, the young people already alive will themselves soon become the parents of yet more children, The key to the protein prob- lem is tohave sufficient supplies of appropri- ate foods, that will be accepted and actually consumed, ready in time to feed the children who will inevitably be born within the next few years. Indeed, the remainder of this century is likely to be crucial for mankind." And the report emphasizes: ''No blueprint for the solution of the problem can be de- veloped by those unfamiliar with local prob- lems. Plans which have any chance of being applied can be made onlyby those onthe spot and aware of all the circumstances. Plans which do notlead to appropriate action do not help to solve the protein problem." UN GROUP'S RECOMMENDATIONS The Protein Advisory Group (PAG) to the UN!s FAO/WHO/UNICEF, commenting on the replies, stated: ''Because the largest volume of protein must come from conventional animal plant and fishery sources, which are currently the most acceptable and desired foods, their production, preservation, and storage must receive primary emphasis." Concerning fishery resources, PAG rec- ommended: "Improvement in the efficiency and broadening scope of both marine and inland fisheries, including fishfarming. Investiga- tions in this area must include methods of distribution, preservation, and marketing." e The development of fish protein concen- trate (FPC) and its uses in forms suited to local conditions. ''Actual production should be encouraged in developing countries with substantial marine resources but only after preliminary trials have demonstrated that a wholesome product can be made from avail- able raw materials and will have practical food use," e ''Encourage the development of fisheries with particular reference to the creation of demand for fish and fish products and the development of economic preservation and distribution techniques." FISH Fish is one of the best sources of protein in quality and quantity. But it can contribute more to world protein supplies than it does now. The factors contributing to this condi- tion are inadequate fishing boats and gear, shortage of trained fishermen, difficulties in preserving fish, a highly perishable food, and dislike of fish in some countries. The answers to the UN questionnaire re- port the worldwide efforts to improve marine and freshwater fisheries. These efforts seek to identify and assess new sources of fish; conserve fishery resources; promote de- velopment of commercial fisheries in order to catch, process, and distribute widely fish and fish products acceptable to the public. The UN Report points out that a country eager to modernize its fishing industry needs many modern fishing vessels with refriger- ating and freezing capacity, fishermen trained to use this equipment, and transport, storage, and marketing facilities, Even if funds exist to build and operate such facilities, it would take too long to produce food that could have "quick impact on the protein problem. The production of marine fish may have to be a long-term aim." The following reports reveal the state of affairs in the reporting nations--and also illustrate that of many other nations: ASIA INDONESIA: The long-term aim was ac- cepted by Indonesian scientists studying the protein problem. They decided that it would take more ships andfacilities to improve sea fishing quickly enough than can be "pressed into service immediately.'' In the short run, effort should be concentrated on developing inland or brackish water fisheries. These are easier to improve with existing knowledge, and immediate costs are less. PHILIPPINES: The government is con- centrating on fish rather than on livestock in its efforts to increase protein Sources because the countryhas great fisheries potential--and it is less expensive than de- veloping livestock production. Its first planned activity is to increase the area of fish ponds, especially in brackish water. Its other activities show how expensive it is to develop a marine-fishing industry. It needs more vessels, greater efficiency of present vessel equipment, a pier, dry-docking space, and marketing facilities and refriger- ated warehouses to store catch. It plans to askthe aid of FAO experts now onthe islands to locate regional fishing ports and harbors. SINGAPORE: Its first aim is to increase fish-pond productivity. Also, it is carrying out schemes to improve marinefisheries. A fish-training institute is being set up at Changi with the help of the UN Development Program to train off-shore and deep-sea fishermen. A marine fisheries research department is being organized at Changi, sponsored by the South-East Asian Develop- ment Center, with help from several South- East Asian countries and Japan. This department ''will function to develop fishing grounds ‘by experimental fishing; to research into fishing gears, equipment, fish- ing methods and handling of fish at sea; to investigate fisheries resources andfisheries oceanography; and to train research personnel. The department will be equipped with a modern research vessel." Atthe Jurong Industrial Wharf, a modern, multimillion-dollar harbor complex is being built. The harbor itself is completed. Other shore-supporting facilities--ice plants, cold rooms, and proces Sing installations--are being set up. A central fish-auction market is being built and subsidiary markets are plannedfor other places. Private enterprise is being encouraged to take part. A few joint fishing ventures involving more advanced fishing nations have begun, and negotiations for others are well advanced. The Singapore Economic Development Board gives loans to finance large fishing enterprises. The Primary Production De- partment plans aloan scheme for small fish- ermen and cooperatives. The UN Report explains that ithas detailed Singapore's operations ''to illustrate the complexity of developing fisheries, the need for international cooperation and cooperation between Governments and private industry and the expense involved." SOUTH VIETNAM: It is being helped by the United Nations Development Program (UNDP) to study the fish potentialities of the continental shelf. SOUTH KOREA: Between 1962 and 1966, "there was remarkable development of fish- eries in the republic. The government plans to increase production at a 15% annual rate during the Second Five-Year Economic De- velopment (1967-1971). LATIN AMERICA The FAO/UNDP Regional Central Amer- ican Fishery Development Project covers several countries, including El Salvador, Mexico, and Panama, It will goonfor5 years, Its immediate goals areto gather information about fish resources, including crustaceans, in the Atlantic through exploratory fishing and laboratory study. The aim is industrial pro- duction and marketing--and improvement of the professional competence of fishery re- searchers in the area. VENEZUELA: A1967 agreement with FAOand UNDP makes possible the country's most comprehensive program of fishery re- search and development. MEXICO: The National Biological Re- search Institute ''is investigating the area, size, structure, and potential of known fishing grounds" and is trying to find new ones. It aims to develop the fishing industry and make it more efficient. PANAMA: Itis administering anFAO project to promote the eating of herrings. These are abundantin coastal waters, can be sold much cheaper than other fish--and have never been caught in commercial quantities or marketed on a large scale because they were not in demand. EL SALVADOR: The government gives eredits andtechnical assistance to those with artificial ponds for fish farming. Lakes are stocked with high-yielding fish. The "flourishing shrimp fisheries" are worked by 73 vessels, but nearly 80% of the catch is ex- ported: only 1.5% is used for domestic con- sumption. There is a projectto promote fish consumption under the Regional Fisheries Development Project. PERU: 98% of the marine fish landed is used by the fish-meal and fish-oil industries; the remainder is eaten. Many species of available fish are not eaten. Little is known about fishing the countless rivers, lakes, and lagoons, Trout is abundant in Lake Titicaca in the Andean region; and it is popular fresh and preserved. Three firms produce canned trout, Several government programs seek to de- velop fishery resources, It is state policy to encourage fishing for foodfish. Peru provides tax exemptions especially for fishermen's cooperatives. Fishery activities are given eredit priorities. Training is provided to operate cooperatives. There is an educa- tional plan to promote the eating of fish. The major obstacles to developing fishing for human use are: traditional industry methods; lack of knowledge of Peru's fishery resources; few firms interested in fish for human use; and demand is limited by high prices caused by poor marketing system and poor display. The government hopes these will be overcome by the Sectoral Fishery Plan, an integral part of the 1967-1970 Eco- nomic and Social Development Plan. A 1964 decree contained incentives to promote industrial production of cheap protein foods for people. The decree exempts machinery and raw materials. It offers tax incentives to stimulate investment. Allproj- ects must be approved by the Institute of Nutrition, Ministry of Health and Social Wel- fare. The food to be produced must contain 10-70% protein, GUYANA: The Ministry of Agriculture long has tried to develop marine fisheries, It provides credit, duty-free concessions for gasoline, oil, and nets, large discounts on ice purchases--and landing facilities in cities and rural areas. The government supplies selected species of freshwater fish to farm- ers who want-todevelop fish ponds, The fish are raised in carefully designed ponds and provide protein food for the farmers. AFRICA The UN report states that "essentially similar reports come from Africa." ETHIOPIA: "Although Ethiopia's inland waters andthe coastof the Red Sea have good potentialities for fish exploitation, the in- sufficiency of modern fishing equipment and the lack of technical know-how have greatly retarded the possible development of fish economy in Ethiopia. Also the potentials in the rivers, lakes and the Red Sea coast have not been completely surveyed. Obstacles for the development of the fishing besides the lack of equipment and vessels are due to an underdeveloped market and a lackof organi- zations to help the small fisherman. At present, the greater part of the fish caught comes from the Red Sea while inland waters are still unexploited and used only for small scale fishing for the local population or not at all in areas where fish is considered a low status food." The government plans to overcome these obstacles. The nation's first fish-exploiting project will soon begin in an inland lake to benefit the domestic market. TANZANIA: Reports great potential for freshwater and marine fisheries, ''which so far remain virtually unexploited." LIBERIA: It has begun a pilot project to produce carp aidedby the Oxford Committee for Famine Relief of the U.K. A private corporation, Mesufish, distributes saltwater fish to nearly all major population centers. The source isthe offshore waters of Liberia and west Africa. After processing andfreez- ing, it is distributed to cold-storage centers-- "from whence it moves into retail channels, largely operated by local marketers. The result of this private initiative has been to make fish protein available throughout the country at prices lower than have been realized previously." NIGERIA: The Federal Government has invited experts to study the potential of the fish industry in order to increase the eating of fish protein. MIDEAST The UN Report states: 'In Cyprus, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Malta, and Turkey, activities essentially similar to those already described for other parts of the world are in progress or planned." ISRAEL: Research has produced practical results in controlling brackish water and freshwater algae that produce toxins lethal to pond fish. The work is continuing at the Hebrew University-Hadassah Medical School and the Fish Breeding Research Laboratory. EUROPE The Report continues: "France, the Netherlands, Norway, and the United Kingdom as well as Canada report constant efforts to improve their own fisheries and catches, although during recent years the Swedish fishing industry has tended to stagnate, mainly due to competition from inexpensive foreign - caught fish." UNITED KINGDOM: Government labora- tories conduct much sea-fisheries research "to help the fishing industry to catch fish ef- ficiently and economically and, in collabora- tion with scientists of other countries, to provide the scientific basis for conservation measures to protect the stocks and ensure rational exploitation of the resources."’ There is research todevelop techniques to rear artificially in tanks plaice, sole, turbot, oysters, clams, and prawns. It is too early to say whether this fish farming can become an economic or competitive source of food. Good progress is reported in rearing young fish to marketable size in sea-loch enclosures and in warm water discharged from generat- ing stations. A pilot-scale plant has been built to develop methods to mass-produce shellfish. Research is starting on river management to increase production of salmon, sea trout, and brown trout. The National Environment Research Council is investigat- ing possible use of krill and unexploited Antarctic fish stocks as new protein source. FRANCE: Sea resources are developed by intensifying traditionalfishing, improving fishing techniques and methods of preserva- tion, developing new methods of exploitation, creating new resources, and utilizing better fish-protein resources. Research on hydro- biology of freshwater fish and other living organisms is being expanded. Both France and the United Kingdom re- ported their aid todeveloping nations, ‘particularly in education and training, catching ability, processing and distribution, fish culture and research.'' France aids the Ivory Coast, Malagasy, and Senegal. Le Centre Technique Forestier Tropical oper- ates a UNDP project to train fishery personnel and conduct research in fish culture in Cameroon, Congo (Brazzaville), Gabon, and the Central African Republic. PROTEIN FROM UNCONVENTIONAL SOURCES "If the protein problem is to be solved," says the UN Report, "use must be made of protein from new and unconventional as well as traditional sources; waste fish was at one time widely used as a fertilizer; later on techniques were developed for preparing fish mealfor use as animal feed, and more recently much effort has been devoted to refining methods of production so that now it is possible to produce ablandfish flour intended for human consumption which is usually called fish protein concentrate." FISH PROTEIN CONCENTRATE (FPC) Chile reported that it had "enthusiastically welcomed the offer made by FAO and UNICEF in 1956 to set up the first pilot plant in the world at Quintero to produce fish flour for human consumption."’ This followed labora- tory tests with South African samples pro- duced by refining products designed for feed- ing animals. Technical and administrative problems hampered progress, but finally Chile produced afish flour. ''Chilean and foreign researchworkers have pronounced it nontoxic, of high nutritive value, stable, easily digested and assimilated either directly or as a Supplement to conventional foods and preparations," Other countries followed Chile's example. And, in Chile since 1964, the government promoted and supported studies of ways to use the product. During the last 2 years, protein-rich mixtures have been developed and tested successfully on very young and school-age children. Trials are planned in rural communities, in cooperation with the food industry, to use the mixtures in the feeding programs of the National Health Service and the School Welfare Board. The estimated demand for these programs, com- pulsory by law, is much greater than the production capacity of even the most modern fish-flour plants in Chile. So the problem of putting the concentrates on the free market and keeping them from groups other than the children's less acute than it is in other countries with different administrative and political structures anda different economic and social system." The UN has surveyed possibility of com- mercial production in Chile and Brazil. EL SALVADOR: A Panamanian Health Organization (PAHO) expert has advised the government that because the fishing industry is not being developed, the production of fish protein for human use is not likely in the near future. PERU: Production is encouraged and re- search is under way: e.g., the use of stick- water in fish-meal factories. URUGUAY: There is laboratory produc- tion of a powder made by drying a material produced by fermentation of ground fish with yeastandsugar. ''This powder is hygienically prepared, stable, cheap and highly nutritious and has been tested successfully in feeding undernourished children.'' There are plans to produce the materialin a pilot plant at the Fisheries Research Institute. ETHIOPIA & SWEDEN: Together, they are trying to produce FPC for humans, In Massawa, on the Red Sea coast of northern Ethiopia, a modernfish-meal factory, origin- ally a Bulgarian-Ethiopian venture, was built to produce fish meal for animal feeding. In Sweden, fish meal is used for animal feed, but production at the Ethiopian factory has stoppedbecause of supply and marketing dif- ficulties. Recently, the Ethiopian Ministry of Commerce and Industry asked Swedish private industry to study the possibility of using the existing fish-meal plant, vessels, and fish resources in the Massawa region to produce FPC. Possibly, the product might be used as an ingredient of supplementary mixtures for children or in feeding school children. MOROCCO: The UN is helping Morocco redesign its FPCplant at Agadir and promote and market its products, NIGERIA: A foreign company is studying the practicability of making FPC. Itis afraid that the price may be too high for needy Nigerians. TANZANIA & NETHERLANDS: Anexperi- mental factory to produce FPChas been built in Tanzania, The planners will try to manu- facture a product people will accept. The Instituut voor Visserijprodukten T.N,O. of the Netherlands is helping. Tanzania reports the project hampered by lack of fishing gear. It has found that samples made from fresh- water fish appear tobe more acceptable than thosefrom marinefish. One aim is to set up several pilot plants on Lakes Tanganyika and Victoria to produce about 10,000 tons. This would require 80% of the present fish catch and might stimulate industry. A second aim is to manufacture high- proteinfood supplements with FPC for child- ren. ''This will require market research, recipe development, studies onconsumer ac- ceptance and methods of publicity and an ap- propriate team of research workers." A third plan is to study possibility of making marine FPC. SOUTH KOREA: The production of FPC from wastefish might help improve thefish- erman's income and stimulate the poorly de- veloped fishing industry. The Department of Fisheries Processing of the Pusan Fisheries Collegeis investigating the experimental production of FPC. This work isfinanced by the Ministry of Science and Technology. THAILAND: A.I.D. of the U.S. and the Oceanic Development Corporation have ap- proached the Thai government about the pos- sibility of producing FPC. SOUTH VIETNAM: Itis notnow consider- ing production because fresh fish are insuf- ficient to meet demand. But it is aware of the possibility of adding FPC to bread and using it in supplementary foods for children. PAKISTAN: FPC is not made, but the government is aware of its usefulness. TURKEY: Experiments are in progress. FPC: EUROPE France, Norway, the United Kingdom, Sweden, and the Netherlands "have considered the subject but report no positive develop- ment.'' The Soviet Union is working to enrich bread with FPC and also "the preparation mixtures of this concentrate with plant products." CANADA: Production and large-scale marketing of FPC are unlikely within the next 3 years. Likely to continue are small-scale production for nutritional evaluation. ‘Full commercial scale production is likely to develop three to five years hence." The UN Report concludes the FPC section with the statement that, for developing coun- tries now, the necessary technology would make FPC expensive compared to more con- ventional protein sources. WHAT UN IS DOING ABOUT PROTEIN- PROBLEM FAO recognizes that if a country's staple food is cassava, sago, or plantains, this will provide little protein. An important part of FAO's plan to aid developing regions is to supplement such crops by fish or rice or maize, which can be grown locally and are better proteins. FAO also helps to increase production of grain legumes, including soya beans. ''However, regions unaccustomed in the use of these goodsources of protein must be educated intheir processing and consump- tion," FAOis working to improve the contribution of the world's marine and freshwater fisher - ies to worldprotein supply. Its activities in- clude "identifying and assessing new sources of fish; conserving fishery resources; and promoting the development of commercial fisheries with the object of catching, proc- essing and distributing fish and fish products inacceptable form as widely as possible throughout the world." FAO is investigating the harmful effects of pollution on marine andfreshwater fishery resources and fishing. It is studying the great manmade lakes and reservoirs, es- pecially in Africa, so they can be managed for greatest production. FAOis helping to avoid waste. It is helping governments to develop the food processing and distributionindustries. Codes of practice forfish andfishery products, and forfreezing fish, are being developed. These will help prevent losses during storage and distribu- tion. The Protein Advisory Group (PAG) has prepared tentative processing and quality guidelines for developing high-grade stand- ardized protein products from oil-seeds and fish. Its membership has been expanded to include experts in many specialties. Asks Fuller Report in 2 Years Although the 60 governments provided voluminous material, PAG asks that ''a more complete report be prepared in two years! time to allow for the development of country replies and their analysis." UNITED STATES 4 SCIENTISTS WILL LIVE AT 50-FOOT OCEAN FLOOR 60 DAYS Early this year, 4 U.S. scientists will live and work on the ocean floor off the Virgin Islands for 60 days. The major purposes of the operation, called TEKTITE I, are to help determine the kind of worthwhile marine re- search scientists can conduct when placed in the sea--andto see how the scientists behave under the stress of a strange setting. The latter information would be useful also to space scientists, TEKTITE I is a combined operation of the U.S. Navy, NASA, Department of the Interior, and the General Electric Co., builder of the underwater habitat to be used by the scien- tists. ('Tektites' are small minerals that have survived a blazing journey through space to land on earth or in the ocean.) The Habitat The ocean-floor home of the scientists, a pressurized laboratory, is 2 vertical struc- tures 18 feet high and 12 feet in diameter. These are connected by a 4-foot-diameter tunnel. Each structure has 2 living com- partments, one atop the other. Food will be carried down inthe habitat. A lifeline linking itto shore will supply water andthe breathing mixture of oxygen and nitrogen. Power and communications willbe provided by separate cables. e The Scientists The 4 scientists, all fromInterior Depart- ment, are: Richard A. Waller, Conrad Mahn- ken, John Van Derwalker, and H. E. Clifton. They will be in voice communication with colleagues onland. Throughout the operation, behavioral scientists and doctors will watch the aquanauts-scientists through closed-cir- cuit TV. SOME INTERIOR DEPARTMENT GOALS The Department of the Interior is repre- sented in TEKTITE I by BCF, the Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, Geological Sur- vey, and the National Park Service (NPS). The scientists will study phytoplankton, the microscopic plants that drift in ocean cur- rents and are food for larger animals in the ocean's food chain. Water samples containing plankton will be pumped to the habitat from different depths inorder to measure the biol- ogical richness of the area. The zooplankton, microscopic animals that feed on phytoplankton and are themselves eaten by fish, also will be studied. The em- phasis willbe on their relationships to other marine life andto the reef area. Suchplank- ton studies usually are conducted from a rolling ship by lowering sampling devices. Direct observations fromthe oceanfloor should be better, How Productive Is Marine Life ? The scientists will use different methods to measure production of marine life in ocean and reef areas to comparethe relative advan- tages of these methods. The conventional estimate of productivity is based on measure- ments of the oxygen produced and consumed in a certain period. During TEKTITE I, special equipment will be used to entrap or- ganisms and then measure their oxygen production and absorption of radioactive carbon (C14), These studies may enable scientists to standardize methods and reduce the present variations in estimates of organic production in ocean waters. Study Marine Organism Behavior Most marine organisms actin character- istic patterns when foraging, mating, and fleeing predators. Greater knowledge of these activities would lead to better under- standing of the life history of certain species; and, if commercial species were involved, to development of the best gear to catch them. Early in the operation, spiny lobsters (source of ‘lobster tails'), reef and predator fishes, and some mollusks willbe tagged with sonic transmitters. Then the movements and habits of these species will be monitored on a small, portable, sonar device. Even if an animal secretes itself in a coral burrow 4 miles away, the device will be able to detect the signals. The tagged animals will be fol- lowed day andnight. When alobster is found, Fig. 1 - The TEKTITE I habitat undergoing systems tests in Fig. 3 - Interior view of quarters: bunks for the 4aquanauts- Philadelphia Naval Shipyard. scientists, entertainment console, and galley. Mo ee : Soe as aes the scientists will be able to determine its identity by a brand visible at night under ultra- violet light. When several representatives of a species are monitored, the scientists will accumulate information on "growth and sur- vival, feeding habits, daily migrations, repro- duction, responses to environmental changes," and other aspects of the species! life. Such observations are very difficult to make from the ocean surface. Acoustical Studies The increasing use of sonar in fishing makes it important to study its effectiveness in differentiating fish species--either by a characteristic signal returnfrom one fish, or by signal recognition of swimming or school- ing behavior of a group of fish. TEKTITE I willbe anunique opportunity to identify sonar target species and correlate them with their acoustical "signatures," TEKTITE SITE The site of TEKTITE I is Beehive Cove in Greater Lameshur Bay, on the southshore of St. John Island in the Virgin Islands, about CAYMAN @ we ISLANDS ‘t.. JAMAICA Caribbean Sea 900 miles southeast of Miami, Florida. The cove is in Virgin Islands National Park, ad- ministered by the National Park Service. The water is very clear and warm, and tropical plant and animal life is abundant. The many coral reefs are home to vast reef- fish populations, spiny lobsters, and other marine life. Fig. 4- TEKTITE SITE, Aerial view of Greater Lameshur Bay off St. JohnIsland in Virgin Islands National Park, (NPS: Fritz Henle) S> ae BR. VIRGIN ISLANDS 5 : VERTO Ya. YST\ aNncuitta RICO JOHN) @ Es \ i, @ ST. MAARTEN ISLANDS, @ ST. BARTS e RO'% BF SaBa® S* ST. EUSTATIUS @ ST. KITTS NEVIS” g MONTSERRAT pRSUADELOUPE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC aisles DOMINICA i] 10 First-Half 1968 Commercial Landings in Great Lakes Dropped For the first 6 months of 1968, preliminary statistics from Michigan, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin show Great Lakes commercial landings of 32.3 million pounds; the figure for first-half 1967 was 41.3 million. This information is provided by the 8-state Great Lakes Commission, BCF data showed 1967 landings for these states of about 78.5 million pounds--96% of the 8-state total for the lakes. Ontario fishermen, who account for all of Canada's Great Lakes commercial catch, took nearly 20 million pounds in first-half 1968. It is a preliminary figure. The catch is 2.6 million pounds above the 1967 period. 1968 L. Michigan Catch The first-half 1968 Lake Michigan catch by Michigan and Wisconsin commercial fish- ermen was 21 million pounds; it was 29.3 million in first-half 1967. The 1968 alewife catch was 12.5 million by the end of June. Lake Erie The 3 Lake Erie states reported first-half 1968 commercial landings of 7.8 million pounds, compared tothe 1967 period's 8 mil- lion. Yellow perch landings, among the more valuable species, were 1.8 million pounds, 425,000 pounds more than in 1967. White- bass catch was 500,000 pounds, only half the 1967 figure. Lake Superior The Michigan-Wisconsin catch in Lake Superior was 1,958,000 pounds, nearly 200,000 pounds below the mid-1967 figure; the decline in lake herring was responsible for about half this loss. The catch of valuable lake trout, protected in Lake Superior, was over 113,000 pounds by June 30. In Wisconsin, the 1968 catch quota of 75,000 pounds of lake trout was the same as in 1967. The quota is set to gain biological datanecessary to follow the lake trout's recovery. In Michigan waters, the 1967 quota of 145,000 was raised to 330,000 pounds for 1968. Lake Huron Through June, the Lake Huron catch in the Michigan part was alittle under 1.5 mil- lion pounds, a drop of 50,000 pounds from 1967. Landings of yellow perch and chubs, most important toHuron's commercial fish- ermen, declined more sharply. The perch catch of 365,000 was 30% below the mid-1967 figure. Chub landings dropped 40% to 86,000 pounds. Ontario's Great Lakes Waters In Ontario's Great Lakes waters, the im- portant factor in a1968 gain was the increase in Lake Erie landings: from 14.1 in 1967 to 16.4 million pounds. Smelt catch rose from 4.6 to 7.2 million pounds; it made up losses for some other species, among them yellow perch. The decline in Lake Erie's perch harvest from 8.2 to 7.6 million pounds may be attributed to new controls aimed at prob- lem of oversupply. Provincial authorities report perch abundant in thelake, and expect fishermen to have no trouble catching second - half 1968 quota. For the other lakes, Ontario commercial landings rose inallareas except Lake Huron. Lake Trout Releases Approach 30 Million The young hatchery-reared lake trout re- leased in 1968 in lakes Superior and Michigan exceeded 5 millionfor the third straight year. Records of the Great Lakes Fishery Com- mission show the number released in Lake Superior since 1958 has reached 22.6 million; for Lake Michigan, where plantings began in 1965, the total is 7.3 million. In 1968, plantings of lake trout in Superior were 3,481,000 yearlings; a half-million of these went into Canadian waters. In U.S. wa- ters, plantings were made in about 20 loca- tions. These extended from Minnesota's North Shore to Whitefish Bay at the lake's east end. Lake Michigan's 1968 plantings of 1,876,000 lake trout were made at 16 dispersed loca- tions, including several in the lake's south- ernmost section. As reference, the U.S.- Canadian fishery agency used a system of fin-clip identifications for the young fish to show time and place of planting. ASA SHA Haddock Recruitment on Georges Bank Continues to Fall The joint cruises of BCF's 'Albatross IV' and the Soviet research vessel 'Blesk,'com- pleted in fall 1968, provided useful informa- tion on survival of the 1968 spawning of Georges Bank haddock. Again, the abundance index of young-of-the-year was nearly zero. This makes the fifth consecutive very poor year-class, anunusual situation. It spells bad news for the haddockfisheryfor at least 1969 and 1970. 1963 Class Losing Dominance The 1963 year class, which in recent years has been supporting the fishery, soon willlose its dominant position. The abundance of had- dock has fluctuated widely. The 1963-year class was the largest in history. But, as it reached marketable size in 1965 and 1966, it was fished hard. The Georges Bank popula- tion is sufferingfrom that overfishing. There is areal possibility now of depleting the spawning stock. Browns Bank The Browns Bank situation is similar. However, because of the slower growth rate there, the 1963 year class will remain in the population 2 years longer. Halibut Fishing Effort Declines In 1968, U.S. and Canadian halibut vessels made only 1,286 trips. In 1967, the figure WAS VOONL mums: ine LOGG. ih G6o.. Lhe i967 decline resulted largely from strikes in Canada, the 1968 decline from low prices. Total 1968 landings reached only 49 mil- lion of the 58-million-pound quota. Average production per trip rose slightly from 31,000 pounds in 1966, to 32,000 in 1967, and to 38,000 in 1968. : = mA wal Good Outlook for N. California Crab Season Northern California crab fishermen again can expect a good season, reports the Califor- nia Department of Fish and Game. The 1968/69 landings are expected to be between 9.5 and 11 million pounds. This would be below the preceding year's outstanding catch of 12.2 million pounds--but well above the 10-year average of 7.3 million pounds, The northern season, covering Fort Bragg to Crescent City, opened December 1 and will continue through July 15, 1969. Crabs Better & Heavier Marine biologists of the Department's Shellfish Investigations have been sampling the commercial catch since 1964. This season's predicted catch is based on sam- plings during the first 10 days. The crabs appear in slightly better con- dition this season. The average size of legal crabs is substantially larger than last sea- son's. The average weight of crabs in the commercial catch up to the end of 1968 was 2 pounds, compared with 1.8 pounds last season. 2 BS, wa) Tuna Fleet Grows In mid-November 1968, the new tuna purse seiner 'Marietta' sailed on her maiden voy- age. Her 65-toncarrying capacity brings the fleet's total, including that of smallbait boats, to about 46,000 short tons. The aggregate capacity of all fleets in the eastern Pacific tuna fishery is about 55,400 tons. In 1968, the U.S. added 6,000 tons and the other countries the same amount. Trend to Continue The growth of the tuna fleet is likely to continue. The vessels now being built, or in planning stage, will add an average of more than 6,000 tons a year to U.S. fleet for the next 3 years. Other nations plan to expand and modernize their fleets. And somenations, not now fish- ing the eastern tropical Pacific, are thinking of participating. iae5 12 Battelle Reports Vaccine Effective Against A Salmon Disease Scientists of the Battelle Memorial Insti- tute report that an oral vaccine has been successful in the laboratory in preventing C. columnaris disease. The disease has been killing many salmon and steelhead in the Columbia and other rivers. Several years ago, C. columnaris virtually destroyed a sockeye salmon run ona tributary of Canada's Fraser River system. The oral vaccine, which can be mixed with fish foods, was developed by M. P. Fujihara in Battelle's Richland, Wash., laboratory, and has been used to protect juvenile salmon. Years of Work Ahead Fujihara said: ''The oral vaccination of juvenile salmon against columnaris has been successful under controlled laboratory condi- tions. However, successful application of the oralvaccine to large scale production hatch- ery use will require several years of continued study. Identification and thorough knowledge of the disease is necessarily the first step in developing practical solutions.'' Fujihara, a biological scientist, and R. L. Tramel, a tech- nician, have used the fish's ability to develop antibodies against the columnaris pathogen as anew method of surveying fish to determine disease exposure. This survey technique is said to be a sensitive, more effective, way to survey for C. columnaris. Survey Technique Juvenile salmon were examined during downstream migration from spawning grounds to the ocean. Adult salmon were examined during migration from the Columbia's mouth to tributary spawning grounds in Washington and British Columbia, Bloodserum and other samples were taken from hundreds of coho, sockeye, and spring and summer runs of chinook (king) salmon. After the samples were taken, the adult salmon were returned live to the river and tributaries. Similar blood-serum samples were taken from indi- vidual yearling rainbow trout in the laboratory once a week for 6 months without harming them. Field investigations have shown that about one-third the juvenile sockeye salmon sampled had been exposed to the disease during down- stream migration and while entering the ocean. Antibody production was observed in about 23% of the adult sockeye sampled as they entered the Columbia's mouth. Migration Hazards "However,'' Fujihara noted, "both colum- naris exposure and magnitude of antibody production increased during upstream migration until 70-100% exposure was ob- served on the spawning grounds."’ Some of the fish, on the upstream trip to spawning beds asfaras 1,000 miles away, will be killed by ''disease, exhaustion, predators, fishermen or barriers in the stream." Studies have shown that population density and development of immune disease carrier fish (present in fish ladders) may be major source of disease exposure and infection during upstream migration. Fujihara concluded: ''This oral vaccine appears tobe apractical and effective method for protecting young salmon against colum- naris. If we could increase juvenile salmon immunity to columnaris to nearly 100 percent, more adults could make the return trip to their spawning grounds, or if we increase general survival by 10 percent, we could possibly double the number of adults which could return to the spawning grounds. "Mixing this vaccine, and avaccine against another salmon disease--furunculosis--into fish food may help control two of the main bacterial diseases of hatchery reared juvenile salmon. Columnaris vaccine incorporated into fish food could be extremely useful to State and Federal hatcheries which rear salmon." Kodiak, Alaska, May Be No. 2 U.S. Fishing Port Observers estimated in Nov. 1968 that the Port of Kodiak would have landings worth more than $15 million in 1968. The estimate was based on preliminary data compiled by the Kodiak office of Alaska's Department of Fishand Game. This would make Kodiak the second most important U.S. fishing port. No. 3 in 1967 In 1967, San Pedro, Calif., was first with landings worth $29 million. New Bedford, Mass., was second with $16 million. Kodiak's $10 million placed it third. Maryland Reports 1967 Was Record Year The value of commercial fisheries prod- ucts landed in 1967 was a record $16,912,898, reports Joseph H. Manning, Director, Mary- land Department of Chesapeake Bay Affairs. The value of manufactured fisheries prod- ucts was estimated at more than $40,000,000. Oysters led inlanded values, 66% of total. Crabs were 14%; soft clams 9%; finfish 9%; hardclams and all other categories 1% each, The Industry About 9,000 fishermen--2/3 of them have no other employment--harvest Maryland's seafoods. About 6,500 boats andvessels har- vest and transport the catch. The number of wholesale and manufacturing establishments has declined steadily: from 357 in 1957 to 285 in 1965. But the number of workers has re- mained ''remarkably constant, never varying more than 209 from the mean of 4,355.'' The decrease innumber of firms follows the gen- eral trend of consolidation in the food-proc- essing industry. In the past 30 years, many small seafood processing plants were forced out because they were unable or unwilling to meet the costs of rising sanitation standards. The seafood industry has recovered dram- atically from the low point in 1963, Landings increased at a rate of $1.5 million a year, Leads U.S. in Oysters Maryland led the U.S. in oyster production during 1966 and 1967 ''by a very substantial margin.'' Landed value of the 1967 harvest was $11,191,431, more than one-third the value of U.S. harvest. Manning believes that Maryland's tidal waters are perhaps unmatched in the world as an environment for oyster growth. He warns, however, that the State's capacity to produce oysters is ''not unlimited.’ The salinity range of Maryland's part of Chesa- peake Bay is uninviting to starfish, one of the oyster's most effective predators; Mary- land's tidal waters are troubled by boring snails only along the lower Eastern Shore, 13 The oyster parasite 'Minchinia Nelsoni' (MSX) and 'Dermocystidium Marinum,'a marine fungus that probably kills more oys- ters in the U.S. than any other organism, are present in about one-third of State waters; they have caused many deaths. Occasionally, the Bay is hit by hurricanes. Storms like Hazel in 1954 do much damage, Throughout shellfish-producing waters, oysters must compete for space and food with many orga- nisms. They are attacked by several preda- tors. But the Maryland oyster has a much better chance to live to old age than oysters inmost areas. The oyster's "normal" natural mortality rate is estimated at 10 to 15%. State Help Since 1961 Since 1961, Maryland has invested annually about $14 million to restore productivity of the oyster resource, This had declined in almost a hundred years because of ''over- exploitation, neglect, and mismanagement." This State effort hasbeen based on(1) use for oyster cultch of centuries-old shell depos- its buried in Chesapeake Bay, and (2) appli- cation of ''farming"' practices to management of the State's natural oyster bars, Since 1961, 3 to 4 million bushels of dredged shells have been planted annually in the State's seed areas. Also, another 1 to 2 million bushels of dredged shells are planted to maintain ''self-sustaining'' natural oyster bars. Manning projects a bright future for pri- vate oyster planters willing to invest in Maryland's efforts to remain the leading oyster-producing State. A 150% increase in production has not affected significantly the unit price received by public oystermen for their catch. It seems unlikely that oyster production in any other leading oyster State will increase during the next few years; in most, continuing decline is forecast. Manning states: ''Wefindno reason to be- lieve that Maryland's private oyster fishery cannot undergo orderly developments without harm to the public fishery, and without aban- donment of the time-honored concept that the naturaloyster bars of the State are the com- mon property of its citizens." wohl 14 Coho Swim Over Willamette Falls in Record Numbers Nearly 17,600 coho salmon, including 5,300 jacks, were countedover Willamette Falls in fall 1968. This doubled 1967's escapement and set a record, reported the Oregon Fish Commission. Based on catch-to-escapement ratios, the record number over the Oregon City salmon barrier represented 36,000 more coho har- vested by sport andcommercialfishermen in 1968. Of total escapement near the end of 1968, 94% chose the completed cul-de-sac part of the new fishway instead of the old, inadequate ladder. Early in the run, water levels were low and the coho chose the cul-de-sac because there waS more attraction water, Later, as happened in previous years, water velocities over the old structure increased so passage became impossible. However, fish that used the cul-de-sac were not delayed. When the fishway is completed, no run willface the crit- ical delays developing from extreme flows. Increased Stocking The 1968 record resulted from greater stocking efforts designed to develop the "tremendous natural potential of the Wil- lamette system." From 1951-1960, the average annual juvenile coho release into the Willamette tributaries above the falls was lessthan 300,000. Since that period, juvenile coho releases rose to 6,500,000 a year. Also, starting in 1964, the Fish Commis- sion has transported and released around 7,000 adults each year into the Willamette system. The Oregon Game Commission and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service provided more trucks to help carry these surplus hatcheryfish. These fish have become avail- able only in recent years after the success of the Fish Commission's coho hatchery pro- gram. The Commission notes the significance of coho returning to the Yamhill, South Santlam, Molalla, and the Mary's Rivers. In these rivers, coho runs never existed before the Commission's planting program. Large Coho Runs Possible Biologists estimate conservatively that the 1968 coho run in the Willamette can be tripled by natural production alone. The Fish Com- mission says that achievement of this poten- tial depends on the fishway's completion. This is being paid for by Portland General Electric and the Bureau of Commercial Fish- eries. Another factor is solving a serious downstream mortality problem at the falls' industrial complex that claims many young migrants. The Fish Commission reported too that adult fall chinook counts, also double the 1967 count, had set a record. DO YOU KNOW ? Lobster tag is not a game. enemies other than man. Harmless yellow plastic tags are attached to a lobster, and a reward is paid for each tag returned to BCF's Biological Laboratory at Boothbay Harbor, Maine. Although the tagging study has been underway onlyashort time, Bureau scientists have already learned that lobsters travel farther and faster than they had expected. One lobster covered 97 miles of ocean bottom in 27 days; another, an egg-bearing female, traveled 77 miles in 28 days. BCF scientists think it is serious business. Recently, they "tagged" 2,000 lobsters off the coast of southern New England. They hope to learn more about the speed and extent of lobster movements, rate of growth, and the ages at which lobsters are most vulnerable to natural --Catherine Criscione 15 U.S. FISHERMEN CATCH MANY TUNA OFF WEST AFRICA The U.S. tunacatchoff West Africa during the 1968 season was expected to total more than 10,000 tons of Atlantic yellowfin and skip- jack. BCF reported that dockside value was expected to bring U.S. fishermen about $2.5 million. Interest in the fishing grounds off West Africa was stimulated when3 U.S. tuna boats, transferring operations from the Pacific to the eastern Atlantic during the second half of 1967, reported a catch of 1,500 tons. In mid-June 1968, shortly after the yellow- fin quota for the Pacific was reached, 8 tuna seiners, with carrying capacities of 450 to 1,000 tons, shifted to the eastern Atlantic. Fishing efficiency was increasedby off-load- ing catches at Abidjan, Ivory Coast, and Tema, Ghana, for transshipment to the U.S. This enabled the seiners to return promptly to the tuna-rich Gulf of Guinea. Assisted by R/V 'Undaunted! Fishermen were assisted by BCF's re- search vessel Undaunted, which transmitted on-the-spot information about tuna school locations to the U.S. fleet. Undaunted is assigned to BCF's Tropical Atlantic Biolog- ical Laboratory (TABL), Miami, Fla. Much of TABL's program is devoted to gathering and interpreting fishery and ocean- ographic dataontunain the tropical Atlantic, In cooperation with BCF's laboratory at La Jolla, Calif., U.S. fishing interests, and for- eign scientists working in Africa, TABL per- sonnel have compiled voluminous data on tuna stocks in the eastern Atlantic. During 1968, TABL prepared "Tuna Purse Seining in West Africa, July-November," a guide for commercial fishermen planning to operate in the eastern Atlantic tuna fishery, It is asummary of information on tuna species, landings, fishing procedures, and favorable catch locations at specific times. «)\ / 5 LS 16 MENHADEN In 1968, menhaden, which are converted into The greatest catch increase occurred in the oil and fertilizer, or used as bait, made up Gulf of Mexico. The Chesapeake and Middle nearly one-third of total U.S. landings of fish Atlantic States followed. and shellfish. Figs. 1 and 2 - Hauling in menhaden purse seine off North Carolina. Fig. 3 - Flooding hold to unload menhaden catch. (Photos: Bob Williams) OCEANOGRAPHY Scripps ‘Washington’ Is Studying Deep Ocean Off South America The Scripps Institution of Oceanography's research vessel 'Thomas Washington' left San Diego, Calif., Dec. 9, 1968, on a 9-month biological, geophysical, and physical scien- tific exploration in the eastern Pacific Ocean. The first port of call of the 209-foot, 1,362- ton vessel was Antofogasta, Chile. The 33,500-mile 'Piquero Expedition! will concentrate on the deep ocean off the west coast of South America, but it also will work on the continental shelf, according to Dr. Bruce A. Taft, cruise coordinator. In Peru, piquero is the common name for the Peruvian Booby, the dominant bird of the Peru (Humboldt) Current. The bird's white head, neck, breast, and speckled back are distinctive. Many Scientists Involved During the Piquero's 9 legs, 130 scientists and technicians from the U.S, (including 16 Scripps graduate students), Chile, Peru, France, and the United Kingdom will conduct research, Piquero is supported by the Office of Naval Research, Atomic Energy Commission, and the National Science Foundation. Wide Study The investigations willinclude ''an analy- sis of seawater samples for concentration of noble gases, such as xenon and helium, near the East Pacific Rise, a north-south under- water ridge onthe eastern side of the Pacific; a major study of the physical oceanography of the Chile Current, including direct meas- urements of currents in the Drake Passage, between Cape Horn, Chile, and the Palmer Peninsula of Antarctica." The scientists also will explore the relations among plankton, nutrient distribu- tion, and currents west of Peru; a study of 17 possible sea-floor spreading between the East Pacific Rise and the South American conti- nent; and intensive study of animal and plant growth in upwelling water off Callao, Peru. Between the Galapagos Islands and the mainland, the scientists will study the char- acteristics of the sharp boundary between the Peru Current's coldand saltywaters and the warmand relatively fresh waters to the north. Also, they will study the circulation near the equator east and west of the Galapagos. The latter study will concentrate on determining the barrier effect of the Galapagos Islands on the flow of the subsurface Equatorial Under- current. WR | ata ) UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR y- ae a U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Serving Meals in Quantity One purpose of BCF's Branch of Marketing is to provide educational materials and services to schools, restaurants, military establishments, cafeterias, and other organi- zations that serve meals in quantity. Through information on quality maintenance, preparation methods, menu planning, product availability and variety--this effort ex- pands the utilization of fishery products in mass-feeding outlets. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES 2oview VOL. 31, NO. 2 FEBRUARY 1969 COVER: Japanese fisherman holds typical wicker and grass basket containing a single set or skate of coiled longline gear. Number of hooks in basket varies from 20 to 50. See article p. 26. (Photo: Branson) COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Review A comprehensive view of United States and foreign fishing industries--including catch, processing, market- ing, research, and legislation--prepared by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. = MLM THEY THAT Go IN SHIPS = "1623. - 1923 = II Managing Editor: Edward Edelsberg Production Manager and Associate Editor: Jean Zalevsky Associate Editor: Barbara Lundy Production: Alma Greene (Senior Compositor) and Mary Andrews The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries and The Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife make up The Fish and Wildlife Service of The United States Department of the Interior. Throughout this book, the initials BCF stand for the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Address correspondence and requests to: Commercial Fisheries Review, 1801 North Moore Street, Room 200, Arlington, Va. 22209. Telephone: Area Code 703 - 557-4246. Publication of material from sources outside the Bureau is not an endorsement. The Bureau is not responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions of these sources. Although the contents have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely, reference to source is appreciated. Use of funds for printing this publication was approved by the Director, Bureau of the Budget, April 18, 1968. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402. Price 60 cents (single copy). Subscription Price: $7.00 a year; $2 additional for foreign mailing. Til CONTENTS Page UNITED STATES Esventouarich brendsiame ats) cifiis co ctisce \- (0) © * oes = si 0 2 1 ARTICLES Japanese Longline Fishery in Gulf of Alaska, by Jim H. Ee eanls OMe oiaas Sieuce races ice aera: epeuet > ole fe «jets uameuel © * 26 Late-Winter Waters of Yucatan Straits--A 1968 'Geronimo! Survey in Gulf of Mexico, by Reed S. (AteTnStON GE: seaiereite he «yoo ns Benet 's) cu cvavertemens: Shap umte 33 TROOKSS sehen: ash eu smeine cereal alta wal uopant Mobis gel’ eel 9) 6, aekedellelioloueleie te cedes eluets s''s veie INTERNATIONAL ...2.2c2eeceeesrereseszeeres FOREIGN @anadar.esuene te HU ODEss. cj ree hes site! lst elvelvetaMalo Melle hel sisenowe) ial) =)'2/'¢:'8) Matin Ariel ates is) cusmeltel tal sitettaltsl silelelieito Tone lelreliel¢)s) © UN Gilsie «sac ec a tedetlora ton ouolin a tanrelteli sMeier «ote: ave re) 0 (0 South! PAcitice «, ava cue elemeMenecleielele aire e) © sislie (© (0. INGPICA™ —« iosss0. oh stedsel wiret el oitehetcliciie co selie™e (ere, oie (ay.9" 6.48 INDE Pet ch ave clot eWvelie Ualial tole siel teil ollayo foliel <« (e\kelieire ue offer e 20 34 38 41 43 49 52 56 57 59 IIL IV A 14-tooth 'Fall River! clam dredge rigged with an accumulato 'Silver Bay! off North Carolina. r-chain modification--used for exploratory fishing by R/V (Photo: J. B. Rivers) U.S. FISH CONSUMPTION IN 1968 WAS HIGHEST SINCE 1954 The average American ate more fishery products in1968 thanhe hadin any of the pre- ceding 14 years, The per-capita consumption figure was 11,1 pounds, edible weight-~-0.4 of a pound more than the 10.7 of 1967. Retail prices averaged 2% more, The rise in fish consumption heartened some industry observers who had waited impatiently for the first hard evidence with which to measure the impact of the ending of "meatless Friday'' by the Catholic Church in early 1967. How 11.1 Was Divided Of the 11,1 pounds, fresh and frozen fishery products totaled 6,2 pounds, a rise in this category over 1967, Mostof the increase was in freshfillets and frozenfish sticks and por- tions, U.S, production declined for haddock, halibut, oceanperch, tuna, king crab, and blue crab, Canned fishery products were an estimated 4,4 pounds per capita, a slight increase over 1967, canned packs of salmon, Maine sardines, and There were large increases in the California mackerel--and slight increases in shrimp, oysters, and anchovies, Imports of canned products rose slightly. Completing the 11,1 pounds was one-half pound of cured fishery products, virtually un- changed from previous years, > 4 Over 2 Billion Pounds The use of freshand frozenfish and shell- fish was estimated at 1,224 million pounds-- about 66 millionpounds greater than in 1967, Use of canned seafood was estimated at 870 million pounds ~-~-30 million pounds higher than in 1967, U.S, Position Has Changed In less than20 years, the U.S, has changed from an overall domestic producer to a net importer of fishery products, The U.S, is the world's largest importer and may have the largest market for aquatic products. In 1968, U.S, fishermencould produce only 40% of the Nation's needed supply of edible fishery products--and about 15% ofits needs for industrial fishery products, More U.S, Supplies in Future In the future, more supplies of fishery products are expected to come from still- undeveloped U,S, fisheries: a scallop fishery off the South Atlantic Coast and another off Alaska~--and shrimp resources off the Pacific Northwest and New England, Ve Sy UNITED STATES Forecast Abundance of Groundfish & Sea Scallop on New England Banks The abundance of groundfish and sea scal- lops fished by New England fishermen has been forecast by BCF's North Atlantic Region. The forecast is based on information provided by biologists of BCF's Woods Hole Labora- tory. They monitor landings of commercial fishermen and study populations of fish and shellfish on offshorebanks by sampling from the ‘Albatross IV.! Haddock landings in New England dropped from 98 million pounds in 1967 to 71 million pounds in 1968. There were fewer fish, pri- marily on Georges Bank. Naturalcauses and heavy fishing by foreign fleets in 1965 and 1966 were to blame. Recovery of these de- pleted stocks is not expected within the next two years. The annual fall groundfish survey of the Albatross IV revealed avery poor 1968 year- class of haddock, the fifth consecutive one. (The last good year-class was in 1963.) As a result, abundance will continue to decrease during 1969 and 1970 because Georges Bank haddock do not reach marketable size before they are two. On Browns Bank, where the 1963 year-class has been important during the last few years, haddock abundance is ex- pected to decrease. There has been no strong year-class there since 1963, Cod Cod landings in New Englandin 1968 were 48 million pounds, 4 million pounds above 1967. Georges Bank cod abundance was slightly higher in 1968 than in 1967. The Albatross IV groundfish survey indicates an increase in young -of-the-year cod, asin 1967. So a slight increase in abundance is expected for 1969. Whiting Whiting landings for food increased from 60 million pounds in 1967 to 72 million in 1968, Abundance increased slightly over 1967. Abundance on Georges Bank was some- what lower, but increased considerably in Gulf of Mexico. Higher landings in 1968 re- sulted from increased fishing in Gulf of Maine. Whiting abundance probably will not change markedly in 1969. Yellowtail Flounder Yellowtail flounder landings in 1968 were 65 million pounds, 13 million above 1967. This increase resulted from greater abun- dance due to relatively strong 1964 and 1965 year-classes, Later year-classes are not quite as large, and 1969 abundance is expected to be the same or Slightly lower than in1968. Ocean Perch Ocean perch (redfish) landings were 63 million pounds in 1968, compared to 71 mil- lion pounds in 1967. Although abundance in- ereased on all ocean-perch grounds during year, low fishing effort resulted in the catch decrease. The 1969 landings will depend largely on market demand, Industrial Fish Industrial red hake and whiting catches from southern New England grounds were 22 million pounds in 1968 and 20 million in 1967. Abundance in 1968 was somewhat higher than 1967; abundance in 1969 is expected to be the same or Slightly higher than 1968. Total southern New England industrial fish landings (all species) by otter trawl were 76 million pounds--2 million lower than 1967. This was due to decreased fishing effort be- cause abundance of industrial fish species in- ereased slightly in 1968. This abundance level is expected to continue through 1969. Sea Scallops Sea-scallop landings were 9 million pounds of meats in 1968, 8 million in 1967. Of the 9 million, 2 million were from Georges Bank, and 7 million from Middle Atlantic grounds. Georges Bank landings in1968 were about the same as in 1967, while Middle Atlantic landings were up 1 millionpounds. Abundance of sea scallops on Georges Bank decreased in 1968; a further decrease is expected dur- ing 1969. 2B Sealskin Harvest The 1968 harvest of Pribilof fur sealskins was shipped by rail to the processor during January 1969. The U.S. share of the harvest was 40,970 skins (533 barrels), and the Ja- panese Government's share was 8,781 skins (116 barrels). Total blubber production was 476 barrels, consisting of 6 barrels for the Canadian Government, 28 barrels for Japan, 130 barrels to be usedin processing the U.S, skins, and 312 barrels bought by the Fouke Company. 5 of 6 US. Fishing Vessels Have Electronic Equipment In 1967, there were 11,021 fishing vessels in the U.S. 5 gross tons and over, according to the Bureau of Customs. Five of 6--9,403 vessels--had some electronic gear. Loran, a long-range, radio direction finder, was aboard 2,767 vessels. The rest had less so- phisticated, but useful, navigational equip- ment. Ferro Cement Fishing Boats Are Being Built Two cement fishing vessels are under con- struction at the Marine View Boat Building Co. in Tacoma, Wash, A 32-foot troller was re- cently launched, Under construction, upside down, is a 50-foot combination fishing vessel for a Sitka, Alaska, fisherman. These are the first ferro cement fishing craft to be builtin the Pacific Northwest. Be- cause of low cost and speed of construction, this may set a trend in fishing-vessel con- struction. The hull is formed of 1-inch thick cement reinforced with steel webbing. This material has another advantage: there is virtually no maintenance cost because cement is free of rust and impervious to destructive marine organisms, Groundfish Fillet Import Tariff-Rate Quota Set for 1969 The reduced-tariff-rate import quota on fresh and frozen groundfish (cod, haddock, hake, pollock, cusk, and ocean perch) fillets and steaks for 1969 is 26,465,631 pounds. This was announced by Bureau of Customs in the Feb. 15, 1969, ''Federal Register.'' Divided into quarterly quotas, this means that 6,116,407 pounds of groundfish fillets and steaks maybe imported atthe 17 cents -per- pound rate of duty, and any imports over the quarterly quota will be dutiable at the rate of 23 cents a pound, Reduced-Tariff-Rate Import Quota for Fres and Frozen Groundfish Fillets, 1955-1969 Year Quota 1,000 Lbs. 1961 32,601 1960 Songoe 1959 36,920 1958 35,892 1957 37,376 1956 ayy uly) 1955 35,433 Quota Higher Than 1968's The reduced-rate import quota for1969 is up from the 1968 quota of 24,894,900 pounds. From 1951 to 1960, the quantity of fresh and frozen groundfish fillets permitted to enter the U.S, at the reduced rate of duty of 1h cents a pound had increased 24.7 percent. In 1961, however, the trend was reversed significantly for the first time. This occurred because in 1960 frozen fish fillet blocks with bits and pieces were no longer dutiable under the Tariff category of 'frozen groundfish fillets." Kennedy Round U.S. concessions granted in the 1964-67 trade conference (Kennedy Round) at Geneva reduced the rate of duty on fish blocks (with bits and pieces) from 1 cent a pound to 0.8 cent a pound on Jan. 1, 1968, and 0.5 centa pound on Jan. 1, 1969. Concessions on fish blocks are being put into effect in 5 annual stages; the final reduction will become ef- fective Jan. 1, 1972, when fish blocks will be made duty free. oo000000n0 Crab and Shrimp Pasteurization Lengthens Their Storage Life The report of an EDA-financed study shows that pasteurization can extend the low-tem- perature storage life of Dungeness crab and shrimp. The study was conducted at the Sea- food Research Laboratory, University of California San Francisco Medical Center, The Findings The researchers found that shrimp and crab meat can be pasteurized in boilable plastic pouches at 82.29 C. (180° F.) for 5 minutes (center temperature), This extends by about 50 days the storage life at 1.1 to 4,4° C. (34 to 40° F.). The incidence of potential pathogens on commercial shrimp and crab meat is low-- but these bacteria were ableto grow. In some cases, these bacteria produce toxin over a relatively wide temperature range. While no Cl. botulinum was foundinthe 128 samples tested, the probability of this organism sur- viving the pasteurization process still exists. The researchers conclude that pasteuri- zation of shrimp and crab meat is a feasible and potentially useful procedure. But, for safety sake, the pasteurized products should not be stored at temperatures above 2.2° C. (36° F.). Southeastern Fisheries Association Meets June 13 The Southeastern Fisheries Association andits subsidiary, the Florida Shrimp Assoc., will hold their 17th Annual Convention in Tampa, Florida, at the Manger Motor Inn, June 13-16, 1969. A boat and equipment show is planned. Members and guests will be able to visit BCF's ‘Oregon II', scheduled to tie up at the Inn for a day or two. EDA Funds Help Sea Industries Study The Commerce Department's Economic Development Administration(EDA) has made available $143,220 to help determine the feasibility of cultivating oysters, fish, and fishing worms onthe Lummi Indian Reserva- tion in Washington. The study will demon- strate whether Scientific production of the three Seaproducts in the 5,000-acre estuary bordering the reservation can becomea Stable source of income for the tribe. The resources of fish and shellfish in nearby waters--Bellingham Bay, the Strait of Georgia, Hale Passage, and the Nooksack River--are the only potential source of in- come. The tribe says the reservation lands are unsuitable for farming, and industrial jobs developedin the area recently have not bene- fited its members. 650 Jobs Possible The tribe expects about 650 jobs to re- sult in worm, oyster, and fish culture. Addi- tional jobs would be created in processing, distributing, and marketing the products. Scientific research on methods of produc- tion and environmental factors will be con- ducted in Federal and State cooperating lab- oratories and the Lummi Island Laboratory. The latter is sponsored by Western Wash- ington State College of Bellingham. Indian trainees willaid in the research. In addition to EDA funds, the applicant, Lummi Business Council, is providing $288,000 from other sources. The Bureaus of Commercial Fish- eries and Sport Fisheries and Wildlife will furnish some equipment, fish egg stocks, facilities, and technical advice for the study. Lobster Tagging Produces Interesting Information The lobster research program of BCF's biological laboratory at Boothbay Harbor, Maine, is paying off. In 1968, 2,634 lobsters were tagged and released offshore in the Gulf of Maine; 76, 2.9%, have been recaptured. Of the 66 fully documented recaptures, 29% had migrated less than 10 nautical miles, 45% between 10 and 50 miles, and 26% over 50 miles. The lobsters moved both north-south and east-west. Released In 80 Fathoms The tagged lobsters were released in an average of 80 fathoms. From April-Novem- ber 1968, the lobsters recaptured were in an average of 57 fathoms; from November 1968 - mid-February 1969, the average was 153 fathoms. These data support hypothesis that offshore lobsters moveinto shoal water dur- ing spring and summer--and return to deep water in fall and winter. Molting and Growth Thirteen of the lobsters returned to the lab had molted. Growthincrements ranged from 12.4% to 20%; the average was 16.7%. Average growth increment for ‘inshore! lobsters is 12-13%. Thread Herring Schools Detected at Night Schools of thread herring have been detec- ted at night in the Gulf of Mexico by BCF's Pascagoula (Miss.) Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research Base. During test flights in January 1969, aboard U.S. Coast Guard air- craft, base personnel detected more than 80 large schools. The Equipment The night-vision equipment consists of an image intensifier developed by the Army, closed-circuit TV, anda video-taped system. The image intensifier can amplify avail- able light 55,000 times. It can be used to locate fish schools atnight from altitudes of at least 5,000 feet. Drift Bottle Found After 7 Years A sealed beer bottle that was set adrift in the Pacific in 1961 by BCF's Biological Lab- oratory in Honolulu, Hawaii, has come ashore after more than 7 years and 10,000 miles in the ocean. The bottle was recovered at Can- non Beach, Oregon, in January 1969. It had traveled a straight-line distance of 3,090 miles. A BCF oceanographer, however, es- timated the actual distance as 10,000 to 12,000 miles. The Honolulu lab also has used cards in plastic to study surface currents of the cen- tral Pacific. Fishermen Shown How to Construct Trawl Economically An expertfrom BCF's Seattle (Wash.) Ex- ploratory Fishing and Gear Research Base, Jerry Jurkovich, recently lectured and dem- onstrated to fishermen the most economical method of cutting andtapering webbing inthe construction of trawls. The project was or- ganized in cooperation with the Oregon State University's Extension Service, This was the Seattle Base's first effort in its Aid-to-Industry Program to talk to groups of fishermen on more efficient methods of fishing and gear construction. The response was considered excellent: 40-45 fishermen attended at Astoria, 20 at Newport, and 20 at Coos Bay. BCF Scientist Honored by Wildlife Society Dr. Stanford H. Smith, a Senior Fishery Research Biologist in BCF's Biological La- boratory at Ann Arbor, Michigan, received the annual Fisheries Publication Award of The Wildlife Society in Washington, D, C., on March 3. He was honored for his paper, ''Species Succession and Fishery Exploitation in the Great Lakes,'' which appeared inthe ''Journal Fisheries Research Board of Canada," in 1968. CA Re BCF Scientists Assess Effect of Oil Spillage in Santa Barbara Channel On Jan. 30,1969, Union Oil Alpha Drilling Tower, located 3 miles offshore from Santa Barbara, Calif., began leaking crude oil ata rate of about 20,000 gallons per day. The leak continued, on and off, to the end of Feb- ruary, when this report was written, despite all efforts to halt it. A total spillage of per- haps 5,000,000 gallons was spread over the Santa Barbara Channel, including 30-40 miles of coastline, and the offshore island'of Ana- capa. The most obvious biological effects of the spillage were on the nearshore fauna of the kelp beds, the intertidal zone (where State and university ecologists were actively working), and on marinebirds and mammals. BCF-La Jolla decidedthat a short cruise ofits 'David Starr Jordan! wouldbe mounted by staff of the Fishery-Oceanography Center to investigate effects on the offshore pelagic ecosystem, primarily to determine if reduced viability of fish eggs and larvae could be detected. (Photo: George Mattson) Investigation Plan The scientists hoped to detect the effects of oil pollution onpelagicfisheggs and larvae in two ways: 1) By a direct and rapid series of observations of unpreserved material taken from plankton hauls in water covered, or recently covered, withfloating oil, oil-deter- gent mixtures, or both; the viability of the material would be compared with plankton samples taken as controls outside the oiled areas. 2) By comparing the viability, specific and age composition of pelagic eggs and larvae from samples taken under oil with data from a long-time series available for nearby CalCOFI station no. 83.40. It was also hopedto observe effects of oil cover on: phytoplankton and microzooplank- ton; near-surface oxygen and nutrients; and light transmittance. Part of these objectives were to be the responsibility of ecologists from Scripps Institution of Oceanography, who participated inthe cruise with Bureau scien- tists led by Dr. Paul Smith. Jordan In Action Jordan was in the polluted area on Feb. 11, 1969. The scientists first made a visual reconnaissance at Alpha Tower of light trans - mittance. Beneath primary slicks of brown crude oil, before they had aggregated to tar or spread to the iridescent form, ambient light at about 2 m. below the oilwas only 0.3. This was 10% of what it was at the same depth below clean water just outside the slick, so light absorption byfloating crude oil appears to be extremely high. This is an important factor to remember inphytoplankton ecology where such cover remains in situ for long periods (Fig. 1). @ °o 6O TRANSMITTANCE (PERCENT) AT 2 KNOTS MINUTES Fig. 1 - Light transmission under crude oil. Pump samples of phyto- and microzoo- plankton were taken by Andrew Soutar of Scripps Institution. He reports that phyto- plankton counts were Significantly lower than at a nearby station in January. The present low values were repeated at a series of pump stations taken right across the Santa Barbara Channel. Analysis ofnear-surface nutrients of wa- ter taken from under the oil slick (nitrite, nitrate, silicate, and phosphate) showed no apparent differences when compared to sam- ples taken from nearby clear water. Dis- solved oxygen readings, however, were sig- nificantly lower under the heavy oilslick than in clear water. The importance of this dif- ference may be as an indicator of a trend-- rather than having immediate physiological importance to marine organisms. A series of 6 standardized zooplankton tows were taken in polluted locations. The oil was cleared by afire pump in order to lower and retrieve the nets. A control series was taken in clean water. Findings Examination of the eggs and larvae of fish sorted from the samples from polluted water indicated (1) no gross evidence of dead or deformed larvae or eggs, and (2) no gross departure fromthe expected specific compo- sition of the ichthyoplankton at CalCOFI sta- tion 83.40. At this station, the long-term (310 years) ratio of anchovy eggs: anchovy larvae is 1: 0.65, while this ratio in the 6 polluted sam- ples was 1: 0.78. This indicated no apparent increase in mortality over normal. The oilleak began on January 30 and more than 2% of all larvae in the polluted series of samples were spawned before that time. This is anormal percentage of older larvae (>7 mm.) for unpolluted samples. In addition to anchovy larvae, there were 33 hake larvae (Merluccius productus) between 2.0and5.5 mm, 46 Sebastodes spp. (rockfish) larvae between 4.0 and 5.5 mm; 659 Cynoscion sp. larvae (a sciaenid); 9 Citharichthys spp. larvae (a sand dab); 9 Parophrys sp. larvae (English sole); 7 Leuroglossus sp. (deep-sea smelt); and 1 Pleuronichthys sp. larva (a flounder). These arethe expected species in about the expected numbers for samples in this area, Investigation to Continue In assessing these results, it must be re- membered that oil slicks move downwind much faster than the water some meters below the surface in which most eggs and larvae occur. Further, there are considerable tidal and other currents in the area. Because a larva some days old is taken below floating crude oil does not necessarily mean that it has beenthere very long. Itis extremely dif- ficult to measure pollution effects (except perhaps for neuston) under such circum- stances, Monitoring the wider effects on pelagic eggs and larvae by the present year's CalCOFI survey will continue. Jordan will be sent through the area againinthe course of routine survey. We are confident that if the Santa Barbara leakage continues, and ifit produces a significant effect upon spawning and viability of pelagic species, this effect will be detected in the present year's sampling program. Chemical Dispersant Used A chemical dispersant, said to be nontoxic to marine life (COREXIT 7664) was used widely in the area around the leaking oil well but only slightly in the near-shore area. A sample was obtainedfromthe manufacturers. Its toxicity was testedin apreliminary man- ner by Dr. Lasker. a) aug Peeconraol HOURS TO 50% MORTALITY a o — 05 20 40 60 80 100 CONCENTRATION (ppm) Fig. 2 - The effect of the dispersant COREXIT on Engraulis mordax (northern anchovy) eggs & larvae. Samples, each of 50late-development an- chovy eggs, used for bioassay indicates toxi- city, as measured by time to 50% mortality, at all levels of dilution in natural sea water which were tested. Concentrations of only 2 ppm. COREXIT 7664 reduced the 50% mor- tality time of eggs and larvae to 57% of the control, while the higher concentrations were only slightly rnore detrimental (see Fig. 2). oo0oo0oe@eoo00 California Vessel Longlines Broadbill Swordfish M/V 'Blue Belle! returned to San Diego, Calif., on Feb. 8, 1969, with the first load of longline-caught broadbill swordfish by a Cali- fornia commercial vessel. She fished atotal of 4,200 hooks and caught 33 swordfish (av- erage 0.8 fish per 100 hooks). Totaldressed weight of the landed fish was about 2.5 tons. Each of 10 sets produced at least 1 sword- fish; the two best catches were 9 fish on 392 hooks and 8 fish on 336 hooks. The swordfish ranged in fork length from 91 to 277 cm. (20 to 360 lbs., dressed). Gonads collectedfrom 29 fish showed that 27 were females, none in advanced stage of development. The catch also included several dolphinfish, one striped marlin, and about 1,500 sharks, most were blue sharks. In addition, 2 tons of yellowfin and skipjack tuna were taken on trolling gear. The vessel worked near Uncle Sam Bank (beth 2H SHU WS Ios, Ws! ROU Wy), alae water temperature rangedfrom 19.2to 21.4° C. BT casts taken before each set revealed sharp thermoclines starting at 43 to 72 m. The longline gear and methods worked sat- isfactorily. Four men were able to conduct the operations efficiently. Because of many sharks encountered, however, the crew found it difficult to set more than 400 hooks. The sharks caused extensive snarling of the main- line and often cut it. Much time was spent replacing cutleaders and unsnarling the line. Second Trip Scheduled The results of the trip were sufficiently promising to warrant a second trip. Blue Belle was planning to fishagain in March. A second vessel, 'Ron H.' out of Morro Bay, will also enter the fishery. Both will use BCF- designed gear and methods. The experience gained will increase knowledge of distribution and life history of the swordfish and lead to establishment of a profitable fishery. ~ he. Sgt tn Juvenile Tropical Fish Raised in Lab For the first time, eggs and larvae of im- portant tropical fishes from the western Atlantic Ocean have been raised to juvenile size in the laboratory, reports the University of Miami's Institute of Marine Sciences. Charles A. Mayo, a graduate student, suc- ceeded in rearing 13 species of fishes, re- presenting 12 fish families, from egg to juvenile. The fishes are herring, anchovy, sea trout, flounder, flyingfish, pigfish, grunt, sea robin, pinfish, spadefish, goby, dragonet, and trunkfish. All form important links in the sea's ecologic balance. Dr. F. G. Walton Smith, Institute Director, stated: ''This well-established success in rearing many species of young tropical Atlan- tic fishes is unprecedented. Furthermore, the techniques developed and proved successful by the Institute can be used for rearing species most often sought by commercial and game fishermen, including tuna, sailfish, marlin, dolphin, and king mackerel, and this is one of the goals of our study." Mayo's Work Mayo collects eggsfor his fish nursery by towing aplankton net far out in the Gulf Stream, and from the Institute's dock in Bear Cut. Once the eggs have hatched in lab- oratory tanks, the larval fishes feed on zoo- plankton. To provide an abundant supply of food, Mayohas created an 'in-the-laboratory food chain.' Zooplankton feed the fish larvae, and the zooplankton is fed phytoplankton main- tained on organic and inorganic nutrients added to the tanks. The development of eggs and larvalfishes is watched closely by Mayo. He records ob- servations, takes photos, and preserves in- dividual specimens. Manyfishes are difficult to identify until long after they have hatched, states the Institute. Datafromthis study pro- vide information on the ‘functional structure, behavior, and growth of fishes in their early stages of development." —— —— A Young Indians Tour BCF’s Miami Lab Forty young American Indians traveled from their ancestral camp in the Florida Everglades tothe scientific environment of a modern marine research laboratory on March 14, They visited BCF's Tropical Atlantic Biological Laboratory (TABL). All were students at the new Miccousukee Day School on the Tamiami Trail at Forty Mile Bend, Florida. The Miccousukee people were set- tled in Fiorida long before the white man came. They are not related to the better known Seminole Tribe. A Full Day The 10- to 17-year old students were ac- companied by aninterpreter (they speak little English) and by Robert Pinard, Director of Student Activities. They saw a film on ma- rine life and the ecology of the oceans. They toured the lab and later visited the Miami Seaquarium as guests of the management, Later, they toured the TABL research ves - sel 'Undaunted' and TABL staff explained some procedures followed on marine scien- tific cruises. Marine Science Job Opportunities The theme emphasized throughout the visit was that marine science could lead to re- warding careers for nature-oriented Amer- ican Indian youths. They were told about the many jobs in the expanding field for trainees, ships' crew members, technicians, and scien- tists, particularlyin Florida. Laboratory and school officials hoped to encourage in the young Miccousukee "an awareness of the nat- ural affinity between their innate understand- ing of the wilderness andthe doctrines of the marine scientist, andperhaps to stimulate an ambition to study subjects that will equip them for careers in marine science," IF ALL THE ICE IN THE WORLD SHOULD MELT, WHAT WOULD HAPPEN ? The possibility that all the ice inthe world would meltis extremely remote. Ifit should happen, the time span would be measured in thousands of years and the increased weight of the water would probably cause the ocean basins to sink and the land masses to rise. In the unlikely event that all the world's ice would suddenly melt, the sea level all over the world could rise as much as 500 to 600 feet. The Antarctic ice cap alone covers 6 mil- lion square miles and, if melted, would yield about 6.5 million cubic miles of water, enough to feed the Mississippi for more than 50,000 years. A rise of even 100 feet would flood most of the Atlantic seaboard of the United States, including all the major cities. A rise of 600 feet would cause the seas to cover 85 or 90 percent of the earth's surface(the oceans now cover about 71 percent ofthe earth's surface). The United States would be split in two by the ''Mississippi Sea'' which would join the Gulf of Mexico with the Great Lakes. On the basis of evidence gathered from all over the world, Dr. Rhodes Fairbridge of Columbia University concludes that some 6,000 years ago the oceans rose about 14 meters within a few centuries, flooding almost all the areas where man had begun to found civiliza- tions. He believes this to be the same Great Flood described in the Bible, in Buddhist rec- ords, and in legends handed down in many lands. There is also the possibility that the ice age is not yet over and that the ice caps may again increase in size. If another glacial advance comparable to the last one should occur, many of the important manufacturing and agricultural areas of the world would be covered, forcing widespread migrations. ("Questions About The Oceans," U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office.) 10 Fishery Legislation Proposed in Congress The bills introduced recently into both Houses of the 91st Congress show that mem- bers are concerned about quality and the need for Sanitation controls over fish and fish products. On Feb, 19, Sen. Hart, Mich., introduced S, 1092, This bill proposes inspection of fish and fishery products, inspection of facilities used in their harvesting and processing, and cooperation with States in regulating intra- state commerce. The bill would authorize the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare to survey the fishing industry and, within 1 year after the act's effective date, issue minimum standards of sanitation and quality control in processing, These standards, effective 1 year after issu- ance, would apply to fish-processing estab- lishments, fishing vessels, transportation, and storage, Sen, Hart noted that all fish products would have to bear an official mark or inspection legend before they could be sold at retail; also, no edible fish or fishery prod- uct could be imported into the U.S, unless processed in a country whose inspection pro- gram was 'at least equal! to that of the U.S. At the same time, Sen, Hart introduced S. 1091. This bill would give the Department of the Interior specific authority to provide technical assistance--and to make loans to the commercial fishing industry in order to meet the requirements of the new legislation, The fisheries loan fund would be increased by $15 million for that purpose. In the House, Rep. Rodino, N.J., intro- duced H.R. 7905 and H.R. 7907, covering the same ground as 8, 1091 and 1092, Disease Control On Feb, 25, Sen, Moss, Utah, introduced S, 1151, a bill to protect the fish resources of the U.S., including freshwater and marine fish-culture industries, from the introduction and dissemination of fish and shellfish di- seases, Sen, Moss noted that the bill authorizes Federal fishery workers, whenever a seri- ous outbreak warrants, to Seize, quarantine, or dispose of any fishposing a disease threat to U.S. fisheries. This would include both imported fish and fish transported ininter- state commerce. The proposal calls for development of State-Federal cooperative programs to con- trol fish disease, It prohibits interstate transportation of diseased fish or shellfish by common carrier or by personal means, The bill spells out penalties for violation of fish disease-control laws, It provides protection for employes carrying out their assigned duties. It authorizes the Secretary of the Interior to compensate growers for losses due tofishdisease-control programs, Sen. Moss also referred to 3 resolutions on fish disease control: One, passed at the U.S. Trout Farmers Association convention in Oct, 1968, asks Federal assistance in con- trolling whirling disease of trout and other salmonids, The other resolutions, passed at the American Fisheries Society meeting in Sept, 1965, asked for establishment of a na- tional reporting service on fish diseases, and for help in preventing importation of viral hemorrhagic septicemia, Fishing Fleet Replacement & Expansion Sen, Stevens, Alaska, introduced S, 936, to promote the replacement and expansion of the U.S. nonsubsidized merchant and fishing fleets. Harassment of U.S. Fishing Vessels Rep. Van Derlin, Calif., introduced H.R, 5277, a bill to instruct the President to im- pose a ban onfishery imports from countries interfering with our fishermen outside the 12- mile limit. He said the bill would be more widely applicable thanthe cutoff provisions of the Fishermen's Protective Act because it would cover allcases ofillegal harassment-- regardless of whether the fishermen involved had suffered actual financial loss, --Barbara Lundy OCEANOGRAPHY Grand Banks 1969 International Ice Patrol The U.S. Coast Guard Oceanographic Unit will conduct the oceanographic support pro- gram for the 1969 International Ice Patrol during April 1-June 30, 1969. Two oceano- graphic cruises to the Grand Banks region are scheduled aboard the 'Chincoteague! and ‘Cook Inlet’. The main purpose willbe to conduct ocean- ographic surveys of the Grand Banks region to furnish real time marine environmental analysis to the Commander, International Ice Patrol. The secondary purpose will be to study the structure and migration of the semi- permanent eddy at the Tail-of-the-Banks, and to delineate the cold core of the Laborador Current. The Operation The temperature and salinity data will be collected by Nansen casts and/or a Salinity- Temperature-Depth Sensor System from the surface to 1500M at each station along the section survey. Temperature data will also be obtained by bathythermograph. All data will be processed at sea by digital computer and transmitted to Commander, International Ice Patrol in New York for operational use. Data will be available at the National Oceanographic Data Center about 2 months following these cruises. These data, with analysis, will be published in the U.S, Coast Guard Oceanographic Report Series (CG-373). Gulf of Mexico Knolls Are Salt Domes, Oil Core Analysis Indicates The Sigsbee Knolls, extensive mounds on the floor of the Gulf of Mexico under 12,000 feet of water, have beendemonstrated 'almost conclusively! tobe salt domes, The find was made following laboratory analysis of oil- and gas-bearing cores taken in 1968 during an early phase of the Deep Sea Drilling Project (DSDP). The work was conducted by Scripps 11 Institution of Oceanography under contract to the National Science Foundation, A series of tests was made in several laboratories expertin analysis of cores con- taining oil, gas, andother minerals common- ly found with salt domes, Scripps reported the tests demonstrated that ''the oil is rela- tively young, that the rock is mainly calcite and sulphur, andthat the rock contains an ac- cumulation of palynomorphs (fossil pollen, primarily) of Jurassic age (about 160 million years old)," The Knolls All these characteristics are found in salt domes productive of oil and gas on or near shore inthe Gulf of Mexico, The test results andearlier geophysical profiling support the long-held belief that the knolls are sea-floor mounds produced over upward-thrusting salt formations, The Knolls were discovered in 1954 as topographical features by Dr. Maurice Ewing of Columbia University's Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory, He predicted they were salt domes and urged that drilling into one dome be given high priority on the Deep Sea Drilling Project. In 1960, more evidence that the Knolls were salt domes was obtained by Dr, J. Lamar Worzel and John Ewing, when continuous seismic reflection profiling showed there were many buried domes in the vicinity. 'Glomar Challenger’ Proves Case At first, there was strong doubt that these structures were salt domes, It was based on the difficult problem of explaining how a great bed of salt could have been deposited on the floor of a basin as deep and as large as the Gulf of Mexico, The doubt persisted until the Glomar Challenger drilledinto a dome onthe first leg of DSDP, a 12 Investigate Unseen 1,000-Mile-Long Planetary Waves in Pacific An extensive investigation is being made in the Pacific for unseen and elusive ocean waves thought to be about 1,000 miles long and which take 2-4 weeks to complete one eycle. This is reported by the Commerce Department's Environmental Science Serv- ices Administration (ESSA). The waves will be recorded by 15 tide gages on islands of the Caroline and Mar- shall groups--on an east-west line stretch- ing 2,500 miles across the Pacific, about 500 miles north of the Equator. Known as planetary waves, they are be- lieved caused by the gravitational attraction of the sun and moon onthe earth, and are therefore special tides. Once initiated, how- ever, the waves apparently are very largely Philippines won le at, Pulusuk Satawan governed by water depth and by the effect of the earth's rotation on its axis. ESSA-MIT Study The investigation is being undertaken by scientists of ESSAand the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Data about the plan- etary waves will be gathered by the gages for 4 years. Then the data will be subjected to analysis by high-speed electronic computers at ESSA and MIT, The investigation is being conducted by 3 physical oceanographers: Prof, Henry M, Stommel and Prof. Carl I, Wunsch of MIT, and Steacy Hicks, head of oceanographic re- search for ESSA's Coast and Geodetic Survey. Planetary Waves Hicks said that existence of planetary waves was established only in the present Map of United States superimposed to show relative size of Pacific Ocean area in which planetary wave study is being made. (ESSA) a Sa Eniwetok MARSHALL ISLANDS Kwajalein Ponape e A RG @} Majuro A Jaluit - rN Kusaie Celebes @ GAGES ESTABLISHED A GAGES TO BE ESTABLISHED Planetary wave observation sites. decade primarily through work by Wunsch, Because of the waves! length and the time required to complete a cycle from beginning to end, the waves are not easily detected, The investigators hope to answer: Do the waves move across the ocean, or do they merely oscillate back and forth in a specific area, like water sloshing in a bathtub? How high are they? What is their significance? The researchers will look for similarities with the well-known planetary waves of the atmosphere, discovered years agoby the late Carl-Gustaf Rossby, a noted MIT meteorolo- gist. Hicks said: "Planetary waves of the atmosphere serve an important function in governing changes in weather, Does it fol- low that those of the ocean serve a similar function? In other words, what effect do planetary waves have onchanges in the ocean environment? These are some of the things we willalso be looking for when we study the data recorded by our gages," Pacific Good Study Area Planetary waves are believed to exist in all oceans, but the Pacific is regarded as particularly well-suited for the study. Num- erous islands dot the area and permit cor- rect spacing for locating the waves, Also, weather fluctuations, which would tend to complicate the records, are relatively small in this re gion near the Equator, However, many other waves found will have to be fil- tered out by a mathematical process before data can be studied, Scripps’ ‘Argo’ Sails To Study Drilling Sites Only about a month after ending a 57,200- mile, globe-girdling, cruise on Jan. 30,1969, Scripps Institution of Oceanography's Argo sailed from San Diego on March 4 on a 113- month, 38,340-mile expedition in the Pacific. Argo will traverse north and south Pacific Ocean in counterclockwise direction, During Expedition SCAN, scientists and technicians will study and select 36 sea-floor sites to provide the best geological conditions for the drilling ship, 'Glomar Challenger,' as 13 she conducts Pacific Oceanphase of Deep Sea Drilling Project (DSDP), SCAN's Main Purpose Prime purpose of SCAN, supported by Na- tional Science Foundation and Office of Naval Research, is toinvestigate types of sediments and geological formations which Challenger will drill. w—| po New Evidence Reported of S. Atlantic Sea-Floor Spreading at — Two scientists of the Woods Hole (Mass.) Oceanographic Institution have revealed new evidence of sea-floor spreading in the South Atlantic, Their findings suggest that Africa and South America were joined about 150 mil- lion years ago, The sea-floor spreading has measured about 1 inch per year for the last 70 million years, Itappears symmetrical about the axis of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, which bisects the ocean floor between Africa and South Amer- ica, Themechanism causing the spreading is not known, These arethe tentative conclusions of the Co-Chief Scientists of Leg III, Deep Sea Drill- ing Project, Drs, Arthur E, Maxwell, Asso- ciate Director of the Woods Hole Oceanogra- phic Institution, and Richard P, Von Herzen, Associate Scientist, They were members of a15-man team aboard the drilling ship 'Glomar Challenger! from Dakar to Rio de Janeiro, Dec, 1, 1968, to Jan, 24, 1969, The Operation Scientific teams of the Deep Sea Drilling Project are drilling and conducting prelimi- nary core descriptions following plans of the Joint Oceanographic Institutions for Deep Earth Sampling, Maxwelland Von Herzen said 10 holes had beendrilled. Morethan 90% of the attempted corings resulted in recoveredcores, Dr, Maxwell added: 'This is a highly successful rate, evenonland, let alone at sea, where the conditions are much more difficult," The drilling took place on the flanks of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, where the structure and 14 movement of the earth's crust were studied, Sedimentation revealed the age of the ocean floor at varying distances. "The ages of the sediments, and their re- spective distances from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, indicate that two points at equal dis- tances on each side of the Ridge axis at 30 degrees south latitude have been spreading apart at the rate of two inches per year for the past 70 million years," New Bathymetric Char of Washington Coast Now Available A new Bathymetric Chart of the coast of Washington covers an area from southern British Columbia to south of the Columbia River. Itshowsthe seafloor from the coast- line to approximately ninety miles west. It covers the continental shelf slope and as it descends into deep water. The Chart is 5 feet long, 32 inches wide, and uses a cartographic technique that com- bines subtle shadings of color with contour lines to give a3-dimensional portrayal of the ocean's floor. The 2 U, of Washington oceanographers who created it--Dr, Dean McManus and Noel McGary --began working onthe concept about 2 years ago with ESSA and the U.S. Geological Survey. They were aided by State of Wash- ington agencies, Navigation by Sounding The Chart can be used for navigation by sounding. Coordinates can be transferred to standard charts for pinpoint surface naviga- tion, Because of the accuracy used in as- sembling the 3-D portrayal of the oceanfloor, the new map makes an excellent educational tool, the Oceanographic Commission of Wash- ington states, The Oceanographic Institute of Washing- ton--200 Second Avenue North, Seattle, Wash. 98109--is selling the new chart for $3.50, plus 25¢ to cover mailing. International Guide for Maritime Distress Being Prepared An International Guide for Maritime Dis- tress is being prepared by a committee of the Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Or ganization (IMCO), reports the U.S. Coast Guard, The guide is intended to provide instruc- tions to merchant vessels in distress, and to those in position to assist other vessels. [If accepted by IMCO, all commercial vessels flying theflags of IMCO's 67 member nations may be required to carry and comply with the guide. New Guide's Information At present, there are no internationally accepted standards for search and rescue-- except those set up by the International Civil Aviation Or ganization (ICAO) to rescue downed fliers, The Coast Guard says: ''The new guide will provide similar coverage for shipping, It will include instructions on emergency communications, rescue andcare of survivors, and plans and coordination of large-scale searches, It will explain what actions might be expected of a distressed vessel, and how an assisting vessel can be most effective." Foreign Fishing Off U.S. in January 1969 NORTHWEST ATLANTIC Continuous bad weather, especially in the Mid-Atlantic Bight, restricted aerial sur- veillance during Jan. 1969. Nevertheless, 39 individual fishing and support vessels from the Soviet Union, and 2 from Japan, were ob- served. It was estimated that 25 to 30 more Soviet vessels were in the area, but these were not sighted. Off Southern New England Soviet: Earlyinthe month, 8 to 10 factory stern trawlers were scattered 30 to 35 miles south of Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket. From mid-month, 10 to 15 stern trawlers were in a 20-mile area, 65 to 70 miles south of Block Island, just beyond the eastern bound - ary of the 'no fishing’ zone in ICNAF Sub- area 5. Moderate-to-heavy catches of red hake and some whiting were observed on deck and, usually, dehydration plants were oper- ating. Afew vessels fished red hake and whiting south of Nantucket. Fig. 1 - Sovietfactory stern trawler 'Sputnik’ fishing for red hake south of Block Island, R.I., during Janaury 1969, Fig. 2 = Aerial view showing substantial catch of red hake on board Soviet factory stern trawler observed during January 1969 while fishing 65 to 70 miles south of Block Island, R.1. (Photos: Resource Management, BCF) 15 Off Mid-Atlantic Soviet: Fishing activity increased early in Jan. when about 25 medium side trawlers and support vessels began fishing 25 to 30 miles off New Jersey. By month's end, the fleet had increased to an estimated 50 ves- sels dispersed over an80-mile area, 20 to 25 miles offshore from east-southeast of Sandy Hook to east of Cape May. Catch was reported to be herring and some mackerel, On Jan. 29, U.S. fishermen sighted 25 to 30 side trawl- ers fishing herring and mackerel about 60 miles east of Cape Henry, Va. On Feb. 4, one Japanese, 3 Polish, and 53 Soviet vessels were sighted off the New Jersey Coast. Japanese: On Jan. 8 and 23, the stern trawler 'Sekishu Maru! was observed fishing 65 to 70 miles southeast of Cape May, in the U.S.-USSR 'no fishing! area. On Jan. 17, the stern trawler 'Shirane Maru! was sighted 70 miles south of Martha's Vineyard off Massa- chusetts. No catches were noted on either vessel, U.S.-USSR Mid-Atlantic Fisheries Agreement No violations were observed in Jan, 1969. During the first half of the month, Soviet trawlers and transports used the designated loading zones off Long Island and New Jersey. As many as 8vessels atatime were reported in the zones. GULF OF MEXICO & SOUTH ATLANTIC No foreign fishing vessels were reported in Jan. 1969. OFF CALIFORNIA No foreignfishing vessels were sightedin Jan. 1969; 15 Sovietfishing and support ves- sels were sighted in Jan. 1968, OFF PACIFIC NORTHWEST One Japanese longliner was sighted off Washington late in the month; catch was not identified. No Soviet fishing vessels were observed, OFF ALASKA Soviet: Over 130fishery vessels had been sighted by the end of Jan, 1969--about 40 more 16 than in Dec. 1968, and 20 more than in Jan. 1968. Mostfished herring and flounder in the central and eastern Bering Sea, respectively. One medium trawler fished Pacific perch in the Gulf of Alaska, along the 100-fathom curve south of Kodiak Is. Perch fishing in other areas off Alaska had ceased by early January. The herring fleet north of the Pribilofs grew from about 48 vessels in late Dec. 1968 to about 70 by endofJan. 1969. Trawlers had good catches during the month. A BCF-Coast Guard fisheries patrol observed the herring fleet in mid-month. Stern and sidetrawlers' average drags lasted 1 hour. Catches ranged from 1 to15 metric tons and averaged 6-7 tons per haul. Many trawlers appeared to beusing midwater gear--the first known use of such gear in this fishery. Eastern Bering Sea flounder fishery ves - sels increasedfrom about 40to50 during the month. The Soviets abandoned the groundfish trawl fishery inthe central Bering Sea during early Jan. The 5 medium trawlers operating there presumably movedto theherring fishery. At least 1 reefer and 12-15 medium trawlers fished north of the Fox Is. throughout the month. Japanese: About 40 vessels were reported in Jan., comparable to the number in Dec. 1968, but about 5 less than a year ago. Six stern trawlers were in the Gulf of Alaska ocean perch fishery--4 fished pri- marily off southeast Alaska and 2 principally in the central Gulf. The12-13 sterntrawlers fishing perchin the central Bering Sea shifted to herring fishing south of St. Matthew Is. in early Jan. Two factoryships and 14 trawlers, pro- ducing fish meal and oil and minced fish meat, operated in the eastern Bering Sea. During first 3 weeks in January, 1 factoryship and 8 trawlers fished the Continental Shelf edge, north of Fox Is. to south of St. George Is., primarily catching Alaska pollock. The factoryship returned to Japan in late Jan. The other factoryship and 6 trawlers re- mained on the traditional flounder grounds north of Unimak Is. During second week of Jan., a Coast Guard Fisheries patrol, witha BCF agent aboard, ob- served about 12 Japanese stern trawlers and 2 side trawlers fishing herring at about 65 fathoms, northwest of the Pribilofs in the central Bering Sea. The Soviet herring fleet also fished in this area. Four Japanese longliners fishing sablefish in the Gulf of Alaska concentrated around Cape Ommaney. Two, however, ranged asfarnorth as the Yakutat grounds during mid-Jan. be- fore returning to the southeast Alaska area. South Korean: No fishing vessels have been reported since early January. Pre- sumably the 1 stern trawler previously re- ported off Alaska has left. STATES Alaska STATE BIOLOGISTS MAKE 1969 SALMON FORECASTS Biologists of Alaska's Fishand Game De- partment have the following 1969 salmon out- look for these areas: Bristol Bay; A preliminary forecastis for a red-salmonrunof more than 18 millionfish, This excludes the Japanese high-seas harvest, The run will be a decided improvement over the disaster years of 1967 and 1968, Last season, the run was about 8,5 million fish; of these, 5,5 were allowed for spawning, and 3 million were harvested, The probable red- salmonharvest in1969 is estimated at 9 mil- lion fish, Kodiak: The highlight will be the return of the odd-year pink-salmon cycle from the disastrous low of 1967, Cook Inlet: Insummer 1969, pink and chum salmon are expected to be in short supply in the major part of the Inlet. These species provided most of the district's canned pack in the 1968 season, The northern part of the area is expected tobe most affected by the reduced run, No forecasts were made on the Cook Inlet red-salmon runs, However, it is generally believed 1969 returns will be alittleless than normal, Prince William Sound: The areahit hard- est by the 1964 earthquake is recovering, Some of the tighter restrictions imposed then are being eased, Pink salmon runs in permitted areas will totalan estimated 5,8 million, over twice the 1968 runs, Southeast Alaska: It faces a poor salmon season and the State has issued restrictive regulations, Pink salmon usually are the bulk of the Southeastern salmon packs, In 1968, the run was nearly 30 million, the largestin 17 years, It produced a pack of 972,000 cases, Ay) The 1969 forecastis for only about 8 mil- lion pinks, of which 5 million will be needed for seed stocks. The low forecast is based onthe poor parent year 1967 and on spawning- stream studies, 1 OK RALSTON PURINA TRIPLES PROCESSING CAPACITY AT KODIAK Ralston Purina has installed 3 more new- type shrimp-peeling machines at its Royal Reefer plant in Kodiak, The plant now will operate two 10-hour shrimp shifts and its production capacity will be increased 300%, It will be able to handlea total of 64,000 pounds of shrimp a day, The firm alsohas arranged to add 3 more large vessels tothe shrimp fleet: the 'Peggy Jo,' 'Robbie,' and the 'Alaskan!, The firm has moved steadily towards shrimp production to supplement king-crab processing, California TO RECOMMEND RISE IN SHRIMP CATCH QUOTA The California Department of Fish and Game will recommend to the Fish and Game Commission a 50-percent increase inthe commercial shrimp quota for Area A off the Humboldt-Del Norte County coast in 1969-- to 3 million pounds, a million over 1968, The recommendation followed a meeting of marine biologists withindustry represent- atives in Crescent City on Feb, 11, 1969, to review the Department's management pro- posals for shrimp in Area A, The Depart- ment's marine biologists said the 1968 fall population survey indicates a population of 8.8 millionpounds of shrimp on Area A beds, Population Model Built By constructing a population model with the aid of a computer, the biologists concluded 18 that a population of 7,1 million pounds will allow a harvest of 1.7 million pounds ona sustained basis. The surplus above 7.1 mil- lion pounds may be harvested safely without endangering basic breeding stocks, That would provide a basic sustained or equilib- rium harvest of 1.7 million pounds, plus 1.7 million pounds of surplus shrimp, for the 1969 season, The 400,000 pounds more than the proposed quota of 3 million pounds are allowed arbitrarily for harvest by Oregon vessels, These take some shrimp off the northern portion of Area A beds. Survey Cruise A tentative state-industry agreement calls for a joint "in-season" population survey cruise during the 1969 season, The cost of the expensive surveys would be shared. Also, the cruise will enable the Department to draw onthe talent, knowledge, and specialized fish- ing gear of the commercialindustry, A joint survey was madeduring the 1968 season, It resulted inthe recommendation that the quota be raised from 1.5 million to 2 million pounds, Industry also cooperated with the Department in a 1964 survey cruise. California-Oregon Cooperation The Department also plans to work more closely with Oregon fishery officials than in the past--on seasons and other regulations affecting the oceanresources of the 2 states. The seasonfor Area A--the Pacific Ocean between a line extending due west of False Cape, near Cape Mendocino, and the Oregon border--usually is May 1 through October 31, or until the quota is reached, Washington SHELLFISH CATCH RISES 12% From January through October 1968, the shellfish catch in Washington State totaled 15.4 millionpounds, This was an increase of 1,6 million pounds, or 12%, over the 1967 period, Landings of Dungeness crabs reached 8,8 million pounds, up 31%. The shrimp catch of 1.2 million pounds was anincrease of 9%. The production of Pacific oystersfrom Washing- ton Coast was 2.8 million pounds, a rise of 12%. There were decreases in production of hardshell and razor clams, Olympia oysters, and Puget Sound Pacific oysters, Sie nosn ie CHINOOK SALMON FLOWN TO NEW YORK In December 1968, the University of Wash- ington airlifted 100,000 selected chinook salmoneggs tothe New York State Department of Conservation for spring 1969 planting in Lake Ontario, New York ordered the eggs after watching the results of plantings in Lake Michigan and Lake Superior by Michigan and Wisconsin, New York willholdthe eggs until they hatch this spring and put them in streams that feed Lake Ontario, Conservation Department of- ficials hope the fingerlings will stay put in Lake Ontario--as their cousins did in Mich- igan and Superior, In the latter two, the original coho, and later chinooks, thrived on a rich food supply and the absence of natural predators, Both breeds revitalized sport fishing and business in neighboring communi- tities, College of Fisheries Active The University of Washington breeds salmon selectively each year and produces more than 5millionsalmon eggs, Its College of Fisheriesuses a half-millionfor research and development projects. The remainder are available, under strict supervision, to stock non-Washington waters, In addition to the New York shipment, eggs were sent to Michigan, Wisconsin, Japan, and the Quinault Indian Reservationin Washington State. ate le Virginia EDA EXTENDS OYSTER STUDY The Commerce Department's Economic Development Administration (EDA) has ap- proved technical assistance funds of $45,254 to help continue the feasibility study of es- tablishing oyster hatcheries in the lower Chesapeake Bay area of Virginia, The funds will be supplemented by $15,200 from the ap- plicant--the Windmill Point Oyster Co. of Irvington, Va. The study, begun mid-1966 to revive de- clining oyster production in the James River area, will be extended one year. The study has developed data on oyster spawning and setting of larvae, 1969 Program Research this year will develop and eval- uate the use of cultch-free oyster seed pro- duced in hatcheries, It will seek to determine costs, resistance to disease, predation of young oysters--and effects ontheir growth of water depth, tidal currents, salinity, storms, and seasons, The cultch-free oysters are cultivated in baskets or trays off the bay bottom, This method was developed by Windmill research- ers to save the many man hours needed to operate the equipment used to handle the heavy cultch, Maine SARDINES PROMOTED The Maine Sardine Council has requested BCF assistance in a nationwide educational program to encourage sardine consumption because of heavy production, large inven- tories, and a declining share of the market for Maine sardines, In 1968, production was 1.6 million pounds; in1967,1,.2 million pounds, On Jan, 1, 1969, inventories for domestic canners were 765,000 cases; onJan, 1, 1968, 340,000 cases, Since 1957, U.S. market share has decreased from 65% to 35%, The program is aimed at extension agents, school lunch administrators, institutional managers, professional food groups, retail- ers andothers in the food trades through the use of newspapers, radio & television, and personal contacts. 19 Commonwealth of Puerto Rico TUNA INDUSTRY GROWS Puerto Rico's tuna industry continues to grow, reports the island's Department of Agriculture, During 1968, over 126,000 tons of tuna were unloaded and processed, 6,000 tons more than in 1967, The established tunacannery in Ponce, on the southern coast, will be expanded by the construction of more freezers, a warehouse, and packing lines, Another cannery will be built, In Mayaguez, on the west coast, the 3 plants have increased their facilities and plan further expansion, Tuna seen from observation chamber of research vessel. A Tuna Canning Center Tuna canning is the most important food- processing industry, It employs 2,200 people, In 1968, production was over 6,3 million cases, excluding pet food, and was worth more than $80 million, "If the upward trend continues,"' the Department of Agriculture says, "the Island will soon be the tuna can- ning center of the world," ARTICLE A PROGRESS REPORT ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF A SHRIMP TRAWL TO SEPARATE SHRIMP FROM FISH AND BOTTOM-DWELLING ANIMALS William L, High, lan E. Ellis, and Larry D. Lusz BCF has developed a trawl that separates, while fishing, shrimp from other marine animals, The design resulted from experiments aboard the 'John N. Cobb! and several cooperating Pacific Northwest commercial shrimp trawlers, Behavioral studies of the response of shrimp and associated marine animals to capturing gear contributed to the gear development. The BCF shrimp-sorting trawl has long wings with double web panels, Shrimp pass through the large mesh inner panel and are re- tained by the smallmesh outer panel, which leads to acod end, Fish and other "trash" that cannot pass through the inner web lead aft, either passively or actively, to a trash chute that allows passage back tothe seabed, The shrimp-sorting trawl caught up to 2,000 pounds of shrimp per tow, This catch usually contained less than 1 percent trash, whereas conventional nets fished nearby had catches up to 80 percent trash, Shrimp catch rates have been less when using the shrimp-sorting trawl than for conventional trawls. This problem is being studied, Time-consuming sorting, however, is nearly eliminated, and shrimp quality improved. Thesorting trawlpermits fishing during late even- ing andmorning hours of darkness, and on grounds not now fished be- cause of hightrashcatches. Researchis continuing tofurther improve catch rates and separation, and to modify the trawl for other shrimp fisheries, One major concernof commercial shrimp fishermen is the large amount of fish and bottom -dwelling invertebrates in the shrimp eatches, Along the Washington and Oregon coasts, shrimp fishermen are particularly bothered with small flounders, Pacific hake, sablefish, smelt, and sea urchins, In the Pacific Northwest, shrimp fisher - men spill their pink shrimp catch from the trawl onto a large sorting table, where crew members handpick out all ''trash'' (unwanted fish and invertebrates caught incidentally). Because shrimp must be free of all trash and mud to be marketable, extra manpower is required to assist with this time-consuming task, If the sorting problem could be elimi- nated, only 3 men would be required in the erew instead of the present 4, Sorting time varies with the amount and kind of trash. A typical catch aboard a Pacific Northwest shrimp trawler might contain 1,500 pounds of pink shrimp and 5,000 pounds of trash, which would require about 3 man-hours to separate. Some fish caught in shrimp trawls have market value but usually cannot be handled profitably along with shrimp. Moreover, some state laws prohibit large amounts of fish to be landed by shrimp trawlers. Present trawl capture techniques damage both shrimp andfish, Shrimp are crushed by large volumes of fish, and fishare repeatedly punctured by shrimp rostrums. Broken sea The authors are Fishery Biologist, Fishery Methods and Equipment Specialist, and Electronic Engineer, respectively, Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research Base, BCF, 2725 Montlake Blvd. E., Seattle, Wash. 98102. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Fish and Wildlife Service Sep. No. 836 urchins stainshrimp and are very difficult to sortfrom shrimp. Small-mesh shrimp trawls also capture large numbers of young fish; most of those that have air bladders, such as hake and rockfishes, do not survive when re- turned to the sea bed. Consequently, many fish die even when discarded, Trash in shrimp catches reduces fishing efficiency. Vessels are often forced to cease fishing temporarily when the entire catch cannot be brought aboard at once, Part of the catch must remain in the trawl alongside the vessel until space is available onthe sorting table. When the amount of trash is too great tomake sorting feasible, the entire catch is dumped overboard and new grounds having lesstrash are sought, Shrimp trawl- ingis not conducted during early morning and late evening because the catch is mainly trash, especially small flounders, In May 1968, BCF's Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research Base at Seattle, Wash., began experiments and fishing trials to de- velop a method of reducing unwanted marine forms in shrimp catches, Experimental ap- proaches presented in this report are based on a detailed understanding of trawl design tied closely to investigations of the behavior of shrimp and other animals, BACKGROUND Early Separator Shrimp Trawl Research in Europe In1963, Frenchresearchers experimented with a shrimp trawl designed to separate shrimp from flatfish (Boddeke, 1965), The trawl was designed on the principle that shrimp and flatfish respond differently to a stimulus--shrimp swim up into the water column whereas flatfish swim toward the ocean bottom, A conventional shrimp trawl was divided into upper and lower sections by a large-mesh curtain or panel of web. The upper section was completely closed off from the lower section, The separator panel was weighted so that it hung horizontally through- out the length of the trawl body and terminated at a junctionof upper and lowercod ends, In theory, shrimp would swim up through the large-mesh separator panel and lead back into the upper cod end, while flatfish and oth- er bottom-dwelling invertebrates would not swim through the panel and would pass out through the lower cod end, which is not tied. 21 The Dutch began experiments with the French sorting trawlin 1964 to determine its utility for the Dutchshrimp fishery. In their tests, the French sorting trawl had a lower catch rate thanthe controltrawl, a traditional Dutch trawl, Consequently, a funnel-like separator was incorporated, This net had higher catch rates than the French-designed trawl and the control trawl. 4 Pertinent BCF Observations on Animal Behavior Observations on the behavior or inferred behavior of shrimp to shrimp trawls was limited to data accrued during exploratory surveys and incidental "in situ'' observations, e Distribution of shrimp intrawls and in- ferred behavior. When being fished, both 400-mesh Eastern otter trawls and 57-foot semiballoon trawls have large areas of closed meshes due to un- equal distribution of strain on the web, Trawls have often been retrieved with hun- dreds of shrimp trapped in the forward top and wing meshes, Shrimp encountering the closed meshes passed through or were forced into the webbing, where they became lodged, BCF scientists aboard the minisub Pisces! observed pink shrimp during dives in Puget Sound, Washington, Individual shrimp were seen both on the bottom and occasionally well up into the water column, Shrimp gen- erally moved slowly across the bottom unless disturbed by near contact with the Pisces! skids, Onthese occasions, the shrimp usually jumped 1 to 2 feet sideways or upward away from the skid, Unless disturbed again, the shrimp usually made no further rapid move- ments, Divers have frequently watched "broken back" shrimp (genus Spirontocaris) in their natural habitat, These shrimp are usually found near or beneath bottom debris, and seldom dart away unless nearly or actually touched, When the disturbing object gently contacts a shrimp, it swims a few inches away. Divers have captured individuals by hand, On one occasion, hundreds of "broken back'' shrimp were on the bottom near a sub- merged log. When divers moved through them, the shrimp jumped up to 2 feet off the bottom or sideways using several snapping motions, 22 @ Observed fish behavior. A primary consideration in developing a sorting trawl is the behavior of fish which are to be sorted, Scuba diving scientists have observed smelt (Osmeridae) and Pacific her- ring (Clupea harengus pallasi) many times within the influence of a trawl. In most in- stances, these fish oriented and swam with the trawl near the uppermost side and top web panels. Escape was usually attempted through the top of the trawl (High and Lusz, 1966). These fish appeared content to swim for long periods inthe trawl without tiring or exhibit- ing distress. But when subjected to sudden diver motions, many fish would dart through upper meshes of the net. Flounders, on the other hand, invariably swim downward seeking an escape route out of a bottom trawl and seldom rise more than 3 feet from the bottom at any time. Only a small space is necessary between the trawl footrope andocean floor to allow great num- bers of flounders to pass beneath the trawl footrope and escape. Other near-bottom species, such as Pa- cific cod (Gadus macrocephalus), sablefish (Anoplopoma fimbria), spiny dogfish (Squalus acanthias), surf-perches (Embiotocidae), some species of rockfishes (Sebastodes spp.), lingcod (Ophiodon elongatus), and cabezon (Scorpaenichthys marmoratus) respond ina manner between the two extremes, Indi- viduals of all these species have been ob- served escaping beneath a trawl footrope that was 6 to 12 inches off the bottom. Rarely do any rise more than15 feet after coming with- in the trawl's influence in an effort toescape. Usually these species swim ahead of the foot- rope 2 to 5 feet off the bottom. When the foot- rope eventually passes beneath them, they turn toward either side of the trawl and, sometimes, rise several feet. All species observed, except smelt and herring, move quickly back to the trawl intermediate or cod end after being totally enclosed by web. Salm- on (Oncorhynchus spp.) and halibut (Hippo- glossus hippoglossus) are the only species observed that swam forward and escaped out of the trawi mouth after being more than about 15 feet aft of the footrope. PRELIMINARY RESEARCH Limited trials were made by the BCF Ju- neau Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research Base, and later by the Seattle Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research Base, to deter - mine if the French-type separator trawl was effective in the North Pacific pink-shrimp fishery. Following these limited trials, which produced inconclusive but encouraging re- sults, an intensive trawl net development program was begun by the Seattle Base. Re- sults of Seattle's program to date are de- scribed below. Model Separator Panel Two smalltrawls, a Gulf-of-Mexico shrimp try net, and a one-quarter scale model 57- foot semiballoon trawl were built with hori- zontal separator panels of 3-inch web leading to upper and lower cod ends. After under- water observations, both trawls were modi- fied. The separator panel was shortened, ad- ditional leaded line was attached, and alu- minum trawl floats were tied on the trawl top panel to ensure space between the sepa- rator panel and the trawl top. Both nets were tested in Port Susan, Wash- ington, on sparse populations of pink shrimp. Although catches were low, only about 40 percent of the shrimp were in the upper bag of the model and try nets. 57-Foot Semiballoon Separator Trawl From experience gained with the model trawls, a standard 57-foot semiballoon trawl then was modified with a separator panel and a second cod end. Unfortunately, tests with this modified trawl aboard the trawler 'Tradewind' on commercial shrimp grounds off central Oregon achieved poor separation of shrimp from trash. These results sug- gested the need for a different method of Separating shrimp from trash in the North- west shrimp fishery. DEVELOPMENT OF SORTING CONCEPT Before a successful separator trawl could be developed, it was necessary to further understand the underlying reaction of shrimp and fish to webbing. Therefore, an experi- mental cruise was conducted with our re- search vessel John N. Cobb off central Ore- gon, The primary purpose was to test shrimp trawls with experimental devices for separat- ing shrimpfrom trash, and to determine be- havior patterns of shrimp relating to their capture. Several trawl configurations were tested. Each was a step toward determining shrimp reactions and providing a basis for future commercial trawl design. These various configurations were not intended to operate as commercial trawls. Retaining Covers As noted earlier, shrimp had been observed hanging partially through wing and top meshes of conventional bottom trawls and 57-foot semiballoon shrimp trawls when retrieved. Their presence indicated that some shrimp escape through the net and that the rate of escape might be very high in areas where the meshes are fully open, Therefore, in an at- tempt to determine the degree of escapement, small covers were placed over the trawl in strategic places. Nine-foot square pieces of #-inch mesh web were laced at 5 locations to the outside of a 2-inchmesh 57-foot semiballoon shrimp trawl. Each piece covered a 43-foot square area, thus creating a pocket to hold shrimp that passed through the larger web. Fig. 1 shows the location of these covers. In four 30-minute tows, considerably more shrimp were capturedin the side covers than in the top covers, The average number of 23 shrimp ineachpocket was: position 1--31.2, position 2--14,2, position 3--66.0, position 4--6.8, and position 5--3.0, The trawl cod end contained an average of 75 pounds of shrimp and 210 pounds of fish, The results indicate that the greatest es- capement occurred near the intermediate, The lack of fish or other trash in any pocket suggests that marine animals other than shrimp may lead along the trawl web, did not contact the trawl in covered areas, or were too large to pass through the webbing, Side Panel Covers The purpose of the second experiment was to assess the total amount of escapement through the side panels, A large panelof ¢-inch mesh web was at- tached outside each 2-inch mesh trawl side panel from the wingtiptocodend, The panels were laced along the seams in the forward part of the net and departed from the seams aft toretain a constant vertical size (Fig. 2). Near the intermediate, the panels nearly cir- cumscribed the net. Shrimp passed through the trawl web and led aft along the small mesh external cover to special cod ends Fig. 1 - Schematic drawing of a 57-foot semiballoon trawl with five small-mesh retainer bags to collectshrimp that passed through trawl meshes. 24 oe ll ere S SS WN Fig. 2 - A 57-foot semiballoon trawl with exterior covers of inch web along the side panels terminating in individual cod ends. terminating each cover panel, Organisms that did not pass through the 2-inch web were lead into the 13-inch mesh trawl cod end, Six 30-minute tows produced 530 pounds of shrimp and 870 pounds of trash in the trawl cod end--and 805 pounds of shrimp and 35 pounds of trash in the 2 side covers, Sixty percent of the total shrimp catch and 4 per- cent of the total trash were in the exterior side cover (Fig. 3). Top Panel Cover The next experiment evaluated the total amount of shrimp escapement through the top of the trawl, An external retaining panel of }-inch mesh web was laced along the top panel of the 2-inch mesh trawl (Fig. 4). Shrimp that passed through the top of the trawl were led aft toa separate cod end, Results of nine 30-minute tows showed that catches inthe trawl cod end totaled 980 pounds of shrimp and 2,655 pounds of trash, The external top panel contained 395 pounds of shrimp and 65 pounds of trash, Twenty-nine percent of the total shrimp catch, and 2.4 per- cent of the total trash, were in the exterior top panel, The trash was almost entirely smelt and a few very small flounders (Fig. 5). Combined External Trawl Cover Catches of nearly pure shrimp in the ex- terior covers were great enough to suggest this dualweb concept as a means to separate shrimp from trash, Consequently, this ex- periment was designed to enclose all trawl meshes, Trawl liner configurations similar to those used in the side panel and top panel experi- ments were combined with an additional small-mesh sleeve placed around the trawl intermediate and cod end, . The trawl inter- mediate was also lengthened, using 13-inch web and hung-in 29,3 percent to supporting riblines, to allow the meshes to open more fully and thereby facilitate the passage of shrimp, Only the trawl belly remained un- lined, The results of 4 tows indicated that the 2- inch and 13-inch web nearly completely sep- arated shrimpfromtrash, Of the total shrimp catch, 87 percent to 97 percent was in the ex- ternal cover bags, Fish in the cover bags was limited to smelt. Most noteworthy was the fact that the ma- jority of adult shrimp escaped through both 13-inch and 2-inch webbing to be retained by the small mesh cover while fish and other trash were retained separately in the large mesh cod end, 25 Fig. 3 - The combined catch in two covers attached to trawl side panels made up 60 percent of the total shrimp catch. Note the many fish in the trawl cod end, whereas only a few smelt are scattered in the separated catches. Fig. 4-A 3-inch mesh web panel covered the top portion of a trawl to retain shrimp that passed through the trawl web. 26 Fig. 5 - This photo shows a catch of shrimp and trash that passed through the top trawl web and the catch in the trawl cod end. EXPERIMENTAL TRAWL DESIGNS Data gathered during the John N, Cobb cruise, combined with our prior information, provided a direction for continued research to develop a prototype commercial trawl-- one that would effectively capture and separ- ate pink shrimp from fish and bottom-dwelling invertebrates, Two experimental shrimp trawls were con- structed: one trawl was a modification of an existing commercial fishing net, the other was a new radical design. Bottomless Trawl This trawl was designed to allow trash species to escape under the trawl, and to stimulate shrimp to pass upward through a large mesh separator panel into the cod end, A 57-foot, conventional, semiballoon shrimp trawl was modified for testing, The bottom web paneland footrope were removed and replaced with 3 tickler chains, The tick- ler chains were attached equidistant along the lengthof the body to stimulate shrimp off the bottom and to maintain trawl shape. The top panel, side panels, and cod end were lined interiorly with small-mesh webbing to prevent shrimp from escaping through the 13- inchmeshes. A 3-inchmesh separator panel was laced along the headrope and extended back alongthe center of the side panels to the lower side of the cod end; this createda near-horizontal curtain aft of the trawl mouth, The separator panel was weighted so that it would be suspended inthe trawl's center dur- ing fishing and would form a large, enclosed, compartment into which swimming shrimp could enter easily, The lower section of each side panel servedas askirt to prevent shrimp from escaping horizontally. The bottom of each side panel was weighted to keep the trawl on bottom, Fishing trials of the prototype bottomless trawl were conducted on shrimp grounds near Newport, Oregon, To test the efficiency of the experimental trawl, the John N, Cobb made 2 tows adjacent to acommercial trawl- er, the M/ V 'Jaka-B,' which was using a con- ventional, 57-foot, semiballoon trawl, The comparative tows produced about the same amount of shrimp for each vessel, Owing to low availability of shrimp during the testing period, shrimp catches were very small; therefore, results were not conclusive, Further testing is planned, BCF Shrimp-Sorting Trawl In designthis new trawl departs radically from conventional shrimp trawls, It has neither a top nor bottom panel but a double wall of webbing in the wings to separate shrimp from fish and bottom debris (Fig. 6). The inner panels of the double-walled wings are of meshes large enough for shrimp to pass through, and the outer panels are of meshes small enough to retain the sorted catch, Size of shrimp contained in the outer bag would naturally be governed by mesh size, Smelt and other fish that tend to swim up- ward could pass over the top of the new trawl, OUTER RETAINER PANEL Ly wae FOOT ROPE HEAD ROPE INNER SIEVE 27 Fish and debris that did not pass through the large meshes of the inner panel in the wings eventually pass through a trash chute out of the trawl unharmed, Because all shrimp were not expected to pass through the wing sieve web, the trash chute was construc- ted of large-mesh web, which would allow some of these shrimp to go into the retainer bag, Those shrimp that continued through the chute without passing through any meshes would eventually be captured in the trash bag, or deposited back onto the sea bed if the ex- ternal portion of the chute was not closed, After construction of the new trawl, diver observations determined that the overall con- figuration was adequate for testing, Fishing Trials Initial field trials of the BCF shrimp- sorting trawl were conducted on shrimp beds off Newport, Oregon, These were reported to have small-to-moderate amounts of shrimp but large amounts of trashfish and sea urch- ins, The John N, Cobb made 9 tows with the net, In every tow, the trash content of the separated shrimp catches was less than 3 percent by weight, and no sea urchins were SHRIMP BAG Fig. 6 - Schematic drawing of the BCF shrimp sorting trawl featuring long double panel wings and a short trash chute. 28 i 1 | + | 1 | . Fig. 7 - Anearly pure shrimp catch is dumped from a BCF shrimp sorting trawl onto the M/V Washington's sorting table. NN ies i AN A) i i ant Ay This 2,000- pound catch of shrimp had less than 20 pounds of smelt and flounders. taken, Four 30-minute tows yielded 555 to 735 pounds of separated shrimp per tow, and one 30-minute tow yielded only 265 pounds, A 1-hour tow caught 610 pounds of shrimp and 15 pounds of trash, while the commercial vessel Jaka-B fishing nearby with a con- ventional trawl caught 500 pounds of shrimp and 55 pounds of trash, One 2-hour tow near the Jaka-B produced 780 pounds of shrimp and 25 pounds of trash in the sorting trawl, while the commercial vessel had 800 pounds of shrimp and 390 pounds of trash, The two remaining 2-hour shrimp-sorting trawl tows produced 625 pounds and 1,825 pounds of shrimp. The sorting trawl was then placed aboard the 65-foot commercial shrimp trawler 'Washington, ' which operated off the northern coast of Oregon, The first tow was made with a standard, 57-foot, semiballoon trawl which took 1,400 pounds of shrimp and 4,900 pounds of fish andtrash, In8 succeeding tows with the BCF shrimp-sorting trawl, catches ranged from 1,000 to 2,000 pounds of shrimp, Four percent trash occurred in one evening tow; 1 percent or less trash was captured in the other 7 daytime tows (Fig.7). All catches included many small, gray, cragonid shrimp. Tows inthe same general area and of similar duration made by the 'Trask' and 'Western Maid! using conventional shrimp trawls took more shrimp than the BCF shrimp-sorting trawl, but their catches also included up to 5,000 pounds of trashpertow. On the follow- ing trip, the Washington using the wing trawl also made smaller catches of shrimp than did vessels usingthe conventional shrimp trawl, Furthermore, it was noticed that the Wash- ington often traveled only 60 percent of the distance covered by vessels using standard shrimp trawls, Use of the trawl by the Washington on the 2 trips indicated aneed for further gear modi- fications to (1) increase average size of pink shrimp captured by using web with larger meshes in the inner and outer panels, (2) 29 Fig. 8 - This 1,500-pound catch of shrimp could be dumped into the vessel's hold after washing without time-consuming hand sorting. reduce incidentalcatch of unwanted cragonid shrimp, (3) improve handling alongside the vessel by lengthening the shrimp bag, and (4) increase the catch of pink shrimp, A second wing trawl was then constructed and tested aboard the Washington, It also had a 100-foot headrope and 106-foot footrope, The wings as observed by scuba divers opened about 5feetvertically, Theinner panel wings were of 2-inch No, 12 knotted nylon, Outer panel wings of £-inch knotless nylon were at- tached to 1 ie -inch No, 18 knotted nylonin the body and shrimp bag sections, Fishing trials with the modified sorting trawl continued to demonstrate the potential of this design, Catches, although still small- er than those of nearby trawlers, were of com- mercial size, Almost no trash was captured with the sorting trawl, and the shrimp could be placed directly into the hold for icing with- out sorting (Fig, 8), On the first day, the catch rates were 1,460 pounds per hour by the Washington with the sorting trawl, 1,380 pounds per hour by Trask (conventional trawl), and 1,285 pounds per hour by Western Maid (conventional trawl), The following day the Washington made 2 tows and took 805 pounds per hour, while the Trask took 2,380 pounds per hour, and the Western Maid 2,100 pounds per hour, The BCF shrimp-sorting trawl still re- tained some small shrimp becauSe of its 1,.-inchretainer web as compared to 13-inch web of commercial trawls, Table shows age Age Composition of Shrimp Taken October 8-9, 1968, inA 57 -Foot Semiballoon Trawl and A BCF Shrimp-Sorting Trawl (Unpublished Data, Oregon Fish Commission) BCF Shrimp- setae Trawl with (Oe Beate Web 57 -Foot Semiballoon Trawl with 15-Inch Web Carpace Length mm. 15,5-17.5 18,0-21.5 22.0-25.0 & older 30 216 MESHES $ % INNER WING x WEBBING: 2 1/2" STRETCH MESH, #21 THREAD 2 REQUIRED 250 MESHES 2 BAR TAPER 12 MESH OUTER WING WEBBING: | 1/2" STRETCH MESH, *I5 THREAD 2 REQUIRED INTERMEDIATE WEBBING: | I/2" STRETCH MESH, #21 THREAD | REQUIRED MAY BE EXTENDED EXTERNALLY FOR 240 MESHES TESTING | TRASH CHUTE nae Tig | BAG 30 |2 1/2" STRETCH MESH,*36] TRASH CHUTE I! == | REQUIRED on ape a} WEBBING: | 1/2" STRETCH l-30-+ 100 MESH, #36 THREAD TRASH CHUTE WEDGE 15 2 12" STRETCH MESH 36 THREAD | REQUIRED | NEEDED 15 Cc << CANOPY WEDGE 11/2" STRETCH MESH 200 MESHES 30+ #18 THREAD | NEEDED NOTE: CHAFING GEAR DIAGRAM NOT SHOWN Fig. 9 - Sample cutting diagram for BCF shrimp sorting trawl. 31 *TMe@Q Sunios dumrys Jog 10; suetd uoMonmsuoo aydures - OF *6ty “"NMOHS LON ‘‘913 ‘OSNIMLS ONINSHDNd ‘3NIT AZV1 “d¥uLS ONILLINdS “¥Vv39 ONISVHO :S3LON oft Ge Le 5 £2 SOl* ax 3d0¥L004 OL 00 YZ VY ANY ODV 3dO4GV3H OL NN OWW QGNV NHOW :1L03NNOD "Y3HL390L ONIGSSM T3NVd Y3LNO GNV Y3NNI 3HL M3S OL wSZ OL SZ*,N.Y OL NY:N,O OL NO:,1,S OL 1S*,S,4 OL SY .0,5 OL,95 *,5,f OL 4,0 +f IH OL FH*XO OL PO ,3,0 OL 30 *,0,4 OL G1 *,X,,9 OL .X9*,9,8 OL 98 :¥3H13901 SWV3S SNIMOTIOJ 3HL M3S 3903" 3LNHD HSVYEL OuLOO4 3d TANVd ONIM Y3NNI S3HS3W OF SV HLON31) S3HS3W 08 NOILN3LX3 3LNHD HSVYL TANVd SNIM ¥3LNO H 3d040V3H Y 9 »y SLVIGSWY3LNI 5 el S3HS3W %/22 TVANVd SNIM ¥3LNO0 S3HS3W ee ’S3HS3W EF 32 “Tey Goryos dumrys qq oy} Jof eynyo yseT} pue suTTqU Jo stteIeq- Ty “bra J9G3M S3LNHO HSVYL S3LNHD HSVYL 3NIN8I4 WVv3S A17398 GQNV 3LNHD HSVYL—; (ONMH LON) 3dO¥ LYOddNS J3NITEIY A1138 ON3GO0) —~ AdONV9 SLNHOD HSVYL JO 1IX3 OL YVE ZHL dN NM3S SI SJLVIGSWY3SLNI 3HL composition of shrimp taken in the 2 types of trawls, The sorting trawl took shrimp of considerably higher quality than did the other vessels, Samples taken by a biologist of the Oregon Fish Commission indicated that, al- though shrimp taken inthe sorting trawl aver- aged slightly smaller in length than those takenin shrimp trawls, fewer were needed to weigh a pound (75 per pound, in contrast to 81 per pound from other vessels), He sug- gested this phenomenon was due to the fact that shrimp caught by conventional trawls are frequently broken and crushed, causing a loss of body parts and fluids, whereas those taken with the sorting trawl were undamaged be- cause there were no large quantities of trash in the cod end, Sample Construction Method The BCF shrimp-sorting trawl cannot have the same design for all fisheries, Factors such as vesselsize and horsepower, species fished, type of trash, and bottom composition will dictate certain modifications for greatest efficiency, However, it is appropriate to present a typical plan to show methods of construction, Fishermen considering construction of a sorting trawl must realize this is an illustra- tive design, It is not necessarily intended for use incommercial fisheries in its present form, The sample trawlillustrated here might apply to the large prawns typically found in the Gulf of Mexico, whereas a trawl constructed of smaller meshes, such as 2- inch for inner panel and l-inch for outer panel, would be appropriate for pink shrimp along the Washington and Oregon coasts, The cutting diagram shown in figure 9 in- cludes each web section required, Figure 10 illustrates the web attachment points, Ribline configuration and trash chute details are shown in figure 11, DISCUSSION Despite lower catchrates, it is anticipated that design changes will bring harvesting rates up to those of conventional shrimp trawls, Even in their present form, trawls employing the new concept in shrimp separa- tion in their design have several advantages for usein Pacific Northwest waters: (1) less manpower is required due to reduced sorting time, (2) fishing time is not lost to sorting shrimp from trash, and fishing may be ex- qe 33 tended to hours of darkness, (3) grounds con- sidered unfishable owing to excessive trash canbe harvested withthis gear, and (4) prod- uctreaching the market is superior and may command a higher price, Two sorting trawls are now undergoing tests in the Pacific Northwest pink-shrimp fisheries, One trawl has somewhat higher wings to capture shrimp several feet off bot- tom, The 50-foot headrope makes the trawl small enough for use by low-horsepower vessels, Theother has amodified trash chute to increase shrimp catch rates, This paper is as aninterim report, Ad- ditional studies and at-sea fishing trials are underway to develop a shrimp-sorting trawl suitable for commercial fishing, Fishery regulations in some regions now prevent use of this type trawl because of the small-mesh construction, Designs are completed for sorting trawls modified to cope with conditions existing in other fisheries, Information gained thus far in the developmental program suggests that itmay befeasible to sort small shrimp from larger shrimp throughuse of multiple sieving, Additional behavior studies were begun in January 1969 and will continue throughout the year to further develop trawls using the new sorting principle. To accelerate this pro- gram, we will use underwater television and automatic deepwater cameras to learn more about the behavior of shrimp to fishing gear in situ, and then relate these observations to the trawl design, ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank the captains and crews of the commercial shrimp trawlers, Washington, Tradewind, Trask, Western Maid, and Jaka-B for their cooperation during field trials of experimental nets; Jack Robinson, Fishery Biologist, Oregon Fish Commission, who col- lected shrimp age and size information; and Steve Marinovich, who supplied model trawls, LITERATURE CITED BODDEKE, R. 1965, Enbetergarnalennet(A New Selective Shrimp Trawl). Visserij-Nieuws, vol, 18, no. 1, pp. 2-8. HIGH, WILLIAM L,, and LARRY D, LUSZ 1966. Underwater Observations on Fish in an Off-Bottom Trawl. J. Fish. Res, Bd, Can., vol. 23, no. 1, pp. 153.154. 34 ANTARCTIC ‘An Ostracod Fauna from Halley Bay, Coats Land, British Antarctic Territory,' by J. W. Neale, British Antarctic Survey, Scientific Report No. 58, London, 1967, 50 pp., illus., $3.36. Twenty-six species of podocopid ostracods are presentin ahigh Antarctic fauna obtained from Halley Bay. Diagnoses are given of the two new genera 'Antarcticythere! and ‘Myrena.' The new species 'Cativella ben- sone,’ 'Loxocythere frigida!' and ‘Robert- sonites antarcticus' are described. Com- parisons are made with other described fauna from the Antarctic. MARINE MAMMALS 'The World of the Walrus,' by Richard Perry, Taplinger Publ. Co., New York, 1967, 162 pp., illus., $5.95. For athousand years, Since the days when the Vikings were hunting the hvalross, or whale-horse, off the North Cape early in the ninth century, man has persecuted the walrus relentlessly. During the past 100 years, be- tween 2 and 3 million walruses have been slaughtered in the Bering Sea alone; no one has calculated how many more in the Canadian and Norwegian Arctic. By the 1930s, their world population was less than 100,000; their continued existence as a living species was endangered. Despite this record, our knowledge of the walrus life history is both fragmentary and confused. It is extremely difficult to main- tain contact with the herds among the remote icefields, andthey do not breed ashore in vast rookeries as do their relatives, the fur seals and sea lions. Nevertheless, a mass of ma- terial has been gathered by zoologists, much of it both circumstantial and contradictory. Mr. Perry has straightened out this maze of fact and inference to expose the unexpected fact of walrus life and society. MODERN FISHERIES ‘Science for Better Living,' Yearbook of Agriculture, Dept. of Agriculture, 1968. U.S, Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 386 pp., illus., $3. This Yearbooktakes a very broad view of agricultural research. Subjects range from the alfalfa bee to the weed-eating sea cow, fromballoon logging to WURLAN woolfabric, from a low-calorie cheese to farming by space satellite. The intricacies of managing fishery re- sources and harvesting food fromthe sea and inland waters are covered in a chapter written by Dr. Sidney Shapiro, BCF's special assistant for resource development. It deals withnumerous modern developments in fish- ery biology andtechnology: for example, pro- ductivity of the sea, underwater marine re- search, spacecraft oceanography, and fish culture. OCEANOGRAPHY 'The Ever-Changing Sea,! by David B. Ericson and Goesta Willin, illustrated by Ingrid Niccoll, Alfred A. Knopf, New York, 1967, 349 pp., $7.95. Revelations of the past two decades about the oceans--their deeps, currents, topogra- phy, and their origins--have given us more knowledge than had been acquired in all the millenia since venturesome upper-paleo- lothic men first set out upon the deeps in skin boats. David Ericson and Goesta Wollin, themselves distinguished oceanographers, have brought the story up to date. They tell how new equipment and ingenious instruments, such as the echo sounder, the corer, and the seismic profiler, have brought to the surface data that give an utterly new view of the sea's secrets. From this new knowledge has come an understanding of oth- er fields of learning. This book illustrates how the study of the sea and its terrain has given insights into the physical evolution of the earth itself, evidence about the forma- tion of continents, the nature of the earth's crust, the beginnings of life, life in the great deeps today, and the 'new economics of the oceans.! ~ ‘Oceanography of Baffin Bay and Nares Strait in the Summer of 1966 and Current Measurements in Smith Sound, Summer 1963,! by Kennard M, Palfrey, Jr. and Godfrey Day, U.S. Coast Guard Oceanographic Report No. 16, U.S. Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 1968, 204 pp., illus. The summer of 1966 climaxed the most unusual year inthe history of the Internation- al Ice Patrol, by virtue of a phenomenal lack of ice and abnormally warm temperatures. This report attempts to document the ocean- ographic conditions in Baffin Bay at that time, including data collected during a comprehen- sive and synoptic investigation of Baffin Bay and Nares Strait. Measurements of temper- ature, salinity, and dissolved oxygen are pre- sented, emphasizing the development of the circulation of Baffin Bay. OCEAN BIRDS ‘Birds of the Atlantic Ocean,' by Ted Stokes, illustrated by Keith Shackleton, Mac- Millan Co., New York, 1968, 156 pp., $12.95. This book offers the most complete col- lection of illustrations of ocean birds ever published, The celebrated British painter and illustrator Keith Shackleton has included reproductions of 15 of his oil portraits of birds of the Atlantic ocean in full flight. To these have been added 23 plates of gouache drawings pointing up eachbird's distinguish- ing characteristics and features of special interest. The birds run the full gamut from penguins, albatrosses, petrels, tropic birds, and peli- cans to cormorants, frigate birds, phalaropes, skuas, gulls, terns, skimmers, and auks. Mr, Stokes, a well-known oceanbird enthusi- ast, presents the birds in correct systematic sequence, giving their order, family, species, and common names, 35 OIL POLLUTION ‘Manual on the Avoidance of Pollution of the Sea by Oil,' Great Britain Board of Trade, London, 1967, 22 pp., 2 charts. Her Majes- ty's Stationery Office, 30¢. In recent years, strenuous efforts have been made, both nationally and international- ly, to solve the problem of oil pollution. By November 1967, 36 countries had accepted an International Convention for the Preven- tion of Pollution of the Sea by Oil. The pro- visions of the Convention have been given legal effect for British ships registered in the U.K. The law can impose penalties, but pollu- tion of the sea will cease only if every master, officer, and seaman--and those onshore who transfer oil to and from ships--do all they can to prevent oil getting into it. This man- ual seeks to assist themby setting out meth- ods of avoiding the discharge, spillage, or leakage of oil. FISH PASSAGE THROUGH TURBINES '‘Diel Movement and Vertical Distribution of Juvenile Anadromous Fish in Turbine In- takes,' by Clifford W. Long, Fishery Bulletin, Vol. 66, No. 3, Fish and Wildlife Service, Dept. of the Interior, 1968, pp. 599-609, illus. Available from Division of Publications, 1801 N. Moore St., Arlington, Va. 22209, The behavior of fingerling salmonids in turbine intakes, including their time of pass- age and distribution in the water mass, can profoundly influence development of efficient and economical methods for reducing fish mortality in turbines. The needfor fish pro- tection at dams is becoming particularly acute in the Columbia Basin because the progeny of upriver stocks of salmonids soon will be forced to pass through the turbines of 8 to10 dams to reach the sea, This paper reports on experiments at 2 dams on the Columbia River to acquire data ontiming and distribu- tion of fingerling salmonids entering turbine intakes. 1A Compendium onthe Success of Passage of Small Fish through Turbines,' by Milo C. Bell, Allen C. DeLacy, Gerald J. Paulik, and Richard A, Winnor, Fisheries Engineering Research Program, U.S, Army Engineering Division, North Pacific Corps of Engineers, Portland, Ore,, May 1967, 268 pp., illus. 36 Hydroelectric development on watersheds containing indigenous populations of anadro- mous fish causes concern for the safety of juvenile forms that must pass through pen- stocks and turbines on their way to the sea. Many investigations have been undertaken over the years to determine levels of turbine mortality andthe causativefactors at specific projects. This report presents an analysis of existing information and makes recom- mendations for future work. ANIMAL NAVIGATION ‘Animal Orientation and Navigation: Pro- ceedings of the 27th Annual/Biology Colloqui- um, Mar. 6-7, 1966,' edited by Robert M. Storm, Oregon State Univ. Press, 1967, 134 pp., illus. This book records a conference held to bring together severalactive researchers in vertebrate orientation and navigation so that they might present atimely review of accom- plishments and remaining problems. Dr. Arthur D. Hasler reviews his research on fish orientation, stressing their use of ol- factory and visual clues. Dr. Denzel Fer- guson discusses sun orientation byfrogs and toads. Dr. Archie Carr reviews research on sea-turtle orientation and navigation. Dr. Kenneth S. Norris reviews the known migra- tions of marine mammals and the navigation problems involved, the known orientation mechanisms, and he speculates on others that may be operative. Other papers discuss certain aspects of migration by birds. PARASITES Some Parasites of O-Group Plaice, 'Pleuronectes platessa!’ L., under Different Environmental Conditions,' by K. MacKenzie, Dept. of Agriculture and Fisheries for Scot- land, Marine Research Report No. 3, 1968, 23 pp., illus., $1.40. Her Majesty's Station- ery Office, Edinburgh. The parasites of O-group plaice, living under artificial conditions inopen-mesh sub- merged tanks in a sea lochonScotland's west coast, are compared with those of the nat- ural population of O-group plaice inthe same loch. From the 263 plaice examined in this study, 19 species of parasites were recorded. The report gives data on the incidence and intensity of infestation of each parasite. It discusses the potentially harmful parasites of young plaice under intensive fish-farming conditions. PLANKTON ‘Dinoflagellates of the Caribbean Sea and Adjacent Areas,' by HE. J. Ferguson Wood, Univ. of Miami Press, 1969, 144 pp., illus., $12. Dinoflagellates, microscopic, single- celled, plantlike organisms, form a signifi- cant element among the plankton. They are important in marine food chains and are of interest to marine biologists and to research- ers in many other fields. Students of the Caribbean region ecology, and evennonspecialists in marine microbiol - ogy, will be able to identify specimens of dinoflagellates found in plankton catches by using this atlas and guide. Dr. Wood de- scribes and gives locations for 400 species. The detailed illustrations are particularly useful for identification purposes. There is an appendix treating the 6 species of Silibo- flagellates that have been recorded in the Caribbean. PROCESSING ‘Sanitation Guidelines for the Breaded- Shrimp Industry,' by Joe P. Clem and E. Spencer Garrett, 14 pp., illus., Circular 308, 1968. Fish and Wildlife Service, Dept. of the Interior. Availablefrom Division of Publica- tions, 1801 N. MooreSt., Arlington, Va. 22209. The ever-increasing application of tech- nology by the food-processing industry makes the sanitation measures used some years ago inadequate. As processing becomes more complex and sophisticated, so do the sanita- tion problems. Large numbers of workers standing along the processing lines handle the product. If any one of them is guilty of the slightest hygienic malpractice, he may contaminate the product and affect the health of hundreds of consumers. The solution lies in rigid control of plant sanitation. Sanitation-control measures are not merely cleaning procedures. They in- volve all procedures ensuring that a finished product will reach the consumer in the best possible condition. The guidelines cover physical plant requirements, cleaning pro- cedures, operating procedures, and the need for personal hygiene. SEA URCHINS ‘Systematics of Sympatric Species in West Indian Spatangoids: Studies in Tropical Oceanography No, 7,' by Richard H, Chesher, Univ. of Miami Press, 1968, 168 pp., illus., $12. Sea urchins have long excited the interest of zoologists and paleontologists. Spatangoid sea urchins are important links in the recy- cling of nutrients trapped in sediments and provide food for a great variety of marine life. They burrow in sand or mud, from just below low tide mark outto great depths. Ma- rine fossildeposits often contain large num- bers, but the burrowing habits that ensure their entombment also effectively protect them from the eyes and dredges of marine biologists. Dr. Chesher's study deals with ten spe- cies and subspecies belonging tofour genera. Three of the species are new to science, Each species is described, measured, and mathematically analyzed in detail, establish- ing on a firmbasis the systematics and biol- ogy of this previously poorly known group. The book should prove invaluable to ma- rine biologists and ecologists, to those inter- ested in the biology and evolution of echino- derms, and to museum workers concerned with accurate identification of species, VENEZUELA 'The Present Status of the Sardine and Tuna Fisheries of Venezuela,' by Raymond C. Griffiths and John G. Simpson, FAO Fish- eries Research and Development Project, 37 Caracas, 1968. (Reprinted from 'Proc, of Gulf and Crib. Fish. Inst.,' Nov. 1967, pp. 159-177, illus.) In contrast to the relatively primitive sar- dine fishery, the tuna fishery is one of the more advanced in Venezuela. This report briefly describes each fishery showing the catch, fishing effort, and the relation between them. Specific components of the catch, sea- sonal migrations, dependence of school size on population density and new fishing methods are discussed, Griffiths and Simpson also consider the possible difference between the two main fishing areas and the migrations of fish be- tween them, the effects of upwelling, and the low radius of action of the fleet. CHROMATOGRAPHY ‘Quantitative Thin- Layer Chromatography of Chlorophylls and Carotenoids from Marine Algae,’ by S. W. Jeffrey, CSIRO, Australia, (Reprinted from 'Biochim. Biophys. Acta.,! Vol. 162, No. 2, pp. 271-285, Aug. 1968.) A quantitative chromatographic method for determining microgram quantities of chlorophylls and carotenoids in planktonic marine algae has long been needed, This is a report on a chromatographic method that separates each pigment fraction for quanti- tative analyses and that can also be used to test the validity of spectrophotometric equa- tions usedfor chlorophyll analyses in marine algae and in higher plants. Mr. Jeffrey de- scribes the preparation and properties of the sucrose thin-layer plate, the quantitative procedures used, and some applications of method, --Barbara Lundy Y 38 INTERNATIONAL International Fisheries Survey Off California Underway Researchvessels of BCF, the Scripps In- stitution of Oceanography (La Jolla, Calif.), and the Far Eastern Seas Fisheries Research Institute of the USSR are cooperating in an international fisheries survey off California. The survey began in February 1969 and will end this month, Its purposeis to assess the populations of Pacific hake, a species heavily fished by So- viet fleetsinrecentyears., The U.S. recogni- zes hake as a valuable raw material for fish protein concentrate (FPC), The information is required to provide the scientific basis for agreements to protect the resource, The Vessels Participating vessels are the 'Miller Freeman,' operated by the BCF Laboratory in Seattle, Wash., 'David Starr Jordan! of the BCF Fishery-Oceanography Center at La Jolla, the 'Alexander Agassiz' from Scripps, and 'Professor Deryugin,' based at the Soviet agency's Vladivostok Laboratory, Dr. AlanR, Longhurst, Director of the BCF Laboratory at La Jolla, is U.S. coordinator, Dr. Y. U. Yermakov, a fishery biologist with wide experience inthis area, is chief scientist aboard Professor Deryugin. The vessel was scheduled to arrive at the Port of Los Angeles early in March to take on scientific sampling gear and for discussions with U.S, scientists, All 4 vessels are equipped with the latest scientific gear for fisheries research, The Hake Resource In early spring, most of the adult Pacific hake population from British Columbia to Mexico gather off southern California and Baja California to breed, Eggs and young float in the water and are easily captured in plankton and counted. This "census" pro- vides the basis for an estimate of the abun- dance of adult fish. In past years, research vessels from the Fishery-Oceanography Center and Scripps have used this method to gather preliminary data on Pacific hake. However, the 2 insti- tutions were never able tocover an area large enough to obtain definitive results, With 4 ships, the scientists will be able to survey quickly a much larger area than ever before, They will obtain more accurate estimates of the total hake population, The information is necessary to conserve and manage the re- source, Inrecent years, representatives of the two countries have alternated visits. They have met about twice a year to exchange scientific data from survey and research work in the preceding year on species of mutual concern, such as hake and Pacific ocean perch, They also discussed the apparent effect of the year's fishery on these species, The infor- mation developed formed the basis of discus- sions in working out fishing agreements aimed at protecting these fishery resources. At the most recent meeting, held in No- vember 1968 in Moscow, the scientists rec- ommended a joint attempt to determine the size of the Pacific hake population--and plans for the survey developed from that suggestion, Japanese Exploratory Fishing Off Chile The government research vessel 'Kaiyo Maru! (3,200 gross tons) left Japan Nov. 1, 1968, on a survey cruise to the west coast of South America, On Jan, 10, 1969, she was trawling around 25° §S, latitude and 74° W. longitude off Chile, taking merluza (hake), mackerel, andsharks, She has not found any sizable concentration of bottomfish--pri- mary objective of the expedition, ('Shin Suisan Shimbun Sokuho,' Jan, 14, 1969.) Longliner Finds Big-Eyed Tuna In May 1968, the longliner 'Azuma Maru No, 31' (340 gross tons) began exploring off Chile on a government-subsidized tuna sur- vey. Shenowhas concluded operations, Her primary objective was to develop new south- ernbluefin grounds, but results were disap- pointing--only 10 bluefin were taken, How- ever, the survey did locate big-eyed tuna schools of sufficient density to support com- mercialoperations, Azuma MaruNo, 31 caught 252 tons of fish--big-eyed, 145 tons; albacore, 41 tons; and other fish, including southern bluefin, 66 tons, ('Katsuo-maguro Tsushin,' Jan, 20, 1969.) ae. Japanese Seek More Joint Shrimp Ventures in Indonesia Following Toho Suisan Fishing Co,'s es- tablishment of a joint fishery enterprise in Indonesia in late 1968, several major Jap- anese fishing and trading firms are seeking similar fishing ventures, Among others, Toyo Menka, Nihon Kinkai Hogei, Taiyo, and Nihon Suisan are arranging to join Indonesian in- terestsinlarge-scale fishing ventures. Most plans involve shrimp fishing and, if all the proposed enterprises materialize, some Jap- anese foresee the possibility of an oversupply in Japan, Japanese Firms Already Licensed Toyo Menka, a large trading firm, is ex- ploring for Indonesian shrimp with the Kyo- kuyo Hogei Fishing Co, The 2 firms plan to establishthe largest Japanese fishing enter- prise there, employing 200 fishing vessels. Nihon Kinkai Hogei plans to join the Indonesian Eramina (phonetic) Distant-Water Fishing Co, to establish a US$1 million company to fish shrimp off northeast Kalimantan, The Indonesian governmenthas already granted a license, and trial fishing should start soon, Taiyo and Nihon Suisan have applied for a license tofish shrimp off West Irian's south- ern coast, UN/ FAO Financial Backing ' The U.S, Food and Agriculture Organiza- tion (FAO) is offering a US$1 million loan for joint development of Indonesian fisheries, It has invited fishing firms in Japan and other countries to participate, Several Japanese firms have submitted plans which FAO is studying, Shrimp Fishery Ripe for Development Indonesian waters, with numerous scat- tered islands and bays, are ideally suited to 39 shrimp propagation, The environment pro- motes rapid growth of such species as tiger, banana, and white shrimp, Indonesia is said to consider promotion of shrimp and other fisheries vital to its economic development, It welcomes Japanese assistance to local fishermen, This is why so many Japanese firms are planning joint enterprises there, However, since the government has ‘sliced! the surrounding waters into small areas in issuing fishing licenses, there is concern about the successful operation of new ven- tures, ('Nihon Keizai Shimbun,! Jan, 22, 1969.) Canada to Host Fishery Products Inspection Conference Consumer protection will be strengthened by an international technical conference on fish inspection and quality control to be held in Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada, July 15-25, 1969. It is sponsored by the Food and Agri- culture Organization (FAO) of the United Nations. It is open to all FAO members and associates. Cooperating U.S. agencies in- clude the Departments of State; Health, Edu- cation, and Welfare; Defense; and Interior. Main Objectives The main objectives are to consider all aspects of fish inspection--including staff organization and training, quality control, new inspection techniques, and new approaches to quality assessment, Fish-inspection methods in various segments of the industry will be compared. Techniques and methods suffi- ciently accepted to have possible use inter- nationally will be emphasized. FAOhas said that the growing international trade in fishery products and other foods points up need for international standards. Waste and quality degradation often may be avoided by advice from trained inspection personnel who can pinpoint problems and correct them. A Technical Conference The conference will be conducted in Eng- lish, French, and Spanish, the official FAO languages. Simultaneous interpretation will 40 be provided. Scientific papers will be ac- cepted in any official language and be re- produced in that language with abstracts in the other two. Because itis a technical conference, governments have been invited to nominate experts. FAO has recommended that partic- ipants come from Federal and State fish-in- Sspection agencies, public and private re- search institutions, and the fishing industry. Other specialists who want to attendas indi- viduals must arrange it in their own coun- tries. U.S. residents who wish to attend should request registration forms and information from Joseph W. Slavin, Assistant Director for Utilization and Engineering, Bureau of Com- mercial Fisheries, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington, D. C. 20240. gor” East Germany Delivers Stern Trawler to Cuba On Jan. 10, 1969, Hast Germany turned over to Cuba the large stern freezer trawler ‘PlayaGiron.' Thevesselwas acceptedfrom the Stralsund People's Shipyards by H. Rod- riguez, the Cuban Ambassador to East Ger- many. The Vessel ‘Playa Giron,' 3,200 gross tons, is 82.2 meters (269.6 ft.) long; her engines generate 2,630 hp. and she can make 13.6 knots. Her maximum processing capacity is 80 metric tons of fish a.day. She can freeze 50 metric tons of fish a day and transport 1,450 tons of finished products. Playa Giron is thefirst Cuban fishing ves - sel of this size. Four more are on order in East Germany. UG Cuban Fishing Vessel Seized by Venezuela The Cuban longliner 'Alecrin' was shot up and seized on Nov. 20,1968, by 2 Venezuelan warships off Los Testigos Islands, 50 miles north of Venezuela. Cuba bought the 575- gross-ton vessel and 19 other tuna vessels from Spain in 1966. The Alecrin was carry- ing a crew of 38, including a Japanese instruc- tor who has been working with the Cuban fleet for 2 years. Venezuela reported to the United Nations that the Alecrin was 8 miles northeast of Los Testigos Islands, inside 12-mile territorial waters, when spotted by the 2 warships. Ordered to stop andidentify herself, the ves- sel attemptedto escape. Warning shots fired across her bow were ignored. The warships opened fire and forced Alecrin to stop. The Cuban vesselwas boarded and takento Caru- pano for inspection, The vessel was dam- aged, but no one was hurt. Since Cuba has been committing illegal acts of direct intervention and subversion against Venezuela for years, Venezuela is vigilantly patrolling her territorial waters. Cuba's Strong Reaction Cuba reacted angrily. She placed the Alecrin considerably north of Los Testigos, in international waters. Cuba claims there were 5 other Cuban tuna boats in the area, that Alecrin had been fishing there 51 days and was carrying 90 tons of fish in her re- frigerated holds. Cuba protested strongly to the Swiss representative, who cares for Ven- ezuelan interests in Havana, and with UN. The seizure was called piracy. No Sabotage Mission Venezuelan investigationfailed to produce evidence that Alecrin was engagedin a sabo- tage mission. On Dec. 13, 1968, the President of Venezuela personally ordered the vessel released. She sailed for Cuba on Dec, 20, one month after her seizure. Two of her crew requested asylum in Venezuela. As an aftermath of the Alecrin incident, the Cuban government charged Venezuela's government-owned airline $31,500 for the return of a DC-9 jetliner hijacked to Cuba on Feb. 11, 1969. The charge is considered a reprisal for the Alecrin seizure. (''The Washington Post," Feb. 18, 1969.) Bx FOREIGN CANADA LOBSTER VESSELS WILL BE LICENSED In a move to raise lobster fishermen!'s earnings, an upper limit has been placed on the number of boats licensed to fish lobsters in the Maritime Provinces in1969 and future years. Licenses willbe issuedonlyfor boats registered with the Federal Department of Fisheries tofish lobsters in Maritime waters in 1968. The only additional lobster boats that may enter thefishery this year are those that were under construction, or under con- tract for construction, prior toJan, 20, 1969. The lobster license stays withthe boat. When an owner Sells his boat to another fisherman, he withdraws from the fishery and the buyer will be able to enter it. Trap Limits The lobster fishery is based on a resource that is fully exploited already and whose future growth is limited bybiological factors. With such a limited quantity available, the number of fishermen is excessive and their capital and operating costs are extremely high. The result is generally low incomes, In the past several years, several measures have been introduced to reduce fishermen's capital and operating costs and to limit entry into the Maritimes lobsterfishery. First came limi- tations onnumber of traps that could be fished by an individual. There will be no increase in lobster trap limits for the 1969 Season. In 1967, in a number of districts, licenses were issued only to those fishermen who had held licenses in these districts in 1966, In 1968 this was extended to all the Maritimes. This new system of issuing licenses in 1969 only to those registered in 1968 is an effort to improve the economy of the lobster fishery. In the future, licenses will be issued to new boats only if they replace old boats whose licenses will be canceled. The effectiveness of placing an upper limit on the size of thefleet harvesting the lobster crop will continue tobe studied to determine if further measures are required, for ex- ample, reducing the number of boats. This 41 could be done by having the Federal govern- ment buy licensed lobster boats when they are offered for sale. Registration Fees Registrationfees for lobster fishing boats are being increased from C$3 to$5, Eachboat operator must have a $2 personal lobster fishing license; helpers on the boat will nei- ther require alicensenor pay anyfee. There are about 10,000 lobster fishing vessels and 23,000 lobster fishermen in the Maritime Provinces, The annual landed value of lob- sters in the region is about C$25,000,000, (Canadian Dept. of Fisheries, Jan. 20, 1969.) * OK TO ESTABLISH FRESHWATER FISH MARKETING CORPORATION Canada soon should have anew Freshwater Fish Marketing Corporation to market fish, to increase returns tofishermen, and to pro- mote international markets. Final passage of a Bill creating such an agency was expected early in 1969. Canada's freshwater catch is about 120 million pounds; about half is ex- ported, almost entirely to the U.S, Corporation's Powers The Corporation will have the power to enforce minimum prices and other conditions of sale on exports, andto set minimum quality standards. The Bill empowers the Corpora- tion to: (1) buyfish and prepare it for market, (2) buy, manufacture, or produce fish products or byproducts for market, (3) store, ship, in- sure, import, export, market, or otherwise dispose of all fishery products in its posses - sion, (4) purchase, lease, or otherwise ac- quire real property, (5) establish branches throughout Canada, (6) invest in securities issued or guaranteed by the Canadian Govern- ment, (7) borrow money from any bank upon credit of Corporation, and (8) make loans of working capital, on a seasonal basis, to per- sons fishing for commercial purposes ina participating province. A participating prov- ince is one which has entered into an agree- ment with the Federal government to share 42 Canada (Contd.): in the expenses of establishing the Corpora- tion and to assist in its operation. The new agency will be headquartered in Winnipeg. (U.S. Embassy, Ottawa, Jan. 7,1969, and Bill C-148.) * OX NO, 2 SEAFOOD FIRM ISSUES 1968 ANNUAL REPORT The 1968 annual report of National Sea Products Ltd., headquarters in Halifax, shows considerable improvement over 1967. The firm is generally considered Canada's second largest seafood producer, after British Co- lumbia Packers. Operating profit in 1968 was C$968,656, compared to aloss of C$73,413 in 1967and a profit of C$2,158,152 in 1966. Nevertheless, the report notes, "The year's results, while better than 1967, cannot be considered Satis - factory.'' Expenses showed a climb of 10 percent over 1967. "United States market prices for ground- fish fillets and blocks, particularly cod and perch, were below the cost of production dur- ing the year and there arefew signs of these p rice Ss strengthening in the immediate fu- ture. Shellfish Marketed Aggressively "Our improved results over last year largely came about by more aggressive mar- keting of shellfish, specialty items, and by- products. We shall continue to put increased emphasis on these lines as well as the de- velopment of new products, bothin Canada and the United States." Trawlers Built In 1968, the program to add new trawlers was completed. Slightly over C$3 million was spent for this purpose during 1968. There are no plans for more vessel building. The company is facing a shortage of experienced trawler captains and fishing crews. Company experience suggests that Atlantic queen crab production is more efficient with smaller boats than with converted trawlers. (U.S. Consul, Halifax, Jan. 6, 1969.) OK OK BRITISH COLUMBIA FISHERMEN LAND RECORD SALMON CATCH Commercial salmon fishermen in British Columbia landeda record 180 million pounds in 1968, about C$44.5 million ex-vessel--C$6 million more than in 1966, the previous high. The total value of all fish landed in British Columbia in 1968 was C$56 million--nearly C$7 million more than 1967, but 9% less than 1966. Value by Types of Vessels All salmon fishermen enjoyed good catches. Returns to the gill-net fleet were particularly high. Landings by salmon gill- netters were valued at C$20 million, 40% higher than the previous record in 1958. The value of salmon reported by salmon seiners, nearly C$13 million, was C$ 33 million higher thanin 1967, but second to C$15.6 million re- ceived in 1958. Landings by trollers were valued at about C$12 million, slightly above 1967 but downfrom the 1966 record of C$13.9 million. Salmon Species Sockeye salmon were the most important in value in 1968--41 million pounds worth C$154 million ex-vessel. Coho landings of 29 million pounds were worth C$103 million. Pink--54 million pounds--had a landed value of C$6.8 million. Spring salmon landings were more than 13 million pounds, worth close to C$7 million. Chum salmon increased to 36 million pounds, the highest since 1958, worth nearly C$5 million. Halibut and Herring Halibut landings --28 million pounds valued at C$7.1 million--were up about 10% from 1967. Ex-vessel prices averaged around 25 cents a pound, unchanged from 1967. Due to the low levelof herring stocks, the reduction fishery was closed in 1968. Production, limited to bait and experimental fishing, had a value of only C$160,000. Normally landings are worth between C$4 and 65 million. Land- ings of grey and ling cod, sole, and other groundfish, valued at C$1.8 million, were up 10% over 1967. Landings of most species of shellfish were down from 1967, although the shrimp catch rose slightly. Wholesale value of 1968's catchwas expected to exceed C$110 million. ("Fisheries News,'' Canadian Dept. of Fisheries, Dec. 30, 1968.) tata’ EUROPE Denmark CONCERN OVER EUROPEAN COMMON FISHERIES POLICY EASED A Danish delegation met with representa- tives of the European Communities! Com- mission (EC), the new name of the European Economic Community (EEC), during mid- Dec, 1968 to seek reconsiderationof the pro- posed Common Fisheries Policy, This pro- vides for licensing of fresh fish imports and requires surety deposits, More than three- fourths of Danish annualexports to the Euro- pean Communities (US$46,7 million) is fresh fish, Danish Fear Denmark feared the proposed requirement that importers post a surety bond to obtain import licenses would obstruct free trade, The Danes hoped to obtainclarification of the import provisions, The EC representatives promised that those provisions would be sig- nificantly eased in the final proposal; also; in practice, the provisions would be flexibly enforced to avoid hampering trade with non- member countries. Indications were given that "import certificates'' would continue to be required for fresh fish--but the surety bond provision would be liberalized, Export Price System The "reference price" import-control system was also discussed, The EC repre- sentatives commented favorably on the new Danish minimum export price system on her- ring, They called it a good adjustment" to the Common Market system, Denmark is the major nonmember supplier of fishto the Common Market countries, As a group, the six countries constitute Den- mark's best customer for fish and fish prod- ucts, So Denmark has a major interest in the proposals for the EC Common Fisheries ane (U.S, Embassy, Copenhagen, Dec, 30, 1968, OK OK 43 FAROESE EXPORTS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS DECLINED IN 1968 In 1968, Faroese fishery products exports totaled $12,1 million, compared with $14,1 millionin1967, Salt fishexportsto Spain and Italy, primary Faroese salt fish markets, de- clined, The declines were caused by over~ productionin a number of salt fish producing countries, The Faroese exported only 8,200 tons of salt fish to Italy in 1968, compared with 13,500 tonsin 1967, Salt-fish exports to Spain amounted to 7,200 tons in 1968, 8,400 tons in 1967, However, Greece took 3,000 tons in 1968--2,000 tons more than in 1967. Faroese Salt-fish production was 27,000 tons in 1968, and 30,000 tons in 1967, Poor Fishing in i967-68 In 1968, lower prices on world markets for major Faroese fishery products also con- tributed to the lower totalvalue, A large part of the fishing fleet is in financial difficulty, because of increasing costs of operation and poor fishing during the last 2 years, (U.S, Embassy, Copenhagen, Jan, 21, 1969.) OK OK FAROESE FISHERMEN MAY STRIKE Conflict between fishermen and vessel owners onthe Faroe Islands has idled 80% of the fleet. Negotiations, broken off in Decem- ber 1968, were resumed on January 17, 1969, A strike has not been formally declared but is consideredimminent, A total strike would include North Sea herring vessels and freezer vessels now docked in British harbors, as yet not involved, The conflict concerns fisher- men's demands for higher minimum wages, price supports, and a greater share of the catch, Legislature Seeking Solution The Faroese legislature, called into ses- sion on Jan, 8 to consider the case, has not yet solved it, probably because the two con- trolling political parties have not agreed on a solution, However, informed sources say that settlement may be expected shortly. (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, Jan, 21, 1969.) KOK OK 44 Denmark (Contd.): ADVERTISES FOR NORWEGIAN FISHERMEN The fishermen's association of Esbjerg, Denmark, has sent bulletins to a number of places in north Norway urging qualified un- employed fishermento come to Denmark for work on Danishcutters fishing the North Sea, Esbjerg alone needs 100 crewmen and would welcome them, The Norwegians would have the same social rights and privileges as Danish citizens, N. Norway Fishing Poor Fishing has been extremely poor in north- ern Norway during the past year, Many resi- dents there are having severe economic prob- lems. The Esbjerg association has received the first inquiry and more are expected. (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, Jan, 21, 1969.) USSR RESEARCH CONDUCTED ON PACIFIC OCEAN PERCH During the past few years, scientists of the Soviet Pacific Scientific Research Insti- tute for Fisheries and Oceanography (TINRO) have conducted extensive and systematic studies of fishery stocks of the Pacific North- west and California. In November 1968, some preliminary results of studies on northeast Pacific oceanperch were published in ''Ryb- noe Khoziaistvo,'' the Soviet Ministry of Fish- eries periodical, The author, TINRO scientist V.A. Snytko, reports that Pacific oceanperch (Sebastodes alutus) occurs between 48° and 51° N,, off Vancouver Island, and between 43° and 46° N, In the Vancouver-Oregon area, the densest concentrations occur in summer and autumn, between 150 and 300 meters, With decreasing water temperature, the fish migrate to great- er depths, wintering in small dense schools in canyons and troughs, where they are less accessible to fishing. Fish Sizes Pacific perch caught in the area are from 15 to 54 em. long, weigh from 55 grams to 2kg., and are 3 to 26 or more years old. Catches are mostly fish from 31 to 43 cm. long and from 10 to 14 years old. The perch in the Eastern Pacific are larger than in the Bering Sea or the Gulf of Alaska. Perch Stocks Biology Inthe Vancouver-Oregon area, the biology of perch stocks is similar in many respects to their biology in other areas, Growth is fast during the first 2-3 years of life, then slows. After the 13th year, annual growth rate is less thanicm., Mass hatching of larvae inthe Vancouver-Oregon area occurs in February-March at 250-400 meters, with water temperatures of 6-89 C, In the Bering Sea and the Gulf of Alaska, the hatching occurs in March-April and April-May, respectively. Migration Feeding migration inthe Vancouver -Oregon area lasts from spring to late autumn, when daily vertical migrations are clearly marked, except on cloudy days and during new moon, Perch migrate an average of 30-40 miles, depending onthe steepness of the continental slope. Bg Sg ENS RESEARCH VESSEL BEGINS 44th CRUISE In late Nov. 1968, the 'Vitiaz,' oceano- graphic research vessel of the Soviet Acad- emy of Sciences, left Vladivostok on her 44th scientific cruise, She was scheduledto spend 35 months inthetropical Pacific, visiting the Coral Sea, the Solomon Islands, the Gilbert Islands, New Caledonia, and New Hebrides, Her first scientific station was at Tarawa Atollin the Gilberts, In early January 1969, the Vitiaz called at Noumea, New Caledonia, after conducting research on the biological productivity of the ocean, From there, she was to goto MalekulaIslandinthe New Hebri- des, tothe Coral Sea, and then to Australia's Great Barrier Reef, Purpose of Voyage The principal purpose is to find methods to increase productivity of the oceans, Soviet scientists believe the world's annual maxi- mum sustainable yield for marine fisheries ean reach 100 million metric tons. Total world marine catch was 50.6 million tons in 1966 and 53,9 million in 1967. USSR (Contd.): The Soviet scientists will perform biolog- ical research and gather data necessary to design a mathematical model for the fishery resources in the Pacific's upper layers. Scientific Personnel The expedition is headed by M, E. Vino- gradov, Deputy Director of the Oceanology Institute of the Soviet Academy of Sciences, Sixty scientists from Soviet marine research institutes are participating, In mid-May 1968, Vitiaz returned from a 4-month scientific cruise, her 43rd, covering most of the Central Pacific. 3K OK AIRLIFT FUR SEALS FROM SAKHALIN TO BATUMI In August 1967, 6 Kamchatka fur seals, caught on Tyulenii Island, off Sakhalin, were transported by tug, truck, and aircraft to an aquarium at Batumi on the Black Sea, The seals, bothmale andfemale, were 2 years old or less, Methods of Transport They were carried in110x65x65cm, wood- en cages weighing 41 kilograms (kg,) includ- ing the 10-kg, drip pan, From Tyulenii, the seals were brought by tug to Sakhalin Island, and washed insea water with about 200 kg, of ice packed around the cages. The seals were trucked to Yuzhno-Sakhalinsk airport, loaded onanIL-18 aircraft and flown to Adler on the Black Sea, In Adler, they were transferred to another aircraft for the flight to Batumi, Washed Again Stopovers were made in Khabarovsk on the shore of the Sea of Okhotsk and Novosi- birsk, In Khabarovsk they were washed again, this time with fresh water. Then 200 kg, of ice again were packed around the cages, but only along the sides because the seals ap- peared to be cold when ice also covered the tops, Air temperature was kept at 10-24° C, during the flight. The seals slept the entire time, both aloft and on the ground during stopovers, 45 Life at Batumi At Batumithe animals were placed in 70- cubic-meter capacity oval tanks filled with water from the Black Sea, The seals, now permanent house guests at the aquarium, are very popular with visitors. ('Rybnoe Khozi- aistvo,’ Nov. 1968.) PRODUCES FULL-LENGTH FILM ON OCEANS A Soviet documentary and scientific film studio has begun shooting a full-length color film titled 'Planet Ocean! ('Planeta Okean'), It will be a combination fiction-documentary depicting problems met in studying and ex- ploiting deep-sea resources. Filming began in summer 1968 inthe Black Sea off Sevastopol and will continue in the Far East off Kam- chatka andthe Kurils. ('Sovetskaia Rossiia,' Dec, 28, 1968.) * OK OK DEVELOPS NEW FISH-PROCESSING EQUIPMENT FOR USE AT SEA The Soviet fishing industry has developed 4 new fish-processing plants to be used aboard BMRT-class large factory stern trawlers, The plants include head-cutting, scaling, fil- leting, and fillet-pressing machines, Three of the plants weretested successfully aboard the BMRTs 'Sapfir! and 'Kol'tsov,' in the central and southwestern Atlantic, With the new plants, up to 15 men per vessel can be shifted to other duties, saving about 38,000 rubles (US$42,180) in operation costs per vessel annually. Fillet-Pressing Machine The fourth plant is a fillet-pressing ma- chine, Itremoves air and moisture from fish fillets, compressing them into small compact blocks, As a result, 15% more blocks can be stored in stern factory trawler holds, freezing time of smaller fillet blocks can be reduced by 20%, and consumption of packaging ma- terials by 10%. Fish-Meal Grinding Plant The Far Eastern Fisheries Administration has tested a mechanized fish-meal grinding 46 USSR (Contd.): plant that grinds coarse fish meal into a fin- ished product. The first operational tests successfully produced 85 tons of finely ground fish meal, The equipment now will be in- stalled aboard Far Eastern BMRTs. ('Rybnoe Khoziaistvo,' No. 9, 1968.) i ie aN : (ey MA “Se East Germany SHIPYARDS CAN BUILD 5,000 TONS OF FISHING VESSELS A MONTH Total capacity of East German shipyards for fishing vessel constructionis in excess of 5,000 gross tons a month, Three East Ger- man shipyards built 14 fishing vessels total- ing 15,650 gross tons during Jan,-Mar, 1968, Most of them went tothe Soviet Union, includ- ing 5 'Atlantik' class vessels, 2,650 gross tons each, Only 1 trawler, 1,000 gross tons, was delivered tothe East German fishing in- dustry. Six small cutters, about 200 gross tons each, were built for Denmark and Swe- den, oy sle osle a a Be TO TEST FIRST UNDERWATER LAB East Germany's first undersea 'laboratory' is being readied for submersionin the fresh- water reservoir near Dippoldiswalde, De- signed and built by amateurs, itis a steel cylinder 4.2 meters (13.8 feet) long, 1.8 me- ters (5.9feet) indiameter, and weighs 14 metric tons, Two divers will be lowered to 10 meters (32.8 feet) for 2 days in the first experiment, Air and oxygen will be supplied from shore. Poles Experiment Too The announcement of this modest experi- ment follows by only a few weeks a similar, more advanced, experiment in Poland, The Polishnews media gave it wide coverage. In the Polish experiment, 3 aquanauts spent 7 days at 24 meters (78.7 feet) in the Baltic. Iceland PERMITS TRAWLING WITHIN FISHERY LIMITS The Icelandic Parliament passed a law on Dec, 19, 1968, permitting Icelandic fishing boats upto 200 GRT to trawl in certain areas north and south of Iceland during Jan, 1-Apr. 30,1969. This action was taken while await- ing recommendations of a parliament- appointed committee for more permanent legislation expected in late January or early February 1969, Besides temporary exceptions provided by Icelandic-U.K. agreement 10 years ago, this is the first trawling to be permitted since es- tablishment of the fishery limits in 1958, Icthyologists believe such operations are possible without any serious damage to sea resources, Nevertheless, relaxation of the prohibition against trawling within the limits has been long in coming because of strong public emotions, Government's Case The Government is aware of international sensitivity about fishery limits. Itclaims that the new law is a direct continuation of one of Iceland's main arguments for extending the limits--that Iceland wishes to use the fishing grounds within the limits for its optimum economic advantage, and that the fisheries will be restricted and conducted under scien- tific control. There has been widespread approval of the law. However, small hand-line fishermen have registered some apprehension that their fishing grounds might be destroyed, The owners of larger trawlers than 200 GRT have expressed a desire to be allowed also to oper- ate within the limits. (U.S. Embassy, Reyk- javik, Jan. 2, 1969.) Sweden RADIOTELEPHONE FISHING ANNOUNCEMENTS MAY BE CODED Fishermen of Sweden's Baltic coast are considering either coding their radiotele- phone announcements about good fishing or stopping them completely. Nearly every time Sweden (Contd.,): they locate good fishing and radio their col- leagues, vessels from Poland, East Germany, and the USSR soon appear and virtually fish out the schools inthe area, The Swedes sus- pect that the other countries maintain a re- ceiver especially for these transmissions, One trawler skipper said that announcements of good fishing at certain locations quickl produce a "forest of masts on the horizon," (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, Jan, 21, 1969.) Spain ATTEMPTS TO CONCENTRATE FISH-PACKING INDUSTRY Spain is trying to spur concentration of the fish-packing industry, An official decree of Dec, 1968 offers preference in obtaining official credit to build new consolidated fish- packing plants meeting specified technical standards, The decree includes the benefits the government already has offered for gen- eral industrial consolidation, The govern- ment was to accept construction applications under the decree for 3 months. Concentration of enterprises in this in- dustry may generate an increased demand for larger andmore modern packing machinery, So the decree should interest U.S. food-pack- ing equipment exporters, Concentration to Help Exports The present fish-packing industry is about 500 small firms, This lack of centralized organization, as in other parts of the food- packing industry, oftenresultsin poor quality controland alack of standardization, weaken- ing export marketing efforts. Despite these weaknesses, Spain exported about US$10 mil- lion worth of canned fish in the first eight months of 1968, The Ministry of Industry expects that a concentration of firms will in- crease this already-high export volume, (U.S, Embassy, Madrid, Jan, 21, 1969.) 47 France NEW TUNA SEINER MAY FISH YELLOWFIN IN EASTERN PACIFIC France may join the nations fishing yellow- fin tuna in the eastern tropical Pacific when the 176 -foot seiner 'Biscaya,' launched in fall 1968, is commissioned in Bayonne, France, U.S. tuna fishermen may know her sister- ships: the 'City of Tacoma,! the ‘Blue Pa- cific,' and ‘Jeanette C,! When completed, the French vessel, manned by French Basques, probably will fish in the Atlantic and Pacific. She will de- liver her catches to the cold-storage plant and canneries in Saint Jean de Luz. Experienced Owners The Biscaya's owners are experienced inthe tuna fishing industry of France, Their firm, Luz Armement, also owns 2 other tuna purse seiners, both built on French designs, Skippers of the Biscaya and the other 2 vessels spent time on U.S, tunapurse seiners learning fishing methods, Biscaya has an 800-toncapacity and should be as efficient as her sisterships from Tacoma, Wash, France Not IATTC Member Franceis notamember of the Inter- American Tropical Tuna Commission and will not be bound by the yellowfin quota in the Eastern Tropical Pacific, Yugoslavia, Japan, and possibly Cuba are other non- IATTC members fishing in that area, ('Na- tional Fishermen,! Jan, 1969, and other sources,) 7% OK OK CRISES IN COD FISHERIES Trawler fleet fishermen are threatening a partial production strike unless the govern- ment aids them, The fleet, operating on the banks off Newfoundland, has an annualcod production of 56,000 tons; 20,000 tons of that are exported, Production, salted or frozen, is valued at US$30 million, 48 France (Contd,): Skippers now are threatening to make only one trip to the banks this year instead of the customary three, Each trip lasts 3 months, The skippers say they can no longer compete with Spanish, Icelandic, and British opera- tions because those countries devalued their currencies, As a result, cod prices have dropped from about $0.13 to $0.12 a pound for salted cod, and from $0.19 to $0.17 for frozen cod, Need Modern Vessels The real difficulty is that only 9 of the fleet's 31 trawlers are capable of freezing fish on the grounds, Vessel owners hope for government help throughnext season, This would give them time to negotiate with the Common Market's Agricultural Fund. They hope the fund will partially finance the pur- chase of 9 new trawlers if they agree not to demand a certain share of sales within the Common Market, The skippers claim to have an agreement in principal for support of this type sothey can obtain new equipment before 1974, ('Vestkysten,' Dec. 4, 1968.) Sp ee OECD Issues Review of 1967 Fisheries Various fishery developments in the North Atlantic, North Pacific, and Mediterranean are examined in a ''Review of Fisheries in OECD Member Countries in 1967,'' published in early Dec. 1968. The Review was asked by the organization's Committee for Fisheries, whose members represent countries produc- ing about half the world'sfish supply and handling around 70% of the international trade in fish and fish products, Although overall fish catch in northern waters was heavier in 1967 than in 1966, supplies for direct human consumption were lower. The more plentiful species were those used mainly infish meal and oil manufacture. Cod catch in North Atlantic areas, the main- stay of anumber of major fisheries in border - ing nations, was smaller, Mixed Picture This supply situation and a widespread marketing recessionfor bulk fish resulted in lower returns to most fishing fleets. Coastal fisheries, producing a greater variety of high-quality fish for sale fresh innearby markets, enjoyed reasonably good yields and fared better, on the whole, The Review gives special attention to in- ternational outlets for products from the re- duction industry (meal and oil) and cod fish- eries (frozen and cured). In those markets, OECD countries are among the leading pro- ducers--Scandinavian countries, Canada, Ja- pan--and consumers--U,S, and U.K. Reduction Industry As productionof raw material for the re- ductionindustry was at anall-time high, sales could only be effected at greatly reduced prices, Thiscaused generally lower returns tofishermen and vessel owners; in a number of cases, operational stoppages, Certainfish- eries with poor yields, such as Iceland's her- ring fisheries and the U.S. menhaden fisher- ies, were hit particularly hard. Prices also were depressed in the North- East and North-West cod fisheries, These are important, not only to countries near the fishing grounds--Canada, Greenland, Iceland, Faroes, Norway--but also to all Huropean distant-water fleets. The decline might have started withoverstocking of blocks of frozen fillets for the U.S. fish stick and portion in- dustry, subsequently spreading to other mar- kets across the Atlantic, Thr frozen-fish marketis being examined by the Committee, More Government Aid The fisheries of many nations suffered setbacks, often with serious consequences, This was true especially for Iceland, whose economy depends so heavily on fish exports. The adverse conditions stimulated national authorities to increase financial aid to their fishing industries, The Review concludes that "this could have adverse effects by distort- ing the normal conditions of the increasing competition between fishing countries," Countries coveredinthe Review are: Bel- gium, Canada, Denmark, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Neth- erlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Turkey, the U.K., and the U.S. The publica- tion is available from: OECD Publications Center, Suite 1305, 1750 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, D.C, 20006, at $2.30. (OECD Press Release, Dec, 2, 1968.) SE LATIN AMERICA Peru 1968 WAS BANNER YEAR FOR FISH MEAL PRODUCTION AND EXPORTS The year 1968 set a record for Peruvian fish meal production and exports. (The sea- son lasts fromfallto spring,so any summary of a calendar year overlaps parts of two sea- sons,) From Jan.-Dec. 1968, production totaled 1,921,900 metric tons; in 1967 it was 1,815,983, Exports during 1968 reached 2,083,205 metric tons; in 1967, 1,560,900, Partly due to lack of fish, fish meal pro- duction dropped significantly in November. December production was lowest in 1968, ex- cept during closedseason, Fishing during the first two weeks of December was concentrated around Chimbote, although fishing farther south picked up during the third week, Closed Season Set On Jan. 9, 1969, the Government announced a closed season (veda) during Feb. 1-Mar. 2, and a provisional limit on the 1968-69 an- choveta catch of 8.2 million metric tons, Fishing during the veda may continue out of Tlo in southern Peru. (Sociedad Nacional de Pesqueria.) OK OK 1968 FISH MEAL EXPORTS Peru exported 2,083,205 metric tons of fish meal in calendar year 1968; more than half went to only 3 countries: The U.S. was the largest single buyer with 550,413 tons. West Germany was second with 396,853 tons, fol- lowed by the Netherlands with 201,482, 7 Countries Took More Than 40,000 Tons Each Spainimported 110,979 tons and Italy 102,420. Japan ranked sixth with 97,578 tons, Mexico took 84,909, and East Germany placed 8th with 81,005. Polandimported 68,866 tons, Yugoslavia 52,965, and Czechoslovakia 43,680. 49 Countries Importing Less Than 35,000 Tons Venezuela, the U.K., and Belgium eachim- ported more than 30,000 but less than 35,000 tons. Hungary, France, and the Philippines each took a little over 20,000 tons. Sweden and Singapore eachimported over 15,000 tons, while Ireland, Taiwan, Finland, and South Korea took slightly more than 10,000 each, Countries Importing Less Than 10,000 Tons Argentina, Bulgaria, Brazil, Colombia, Israel, and Greece each imported less than 10,000 but more than 5,000 tons; El Salvador trailed with 2,408, All other importing coun- tries combined took only 5,504 tons. = ——, Brazil FISHING INDUSTRY OUTLOOK Brazil, potentially an important supplier of shrimp to the U.S., is offering very at- tractive incentives for fishing industry in- vestments through 1972, Export industries provide the best opportunities for immediate returns, Large untagged shrimp resources in both the north and south only now arebeginning to be exploited by firms financed by U.S, and other foreign capital. Two new U.S,-financed firms, operating from Belem at the mouth of the Amazon, together plan to export to the U.S. over 4 million pounds of shrimp annually, or more than 3.5 times the total U.S.imports of Brazilian shrimpin 1968, Brazil's shrimp exports to the U.S, increased sharply in 1968, to a level almost 7 times that of 1967. The Brazilian Government is expected to examine new investment projects witha more critical eyethan previously. Projects gener- ating export earnings should be favorably re- ceived. Although vastimprovements are needed to improve fish distribution in Brazil, invest- ments, plus U.S. technology and manage- ment, might overcome some of the problems. Opportunities also exist for the sale of U.S, equipment that can solve or circumvent prob- lems in the production-marketing chain, 50 Brazil (Contd.): Legal Problem for American Firms American firms with fisheries investments in Brazil, involved in a legal problem con- cerning interpretation of regulations on ves- sel registration, reportedly havenot en- countered unusual bureaucratic hurdles in other operations. Catches of shrimp and catfish for export are increasing; the spiny lobster catch, al- most all exported to the U.S.,is levelling off after several years of sharp decline. Brazilian Laws The new Brazilian fishery development law is having an important impact. The Fisher- ies Ministry had approved projects totaling US$40 million through August 1968. Brazilian law provides a tax rebate of US$0.10 a gallon on diesel fuel (current cost US$0.25 per gallon) used to produce goods for export. An agencyto administer the program is expected to be established soon. Areas of Development e Several Brazilian organizations are plan- ning to produce F PC. e At least four institutions are training personnel for thefishing and fish processing industries, assuring a supply of trained labor. Marketing Problems e While the bulk of approved investment programs have concerned fish catching, marketing needs the greatest improvement. Currently, all fish has to be transported by truck, distribution facilities are antiquated, and fish sold in normal food channels costs more than meat. Note: More details are available in Foreign Fisheries Leaflet 173, "Fishing Industry Outlook--Brazil, ' available on request from Joseph Pileggi, Chief, Branch of Foreign Fisheries, Department of the Interior, Room 8015, Washington, D. C. 20240. when Mexico TO BUILD SALINA CRUZ FISHERY COMPLEX A $12 million fisheries complex is to be built at Salina Cruz, Oxaca, far south of Mex- ico's Pacific coast. Complete details are not available, but the installation is to handle 20,000 metric tons of tuna and bonito annually, and can approximately 6,600 tons. Twenty- five percent is to be marketed domestically, the rest exported. French Financing The project willbe financed from a US$35 million loan made subsequent to the French- Mexican protocol of 1967. French interests will pay 95%, Mexicans the rest. (U.S. Em- bassy, Mexico, Jan. 18, 1969.) Trinidad and Tobago PLANS FISHING COMPLEX A multimillion-dollar fishing industry complex, including Caribbean Free Trade As- sociation (CARIFTA) territories, is planned in Trinidad and Tobago's next Five-Year De- velopment Program (1969-1974). The pro- posal is based, in principle, on recent OAS fishery development survey. CARIF TA members are Antigua, Barbados, Guyana, Trinidad and Tobago, Dominica, Grenada, St. Kitts-Nevis-Anguilla, St. Lucia, St. Vincent, Jamaica, and Monserrat. British Honduras has applied for membership. WHAT IS PLANNED The US$7.1 millionfisheries scheme calls for the purchase, installation, and operation of the entire project by a single company. The company would be responsible for: 1) A fleet of seiners and trawlers; 2) Support vessels to transfer catch and furnish ice, fuel, food, and all other require- ments from fishing port to fishing grounds; 3) A specialfishing harbor with cold-stor- ages and facilities for manufacturing ice and dry ice; Trinidad & Tobago (Contd.): 4) A maintenance shop for engines and fishing gear anda small shipyard for the fish- ing fleet; 5) Asmallfactory to make and repair fishing nets; 6) A store for spare parts and fuel oil bunkers for local and visiting ships; 7) Processing facilities for canning, fillet- ing, smoking, salting, and dehydrating fish; and for producing fish meal and fish protein concentrate; 8) Distribution centers in Trinidad and Tobago, and in other CARIFTA area terri- tories, to market fresh, chilled, and frozen fish, emphasizing safe and sanitary distribu- tion. UN Help United Nations Special Fund has set aside US$1.5 million to provide technical assistance for implementation of the project, and super- vision during the first operational period. Plans to build a modern fishing port are included, Sea Lots, Point Lisas, and Chagua- ramas are possible sites. Afisheries train- ing school is tobe established at the Univer- sity of the West Indies to provide technological training. 51 It is not clear whether the government will run the proposed scheme entirely on its own initiative or invite local entrepreneurs to participate. Nevertheless, itis clear that Trinidad & Tobago has finally realized the importance of implementing and developing one of the country's richest and most viable economic assets. (U.S, Embassy, Port of Spain, Trinidad, Dec. 17, 1968.) Guyana FIRE RAZES OFFICES, DOCKS OF GEORGETOWN SEAFOODS In Georgetown, Guyana, the downtown of- fices and docks of the U.S, shrimp trawler firm Georgetown Seafoods were razed by fire Jan. 1, 1969. The 15 trawlers berthed at the docks were removed to safety. Major in- stallations of the company, several miles up- river from Georgetown, were not involved. (U.S. Embassy, Georgetown, Jan, 2, 1969.) HOW MANY SPECIES OF FISHES ARE THERE? Although fishes are the most numerous of the recent vertebrates, there is little agree- ment among scientists on the number of species. Estimates range from 15,000 to 40,000 species; however, 25,000 appears to be the most often quoted figure. This discrepancy exists because fish species are sometimes named more than once due to inadequate de- scriptions and variation due to environment or geographical distribution. In some fish species, the male has beendescribed as belonging to one species and the female to another because of a difference in body form or color pattern. This phenomenon is called sexual dimorphism. Other fishes have been named more than once because the young look dif- ferent than the adults. In addition, most scientists agree that not all fishes have yet been named; the estimate of 25,000 allows for this unknown, The species of fishes with bony skeletons are more numerous than those with skeletons of cartilage (sharks and rays). Bony fish number around 20,000 while the cartilaginous fish number only about 600. ("Questions About The Oceans,"' U.S, Naval Oceanographic Office.) 52 ASIA Japan FISHERIES BUDGET INCREASES IN FY 1969 The Japanese cabinet adopted the fiscal year 1969 (April 1969-March 1970) budget estimates for submission to the Diet (par- liament). Estimates for the Fisheries Agency total about US$94.14 million, an increase of 16% over FY 1968 budget of $78.97 million, The FY 1969 budget carries large in- creases for guidance and patrol in the coastal and high-seas fisheries, vessel construction, biological research for international fisher - ies, fishing industry disaster compensation, overseas fishery development, and fishing- port improvement projects, Funds newly authorized include $83,000 subsidization of private fishery surveys to promote the dis- tant-water fisheries, and $53,000 for saury resource surveys off Japan, ('Nihon Suisan Shimbun,! Jan, 15, 1969.) eo OK LONG-TERM OUTLOOK FOR MARINE PRODUCTS The Japanese Fisheries Agency has re- leased an interim report on the long-term outlook for demand and supply of marine prod- ucts in Japan, The report, using 1966 as the base year, predicts Japan's demand for fish- ery productsin1977 will exceed 11.5 million metric tons, compared with 8.07 tons avail- able in1966. Domestic productionis expected to increase to around 8.9 million tons in 1977, from 7.32 million tons (including whales) in 1966, Therefore, there is likely tobea supply shortage of over 2,6 million tons by 1977. Increases in Imports and Production Opinions among Japanese scientists and businessmen vary as to whether this defi- ciency canbe met throughimports or through increases indomestic production, The ques- tion concerning imports is whether the devel- oping fish-exporting countries will be able to supply the deficiency --because, evenin those countries, fish consumption is likely to in- crease with a rise in income, There also is a growing shortage of animal protein in many countries, Asfor increasing fish production in Japan, the problem is to solve the supply shortage, particularly of higher-valued fish and shellfish, The demand for these will con- tinue to increase as income rises and diet improves. Other Solutions Proposed Some proposed solutions are: (1) promo- tionof fish breeding and cultivation, (2) devel- opment of coastal fisheries, (3) utilization of untapped bottomfish and other fishery re- sources, and (4) improvement of fishing and processing techniques. However, even im- plementing these proposals probably would not increase production by more than 1-2 milliontons, Therefore, the demands created by rising income and population growth still can be expected to outstrip supply. (*Minato Shimbun! and 'Suisan Tsushin,! Dec, 1968.) 2 OK 3K ALLOCATES NORTH PACIFIC WHALE QUOTA On Dec, 26, 1968, the Japanese Fisheries Agency announced domestic allocation of the North Pacific baleen whale catch quota al- lotted to Japan for the 1969 season--886.5 blue-whale units (BWU). The quota was di- vided among 3 participating whaling firms: Taiyo and Nihon Suisan, 285.5 BWUs each; Kyokuyo Hogei, 315.5 BWUs. Japan's Quota Cut Catch limit on North Pacific baleen whales, set by the International Whaling Commission in June 1968, cut Japan's 1969 share by 114.5 BWUs from the 1,001 units authorized dur- ing the preceding 4 years, ('Suisan Tsushin,* Dec. 28, 1968.) %* OK INVESTMENTS IN OVERSEAS FISHERIES In Oct. 1968, there were Japanese capital investments in 38 overseas joint fisheries ventures. Thirty were active, 6 were tem- porarily inactive, and 2 had discontinued operations. Only 10 were making profits; the rest were losing money. The 10 distributing profits to shareholders in 1968 were: 53 Japan (Contd,): Date Total Established Capital Japan's Share Japanese Co. Business US$ Australia (Papua). ... June 1967 111,110 Kinkai Hogei Shrimp trawling Canada 2. eee eee e July 1967 92,500 Taiyo Gyogyo Whaling IFijilslands.....+.. Aug. 1964 756, 670 Nichiryo Cold storage Banno Tsusho May 1955 522, 810 Nihon Suisan Cold storage nike tortst April 1956 266, 670 Taiyo Gyogyo Cold storage Aug. 1959 163, 330 Overseas Fishery Co, Cold storage, tuna fishing & packing May 1964 194,250 North Borneo Shrimp trawling Fishery Co. aber @ Feb, 1967 47,920 Overseas Fishery Co. Bottom trawling (Netherlands Antilles... May 1963 284, 400 Nippon Reizo Cold storage Mhailand ~. 2 esc eee July 1966 35, 420 Kyokuyo Hogei & Cold storage Nomura Boeki Source: 'Suisan Tsushin, ' Jan. 11, 1969. * OK OK ($106 a tonin1967) and resulted in an unpre- cedented bait shortage for tuna fishermen, Until 1963, Japanese saury landings averaged 400,000 tons a year, but during the following 4 years catches dropped to between 200,000 and 300,000 tons, FROZEN TUNA EXPORTS ROSE IN 1968 Frozen tuna exports to the United States (excluding American Samoa) and Canada dur- ing Jan,-Dec, 1968 totaled 75,959 short tons valued at US$29,222,115--10,237 tons and $1.1 million over 1967, Exports to Europe and other countries in1968 totaled 30,693 metric tons worth US$12,138,335, down 4,832 tons and $3.3 million from 1967. ('Suisancho Nippo,' Jan, 20, 1969.) Inview of the declining catch off Japan, the saury industry may seek new grounds in dis- tant waters, ('Suisan Shuho,' Jan, 5, 1969.) % OK OK Jan.-Dec. 1968 Jan.-Dec. 1967 Value Quantity Short Tons US$ Short Tons US$ ports to: United States & Canadal/: Direct exports from Japan ......-.e-e 46,738 20, 815, 685 2/40, 638 Atlantic and Indian Ocean Transshipments 29, 221 8, 406, 430 25,084 75,959 29, 222, 115 65, 722 Metric Tons Metric Tons 19, 171,022 8,921, 644 28, 092, 666 Europe and Other Countries: italy: Sis: Gite ta 24,655 RIAUCe Remained spaniel @ keys, 440 Spain .. ete 3,066 Ghana .. . . 1,766 Others .. A She e 766 focally peeel etal 30, 693 1 /Excludes deliveries to American Samoa, 2/Exports to Canada totaled 1,593 short tons in 1967, Ae dalew 10, 671, 399 207,775 706, 624 664 250, 610 831 301, 927 3, 494 12, 138, 335 35,525 13,696,511 145, 865 155,948 107,799 1,414,484 15,520, 607 30, 256 280 5 SEINERS LICENSED FOR EASTERN SAURY CATCH HIT RECORD PACIFIC TUNA FISHERY LOW IN 1968 On Jan, 13, 1969, the Japanese Fisheries The 1968 saury catch was 127,000 metric tons--over 80,000 tons less than the 215,000 tons in 1967, The sharp decline raised the season's average price to US$129 a short ton Agency announced it would license 5 purse seiners to operate in the Eastern Pacific in 1969: 54 Japan (Contd.): Size Gross Tons Name of Vessel ‘Hakuryu Maru No. 55! 499.57 | Kawajiri Gyogyo Fishing Co. 'Gempuku Maru No. 82"| 499.66 | Toyo Gyogyo Fishing Co. ‘Hayabusa Maru No. 3! 275.34 | Taiyo Fishing Co. ‘Nissho Maru’ 252.93 | KinkaiHogeiFishing Co. 'Taikei Maru No. 23! 210.20 | Ogata Gyogyo Fishing Co. Agency's Position The Agency indicated that for some time the issuance of licenses will be limited to 5 vessels because unrestricted licensing would raise strong opposition from longline opera- tors, and antagonize foreign countries. The Agency also intends to take steps for Japan's admission into the Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission in 1970, since purse-seine fishing naturally will increase Japan's yel- lowfin landings in the regulatory area. Ja- panese longline catches in the area have been around 3,000 tons annually. Fishing Plans The 5 seiners were expected to depart Japan in late January 1969. After closure of the yellowfin fishery in the regulatory area, "Hakuryu Maru! and 'Gempuku Maru!' are scheduled to move to the eastern Atlantic. The other 3 seiners either will fish in the southwest Pacific, or enter the seine fishery off Japan. ('Suisan Tsushin,' Jan. 16. 1969.) % OK °K FISHING FIRMS EXPLORE OFF U.S. EAST COAST In 1967, Japanese fishing firms began in- vestigating bottomfish resources in the west- ern Atlantic to find alternate fishing grounds for the slow season off west Africa. In Jan. 1969, the stern trawler 'Sekishu Maru! (997 gross tons), owned by a Nichiro- affiliated firm, fished off Florida. She took over 20 tons per operation, mostly butterfish. Another stern trawler, 'Kaimon Maru! (2,500 gross tons), owned by Nihon Suisan, was scheduled to begin fishing in late January. Off Nova Scotia The 2,500-ton stern trawler 'Shirane Maru' is off Nova Scotia on a government- subsidized resource survey cruise. Catches are averaging 10 tons of processed fish a day--60% deep-sea smelt and 40% rockfish, dressed and frozen aboard the vessel. 'Shirane Maru!' is scheduled to continue op- erations until March 1969, then return to her base at Las Palmas, Canary Islands. ('Minato Shimbun,' Jan. 7 & 12, 1969.) & NEW FISHERIES LAW TAKES EFFECT Singapore's Fisheries Act, first intro- duced in 1966, became effective Jan. 1, 1969. It provides for control of inshore and inland fisheries, fishing harbors, and licensing of fishermen and allied workers. It also regu- lates fishing methods and gear, fish-proces- sing industries, and provides for fish conser - vation and culture. The Act does not cover either coastal or deep-sea fishing. Singapore Base for Foreign Fishing Vessels Singapore's importance as a base for foreign fishing vessels has been growing steadily. Soviet fleets fishing in the Indian Ocean and whaling in Antarctic waters take on fuel, water, andother supplies at the port. Building New Fishing Harbor Construction of the large fishery com- plex at Jurong is lagging, but work is continu- ing and plans for the new fishing harbor should be made public soon. Singapore also plans to establish an FAO southeast Asia fisheries training center, and to reopen the former British fishery research station at Changi. (U.S. Embassy, Singapore, Jan. 10, 1969; Octo ies olcss) Taiwan "KURUMA' SHRIMP IS CULTIVATED SUCCESSFULLY The government's fisheries research sta- tion at Taiwan has succeeded in artificially breeding 'kuruma! shrimp. About 50,000 larvae were raised in the hatchery for about 20 days, then transferred to the nursery, and released in the ponds. This experiment was the first of its kind in Taiwan. Because it was successful, the government intended to build a shrimp hatchery in Ping- tung Province by the endof 1968, and planned to rear artificially about 50,000 larvae per female shrimp in 3 months. ('Shin Suisan Shimbun Sokuho,' Nov. 9, 1968.) Fewer Malaysia SABAH'S FISHING INDUSTRY IS GROWING The Government of Sabah is transforming fisheries into a thriving and competitive in- dustry. In 1968, M$2.9 million (US$960,000) were provided under a development plan for fisheries research and expansion. The gov- ernment also allocated M$95,000 (US$31,000) for a pilot project for oyster and cockle cul- ture to increase food production and improve the protein balance, If the project is success- ful, oyster and cockle culture will be intro- duced on a commercial scale and become an additional source of income for local fisher - men. Completed Projects A Grant to Fish Cooperatives Scheme pro- vides subsidies for local fishermen, including the outright grant of an outboard motor for every new fishing boat as well as modern fishing gear. During the first six months of 1968, Sabah fishermen received 72 outboard motors. The Fisheries Ministry has built 4 modern trawlers for gear experts to demon- strate modern trawling techniques to local fishermen. Construction Underway A training center for young fishermen, now being built on Labuan Island in eastern Sabah, shouldbe completed by 1970 and a small fish waste factory for fish meal production is being built in Lahad Datu. Future Plans Plans have been made to improve fishing ports and to expand and modernize freezing and storage facilities. The Government also plans to build a fish cannery, and would wel- come foreign participation in the project. The lack of canning facilities forced Sabah to im- port about M$4 million (US$1.3 million) worth of canned fish in 1967. Freshwater Ponds By the end of 1967, 1,135 freshwater ponds covering 143,5 acres had been built with gov- ernment grants, During the first six months in 1968, another 60 ponds covering 22 acres were constructed, Fishery Exports Rise As a result of the Government's fisheries modernization and expansion, Sabah exported 2,300 metric tons of fishery products worth 55 M$7.5 million (US$2.5 million) in 1967, in- cluding some to the U.S, In 1967, fishery products were Sabah's third largest export after rubber and timber, In 1968, fishery exports may have been overtaken by palm oil, which has an extremely fast export growth rate, However, 1968 fishery export data, not yet known, may exceed those of 1967, Manpower Problems One of the major problems facing Sabah's fast growing fishing industry is manpower. In the past few years the industry has had trouble in recruiting, because young Malay- sians prefer the easier life in the cities to the hard and tedious life at sea. The number of Sabah's fishermen, estimated at 8,000, has not increased substantially in recent years. (U.S. Consulate, Kuching, Jan. 3, 1969; 'Sabah Times,' Dec. 28, 1968; 'Japan Times,' Dec. 9, 1968.) vf India TO DEVELOP SHRIMP RESOURCES Surveys of the shrimp resources off the coasts of India are continuing because there is considerable interest in further develop- ment. India's shrimp catch in 1967 was 98,000 metric tons. Present Fishing Area s The total sea area between the Indian coast and 100 fathoms is approximately 108,000 sq. mi.; only a small fraction is presently ex- ploited. The Continental Shelf is from 25-62 miles wide, but Indian shrimp fishing is con- fined to a narrow belt of about 9 miles. Survey Results Current surveys indicate that the largest shrimp are available at depths of 25 to 45 fathoms. Although many surveys have been made in adjacent waters by Indo-Norwegian Project, survey findings are available to Indian collaborators or Indian companies only. Government Assistance To assist indeveloping the shrimp indus- try, the Government intends to import 30-40 trawlers; 40-60 small trawlers are being built locally. Several American companies have considered investing in this fisheries devel- opment but have withdrawn from active par- ticipation for several reasons; however, some 56 India (Contd.): American companies are still interested in investing in Indian fisheries. (U.S. ERIS EASS))5 New Delhi, Jan. 10, 1969.) Be SS Ke SPINY LOBSTER FOUND OFF KERALA COAST India's spiny lobster fishery and exports are very small compared to other seafoods like shrimp. In1967, India exported 128 met- rictons of lobster, valued at US$310,000. In 1966, she exported 81 tons worth US$194,000. Six species of spiny lobster, Genus Panulirus, are foundinIndia, The most important com- mercially is Panulirus nomstie (Linn.) or Panulirus dasypus (Later.). bster occurs in almost all rocky coasts, ee the Kanyaku- mari District of Madras State is the principal area, A fewplacesnorthof Calicut also sup- port the fishery to some extent. A larger lobster catchcould form the basis of a valu- able export trade. The fishery seems to be dwindling because of indiscriminate fishing. It may be necessary to impose size restric- tions and prohibit catching of berried females. The Indo-Norwegian Project (INP) has located a spiny lobster source in the deep- water regions off the Kerala coast, INP trawlers have caught mostly Parapandalus and other varieties of shrimp, but a fairly sizable quantity of the spiny lobster Pueru- lus sewelli has been found in the catches. Puvar to Cochin Distribution During 1958-63, the Kerala University Oceanographic Department, with R/ V 'Conch,! surveyed the deeper waters beyond the 100 fathom line from Puvar (south of Trivandrum) to Calicut. Although the intensity and depths of the lobster population vary from place to place and year to year, the lobster bed is al- most continuous at a depth beyond 100 fath- oms, from Puvar inthe south to Cochin in the north, Theinvestigation was not carried out south of Puvar. Judging from the hydrograph- ic conditions and nature of the substratum, it is likely that the species distribution also ex- tends towards the south. The length of the specimens collected by INP varied from 107 to 195 mm. (4.2-7.8 in.). Females were fewer in number, but most caught during Januaryto April were berried. In live specimens the body was light orange with a slight reddish tint. Though other species of lobster, like Palinustus mossam- bica, Thenus orientalis, and Scyllaras sp. also were observed in the offshore regions in various types of substrata, they are not ob- tainable in sizable quantities and hence are not of economic importance, INP success in obtaining good catches of both deep-water shrimp and lobster shows the urgent need for more detailed investigation of the new resources, and opens better scope for offshore fishing with large trawlers. (‘Seafood Trade Journal.') SOUTH PACIFIC American Samoa GOOD ALBACORE FISHING IN JANUARY Albacore fishing was good off American Samoa in January 1969. Longliners were landing an average 1.2-1.3 tons and taking as muchas 2 tonsper set. The favorable fishing conditions and prices have raised fishermen's hopes. Frozen round albacore deliveries were bringing a new high of US$415 a short ton. About 14 Japanese, 20 South Korean, and 40-50 Taiwanese vessels were operating out of American Samoa. The growth of the Tai- wanese fleet was attributed to the fact that the tuna fishingindustry in Taiwan is govern- ment-backed. ('Katsuomaguro Tsushin,! Jan. 10, 1969.) AFRICA South Africa FISHING INDUSTRY EXHIBITION SLATED FOR OCT, 1969 ‘South African Shipping News and Fishing Industry Review! is sponsoring a fishing in- dustries exhibition to be held in Cape Town, South Africa, Oct. 20-25, 1969. The exhibition will focus on the display and testing of new fishing equipment, gear, and scientific aids, Space has been reserved for foreign govern- ments desiring to mount a national display. Export Possibilities The exhibition should offer excellent ex- port-promotion opportunities for U.S, com- mercial fishing equipment manufacturers interested in the South African market. The area of greatest interest will be electronic fish-finding gear. Other attractive export possibilities are processing-plant equipment and preserving machinery for pilchards to be canned onshore. Interested U.S, firms should write to: South Africa Exhibition Organizers (Pty.) Ltd., P. O. Box 2900, Johannesburg, South Africa. (U.S. Consul, Cape Town, Oct. 18, 1968.) 57 South & South-West Africa SHOAL FISH CATCH, JAN.-SEPT. 1968 The 1968 fishing season ended on Sept, 15; in 1967, it ran until Sept. 30. South Africa's Sept. 1968 catch yielded 5,715 tons of fish meal and 65,436 imperial gallons of fishbody oil. In South-West Africa, September production was 21,399 tons of fish meal and 4,440 long tons of fish body oil. Shoal Fish Catch, January-September 1968 1968 1967 103,728 80, 963 9, 427 153,071 304, 060 13,973 eee eee Maasbanker ,... 1,507 Mackerel ©. . - 99, 325 Gwaton yoo 187,165 33,530 PRomaieieme 561, 494 South-West Africa: Palcbhardss tay crits « 730, 828 64, 310 724,710 65, 650 Maasbanker.... 54 - 100 - nee 124,761 | 20,202 7,503 74 Chea ery 855, 643 84,512 In addition, the 2 South African factoryships operating off South-West Africa took 614,634 tons of pilchards; 47,942 tons were taken in September. ('!The South African Shipping News and Fishing Industry Review,' Nov. 1968.) WHY DOES THE SEA FOAM? Foam is made up of airbubbles separated from each other by a film of liquid. Bubbles coming together in fresh water coalesce, but bubbles coming together in salt water bounce off each other. Most bubbles in the ocean are caused by wind waves, but they may also be produced by rain and even snow. The bubbles that form along the seashore are very small, mostly less than 5 millimeter in diameter. When bubbles rise to the surface, they burst and release salt spray into the air, a fact well known to any wearer of glasses who has been on shipboard or at the seashore. Each bursting bubble causes a jet of several drops to rise to heights up to1,000 times the bubble diameter. It is believed that most of the airborne salt nuclei come from bursting bubbles. ("Questions About The Oceans," U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office.) 58 SALMON BLINTZES Salmon Blintzes are just the thing to serve because they can be prepared ahead of time. An interesting combination of salmon and cottage cheese is blended with egg, spiced with cinnamon-sugar, then rolled inthe blintzes and refrigerated until ready to use. Browned in butter just before serv- ing and topped with sour cream and cher- ry or strawberry preserves for a sweet- sour taste, Salmon Blintzes will bring flavor perfection and thedrama of the unusual to your entertaining. So get out the party hats and horns, the bells and candles--and have a party! Salmon Blintzes 1 can (72 Ounces) salmon teaspoon cinnamon 1 cup cottage cheese 12 Blintzes 1 egg 1 cup sour cream % teaspoon salt > cup cherry preserves 2 tablespoons sugar (or strawberry preserves) Drain and flake salmon. Add cottage cheese, egg, sugar, salt, and cinnamon. Mix thoroughly. Place about 2 tablespoon- fuls of the salmon mixture on the browned side of each blintz. Spread the filling to within an inch of the edge. Fold the bottom edge of the blintz up about an inch over the filling. Fold the two sides of the blintz in about % of an inch over the filling. Then finish rolling the blintz from the bottom. The blintzes may be made to this point and refrigerated un- til ready to use. Place blintzes in a single layer in melted butter in a 10-inch fry pan. Fryatamod- erate heat for 5 to 6 minutes or until brown. Turn carefully. Fry 5 to 6 minutes longer or until blintzes are brown. Drain on absorbent paper. Place 2 blintzes on a small plate. Top with sour cream and cherry preserves. Making 6 servings. Blintzes 3 cup all-purpose flour 2 eggs, beaten } teaspoon salt Oil 1 cup milk Combine flour and salt. Combine milk and eggs. Add gradually to flour mixture. Stir until smooth. Pour 2 tablespoons of batter into lightly oiled 6 inch fry pan. Tip the fry pan so that the batter completely covers the bottom. Fry at a moderate heat for 3 to 4 minutes or until blintz is brown on the bottom and set ontop. Remove from pan. Makes 12 blintzes. (Source: Interior Department's BCF.) Page 1 2 3 3 ww w 34 . . INDEX UNITED STATES: U.S. Fish Consumption in 1968 Was Highest Since 1954 Forecast Abundance of Groundfish & Sea Scal- lop on New England Banks Sealskin Harvest 5 of 6 U.S, Fishing Vessels Have Electronic Equipment Ferro Cement Fishing Boats Are Being Built Groundfish Fillet Import Tariff-Rate Quota Set for 1969 Crab and Shrimp Pasteurization Lengthens Their Storage Life Southeastern Fisheries Association Meets June 13 EDA Funds Help Sea Industries Study Lobster Tagging Produces Interesting Infor- mation Thread Herring Schools Detected at Night Drift Bottle Found After 7 Years Fishermen Shown How to Construct Trawl Economically BCF Scientist Honored by Wildlife Society BCF Scientists Assess Effect of Oil Spillage in Santa Barbara Channel California Vessel Longlines Broadbill Sword- fish Juvenile Tropical Fish Raised in Lab Young Indians Tour BCF's Miami Lab Fishery Legislation Proposed in Congress Oceanography: Grand Banks 1969 International Ice Patrol Gulf of Mexico Knolls Are Salt Domes, Oil Core Analysis Indicates Investigate Unseen, 1,000-Mile Long Plan- etary Waves in Pacific Scripps! *Argo! Sails To Study Drilling Sites New Evidence Reported of S. Atlantic Sea- Floor Spreading New Bathymetric Chart of Washington Coast Now Available International Guide for Maritime Distress Being Prepared Foreign Fishing Off U.S, in January 1969 States: Alaska: State Biologists Make 1969 Salmon Fore- casts Ralston Purina Triples Processing Capac- ity at Kodiak California: To Recommend Rise in Shrimp Catch Quota Washington: Shellfish Catch Rises 12% Chinook Salmon Flown to New York Virginia: EDA Extends Oyster Study Maine: Sardines Promoted Commonwealth of Puerto Rico: Tuna Industry Grows ARTICLE: A Progress Report on the Development of a Shrimp Trawl to Separate Shrimp from Fish and Bottom-Dwelling Animals, by William L. High, Ian E, Ellis, and Larry D. Lusz BOOKS Page 38 52 . . 59 INTERNATIONAL: International Fisheries Survey Off California Underway Japanese Exploratory Fishing Off Chile Japanese Seek More Joint Shrimp Ventures in Indonesia Canada to Host Fishery Products Inspection Conference East Germany Delivers Stern Trawler to Cuba Cuban Fishing Vessel Seized by Venezuela FOREIGN: Canada: Lobster Vessels Will Be Licensed To Establish Freshwater Fish Marketing Corporation No. 2 Seafood Firm Issues 1968 Annual Re- port British Columbia Fishermen Land Record Salmon Catch Europe: Denmark: Concern Over European Common Fisheries Policy Eased Faroese Exports of Fishery Products De- clined in 1968 Faroese Fishermen May Strike Advertises for Norwegian Fishermen USSR: Research Conducted on Pacific Ocean Perch Research Vessel Begins 44th Cruise Airlift Fur Seals From Sakhalin to Batumi Produces Full-Length Film on Oceans Develops New Fish-Processing Equipment for Use at Sea East Germany: Shipyards Can Build 5,000 Tons of Fishing Vessels a Month To Test First Underwater Lab Iceland: Permits Trawling Within Fishery Limits Sweden: Radiotelephone Fishing Announcements May Be Coded Spain: Attempts to Concentrate Fish-Packing Industry France: New Tuna Seiner May Fish Yellowfin in Eastern Pacific Crises in Cod Fisheries OECD Issues Review of 1967 Fisheries Latin America: Peru: 1968 Was Banner Year for Fish Meal Production and Exports 1968 Fish Meal Exports Brazil: Fishing Industry Outlook Mexico: To Build Salina Cruz Fishery Complex Trinidad.and Tobago: Plans Fishing Complex Guyana: Fire Razes Offices, Docks of Georgetown Seafoods Asia: Japan: Fisheries Budget Increases in FY 1969 Index continued page 60. 60 INDEX (CONTINUED) Page Page FOREIGN (Contd.): FOREIGN (Contd.): Asia (Contd.): Asia (Contd.): Japan (Contd.): India: BD oO Long-Term Outlook for Marine Products Bey 56 To Develop Shrimp Resources 32) awe Allocates North Pacific Whale Quota OB 5 6 Spiny Lobster Found Off Kerala Coast BY) 5-6 Investments in Overseas Fisheries South Pacific: DS oo Frozen Tuna Exports Rose in 1968 American Samoa: 53... Saury Catch Hit Record Low in 1968 BG 5.6 Good Albacore Fishing in January BS 65 5 Seiners Licensed for Eastern Pacific Africa: Tuna Fishery South Africa: 54 .. Fishing Firms Explore Off U.S. East Coast Dili 83 Fishing Industry Exhibition Slated for Oct. Singapore: 1969 54 .. New Fisheries Law Takes Effect South & South-West Africa: Taiwan: ilies a Shoal Fish Catch, Jan.-Sept. 1968 54 2. 'Kuruma! Shrimp Is Cultivated Successfully 59 . INDEX Malaysia: DB) 66 Sabah's Fishing Industry Is Growing SALMON The anadromous Pacific salmon fisheries of the United States are of great importance from Bristol Bay, Alaska, to the Sacramento River, California. As early as 1829, settlers in the Northwest were salting and exporting salmon from the great runs up the Columbia River. By 1840 a few salting stations had been set up on Alaska shores, but salmon were first canned along the Sacramento River. By 1936, the peak year for the Pacific salmon fisheries, more than 100 canneries engaged in canning most of the 791.-million-pound catch of U.S. fishermen. In the years since, the Pacific salmon have been sharply reduced in number because of pollution, diversion and power dams, overfishing, and reduction of Spawning grounds. Despite all this, salmon is still one of the most valuable fishery resources of the United States. The 310 million pounds caught in 1961 brought $52 million to the fishermen, while the fishery products prepared by the processors were valued at over $124 million. The commercial fishery for salmon is principally by purse seines, gill nets, beach seines, and by trolling. Five kinds of salmon (known by a variety of names) come from Pacific waters: sockeye, chinook, coho, pink, and chum. Pacific salmon spend most of their lives in the ocean; when mature, they return to spawn in their home streams. Some go a short distance upstream, others go as much as 2,000 miles upstream to spawn; all die after they spawn. Months later the new generation emerges from the gravel. Some young make their way downstream to the sea immediately; others remain in fresh water for a year or two. --Conservation Note 15, "Commercial Fisheries of the Pacific Coast," Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Department of the Interior. (Available free from Division of Publications, BCF, 1801N. Moore St., Arlington, Va. 22209.) Created in 1849, the Department of the Interior—America’s Department of Natural Resources—is concerned with the man- agement, conservation, and development of the Nation’s water. fish, wildlife, mineral, forest, and park and recreational re- sources. It also has major responsibilities for Indian and Territorial affairs. As the Nation’s principal conservation agency, the Depart- ment works to assure that nonrenewable resources are developed and used wisely, that park and recreational resources are con- served for the future, and that renewable resources make their full contribution to the progress, prosperity, and security of the United States—now and in the future. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Home Leconomics Research The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries maintains a National Home Economics Research Center (NHERC) at College Park, Maryland, to advise the fishing industry of current trends in the food field that may help to expand the use of fishery products. NHERC also advises the food trade on the availability, selection, and serving of fishery products. Research includes development of recipes for users such as schools, military establishments, other institutional operators, and individual consumers. Work is conducted to determine the nutritive value of prepared fishery products. The findings are distributed to industry, food trade associations, the public, State and Federal agencies--Departments of Agriculture, Defense, and Health, Education and Welfare--and national organizations, such as the American Home Economics Association, American Dietetic Association, and the American School Food Service Association. The College Park facility and personnel are also used to train Bureau and State fishery home economists. For further information, contact the Bureau's National Home Economics Research Center, P.O. Box 128, College Park, Maryland 20740. COMMERCIAL FISHERTES Review VOL. 31, NO. 4 APRIL 1969 COVER: Friest of small village in Ecuador and fishermen examine catch--mostly small herringlike fish--made with beach seine. \ (FAO Bhoto: Ss. larrain) COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Review A comprehensive view of United States and foreign fishing industries--including catch, processing, market- ing, research, and legislation--prepared by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Gloucester, Mass. Il Managing Editor: Edward Edelsberg Production Manager and Associate Editor: Jean Zalevsky Associate Editor: Barbara Lundy Production: Alma Greene (Senior Compositor) and Mary Andrews The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries and The Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife make up The Fish and Wildlife Service of The United States Department of the Interior. Throughout this book, the initials BCF stand for the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Address correspondence and requests to: Commercial Fisheries Review, 1801 North Moore Street, Room 200, Arlington, Va. 22209. Telephone: Area Code 703 - 557-4246. Publication of material from sources outside the Bureau is not an endorsement. The Bureau is not responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions of these sources. Although the contents have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely, reference to source is appreciated. Use of funds for printing this publication was approved by the Director, Bureau of the Budget, April 18, 1968. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402. Price 60 cents (single copy). Subscription Price: $7.00 a year; $2 additional for foreign mailing. CONTENTS UNITED STATES Eiventsiand Trends: «2c: « s » « otehe whiel@acteemene CALE Smrew ete enetatekien Gicle te 6! oe. 'e 6-c8ue. in sua, o le feet ARTICLES Longlining for Swordfish in the Eastern Pacific, ly Suisun ENO) po oGoodn boo un oO OGL evs Method for Protecting Lake Trout Taken in Trawls, by Alfred Larsen and Warren Handwork South Korean Fisheries Off Alaska, by Virgil N. CrOSD VERMA moon cNCnswehare! stele ss) «<6 eMaensi ste BIOTOI S05 GeGudtovo18.S804D OXOEG END BOMD ROR TORO MT se THE: PN TE RINATIONA Tite jos sreh sive: ove: one one oes sarkeme Gms FOREIGN @ ama aurea ele sti deliciic) alse vere; ones ie6 ie) ses Ww sce EMI ODEM Mh elsfauelre remeron oie: te keane . oe ee Garibbeamt weeks cc enemel os. cates HOR EOD, An omer zo ating Aim Ciel Catamemencseot s 6) + 6 simevtaiaten okie res INSTAL ec) aurihe ctatee Retest eet el sina @ weaves bubs SOuthVPaAcitic, cleus «) siels es 6 66) iemewevene PNECCUC see ious) tat tehet aiken eile) eae oa elev 6) 0, @u0.e. atelec® JUNIDIEZS 56600000000 ccnn oO OG Coo cmrnon “O00 Page Ii IV WORLD CATCH, BY LEADING COUNTRIES, 1958-68 Billion pounds 1958 Note:--Live weight basis. U.S. FISHERMEN CAUGHT 4.1 BILLION POUNDS IN 1968 WORTH $471.5 MILLION In 1968, U.S, fishermen caught 4.1 billion pounds of fishery products, which they sold for $471.5 million, This was almost $32 mil- lion more than their 1967 sales--and nearly equal to the record $472.4 million they re- ceivedfor their larger 1966 catch of 4.4 bil- lion pounds, These data are contained in BCF's ''Fisheries of The United States... 1968," Declining sharply were landings of ancho- vies, haddock, Pacific hake, tuna, blue crabs, and king crabs, Also lower were catches of alewives, Pacific halibut, and shrimp. The total catch would have dropped below 1967's except for greater landings of men- haden, Pacific salmon, sea herring, jack mackerel, and yellowtail flounders, And there were record catches of shrimp in Maine and Oregon waters, albacore tuna off Oregon, and northern and spiny lobsters. How Catch Was Used In 1968, about 2,3 billion pounds of the domestic catch were used as food for people, The total 1968 catch for food was marketed as follows; 1,503 million pounds (round weight) fresh and frozen; 970 million for can- ning (includes animal food); 76 million for cured products; and 1,567 million for reduc- tion to meal, oil, etc, Record 11,.46¢ A Pound In 1968, the average price-per-pound paid to fishermen hit arecord 11.46 cents, In 1967, it had been 10.84; in 1966, 10.81 cents, PROCESSED FISHERY PRODUCTS The value of U.S.-processed fishery prod- ucts from domestic andimportedraw mater- ial was $1.3 billion--about 7% above 1967. DOMESTIC SUPPLY OF FISHERY PRODUCTS INCREASED 130 PERCENT SINCE 1958 1958 Domestic Catch 63% Imports 76% Yn Catch 24% QS 17,277 Million pounds NOTE: --LIVE WEIGHT BASIS. The canned pack of 43,4 million standard cases was worth a record $580.6 million. Record packs of tuna and pet food were achieved, There were large increases in canned production of Pacific salmon, Maine sardines, mackerel, and shrimp. The fish stick and portion industry set records: 270.7 million pounds worth $108.8 million, Processors of breaded shrimp produced 103.7 million pounds worth a record $98.5 million. Groundfish -fillet production was less than in 1967, "but producers of other type fillets had a relatively good year." Processors of fishand shellfish specialty dinners--and other packaged products--pro- duced more. Continued industry growth was indicated. On Oct. 31, 1968, cold-storage holdings of frozen fishery products climbed to a record 288 million pounds. As 1969 Began The fishing industry presented a mixed picture as 1969 began: some parts were mired in economic and other problems; many parts were in excellent shape. Fishermen were receiving a high dollar value for their catch, The processing indus- "Americans try was making "excellent gains. were eating more seafood, There was strong demand throughout 1968 for "some canned products, fish sticks and portions, fillets and steaks, lobster products, shrimp items, and fish and shellfish specialty dinners, etc," Per -capita consumption reached 11 pounds in 1968, the highest since 1954, IMPORTS In 1968, the U.S. imported 13.2 billion pounds (live weight) of all fishery products, far exceeding 1967's high of 9.9 billion pounds, The value of imports was $798 million, $90 million higher than the 1966 record of $708 million, Of the 13,2 billion pounds, 3.2 billion were edible fishery products; 10 billion were in- dustrial fishery products (33% above 1967's record 7.5 billion). SOME HIGHLIGHTS e Domestic shrimp fishermen were paid a record $113.3 million for their catch. For the second consecutive year, this fishery ex- ceeded $100 million, e Shrimp accounted for 24% of the total U.S. value paid for all species. e The menhadencatch of 1.4 billion pounds was 34% of total catch. e Louisiana led all States in volume of catch--747.5 million pounds. Itwas followed by California, 446.1 million pounds; Alaska, 433.7 million pounds; Virginia, 388.5 million pounds; and Massachusetts, 337.4 million pounds, e Alaska was No. 1in value ofcatch: $71.6 million, Thencame California, $53.3 million; Texas, $44,2 million; Massachusetts, $41.6 million; and Louisiana, $40.6 million, e For the 20th consecutive year, San Pedro, California, led all domestic fishing ports in value of catch: $29.1 million. e U.S. foreign trade in fishery products was a record $865.8 millionin 1968--up $75.7 million, e A new and potentially important Alaska sea-scallop fishery began in 1968, Nearly 2 million pounds of sea scallop meats were landed, e In1968, construction of shrimp trawlers continued at a record pace, At least 350 new vessels joined the Gulf shrimp fleet. WORLD FISHING Peru led the world in fishery landings-- followed by Japan, China (Mainland),: USSR, Norway, and U.S, But worldranking by value is considerably different. Here, Japanleads, followed by the U.S, Peru ranks about 15th, and the USSR might be lower. Japan led the world in per-capita consump- tion of fishery products with 61.2 pounds of edible meat. Then came Denmark, 47,5; Sweden, 45,1; Norway and Portugal, 43.4 each; the Philippines, 33.8. WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN A SEA AND AN OCEAN? The terms ''sea"' and "ocean" are often used interchangeably in referring to salt water. However, from a geographic point of view, a sea is a body of water that is sub- stantially smaller than an ocean or is part of an ocean. The term ''seven seas'' dates back to ancient times, referring to the seas known to the Mohammedans before the 15th century. These were the Mediterranean Sea, the Red Sea, the East African Sea, the West African Sea, the China Sea, the Persian Gulf, and the Indian Ocean. In more recent times, Rudyard Kipling popularized the expression ''seven seas' by using it as the title of a volume of poems. There has been atendency to divide the world's ocean into seven oceans to retainthis legendary number. The popular division is Arctic, North Atlantic, South Atlantic, North Pacific, South Pacific, Indian, and Ant- arctic. However, International Hydrographic Bureau at Monaco does not accept the existence of an Antarctic Ocean. Actually, of course, all limits of oceans are arbitrary, as there is only one global sea. The International Hydrographic Bureau subdivisions are primarily for the purpose of filing Notices to Mariners and have little to do with natural boundaries. The International Hydrographic Bureau lists 54 seas;some are seas withinseas. The Mediterranean Sea contains seven seas so one could sail the seven seas (of the Mediterranean) without ever venturing into an ocean. ("Questions About The Oceans," U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office.) UNITED STATES Gloucester Herring-Alewife Fishery Rises Sharply Prior to 1967, the herring-alewife catch landed at Gloucester, Mass., was relatively small. During 1967 and 1968, however, one firm operated a reduction plant at Gloucester uSing these species caught by U.S. and foreign vessels. As aresult, the annual catch has risen sharply; Catch TL Herring | Gaq000 (Million Pounds). .... 1968 Herring Catches In 1968, 21,037,000 pounds of herring were taken by U.S. vessels, 32,320,000 pounds by Canadian vessels, and 370,000 pounds by an Icelandic seiner, The Canadianand Icelandic catches were transferred at sea for delivery to the Gloucester firm, The Canadian vessels are 100-foot-class combination purse Seiners-otter trawlers, equipped with power blocks and sonar. These vessels fish with a seine skiff and fish seines 40 to 50 fathoms deep, and 250 to 350 fathoms long. The Icelandic vesselused a 120-fathom- deep purse Seine. BCF Explorations In April, BCF's exploratory fishing re- search vessel 'Delaware II' conducted sur- veys tolocate and sample commercial abun- dance of herring and red hake concentrations, Surveys and experimental fishing were car- ried out with a midwater trawl and a high- opening bottom trawl. Study Spring Spawning of Georges Bank Haddock The 1969 spring spawning of Georges Bank haddock was followed carefully by BCF's Woods Hole (Mass.) Laboratory. A sampling schedule was set for January-July with weekly samples from the commercial fleet andfrom BCF's 'Albatross IV', Arrangements were made with Bostontrawler skippers to supply fish landed inthe round to provide gonads for examination, Observations Began in 1968 The study continues observations begun in 1968, It was noted then that peak spawn- ing did not occur until late April. This was considerably later than indicated by plankton surveys in previous years, The Georges Bank haddock stock is in serious condition because of low survival of year-classes forthe past 5 years, The cause is unknown, An intensive study of spawning process and fate of the spawn is essential to understand recruitment of fishto the fishery. The examination of gonads during spawning season is an important part of study. Ee = Demand for Ocean Quahogs Grows There is growing interest in the supply and use of ocean quahogs, Artica islandica. This is due to the success of a Rhode Island firm in using the ocean quahogs in its prod- ucts--and to experiments at BCF'S Gloucester (Mass.) Technological Laboratory. The ex- periments showed these clams to have po- tential food uses. The lab has received in- quiries from several firms. State Interested Massachusetts is interested in the potential and promotion of ocean quahogs. The State had learned of the work by BCF's Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research Base and the lab to find the resource, prepare acceptable prod- ucts, and to promote the species, State offi- cials agreed to work with the lab to acquaint coastal towns of the ocean quahog fishery potential, The 'Clambo! BCF staff participated in the first public showing of aproduct made from minced ocean quahog held together as a pattie. The binder was produced from pulverized fish flesh, the 'clambo!, The clambo's flavor can be con- trolled by varying the amount of quahog, starch, and spices-~-and by varying particle size of components, BCF’s ‘Oregon II’ Finds Heavy Fish Concentrations Off Louisiana During 4 weeks of exploration off Louisi- ana, BCKF's Oregon II recorded heavy echo- sounder indications of schools of rough scad andround herring, The schools were located just off the bottom in 110 fathoms depth south of Cameron and extended for 35 miles, oN, Salmon & Steelhead Trout Culture Practiced Aquatic husbandry is practiced in many ways with varying success, Among the most successful is the Federally supported hatch- ery system on the lower Columbia River. This releases young salmon and steelhead to be caught later by commercial and sport fish- ermen, In 1967 alone, BCF estimates, the hatch- ery program contributed well over 15 million pounds to catchesinthe Columbia and off the west coast, The cost of producing the fish was less than half their value when caught, Program Improvement Possible A BCF study indicates that catches could be increased by 10.5 millionpounds a year if existing hatchery stations and techniques were used to full capacity, The cost would be about one-sixth the resulting annual value; it would be lowered further as research find- ings and new techniques were applied, BCF provides funds and administers the program, which is conducted cooperatively with Oregon, Washington, and Interior's Bu- reau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, er i Record Stocking of Fish in Great Lakes Scheduled About 11.7 million hatchery-reared fish, principally salmon and lake trout, were scheduled to be plantedin the Great Lakes in spring 1969, This will be more than 3 million above the 1968 high, according to the Great Lakes Commission, Two major agencies are trying to rebuild the sport andcommercial fish stocks: Michi- gan's Department of Natural Resources, which will release about 5,2 million salmon and steelhead (rainbow) trout, and the Great Lakes Fishery Commission, which will direct planting of 5,1 million lake trout, Also, the spring stocking programs of conservation agencies in New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin will include larger salmon plantings than their 1968 introductory re- leases, and the stocking of other game fish, Minnesota and Ontario will make their first coho plantings, Where Released Michigan's record-level fish-planting program willinvolve 41 streams tributary to lakes Michigan, Superior, and Huron, The coho salmonrelease of 3,950,000 smolt (year - lings) will gointo 26 streams: Lake Michigan 2.9 million; Lake Superior 500,000; Lake Huron 550,000. For the 900,000 young chinook salmon, the plantings by lake basin will be: Michigan 650,000; Huron 200,000; Superior 50,000, The schedule for 320,000 steelheads or lake-run rainbow trout calls for releases in 22 streams: Michigan 205,000; Superior 55,000; Huron 60,000, Lake Trout The lake trout yearlings will be planted in lakes Superior and Michigan by the U.S, Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, and Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Ontario fishery agencies. The release of 3,097,000 trout in Superior will mark the fourth consecutive year over the 3-million mark, For Lake Michigan, 1969 is the first since the planting program began in 1965 that the number of trout released will be over 2 million (2,040,000). The waters of all four states bordering the lake will share this year's plantings. Erie & Ontario Inthe eastern Great Lakes--Erie and On- tario--last year's successful introduction of 143,000 cohos by Ohio, Pennsylvania, and New York has led these states to increase plantings to about 365,000 this spring. Ohio plantings in 4 locations will total about 95,000; in addi- tion, 25,000 young rainbows will go into Lake Erie tributaries inthe eastern section of the state. For Pennsylvania's Lake Erie streams, the release of coho smolt is expected to be about 125,000. New York cohoplantings will total 145,000 fish: about 10,000 ina Lake Erie tributary. the remainder into impoundments on 3 Lake Ontario streams. The state also plans to release about 60,000 chinook salmon fingerlings in the Little Salmon River at the east end of Lake Ontario. Ontario Province The Province of Ontario will undertake its first coho plantings in the Great Lakes: 130,000 are scheduled for 3 streams at the west end of Lake Ontario; 20,000 will be placed inthe Nipigon Bay area of Lake Superior, In addition to coho, the province will plant 35,000 splake (a lake trout-brook trout hybrid) in Georgian Bay, and rainbow trout in several Great Lakes areas, Minnesota & Wisconsin Minnesota's first coho release, about 100,000 yearlings, will be madeinthe French River, a Lake Superior tributary near Duluth, Wisconsin's initial planting of 25,000 coho in one Lake Michigan stream in 1968 will be ex- panded this spring to 5 streams; each will receive about 40,000 yearlings. Also, the state plans to place a total of 200,000 rain- bow, brownand brook trout in Lake Michigan tributaries, and about the same number in Lake Superior streams. East Coast Aquatic Plant Harms Clams and Oysters A dark-green, cylindrical algae resem- bling forked macaroni appeared in 1957 at the eastern end of Long Island. Some fish- ermen call it 'spagetti weed,' Because it is a cold-water plant, it differs from the Codium (C. decorticatum) of the temperate and trop- ical waters of the east coasts of North and South America, This plant grows so luxuriously it blankets the bottom and interferes with and destroys clams and oysters, It crowds out all other species, By 1962, it was observed near the mouth of Narragansett Bay and, later, in the Chatham and Cotuit areas of Cape Cod. The rizoids ('rootlets') or "hold fasts! attach to hard objects on the bottom, including shell- fish. 'Green Bumps! on Oysters The 'green bumps! on oysters brought from Long Island and planted in Oyster River, Chatham, were the source of the Massachu- setts invasion, The mostrecent reported in- festation is Barnagat Bay, N.J. The State Conservation Department is trying to help shellfishermen salvage clams overgrown by Codium, This subspecies of 'Codium frogile,' pre- sumed native to Japan, spread throughout the Pacific and into the Atlantic. It was reported first in Europe around 1900. It thrives best in cold deep water and reproduces by frag- mentation and zoospores (millions are re- leased in February). ('Shellfish Soundings,! Feb, 26, 1969.) Ce, Wisconsin U. Opens Eutrophication Center An information center at the University of Wisconsin will provide researchers with many reference materials on eutrophicatiom - "the aging process of surface waters enriched or fertilized by natural and waste-borne nu- trients.'' This is reported by the Great Lakes Commission. The Commission says the process is com- mon to all water bodies. But man's activity has accelerated rates of aging--and upset dramatically the balance of nature in more and more areas, The eutrophication center will be asso- ciated closely with the research work of the University's Water Resources Center at Madison, ‘Z wage Demand for Fresh Fish Increases in Midwest There is increasing demand for fresh fish in the midwest, report BCF personnel after interviewing distributors and retail buyers in several cities, Several airlines, recognizing this demand, have maintained commodity rates for fishery products shipped to several points in the U.S, The airlines are looking into distribution problems faced by the fishing industry. The Major Problem The major need of distributors, retailers, and airlines is to locate a continuous supply of fresh products which would be shipped in Suitable condition, BCF sees a need for a uniform method of educating fresh-fish producers on the nature and potential of inter-regional markets, Food Buyers from Abroad to Attend U.S. Conference The U.S, Department of Agriculture and the Super Market Institute are sponsoring a con- ference for food buyers from abroad, It will be held in Atlantic City, N.J., May 11-14, 1969, By encouraging the world's top wholesale and retail food buyers to meet with their U.S. counterparts, the sponsors hope to build ex- port markets for U.S, processed foods, U.S. Agricultural Attachés inleading dollar mar- kets around the world have been promoting the conference, Many foreign importers have said they would attend, A Switch for BCF For BCF, which will participate, the con- ference turns around one of its important activities, For several years, BCF has been promoting exports of U.S, fishery products by taking part in foreign trade fair exhibits. é 1969 ‘International Code of Signals’ Is Available The 1969 'International Code of Signals' is useful to all boat owners--of small craft using coastal waterways and of large offshore ves- sels, It answers questions about the meaning of flag hoists, how to signal for assistance, radio/telephone procedure, and ways to fa- cilitate all types of necessary communication equipment of all seagoing vessels, The book is available from the Superin- tendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D, C, 20402, Price: $4 a clothbound copy, The Code of Signals was adopted in 1965 by the UN's Inter-Government Maritime Con- sultative Organization, It is also published by France, Italy, Germany, Japan, Spain, Norway, Soviet Union, and Greece, The Code is understood by all nations, Revised Code Effective The revised Code became effective April 1, 1969, It will beused by allships of the U.S, Navy, Coast Guard, and Merchant Marine; Naval and Coast Guard radio and shore sta- tions, private marine radio stations, and marine departments of steamship companies, There are 446 signals for distress and emergency, 327 for casualties and damages; 328 for navigation and hydrography; 177 for maneuvers; 137 pertaining to cargo, crew, fishing, pilot, port and harbor; 169 for me- teorology and weather; 13 for international sanitary regulations; and 503 for medical assistance and weather, A Correction The picture story on Menhaden, CFR Jan, 1969, p. 16, should have said that to- day nearly all menhaden are used to make high protein fish meal, ‘SEAFREEZE ATLANTIC’ Sails on First Fishing Trip The largest fishing vessel to fly the U.S. flag--the 'SEAFREEZE ATLANTIC'--leftits home port of New Bedford, Mass., March 28, 1969, onits first fishing trip. The $5 million, 297 -foot, 3,120-tonfreezer sterntrawler will fish off Labrador ''for anything that can be found in the water,'' a company spokesman said, He presumed the fish would be ground- fish, codfish, and pollock, The vessel cruises at 14.4 knots and can cover 26,000 miles. She is carrying a crew of 54 inair-conditioned cabins: 10 fishermen, 28 processing personnel, 7 in engineroom, and 9 officers. A sistership, the 'SEAFREEZE PACIPFIC,! will fish off the Pacific Northwest from a West Coast port. The trawlers canstay at sea 2 months and process their catch. They are equipped touse nearly everything they catch. Inedible or trash fish, and waste from the cleaning proc- ess, will be converted to fish meal and fish oils, itis © iia ila ai Sel: One of three tray freezing units. Refrigeration plant, iy § oat ’ Filleting machines--fish processing factory. (Photos: Robert K, Brigham) 10 Fishery Legislation Proposed in Congress More members of Congress are showing their interest in greater utilization and con- servation of ocean resources. On Mar. 20, Sen. Magnuson introduced S. 1588, a billto establish a National Institute of Marine Medicine and Pharmacology. Sen- ators Fong and Pelly were cosponsors. Speaking in support of the bill, Sen. Magnu- son quoted a letter from a member of the Commission on Marine Sciences, Engineer - ing, and Resources stating that ' "Marine bio- active substances as a source of new com- mercial pharmaceutical products constitute an almost completely unexplored area of re- search. At the present time there is nota single industrial organization or governmen- tal agency that is making a continuous sys- tematic exploration ofnew bioactive sub- stances from marine creatures." Quoting from a reportof the National Con- ference on Drugs from the Sea, Aug. 1967, Sen. Magnuson added: "The Institute should be established for the purpose of conducting and supporting marine research. . .advancing scientific knowledge in marine biochemistry, pharmacology, toxicology, nutrition, micro- biology. . .bionics and technology, as it may relate to the causes, diagnosis, prevention, treatment and controlof physical and mental diseases, and other impairments of man.' Sen. Magnuson added that he is "convinced that a U.S. Institute of Marine Medicine and Pharmacology could make a contribution to world health unexcelled by that of any other nation." Marine Sanctuaries On Mar. 20, Sen. Brooke introduced for himself andSen. Kennedy 8.1592, the Marine Sanctuaries Study Act of 1969. This would authorize the Secretary of the Interior to study the mostfeasible and desirable means of es- tablishing certain portions of the tidelands, Outer Continental Shelf, seaward areas, and Great Lakes of the U.S. as marine sanctu- aries. Sen. Brooke cited the dangers of uncon- trolled exploitation of these areas. He noted that oil drilling operations which once de- stroyed fish with their seismic explosions have now been brought under control, but underwater gear and drilling equipment still remain to plague the fishermen with his lines and nets.'' He also deplored the fact that “landings of fish by U.S. fishermen have re- mained constant for 30 years, and that this Nation, with one of the most extended coast- lines and richest marine resources in the world, accounts for only 4% of the world's fish eatch.' New Department of Oceanographic Services On Mar. 25, Rep. Pepper introduced H.R. 9482, to establish a Department of Ocean- ographic Services within the cabinet of the President. He said: 'To those who might question the advisability of yet another 'bu- reaucratic department!.... Under the pres- ent Federal setup relating to maritime and marine interests, there is a total of 11 sep- arate agencies engaged in the marine sci- ences. This legislation envisions the coordi- nation and consolidation of the major civilian marine functions of the Federal government to accomplish, . .the expansion of exploration of marine environs andthe use of marine re- sources, and development of port and harbor and estuarine areas... ." The new department would have four As- sistant Secretaries, one for Marine Fisheries. Territorial Seas On Mar. 26, Reps. King, Whalley, and Riegle introduced H.J. Res. Nos. 602, 604, and 606, respectively. These were joint resolutions to declare U.S. policy with respect to its terri- torial sea. Rep. Edwards, Ala., introduced H.J. Res. 605 on reciprocity in U.S. territorial waters. Addressing the House, Mr. Edwards said this resolution was designed to stiffen U.S. policy in establishing and enforcing our territorial waters claims and ocean fishing limits. He proposed that ''we should adopt a policy of reciprocity in our territorial waters and fishing limits. . .wewouldimposeon any ship the same territorial and fishing limits which that ship's national government imposes in its own coastal waters.’ The resolution also calls for a new inter- national conference to reachagreement by all coastal nations on territorial limits. --Barbara Lundy OCEANOGRAPHY Vast Study of Atlantic East of Barbados Starts in May The U.S, is cooperating with Barbados in setting up an extensive study of the links be- tween sea and air. The planners Say "'the mechanism of sea-air interaction is almost unknown, yet itis the primary process which drives the atmosphere's circulation and its weather systems. Unless this processis ex- plored and understood it will be impossible to extend weather prediction to more than a few days." The project is called BOMEX--Barbados Oceanographic and Meteorological Experi- ment. It is ''the most intensive scientific in- vestigation ever made over a large ocean area, Area Involved In May, June, and July 1969, 24 planes, 10 ships, several satellites, 12 buoys--and a vessel that ''flips''from horizontal to vertical position--will gather data from the atmos- phere and ocean covering 90,000 square miles of the Atlantic east of Barbados; the area stretches vertically from an altitude of 100,000 feet to the sea floor at 18,000 feet, About 1,500 people will take part in data gathering. BOMEX is the first ina series of large- scale research projects planned by many na- tions under the Global Atmospheric Research Program (GARP) and directed toward devel- opment of a World Weather Watch. Combined Operation BOMEX combines the efforts of oceano- graphic and meteorological communities with 7 Federaldepartments andindependent agen- cies, 19 universities, and 7 industrial labora- tories in the U.S., Canada, and Barbados. For the U.S. Government: Department of Commerce (ESSA); Department of Defense; Interior Department's BCF; Department of Transportation (U.S. Coast Guard); Atomic Energy Commission; NASA; and the National Science Foundation. ui BOMEX Objectives Dr. Joachim P. Kuettner, BOMEX Direc- tor, explained the objectives of the BOMEX experiment. He describedthe air-sea inter- face as 'the scene of a complex and contin- uous exchange of energy, water, gases, and particulates." Dr. Kuettner said: ''Most of the heat re- ceived from the sun is stored in the tropical oceans between the latitudes of 30 degrees North and 30 degrees South, a region repre- senting half the earth's surface. "In contrast, the earth loses heat by radi- ation almost uniformly at all latitudes, so heat has to be transported from equatorial regions to higher latitudes. Strangely enough, this transport is not done by the ocean, hut primarily by the atmosphere. This process, of which relatively little is known, seems to occur in three stages. First, the energy in the ocean transfers to the atmosphere ina turbulent boundary layer about 6,000 feet thick. Most of this energy moves from ocean to air as latent heat in the form of water vapor. Next, the energy finds its way from the boundary layer to the upper layers of the troposphere. Finally, it is transported to higher latitudes by fast-moving aircurrents, sometimes in the nature of jet streams." BOMEX will explore the first 2 steps in this process. It will examine in detail "'the exchange of energy between ocean and atmos - phere, and the vertical and horizontal spread- ing of these energies within each fluid." An attempt will be made to predict the area-wide sea-air interactions in a mathe- matical model based on conventional and satellite observations. Air Armada in Action During July, a major study will be con- ducted by many aircraft to explore tropical weather disturbances. The objective will be to gain information needed to improve mathe- matical models of the global atmosphere, These flights will be based on continuous photos received at Barbados from NASA's ATS-III (Applications Technology Satellite). The satellite will be moved to a stationary position above Barbados. 12 (wolyeys Jad ssoysiwiay) $1) SBUIIOOW Kelly JO}SIWsayy xX (uoljeys sad si rae HA cute oS QVOINIUL © wolyeys e/n paseg puey @ woylsy Aong onl THON LW o > fa es g “dI14 ~Soavauva YaugA0ISIO Gey tite yo S ORINNVONN cians \ ZS yy) ae? EH pat z er ° (ENE a ] a yy : oo MPN FW agnvaay : SONIM 30VUL gc 22 eee : ~ —eey* SITID < WAHAVUDONVIIO\ © a : 0 NILUVWINIYS @ —<< 1 00009 HLYON . AVUNY XIW08 WILINI | 13 (4H) 3010A (4H) “LL Y3HOLIN LW : (4H) 3010A (4H) “LL (aH) 30h fl Pvt (gH) 2dALITIR ani a4) ee eee, URINIVY waive mpg (391G4" (Hn) (SHI 390A ’ ah -. SOOV8YYS Seen TW SI (4H] 39104 (4H) “Ll. 6: . YINIAOISIO,.+°” Peete renee eeene (4H) 2010 (4H) 11 YIHdVYDONVIIO 134NV1 ae . @ay.. ‘Sic ii ——JLW VSipp Je auvaoosASvn $e 1210 ——e 4HN/4H JOI0A LAVYIULY 220A 4H1/ 14 ————— JHA/4H FOOA BLL .... (INI1 WING) FdALITIL 4H ceeeeeeeeeeee aN sv ———— VINVOS VS WING tas JAQ0IN- LINSNVYL JLITGLVS _ 14 Data from 5 ESSA satellites and 2 Nimbus satellites will be used to provide photos of the cloud cover. Several aircraft will obtain detailed observations of clouds, sea-surface temperature, sea state, and other observa- tions to provide "ground truth" for interpret - ing the space observations. Armada of Research Vessels Many platforms and observing systems are required to support BOMEX. The ves- sels are: the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (CGS) ships 'Oceanographer,! 'Discoverer,! "Rainier,' and 'Mt. Mitchell'; the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) cutters 'Rockaway,' 'Laurel,' and 'Courageous'; the U.S. Navy Ship 'Gilliss'; BCF's 'Undaunted'; and The Cape Fear Tech- nical Institute's SS 'Advancell'. CGS ships will be stationed at the 4 cor- ners of the 5-degree-square experimental area; the Rockaway will be in center. Spe- cial mooring systems will be installed on these 5 vessels to anchor them at their sta- tions. It will be the first time ships of this size will be anchored in 18,000 feet for such long periods. The 'FLIP! A unique stable platform, the FLIP (Float- ing Laboratory Instrument Platform), is being made available by the U.S. Navy and Scripps Institution of Oceanography between May 2 and 29. It will be towed in its horizontal position to the southern edge of the array. There, its ballast tanks willbe flooded to ''flip" it to the vertical position. When the platform is fully vertical, 55 of the entire 355-foot length are above water; the other 300 feet extend well down into the ''silent, motionless part of the ocean." A large variety of aircraft will provide frequent measurements close to the ocean surface and at very high altitudes. Communications and Search and Rescue will be handled by the Coast Guard. It will conduct communications experiments using satellites to test feasibility of using satellite 'FLIP' in flipped position. (Official U.S. Navy Photo) communications forfuture activities similar to BOMEX. The Aerospace Rescue and Recovery Service (ARRS) of the Military Airlift Com- mand, USAF, will pick up data from the 5 moored ships to ensure very rapid feedback of samples tothe scientists at Barbados. ARRS will also provide emergency resupply and recovery support for all BOMEX vessels. Sophisticated Equipment Between March 3 and April 23, special equipment was installed at Gulfport, Miss., aboard the 5 fixed vessels: Signal condition - ing and recording devices, sensors, meteor- ological booms, boundary layer instrument packages, and the free-fall mooring systems. NASA is "designing, installing, maintain- ing, and operating a computerized data-man- agement system for the project.'' Five Signal Conditioning and Recording Device (SCARD) units are being installed on the 5 fixed ves - sels to record data from atmosphere and ocean. The tapes will be flown to NASA's Mississippi Test Facility to be processed and reduced. This will provide a 'quick look" to the BOMEX Director to establish data validity and enable himto modify the observation program if necessary. The data will become part of BOMEX's master data file. ESSA is the lead U.S, agency for the ex- periment, It is the U.S, Cooperating Agency with Barbados. The Barbados Cooperating Agency is the Ministry of Home Affairs. Bathy metric Charts Guide Mariners Bathymetric charts showing the seafloor's diversified topography are among the most valuable navigational guides available to Navy and civilian mariners, believes the U.S, Naval Oceanographic Office(NOO). The charts also may lead toward more effective use of the sea, The NOO-produced charts result from scientific interpretation of sounding data col - lected by military and merchant ships. After evaluating these data for accuracy, the charting specialists plot the 'best’ infor- mation. From it, they draw depth contours to show submarine mountains, ridges, can- yons, valleys, and trenches. (See charts and 15 sketch.) Then, navigators using advanced echo-sounding equipment can use the charts to guide their ships ''from seamount to es- carpment to ridge in the open ocean," Chart's Uses Also, the navigators can determine posi- tions and obtain running fixes by locating their ships in relation to the underwater topograph- ical features shown on bathymetric charts. The charts also aid geophysicists, geologists, andoceanographers Studying the oceans, Charts can assist military and civilian planners to prepare for routing submarine cables and selecting sites to install equipment and facilities. NOO states that each bathymetric chart comprises anarea ''equal to Utah and Nevada combined, with a topography that may be equally as diversified." Water conceals the oceanfloor, so contours developedfrom soundings of submarine geo- graphical features for sucha large area ''rep- resent a most difficult and exacting task." The operation is like charting the mountains and valleys of Utahand Nevadafrom contours based on elevation readings taken 5 to 10 miles apart with a spacing of 2 to 50 miles. Charting Ocean Topography Soundings--measurements of water depth beneath the ship--are taken at intervals by depth recorders, The soundings give an idea of deep and shallow points, Specialists re- view these points carefully to determine sub- marine mountain ranges, ridges, valleys, eve. However, even the slightest difference in positions of 2independent observers working fron: unstable platforms at different times could result in error. "One (observer) could actually be looking at the elevation ofa peak, while the other was inspecting the elevation in a valley or basin." NOO points out that although absolute ac- curacy ''cannever be achieved by this means, the trained geologist orbathymetrist can in- terpret the combined observed data, includ - ing that collected on planned hydrographic surveys and that obtained along 'random tracks!'--the courses taken by civilian and military ships on merchant routes or on op- erations--and come up with areasonable portrayal of the true land forms." 16 RIDGE: A long, narrow elevation of the sea floor TAIWAN: with steep sides and irregular topography. 8 cet st ay a, 73 sen SHON co 8 sce 4 xéo0 t: 45) hon) ose 3 & ie sa oa sz 0 1190 oa y 695 eso) = os 0 50) 2100 eo 103s ex Mill 2 ase 930 ep Seen ae i OF Bie hese No Bs 2403 Sommers a ‘a A Bliuan Pi oy apo 3M ,, 23 we Sere erase! ae 2510 tain 1 2 ne oy ory 30349 0m a y 2723 pacers t re 7500 sr rane 8 ot BO 995 Sree Coren 1439 ts 2700 say m0 Ms ss Rep (1942) xp cs ree ” 2 = Tal ae, 122 ay om) °° 300 230 4 on ghecrat - me Ror tae BASHI CHANNEL 3 9 970 230 ey 1008 0 ae te 202 Example of Submarine Topography as Portrayed by Bottom Contours, Profile, and Plan $97 Rap (ra30) 490 ny 5] ase 386 Tube ron and overall 2360 Section of BC Chart 2404, BATHYMETRIC CHART SHOWS OCEAN FLOOR--Bathymetric charts, such as one just above, are contoured to show ocean floor's to- (Reduced), 1962 Edition. pography. The contours result from interpretation of countless soundings and can produce drawing of a submarine mountain (upper left). A standard sailing chart (upper right) shows noninterpreted soundings. Charts, with their contours, give mariner 100% information on sea floor, while standard sailing chart, showing only selected soundings, gives about 2% data. " Evaluating Method The charting specialists must evaluate the method in obtaining data. They must know type of echo sounder, kind of navigational control used, how tracks were adjusted to navigational position fixes, and frequency of fixes. Sounding Data Sometimes Distorted Sounding data can be distorted by 'phasing,' the Deep Scattering Layer (DSL), and inter- ference. Phasing, NOO explains, “is a recording phenomenon that occurs when the distance from the keel of the ship to the bottom is greater than the scale of the depth recorder used.'' This occurs when the operator of sounding equipment uses ashallow-scale re- corder, such as one with a600-fathom maxi- mum, in deeper waters. The DSL, a marine life phenomenon, also can cause operators of depth sounders to re- port shallow areas where, in fact, the ocean flooris muchdeeper. The Layer is composed of fish and other small marine organisms. They shun light and riseto surface to feed at night and ondark, cloudy days. They sink into sea's depths at sunrise on bright days. To- day's deep-sea Sounders can, with good acoustic conditions, observe both DSL and true seafloor. But use of shallow-water echo sounders can result in misinterpretation of the DSL as true sea floor. Interference results from the transmis- sion of 2 or more sound waves on the same or different ships in the vicinity. When 2 echo sounders run simultaneously, the trans - mitted pulse "is generally so strong that it is recorded on the other echo sounder, even if the frequencies are different.'' The result is that the pulse can be interpreted as a meas- urement, when actually it is a direct wave from the other sounder. Doubtful Features Charted Despite meticulous interpretation, the specialists know that all their depth measure- ments are not accurate. So they will chart a 'doubtful' topographical feature in the interest of safe navigation and not remove it until its existence can be disproved. This can be done because the bathymetric chart--a contoured map, not one showing thousands of numbers to indicate depths -- allows specialists to use all sounding data instead of the 2% shown on standard sailing charts. NOO concludes: ‘Continued emphasis on oceanographic programs, including modest but precise survey efforts to fill voids and resolve discrepancies in existing bathymetric data holdings, will not only result in better charts for the navigator but probably is the essential first step toward reaching the goal of 'a more effective use of the sea.!"' Camera Mounted on Diving Vehicle Saves Oceanographers Time An underwater camera mounted on a Peg- asus diving vehicle speeds bottom surveying so much that oceanographers of the U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office (NOO) believe the tech- nique will greatly extend the capabilities of divers. 17 Chet Bright, who heads the NOO diver- oceanographer group, recently completed a bottom study in the south part of Biscayne Bay, Florida. He reported that divers using a motion-picture camera aboard Pegasus spent about 3 hours in diving time to obtain continuous bottom photographs of a 30-foot by 10-mile track. Bright said: ''This is in- deed speedy surveying when youconsider the tremendous amount of bottom covered. A diver, using conventional swimming tech- niques, would have to spend weeks covering the same area." Project SPOC NOO scientists are working on Project SPOC, a cooperative spacecraft oceanography venture with the University of Miami as part of NASA's Earth Resources Program. They are comparing the photos taken by the divers with those snapped from a NASA aircraft. The scientists are using the divers! photos as an accuracy base to demonstrate feasibility of observing marine life and charting under- water features in coastal waters through aerial and, eventually, satellite photography. Biscayne Bay Survey During the Biscayne Bay survey, one diver - oceanographer in the 3-man team not only operated the camera down to about 3 feet off bottom--but also controlled vehicle along survey track. (See photograph.) (Photo: James B, Sweeney) "The controls for the Pegasus are much like those in an airplane,"' Bright explained. The vehicle, equipped with all instruments necessary to maintain course, also carried floodlights to light area being photographed, and depth sounders to tell diver how far he was from bottom. 18 The underwater 16 mm. camerais capable of snapping 500frames persecond. To insure accuracy, the oceanographers slowed it to16 frames per second. The camera is encased infiberglass andcan operate at depths of 300 feet. "Its pictures bring the bottom up to us," Bright stated. Bright believes that putting a camera aboard a Pegasus vehicle not only will speed bottom surveying, but it also will be useful in "any type of fine grain operation," in- cluding checks onunderwater cables and geo- logical and biological studies. Nation’s First Estuarine Prediction Service in Maine to be Evaluated The Nation's first estuarine prediction service, in Maine's Penobscot River and Bay estuary, will be evaluated beginning in April by ESSA's Coast and Geodetic Survey (CGS) to determine its effectiveness. The service was launched in May 1968 as a one-year pilot program. The Government hopes it will develop into animportant serv- ice for Government and private agencies in pollution control. The evaluation will include a circulatory study of the entire Penobscot River and Bay Estuary by the 'Ferrel.' The 133-foot, 289- ton ship is the first to be built in the U.S. specifically to determine circulatory patterns of tidal currents. The study will continue into October 1969. It will also provide more accurate navigational services to yachting, fishing and commercial interests. It will be the first extensive one ever made of the tidal currents in this area. The survey will help determine how ac- curate predictions have been inthe past year, and provide more data to improve service. The Prediction Service Under the estuarine prediction service, advance forecasts are issued twice monthly on the rate possible pollutants pass through the estuary. Theforecasts are made by CGS and the Weather Bureau, which furnishes the necessary river discharge forecast and ad- visory information. C, R. Muirhead of CGS said the service canbeof 'tremendous importance potentially' to commercial and sport fisheries, wildlife conservation and, during the summer months, to recreational activities, especially swim- ming andboating. ‘If fully utilized," he added, "this service could enable state and local au- thorities to institute possible remedial meas- ures to reduce the rate at which potential pollutants are being added to the water." ~ = Survey N. Carolina Seabed The first detailed large-scale survey of the seabed off the Atlantic Coast between Hat- teras and Cape Fear, North Carolina(N.C.), is underway, reports the Coast and Geodetic Survey (CGS). The 5,000-square-mile survey is being conducted by the 'Peirce,' based at Morehead City, N.C., until May 1969. Itwillbe continued by the 'Mt. Mitchell' from August to October. The survey data willbe usedfor a new bathy- metric map of the continental shelf from Wilmington, N.C., to Hatteras, N.C., to be issued within the next 2 years. Part of Program The bathymetric survey is part of a long- range program begun off the Atlantic Coast in 1967. The program's purpose is to pro- vide detailed maps of the entire continental shelf, which extends from the shoreto a depth of about 600 feet. These maps delineate the sea-floor contours and aid Federal, State, and industrialinterests in exploring and develop- ing its vast potential resources. The Peirce will survey the sea bottomfrom Cape Lookout to Cape Fear, tothe edge of the shelf, while the Mt. Mitchell will work the Cape Lookout-to-Hatteras area. The Operation The last bathymetric surveys inthis area were made over 40 years ago. These pro- vide general information of the sea bottom for vessels approaching the more shallow areas closetoshore. During the current survey, the ships will survey the seabed in detail from 60 feet to the shelf edge. They will deter- mine, for the first time, the detailed con- figuration of underwater valleys, plains, and ridges. Existing CGS survey information of shallow waters also willbe usedfor the map. The new data willbe incorporatedin existing nautical charts of the deep waters. The hydrographers will use an echo sound- er to measure and recorddepths. These will be determined by the time required for a sound wave produced in the vessel's hull to reach bottom andfor its echo to return. The return echo is recorded on a permanent graph at rapid intervals. These form a continuous profile of the seafloor below the moving ves - sel, The ship's position during surveying will be obtained by an electronic positioning sys - tem. 79 te: sa pe Chart ‘Fishermen’s Paradise’ in Everglades National Park The Coast and Geodetic Survey has pub- lished a new nautical chart that covers in detaila "fisherman's paradise" in akey part of the Everglades National Park. The area is afavorite for fishermen from south Florida and from hundreds of miles around. Before, fishermen faced the danger of getting lost within minutes in the maze of twisting waterways that cover the subtropical area. The new large-scale chart (1:40,000) will provide the extra detail required to navi- gate safely. Area Covered The accordion-folded, small-craft chart (642-SC) canbe readily unfolded in the cock- pits of recreational boats. It covers the park's northwest section along the southwest coast of Florida, from Lostmans River to Wiggins Pass, and thousands of mangrove islands off- shore. Lostmans River is about 70 miles northeast of Key West, and Wiggins Pass is about 25 miles south of Fort Myers. 19 ? Cape Sable XE y es regan pny v 49 x ‘Fishermen's Paradise' in Everglades National Park covered by new nautical chart issued by the Coast and Geodetic Survey. Color and infrared photography was used to depict the many islands, lakes, and natural channels inthis relatively uncharted wilder- ness area. The new chartis expected to increase the park's recreational value. Each year nearly 850,000 people visit it. The park contains about 365,700 acres of water surface and over 1,000 miles of rivers and streams. The chart may be purchased for $1.50 from Coast and Geodetic Survey nautical chart agents, or from Coast and Geodetic Survey (C44), Rockville, Md. 20852. — 20 Can Satellites Be Used to Measure Wave Heights? Scientists of the U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office (NOO) and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) have been testing remote sensors installed aboard an airplane to seeif these are capable of meas- uring wave heights from high altitudes. The area under study was the North Atlantic off Ireland's west coast, where strong winds in late March-early April produce high seas. The scientists are trying to advance the de- velopment of all-weather, high-altitude sen- sors for use aboard satellites, Clinton Beckner, who headed the NOO team, said that sensors, once developed for satellite use, should measure wave heights in all oceans, The data are needed by ocean forecasters to analyze and predict wave con- ditions globally, As all-weather sensors, the devices also should give the forecasters con- tinuous data in any weather because the sen- sors are being designed to penetrate cloud cover. Value of Remote Sensing Beckner explained: ''Suchremote sensing capabilities would make for inexpensive fore- casting because the cost of orbiting a satel- lite is less than that of deploying and main- taining severalaircraft that would be needed to provide similar, world-wide coverage." He added that inexpensive and rapid forecast- ing of wave conditions would have a ''tre- mendous impact"! on naval, shipping and fish- ing operations, and scientific activities, ''The Navy, like everyone who uses the seas, could operate inthe oceans more effectively if Navy men have a better idea of what wave condi- tions are going to be in any area of opera- tions.'' Scientists could learn more about wave growth and decay by studying the wave height data provided on a world basis by satellite sensors. What Scientists Seek The scientists are interested primarily in determining if they can record wave heights in heavy seas (more than 18 feet), They learned earlier, in March 1966 near Bermuda, andin April 1968 off Ireland's eastcoast that the high-altitude sensors can measure wave heights in moderate and low seas, They installed the sensors--a microwave radiometer and a radar scattometer--in a NASA test airplane, A second plane, a Super Constellation assigned to NOO, was equipped with laser and radar wave profilers, These instruments give reasonably accurate read- ings from altitudes of 500 to 1,000 feet, but they are not designed to record wave heights from high altitudes. Both planes took off from Shannon, Ireland, when observers aboard 3 European weather ships stationed 400 miles apart off Ireland reported heavy seas. The NASA plane flew at 20,000 to 50,000 feet, and the NOO plane at 500 to 1,000 feet. On each run, the planes logged 1,200 miles--400 miles from Shannon to the first weather ship, 400 miles to the second, and 400 miles back to Shannon, There, the scientists compared remote Sen- sors' readings with those recorded aboard the NOO plane--and with on-the-spot meas- uring devices aboard the 3 weather ships. What's Ahead Beckner concluded: "If at the end of the five scheduledruns we find that the readings from the remote sensors compare favorably with those taken both by the instruments aboard the low-level Oceanographic Office plane and by the ships! devices, we will know that the sensors, too, canmeasure wave con- ditions in heavy seas from altitudes of 20,000 to 50,000 feet, "Then at a later date, we will try the sen- sors aboard high-flying aircraft at even higher altitudes and will again fly them over low moderate and heavy seas, If they record wave heights inthe three types of seas at these still higher altitudes, we will be ready to test them on a satellite," Foreign Fishing Off U.S. in February 1969 NORTHWEST ATLANTIC Bad weather and severe snowstorms ham- pered surveillance in February. However, 182 individual fishing and support vessels from the USSR, Poland, and Japan were sighted, considerably more than the 70 seen in January. Soviet vessels increased from about 50 early in the month to about 150 by the end. In Feb. 1968, only 53 Soviet vessels were sighted between Nantucket and the Virginia Capes. Twenty-one Polish and 2 Japanese vessels were seen in Feb, 1969. Off Southern New England About 15 Soviet factory stern trawlers were sighted south of Nantucket to south of Block Island, R.I., in ICNAF Sub-area 5, just beyond the eastern boundary of the 'no fish- * Fig. 1 - Empty barrels (on plattorm above stern) will be used to store salted herring in the refrigerated holds of the base ship 'Trudovaya Slava, ' built in West Germany in 1967, 21 ing! zone. Catches were primarily red hake, with some herring and whiting. About the same number of Soviet sterntrawlers fished the same area in Feb. 1968. Off Midatlantic Soviet: The fleet increased from 25 to 50 vessels in Jan., and 60 more arrived in first week of Feb. This year's fishing pattern is quite differ - ent from last year's, when the large buildup did not begin until March. In 1968, the fleets were mainly large factory sterntrawlers, but in 1969 most were medium trawlers. This change in vessel-type and fishing season indi- cates the Soviets are seeking different spe- cies this year than in 1968. In early Feb., 50 medium trawlers and 3 'Slava' class processing motherships were spread in an irregular line 70-80 miles long off southern New Jersey, from Barnagat Lightship to south of Cape May. Equipment (U.S. Coast Guard) 22 on all vessels was lashed down, decks were awash, and the fleet seemed to be weathering out a storm rather than fishing. No catches were observed, Moving south toward the Virginia Capes, this fleet was joined by enough other vessels to double its size. By the second week in Feb., 112 fishing and support vessels had been sighted. off Currituck, N.C. By Feb, 25, the fleet off New Jersey had joined the Currituck fleet off Cape Hatteras, where Soviet exploratory ves- sels had discovered large herring schools. Polish: In early Feb., about 12 vessels supported by a mothership, the 'Pomorze,' fished in the Mid-Atlantic Bight. Although operating independently, Polish fishermen kept close to the Soviet fleet, which supplies Fig. 2 - With a side-trawler nestled alongside, the Polish base ship Pomorze supports the fleet fishing herring off the coast of Virginia. The photo was taken from a U.S. Coast Guard surveillance plane on February 8, 1969. Eighty -nine were seen about 50 miles east of Norfolk, Va.,in a 35-mile-long area from Cape Charles to south of Cape Henry. Another 7 trawlers fished herring about 40 miles east of Chincoteague Island, Va, Moderate catches were seen on decks, Eleven other trawlers fished herring east of Cape May, N.J. A few vessels scattered betweenthese groups were probably in transit or searching for fish schools, The groups, mostly medium trawl- ers, were Supported by 5 modern processing motherships,. Two stern factory trawlers sighted off Norfolk might have beendoing ex- ploratory fishing, Moderate-to-excellent hauls of sea herring were observed. After midmonth, 69 Soviet vessels, in- cluding 10 support vessels, were sighted off Fire Inlet, N.Y., and as far south as Atlan- tic City, N.J. Most were fishing in 15-20 fathoms, 20-30 miles offshore. Moderate catches appeared to be herring; 1 sterntrawl- er fished red hake. About 35 vessels fished (U.S. Coast Guard) them with fishery intelligence--location of fish schools, information on fishing grounds, weather reports--and sometimes supplies, water, and fuel. Early inthe month, 3 trawlers were sighted huddled together riding out a storm about 40 miles off Cape May. OnFeb. 13, 12 trawlers, with 7 Soviet trawlers, fished 40 miles east of Chincoteague. By the 20th, 13 Polish trawl- ers were scattered among a large group of about 70 Soviet vessels, from south of Long Island to east of Atlantic City. All Polish vessels were side trawlers, exceptfor 1 stern trawler. Catches on sidetrawlers were her- ring; no catches were seen on the stern trawler. Japanese; Two sterntrawlers were sighted. On Feb, 4, 1 was sighted 65 miles southeast of Cape May, and on Feb. 20, 2 were Seen in the Hudson Canyon area, Each time they were in the U.S.-USSR 'no fishing' zone, No catches were noted, Representa- tions have been made to the Japanese Gov- ernment concerning abstention of fishing in this zone, The Japanese press reports that about 9 vessels will continue 'exploratory' fishing in the area during 1969, U.S.-USSR Midatlantic Agreement No Soviet vessels were observed in the "no fishing! zone, Only 2 were seen in the Long Island loading and unloading zone, Violations of U.S, Fishing Limits On Feb, 8, 20 foreignfishing vessels were sighted inside the 9-mile contiguous zone, Eleven Polish and 4 Soviet vessels had fish- ing gear in the water, By the time a Coast Guard patrol arrived, all the vessels had moved beyond the 12-mile limit, The Polish fleet commander aboard Pomorze was warned that a repetition of the offense would result in seizure of the violating vessels, A few days later, most of the Soviet fleet had moved 40-50 miles offshore, GULF OF MEXICO & SOUTH ATLANTIC No foreignfishing vessels were reported, OFF CALIFORNIA No foreign vessels were observed fishing in Feb. The last report of foreign fishing here was in Nov, 1968, 23 OFF PACIFIC NORTHWEST Japanese: One longliner was sighted; no catches were observed. In Feb, 1968, 7 ves- sels, including 2 long-liners, were seeninthe area, Soviet: Thefirst fishing vessel sighted in 1969 was a side trawler off Cape Flattery, Wash.,, in the second week of Feb, Fishing off Oregon in thethird week, it was joined by another side trawler, and by a stern trawler in the fourth, In Feb, 1968, 13 vessels were sighted, OFF ALASKA Soviet: Vessels increased from 130 in late Jan, to 160 in Feb, The growth was in the flounder and groundfish fleets in the eastern Bering Sea, About 100 vessels were sighted in Feb, 1968. The eastern Bering Sea flounder fishery followed the pattern of previous years, when vessels increased from 50 to 70 during Feb, At month's end, there were 25 factory trawl- ers, 30 medium trawlers, 13 factory vessels and refrigerated transports, and 2 support vessels, The herring fleet--about 25 factory trawl- ers, 30 medium trawlers, 12 factory and re- frigerated transport vessels and 3 support vessels--remained northwest of the Pribilofs in central Bering Sea throughout Feb, Fig. 3 - The 571-foot long Soviet base or factory ship ‘Spassk' nested with a tanker (visible in picture) and a refrigerated transport, a stern trawler, and a tug (only masts shown in picture) in ice pack in central Bering Sea. These ships are part of the approximately 70-vessel winter herring expedition off Alaska. (J. Branson) 24 Twelve medium trawlers fishing ground- fish--primarily arrowtooth flounder and sablefish--off the Continental Shelf edge, north of the Aleutians in the eastern Bering Sea, were joined by 6 more medium trawlers. The latter fished in shallower waters, pri- marily catching Alaska pollock, Two refrig- erated processing transports supported them, Japanese: The fleet, about 40 vessels in late Jan,, decreased to about 30 by end of Feb. This was about 25 fewer than in Feb, 1968, Four stern trawlers fished ocean perch in the Gulf of Alaska during first half of the month; only 2 remained at the end, Four stern trawlers fished ocean perch along the Continental Shelf in eastern Bering Sea through the month. Six trawlers, one factoryship, and 1 reefer fished flatfish and Alaska pollock in eastern Bering Sea, At least 2 factoryships en route from Japan were expected to increase effort in this fishery in early March. Theherring fishery northwest of the Pribilofs (close to the Soviet herring fishery) continued through the month, with 10 stern trawlers, 2 medium trawlers, and one factory ship. Six to 8 longliners fished sablefish in the Gulf of Alaska during first 3 weeks. Effort began to decline during the last week and, by month's end, only 1 or 2 vessels remained. IMPROVING UNDERWATER EXPLOSIONS The vibrations produced by controlled underwater explosions are useful in such diverse tasks as prospecting for oil and developing new underwater communications systems. Just dropping a few bombs over the side, however, won't do the trick, especially for the prospectors, who need extremely precise shock waves to examine soil and rock strata beneath the water. The trouble is that a charge set off at great depth or near the bottom creates a large bubble at the moment of explosion. This bubble pulsates as it rises to the surface, with an action similar to that of a taut spring which is suddenly released. The pulsations in turn cause secondary disturbances which interfere withthe recording of the main shock wave. One way around this is to put the explosive charge in a perforated sphere, which causes the bubble to break up into smaller bubbles that do notdisturb the seismic recordings. This, however, poses the problem of reloading the sphere somehow when a series of successive ex- plosions are necessary, as is often the case. Recently, two approaches to the problem have been patented--one from France and the other from the U. S. The French method is simply to trail the perforated sphere from the end of a long tube leading to the deck of a ship. The explosive charges are dropped down the tube and set off with timers or depth sensors. One variation is to pour explosive ingredients down the tube to the sphere, then set them off with electrodes. The American approach does away withthe perforated sphere. Instead, a highly-conduc- tive liquidis poured into the water between a pair of electrodes, which vaporize itinto a super- hot plasma. This forms a huge bubble of hot steam which then collapses to produce shock waves that are predominantly low-frequency. The increased low -frequency content helps obtain data from as far as several miles below the waterbottom. (Reprinted with permission from "Science News,'' weekly summary of current science, copyrighted 1966 by Science Service, Inc.) STATES California FISH & GAME DEPT, ISSUES 1968 ANNUAL REPORT The 1968 annual report of California's De- partment of Fish andGame, which appears in ‘Outdoor California’ March/April 1969, re- flects the Department's extensive activities in the fisheries. Here are some highlights: I, INLAND FISHERIES In 1967-68, its fish hatcheries "produced 39,248,896 resident, anadromous, and warm- waterfish weighing a record 2,705,759 pounds." Of this total, 25,384,457 were trout and kokanee, 13,604,310 salmon and steel- head, and 260,129 warmwater fish. The Department planted 900 back country lakes by air with 6 million fingerling trout. it was this program's 20th year. Aerial plant- ing "has reduced the cost of planting from $18.75 to $1.43 per thousand fish." The proposed warmwater hatchery site in Imperial Valley was tested successfully. The Department will build this facility to raise 500,000 one-half-pound channel catfish a year to stock southern California waters. Proceeding on schedule is construction of the $2.2 million Mad River Salmon and Steel- head Hatchery. It willbe completed this year and produce 1,000,000 yearling and 5,000,000 fingerling salmon and steelhead to stock north coast streams. Valuable Research Information The annual report states that several re- search projects have produced valuable in- formation on fishery management. For ex- ample: "The Salton Sea study disclosed thata salinity of about40 parts per thousand is the maximum tolerated by eggs and young fish. This means that the increasing salinity of the sea mustbe controlled before it reaches this level, to protect the great fishery there." Sturgeon tagging will enable the Depart- ment to closely watch the rising catch of sturgeon and determine management needs. 25 A large striped bass tagging program is ex- pectedto gaininformation onthe "total popu- lation, recruitment, harvest, and natural mortality of this fish." A coldwater reservoir study ''determined the optimum size and strain of trout finger- lings and the best time to plant for maximum returns.'' This will enable biologists to pro- vide better trout fishing at lower cost. I, MARINE RESOURCES The 1968 commercial fish catch was ex- pectedto drop 10% from 1967 landings of 503 million pounds. This would reflect lack of anchovy fishery during early 1968 and drop in skipjack landings from 1967's high level. "Tuna landings account for over half the catch, as is the usual case. Hight Department-tagged bluefin were re- covered off Japan--and 2 Japanese-tagged bluefin off California, ''This indicates Japa- nese and America fishermen are harvest- ing the same stocks," "The crab resource appears to be coming back intheSan Francisco area and is healthy off the North Coast." Estimates of the shrimp population were high enough to permit a quota increase from 15 to 2 million pounds during 1968. Exploration for prawns showed populations large enough ''to support moderate fisheries off Monterey and Catalina," Anchovies During last season, the reduction fishery landed "only 6,500 tons of anchovies," nearly all from Monterey Bay. ''Low landings were due chiefly to adverse economic conditions and the failure of commercial size schools to form in near-shore waters." Since March 1966, 369,300 anchovies were tagged, 178,700 in 1968; 755 tags were recov- ered, 240 in 1968. Live Bait Reported live bait landings were ex- pected to reach a record7,000 tons. This is 26 "primarily because of improved contact with fishermen and better catch reports." Sea Otters Censuses revealed 576 sea otters between Monterey Bay and Morro Bay. A legislature-authorized sea otter project was begun. Its purposeis ''to reduce compe- titionfor abalone.'' Seaotters willbe trapped where commercial fishermen harvest red abalone and be transported to the sea otter refuge. Ill, SALMON & STEELHEAD Because of ''continued declines in fishery landings and spawning runs of Central Valley king salmon stocks,'' the Department recom- mended sportfishery restrictions to the Fish and Game Commission. The Department emphasized that "the salmon decline is not the fault of sport or commercial fishermen, but rather is a com- bination of problems which have reduced the survival of young salmon. These factors in- cluded unscreened irrigation diversions, gravel siltation and removal, predation, pol- lution, vegetation encroachment on spawning riffles, inadequate water flows, and fluctua- tions of water temperatures due tonatural or other causes." The salmon fishing restrictions recom- mended by the Department are designed "'to prevent further declines in salmon stocks until we can solve the long range problems facing the resource." Salmon Landings Commercial salmon landings for 1968 were estimated at 7 million pounds, a half- million below 1967. The ocean sport catch was estimated at 176,000 salmon; it was 126,000 in 1967. Sacramento River sport landings were estimated at 17,000 king salmon and 19,700 steelhead. — pe, ie =!" - aaalivale ln ai 7 Oregon WILLAMETTE STEELHEAD POPULATION INCREASED IN STATE PROGRAM The Oregon Fish Commission has an- nounced that more than 3,500 adult winter steelhead were transplanted into Willamette River tributaries during December 1968 and January-February 1969 inthe third year ofits program to develop the Willamette system's natural spawning potential for winter steel- head. The early-run fish were surplus to egg- take requirements and stream needs at the commission's Big Creek and Klaskaine hatch- eries. The fish were trucked and released into Willamette Valley streams devoid of win- ter steelhead or having only a few. Adult-Hauling Program Successful Success inthe adult-hauling program was verified recently by a survey of spawning nests (redds) on 4 of the planted streams. Earlier counts over Willamette Falls seemed to substantiate success of attempts to introduce an early run. The first winter steel - head passing the counting chamber at Willam- ette Falls! new fishway was recorded on Sept. 22, 1968; by the end of Dec. 1968, over 2,500 steelhead had been counted over the falls. In past years, no Significant number of steelhead had been recorded over thefalls prior to Jan- uary or February. Another Program Helped Too The earlier arrival of steelhead at the falls, however, results partly from another Fish Commission program. In 1968, in an effort to establish an earlier run and develop unutilized natural spawning areas, the Fish Commission completed an extensive 4-year steelhead smolt liberation program on the Yamhill River. During the past 2 years, spawning adults from these plants also have been verified by Fish Commission biologists. The Commission states that development of an early run of winter steelhead is desir- able. Steelhead fishing couldbe spread over a longer period, and 'the sportsmen given a bonus run to go after before the wild stocks of steelhead and spring chinook hit their peaks.! KOK GOVERNOR DEDICATES ULTRAMODERN ELK RIVER SALMON HATCHERY Governor Tom McCall formally dedicated on April 18 the Oregon Fish Commission hatchery at Elk River. The dedication capped 3 years of planning andconstruction in coop- eration with BCF., The hatchery is near Port Orford. The planners made it attractive and functional-- without disturbing the site's natural beauty. All electrical hookups were laid underground. Unobtrusive pumping systems carry water to the rearing ponds, The Hatchery The hatchery will provide the salmon stock forthe major tributaries of southern Oregon, Plans callfor rearing about 1 million fish in the first year: 850,000 fall chinook and 150,000 coho. Liberation is planned for the Elk and Chetco systems and the Floras Lake area. Hatchery fish willbe keptin rearing ponds as long as they normally would spend under natural conditions in the streams. Then they willbe liberated and return directly to the sea, This will ensure that hatchery fish do not com- pete with wildfish inthe streams; it will allow natural spawning to continue under ''the most fruitful circumstances.'' The Commission states: ''Couple the hatchery migrations and the natural migrations, and the outlook for total southern Oregon fish production as- sumes exciting proportions." The equipment willfeature Burrows rear- ing ponds. This design keeps the water cir- culating in the ponds atalltimes and the fish swimming. The resultis much stronger fish with greater endurance. This leaves little opportunity for sickfishto congregate in quiet water. The ponds are self-cleaning and are ex- pected to result in a much higher survival rate. Also, adult holding ponds have been built with a fishway and support buildings housing freezer storage of the ''Oregon Pel- let,'' shop, garage, electrical control equip- ment, and incubation room, A stream bed filtration system will draw water from the river and carry it to the hatchery ponds. So continuous circulation essential to healthy hatchery programs will be provided. 27 Continuing Research Continuing research will play a part. Studies of the early life history of the fall chinook in the area will be undertaken. A biologist will workin the Elk and Sixes areas, Overall potential of the Curry County streams will be under continuous scrutiny. Complete cost of the Elk River hatchery, the 15th under Fish Commission jurisdiction, was $476,000, This includes the hatchery facility and 3 houses for personnel and families. Texas 8,000 TAGGED SHRIMP RELEASED BCF and the Texas Parks and Wildlife Dept. released 8,000tagged brown shrimp off the upper Texas coast during February and March. BCF is offering a reward of $2 for each tagged shrimp returned along with in- formation on where and when it was caught. Biologists will use information collected from this experiment ''to estimate shrimp abundance, winter survival, and spawning potential of brown shrimp remaining on the grounds," Growth rates and movements of shrimp also will be studied. This information will help to determine the effects of fishing on shrimp stocks and the proper timing of the shrimp harvest to insure maximum annual catch. Tag The tag consists of 2 small green disks held on either side of the shrimp's tail by a slender wire, which passes through the shrimp. Fishermen who catch these tagged shrimp should freeze or preserve the entire shrimp along with the tag. BCF personnel will visit shrimp houses regularly to collect tagged shrimp and pay rewards. Rewards will not be paid unless information on exact location and date of cap- ture are recorded, 28 A Preliminary Review of the Potential Deep-Water Fishery Off Texas Between 50 and 300 Fm. R. Spencer Gaille The Texas Parks and Wildlife Department commenced systematic bottom trawling be- tween 50 and 300 fm. off the Texas coast in July 1967. The primary objective was to de- termine the abundance, distribution, and sea- sonal occurrence of royal red shrimp, Hy- menopeneus robustus, and potentially valu- able industrial fish species. A need exists for supplemental fish and shellfish raw ma- terial during seasons or years when com- mercial quantities of brownand white shrimp are not available. The 'Western Gulf,' a 72-foot steel shrimp trawler, was usedto conduct the preliminary field tests. It is equipped with standard oceanographic instruments and winches cap- able of trawling to depths of 500 fm, Shrimp trawling gear consisted of a single 45-foot, 24-inch, nylon stretch mesh flat otter trawl. ROYAL RED SHRIMP Results of deep water work by the 'Oregon! (Springer and Bullis, 1956, Bullis and Thomp- son, 1965) indicated that commercially ex- ploitable quantities of royal red shrimp were not available off the Texas coast. Their catches of 5-30 pounds per 3-hour drag with 80- and 100-foot trawls southeast of Port Aransas, Texas, were extremely small when compared with catches of 90-120 pounds per 38-hour drag east of the Mississippi Delta. However, the Oregon occupied only 30 trawl stations off Texas inthe depth zone inhabitated by royal red shrimp. The small number of stations occupied suggests that further trawl- ing effort is needed, The maximum yield per 2-hour tow inover 75 attempts by the Western Gulf was 25 Photo: Texas Parks & Wildlife Dept. Mr. Gaille is a Marine Biologist, Texas Parks and Wildlife Dept., Rockport, Texas. This study was conducted in cooperation with BCF under PL 88-309 (Project 2-47 -R). pounds; usually less than 5 pounds was caught. These results, then, substantiate those of the Oregon, FISH OF INDUSTRIAL OR MARKET VALUE Three species of trawl-caught demersal fish were taken in samples from 50 to 100 fathoms, the wenchman snapper (Pristipomoi- des andersoni), the scalyhead scorpionfish (Pontinus longispinis), and the spotted hake (Urophycis regius), The wenchman snapper varied in weight from 4 to ¢ pound and averaged 4 pound, It possesses the typical qualities of a panfish having firm flesh and above-average taste. Mosely (1965) did some unpublished age de- termination research on wenchman from the Gulf of Mexico. Little else has been done on its life history or commercial possibilities. This small reddish snapper schools over rough and mud bottom. Individual fish are believed tobe scattered thickly along the bot- tom withdense circular schools often extend- ing upward 20 feet. Over 400 pounds were caughtin a 2-hourdrag at a depth of 80 to 90 fathoms east of Port Isabel, Texas, in Novem - ber 1967 with a 45-foot, 3-inch stretch mesh fish trawl. There are no estimates of catch- ing efficiency of the 45-foot standard shrimp trawls which produce sizable catches of wenchman at times. While this type of net is not adapted to the capture of bottom dwelling fish, catches do indicate the availability of several fishspecies which may warrant fur- ther explorations with suitable gear for a gross determination of abundance, Scalyhead scorpionfish, averaging + pound, were common from 70 to 130 fathoms. Spotted hake, which averaged 3 pound, were narrowly confined to the 90-fathom zone. Table 1 -Numbers, Weights, and Lengths of Wenchman Snapper, Scalyhead Scorpionfish, and Spotted Hake, Taken in 1-Hour Trawls at Depths of 40, 50, 70, 90, 130, and 165 Fathoms with a 45-Foot, 2 2 Inch Stretch Mesh Trawl East and Southeast of Port Aransas in July and October 1967 Scalyhead Scorpionfish Lb. | Length mm. 29 Only small number of the Gulf silver hake (Merlucius magnoculus) were caught in1967. Subsequent efforts in 1968 produced generally the same findings with the Gulf hake, U, cir- ratus, continuing to be the predominant spe- cies between 130 and 300 fm. Table 2 pro- vides catch information and depth distribu- tions for the 2 species in 1967, Table 2 - Numbers, Weights, and Lengths of Gulf Hake, and Gulf Silver Hake Taken in 1-Hour Trawls at Depths of 130-300 ffm. with One 45-Foot, 2 Inch Stretch Mesh Trawl1 East and Southeast of Port Aransas in July and October 1967 Gulf Hake Gulf Silver Hake No. Lb. Length No. Lb. Length mm. mm. 130 32 37 150-320 8 4 160-225 165 58 40 110-460 CA PS) 190-220 200 84 40 240-510 3 2 205-380 250 10 12 240-310 6 6 200-310 300 15 18 250-500 its 8 300-380 SUMMARY Royal red and associated deep water pen- aeid shrimp have been found in only small numbers during explorations of the 200-300 fm, depth zone, The commercial fishery po- tential of these shrimp in deep water off the Texas coasts is doubtful, Wenchman snapper are excellent panfish, and are known toinhabit the 50-100 fm, depth interval, Further investigations directed to determining abundance might be practicable because itis a commercially interesting spe- cies that may existincommercial quantities. Similarly, beyond 100 fm, the Gulf hake (Urophycis cirratus) may exist in quantities suitable for commercial harvest, This spe- cies is less desirable than wenchman snap- pers in terms of palatability; it would prob- ably be considered as an industrial species if and when it is commercially utilized. LITERATURE CITED BULLIS, HARVEY R, Jr. and J, R. THOMPSON 1965. Collections by the exploratory fishing vessels ‘Oregon, ! ‘Silver Bay," 'Combat,' and 'Pelican' made during 1956-1960 in the southwestern North Atlantic. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv. Spec. Sci. Rep. -Fish. 510, 130 pp. MOSELY, FRANK N. 1965. Preliminary investigations of the applicability of the scale method of age-growth determination in Pristi- pomoides andersoni. Student Rep., Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex., 12 pp. SPRINGER, STEWART and HARVEY R. BULLIS, Jr. 1956. Collections by the 'Oregon' in the Gulf of Mexico, U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv. Spec. Sci. Rep.-Fish. 196, 134 pp. ot ax Sx ARTICLES LONGLINING FOR SWORDFISH IN THE EASTERN PACIFIC Susumu Kato "Blue Belle! returned to Morro Bay, Cali- fornia, early in February 1969 with a load of broadbill swordfish (Xiphias gladius) caught by longline gear. She was the first California- based commercial vessel to attempt long- lining for swordfishon alarge scale. Captain Wayne Smith became interested intrying this method of fishing after learning of a success - ful longline trip by the BCF research vessel ‘David Starr Jordan’ in November 1968. Upon learning of his interest, the Bureau loaned its gear to Blue Belle andshe sailed with a crew of four on January 16 from San Pedro, Cali- fornia. Fishing Gear and Methods Blue Belle is 55 feet long with a beam of 14feet, andhas a refrigerated holding capac- ity of 15 tons. The components of BCF long- line gear used by Blue Belle are shown in figure 1. This gear was patterned after that used by east coast American and Canadian fishermen. A radio transmitter, a radar re- flector, and aflashing-light buoy aided in the recovery of the gear. Flagbuoys were spaced at five-floatintervals. Specially constructed boxes (fig. 2)facilitated handling and storage of dropper lines and hooks. Ahydraulic reel, CD ravar Soh SNAPS (1/4" NYLON) L WV REFLECTOR MAINLINE 96fm WITH l2fm BETWEEN HOOKS x WEIGHT FLAG IBAMBOO POLE (CP FLOAT (RUBBER INNER TUBE) FLOAT LINE (Sfm, POLYPROPYLENE) DROPPER LINE (3.5 fm OF 3/6" NYLON) MUSTAD SHARK HOOK Fig. 1 - Longline gear used for taking broadbill swordfish. Mr. Kato is Fishery Biologist, BCF Fishery-Oceanography Center, La Jolla, California 92037. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Fish and Wildlife Service Sep. No. 837 powered withan automobile transmission and a chain drive (fig. 3), was used to haul and store the mainline, Bait consisted principally of frozen jack mackerel, Trachurus sym- metricus. - r - Fig. 2 -Dropper line storage box, with hooks ready to be baited. Fig. 3 - Powered reel for the mainline used by Blue Belle. 31 To set the longline, the vessel was steered downwind at about 3.2 knots and the line al- lowed to pay out freely. One man baited the hooks and threw them overboard, while pass- ing the snap ends to a second man who at- tached the dropper lines to the mainline, A third man handled the floats and flags, while the captain kept the ship on course, During retrievalof the line, one man con- trolled the speed of the reel and unsnapped the dropper lines as they came aboard, two men coiled the dropper lines in the storage boxes and handled sharks, while the captain maneuvered the ship. All hands aided in land- ing swordfish, Allsets were made just before sunset, and hauling was started at dawn. Ten sets (total of 4,208 hooks) were made in international waters offshore from central Baja California, near the 1,000-fathom contour. Surface-water temperatures inthis area--67.5 to 70.59 F,-- were determined from a bathythermograph cast made before each set. The Catch A total of 33 swordfish were caught (figs. 4 and 5), of which one was lost due to exten- sive damageby sharks, The catchrate of the entire trip was 0.8 swordfish per 100 hooks fished. Every set produced at least one swordfish; the best day's catch was nine fish on a 392-hook set, The total dressed weight of the landed swordfish was about 2.5 tons (average weight 156 pounds). The fork length (tip of lower bill to fork) of the fish ranged from 36 to 109 inches (dressed weights 20- 360 pounds). Gonads of 29 fish collected by the fishermen indicated that 93 percent of the fish were females, None of the ovaries were in an advanced stage of development, Other fish inthe catchincluded one striped marlin (Tetrapturus audax), afew dolphin (Coryphaena hippurus), about 1,500 blue sharks (Prionace glauca) and 83 other sharks representing five species. Future Prospects The large number of blue sharks encoun- tered presented the greatest problem to the fishermen, The sharks caused extensive tangling, often cut the mainline, and slowed hauling to an average of 80 minutes per 100 32 Fig. 4 - Unloading swordfish at San Pedro. hooks. Further, their competition for bait appreciably decreased the baits available to swordfish. The abundance of sharks also limited the amount of hooks Blue Belle could set to about 350 rather than the anticipated 800to 1,000hooks per set. Despite the prob- lems with sharks, the catchrate of 0.8 sword- fish per 100 hooks was encouraging. Captain Smith is preparing for a second longlining trip. Another vessel will probably enter the fishery shortly. Both vessels will carry gear onloanfromBCF. Although avail- ability of swordfish may be relatively low at this time of year, the high price paid for / Fig. 5 - Part of the catch. the fish will compensate somewhat for low catches. Longlining for swordfish seems especially suitable for the large albacore jig boats, which are readily adapted to this type of fishing. This fishery may be particularly attractive to albacore fishermen because swordfish ap- parently are available in greatest numbers from October through January, and the alba- core season usually terminates around late October. Little is known about the avail- ability of swordfish from February through August. Annual California landings of swordfish have never exceeded 250 tons since the peak year of 1948, when 550 tons were landed. Swordfish have been caught exclusively by harpooning, which requires good weather and availability of fish on the surface; thus, har- pooning is restricted to about 4 months, from July through October. Swordfish could be harvestedfor an additional 3 months or more by longlining. 33 METHOD FOR PROTECTING LAKE TROUT TAKEN IN TRAWLS Alfred Larsen and Warren Handwork A rescue device for returning live fish to below-surface depths was used to increase survivalof lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush) caught during BCI’ exploratory trawling in Lake Superior, Laketrout stocks, now being rehabilitated in Lake Superior and other Great Lakes after near extinction by the sea lamprey (Petromyzon marinus), cannot be fished com - mercially at the present time, The develop- ment of an effective method to return live fish to their habitat was prompted by incidences of losing trout topredation by gulls when the fish were released onthe surface after their removal from thetrawl net. Many lake trout were unable to swim down from the surface upon release because air bladders expand at lower pressures as fish are brought to the surface, Trout that had beenreturned to the lake often were observed swimming at or near the surface for long periods trying to sub- merge. During these periods the fish are extremely vulnerable to preying gulls, In Lowering Line Iron Weight Trip Line Door Weight Fig. 1 - Construction details of rescue cage used in underwater method of releasing lake trout. Mr. Larsen is Fishery Biologist, Mr, Handwork is Fishery Methods and Equipment Specialist, } 1967, the trout rescue cage was tested suc- cessfully aboard the chartered commercial trawler 'A, E, Clifford' during exploratory trawling in Lake Superior, EQUIPMENT The trout rescue cage is a rectangular wire-meshcontainer, which measures 2 by 1 4 by 1 : feet, constructed of 1-inch square mesh, 14-gauge, galvanized wire (figs. 1, 2, 3, and 4). The interior of the cage was later lined Fig. 2 - Fisherman placing a lake trout into the rescue cage. BCF, Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research Base, Ann At bor, Michigan 48103, U.S. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Fish and Wildlife Service Sep. No. 838 34 Fig. 3 - Lake trout in the rescue cage about to be lowered into the water. Fig. 4 - The rescue cage after fish have been released. with z-inch square mesh hardware cloth to retain small trout. The bottom panel of the cage is hinged and held closed by a spring wire formed into a latch fastened to a side of the cage, A g-inch nylonline is used to dis- engage the spring-wire latch that opens the bottom door for releasing the fish. Another --inch nylon line, tied tothe center of the top of the cage, is used for lowering the cage to the desired depth. A 6-ounce lead weight, which is fastened to the bottom panel on the side opposite to the hinges, furnishes the force needed to pull the panel open when the latch is released. Two 1-pound iron pipe weights are lashed to opposite sides of the cage to help sink it faster. PROCEDURE Trout captured in the trawl are immediate - ly sorted from the catch and placed in a 30- gallon recovery tank with circulating water (fig. 2), When the fish appear to be in good condition (swimming normally), the vessel is stopped, Thetrout are then placed in the res- cue cage, lowered to a depth where water pressure is greater (thus recompressing the inflated air bladders), and released (figs. 2, 3, and 4). The trip line must be kept slack when lowering the cage to prevent releasing the fish prematurely. Trout having exces- sively bloated air bladders are "deflated" before they are placed in thecage by applying slight pressure in the belly area, or by in- serting a hypodermic needle carefully into the air bladder to remove the air. The latter technique has been used successfully on blue rockfish (Sebastodes mystinus) and ocean whitefish (Caulolatilus princeps) in California (Gotshall, 1964) and on lake trout in Wisconsin (Hacker, 1962). RESULTS From January 16 to June 8, 1967, over 100 trial releases of laketrout from the rescue cage weremade. Extended visual surface ob- servations after each release revealed that under 10 percent of the trout returned to the surface where they could be attacked by gulls. We found that lowering the rescue cage to a depth of about 30 feet was most successful in keeping the fish down after their release. Ob- servations by means of underwater television showed that uponrelease the trout dispersed downward from the cage. CONCLUSIONS A trout rescue cage, tested during BCF ex- ploratory fishingin Lake Superior, increased the survival of trout that were caught intrawls and brought aboard the fishing vessel. The rescue cage is used to return live lake trout 35 to below surface depths where inflated air bladders become recompressed to help the fish stay submerged. The method was suc- cessful in reducing the amount of sea gull predation that occurred whennumbers of fish remained on the surface when thrown over- board after removal from trawl catches. LITERATURE CITED GOTSHALL, DANIEL W, 1964. Increasing tagged rockfish (genus Sebastodes} survival by deflating the swim bladder. California Fish and Game, Vol. 50, No. 4, pp. 253-260. BCF scientists have developed a technique to open oysters by using microwaves. The oysters are exposed to enough microwave energy to open them--but not enough to cook them. When open, they are easy to shuck. Persons who atethe oysters could find no difference in ‘flavor, odor, or appearance" between microwave-treated oysters and those shucked normally. The oyster-shucking industry may be changed drastically because the new technique eliminates the need for experthand shuckers to refine the process andto extend its use to other shellfish that are difficult to open. OYSTERS OPENED BY MICROWAVES of whichthere is a shortage. BCF is striving HACKER, VERNON A. 1962. A summarization of life history information of the lake trout, Salvelinus namaycush, obtained ingill netting, finclipping and tagging studies at Green Lake, Wis- consin - 1956-1961. Wisconsin Department of Nat- ural Resources, Bureau of Fish Management, East Central Area, Investigational Memorandum No. 3, 24 pp. ABCF scientist tests the microwave technique for opening oys- ters or clams. --Harold Allen 36 SOUTH KOREAN FISHERIES OFF ALASKA Virgil N. Crosby After adisastrous expedition by the Samyang Fisheries Co. in 1967, the samefleet returned to Alaska in 1968 with the ad- dition of one refrigerated support vessel. A second company, the Korean Marine Industry Development Corp., made its initial venture in 1968 to the grounds off Alaska. It sent one stern trawler on 2 expeditions to the eastern Bering Sea. Produc- tion, mostly walleye pollock, was low. The first interest by the Republic of Korea in fishing the grounds of the northeast Pacific Ocean and eastern Bering Sea was demon- strated in 1966. A single exploratory vessel worked along the Aleutian Islands, inthe east- ern Bering Sea, andinto the Gulf of Alaska as far east as Kodiak. In fall 1967, the Samyang Fisheries Co.senta refrigerated processing and support ship and 8 pair trawlers to the fishing grounds off Alaska. Enroute, 2 trawl- ers and 29 crew members were lost in a violent storm south of the Aleutian Islands. This tragedy was compounded by adverse climatic conditions that plagued the fleet for its entire stay. Catches were small, primar- ily walleye pollock (Theragra chalcogram- mus). The fleet returned to Pusan in mid- November and landed only a few tons of fish; the rest was eaten by the crew. The 1967 expedition resulted in financial, vessel, and human losses. In 1968, the Samyang fleet--the 957-gross- ton ‘Sam Su No. 301! andthe remaining 6 pair trawlers, the 'Sam Su Nos. 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, and 10,' returned to the grounds off Alaska in early May. They were joined in early June by the ‘Sam Su No. 201,' arefrigerated trans - port of 828 net tons. The principal fishing grounds were around the Fox Islands in the eastern Aleutians, and west of the Pribilof Islands in the Bering Sea. The Samyang fleet departed the Alaskan area in mid-July 1968 and returned to Korea with over 800 metric tons, mostly walleye pollock with some floun- der and cod. Fig. 1 -South Korea's Sam Su No. 301, anchored at Kodiak, Alaska, was built in Japan in 1956. She and her fleet of trawlers were part of war reparations by Japan to Korea. The ship is 213 feet long and carries 67 men. Mr. Crosby is Fisheries Management Agent, BCF, Office of Enforcement and Surveillance, Kodiak, Alaska. The Koreans had hoped to catch herring but were unable to find any. As in 1967 the fleet was beset by technical troubles, although minor compared to 1967. One trawler ran aground, several experienced mechanical dif- ficulties and one hit an iceberg. In early June the 6 trawlers were autho- rizedto enter Akutan harbor while their sup- port vessel sailed to Sand Point to pick up new radio equipment. Several crew members went ashore illegally and were fined US$10,000 by the U.S. Immigration Service. BCF Agents Visit BCF Fisheries Management Agents visited both the Sam Su No. 301 and Sam Su No. 201. Vessels of the Samyang fleet were part of the war reparations received from Japan. None of the vessels hadfresh water-making capa- bilities. As of June 25, 1968, the fleet's total 37 catch was reported as 350 metric tons, con- sisting of nearly 100 percent walleye pollock. Average catch by the fleet perfishing day was about 30 metric tons. The fish were salted in the round and placed in burlap bags, each bag containing about 50 pounds (25 kilograms) of pollock. Then, they were frozen and kept under refrigeration in the holds of the processing ship, or on the accompanying refrigerated transport. The Trawlers Trawlers of the Samyang fleet are Japanese built, 100 gross tons, about 90 feet long with a 5-foot draft, and can make 8 knots. Each trawler has 15 crew members. The vessels workas pairtrawlers andtheir most efficient fishing depth was reported to be 40-50 fath- oms. Fig. 2 - The South Korean trawlers in Kodiak Harbor belong to the Samyang Fisheries Co. Built in Japan, the vessels are about 100 gross tons, 90 feet long, have a shoal draft of 5 feet, and speed of 8 knots. Each trawler is operated by 15 men. 38 A company officialaboard the Sam Su No. 201 said that 1967 and 1968 could be con- sidered not merely as test fisheries, but as exploratory fishing. Second Company Besides the Samyang fleet, a stern trawl- er, the 'Kang Wha No. 601,! of the Govern- ment owned Korean Marine Industry Develop- ment Corp., made at least 2 trips to the fish- ing grounds off Alaskain 1968. She was first seen inlate June in the approaches to Bristol Bay north of Port Heiden on the Alaska Pen- insula. The vessel remained in that area for a week and thenfished along the Aleutian Is- lands. She was observed near Attu Island, the western tip of the Aleutians, in mid-July, and indicated she was headed home. In mid- December 1968, she was again reported off Alaska, near the eastern Aleutians, returning to fish the grounds north of the Alaska Pen- insula. Although the Kang Wha No. 601 was ob- served fishing on several occasions, there were no fish visible on deck, so the exact catch composition is unknown. It was reported that, in mid-July, a stern trawler identified as the 'Kang Hwa No. 602! ended a month- long exploratoryfishing cruiseinthe eastern Bering Sea and returned to Pusan with about 400 tons of walleye pollock andsome herring. Available information indicates this stern trawler was probably the Kang Wha No. 601 and that the Kang Hwa No. 602, which was to fish for shrimp in the eastern Bering Sea, never operated in the Alaskan area. Future S. Korean Fishing The future of South Korean fishing off Alaska is uncertain. It is unlikely that the 1968 expeditions by either Korean company was highly profitable. In November, however, a Japanese news article reported that the S. Korean Government planned to support ex- pansion of trawl fisheries in the Bering Sea and North Pacific Ocean. The fishery re- sources on Alaska's vast Continental Shelf have already lured large fishing fleets from Japan and the USSR. overnment. ARE ALL FISHES EDIBLE? Not all fishes are edible. Some have organs that are always poisonous to man; others ometimes become toxic because of certain elements in their diet. In Japan, a national dish alled fugu is highly prized. It is prepared from the puffer fish, and the gonads of the puffer re highly poisonous. For this reason, fugu is only served in restaurants licensed by the Consumption of sharks and rays has been known to cause illness or death; this was prob- ably because the victim ate a portion of the liver, which contains a very high concentration f vitamin A that the human body cannot tolerate. There are 300 tropical species of fishes that cause fish poisoning; onetype of poisoning is commonly known as ciguatera. A particular species may cause ciguatera when caught on one side of an island, but not if caught on the other side. These tropical fish are associated with reefs and do not usually venture farfrom the home reef; for this reason, the people liv- ing on one island may eat a certain species of fish, while those on a nearby island would not. o one knows what causes the fish to become poisonous, but most investigators agree that it iis something in the diet. There is no method to determine before a fish is consumed whether or not it will cause ciguatera. Some common species of fish known to cause ciguatera are: surgeon fish, jacks, porgies, snappers, goatfish, moray eels, wrasses, and barracudas. Scombrid fish, commonly known as tuna or mackerel, have been known to cause scombrid poisoning, usually because of inadequate preservation. ‘The flesh of scombrid fish contains bacteria which, if the fish is not preserved soon after capture, begin to produce a histamine- like compound. This compound, if ingested by humans, causes a severe allergylike reaction and may even lead to death. ("Questions About The Ocean," U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office.) 39 ANCHOVETA (PERU) "Dynamics of the Fishery for the Ancho- veta, Engraulis ringens, off Peru," by Milner B. Schaefer, Boletin, Vol. 1, No. 5, Instituto del Mar del Peru, Callao, 1967, pp. 189-304, in English and Spanish. It has been known for a long time that a very large quantity of anchoveta, along the coast of Peru and northern Chile, formed the principal food for alarge guano bird popula- tion and forthe larger predatory fishes. The utilization for fish meal of anchoveta caught by purse-seine vessels, known in Peru as ‘bolicheras,' began in the early 1950s. The fishery grew from a modest 7,000 tons in 1951 to 9.8 million in 1967. Before and dur- ing the development of the fishery, there were fears that it would lead to disastrous con- sequences for both guano birds and anchoveta. This concern about the proper development and control of the resource had the fortunate consequence of providing one of the few in- stances when adequate statistical and bio- logical datahave been collected and analyzed during the early development of an important commercial fishery, Data on catch, effort, size composition of the catches, and information on the biology and ecology of the anchoveta have been col- lected, This has made it possible to insure against both overexploitation and premature curtailment of exploitation. Dr. Schaefer has examined the population structure and biology, measurement of the catch, fishing efforts, and apparent abundance of the anchoveta. Estimating the relation of catch, effort, and catch-unit-of-effort, he has concluded the average maximum sustainable yield to be 10 million tons, divided between guano birds and man. BLUE CRAB "Growth of Juvenile Blue Crabs, Cal- linectes sapidus Rathbun, in the St. John's River, Florida, by Marlin E, Tagatz, Fish- ery Bulletin, Vol. 67, No. 2, Fish & Wildlife Service, Dept. of the Interior, 1968, pp, 281- 288, illus. Available from Division of Pub- lications, 1801 N. Moore St., Arlington, Va. 22209. Information on crab growth is needed to estimate the time required for any particular size to reachharvestable size. This is a re- port on studies of growth increments, molt intervals, and the effects of salinity and temperature on juvenile blue crabs in the St. John's River, Fla. Estimates in increase-- and of width with age--indicate that most blue crabs in the river reach harvestable size (width of 120 mm.) within 1 year after hatching. Relative growth was studied by holding juveniles in anchored floats. COMMUNIST CHINA "Economic Aspects of the Fishing Indus - try in Mainland China," by Jan J. Solecki, In- stitute of Fisheries, Univ. of British Colum- bia, Vancouver, 1966, 172 pp. The reported expansion of mainland China's fisheries to the point where she may be the second or third greatest producer inthe world has naturally arouseda great deal of interest. Unfortunately, there are veryfew data docu- menting this phenomenal expansion. Mr, Solecki reviews thehistory of the freshwater and marine fisheries, Summarizes the scat- tered literature available, and touches on the social and economic features affecting the resource. Most of the information has been derived from Chinese releases and may be biased to show how much fishery production has increased under communism, 40 DOLPHIN "Distribution of Delphinidae (Cetacea) in Relation to Sea Surface Temperatures off Eastern and Southern New Zealand," byD.E. Gaskin, Publication No. 126, Fisheries Re- search Division, New Zealand. (Reprinted from 'N. Z. Jl. mar. Freshwat. Res.', pp. 527-34, Sept. 1968.) Mr. Gaskin analyzes the records of 4 spe- cies of Delphinidea, in waters east and south- east of New Zealand in relation to surface temperatures. He suggests that distributions of dolphin species off the east coast of New Zealand are closely associated with certain temperature ranges and, consequently, with specific water masses and convergence re- gions. HERRING "Spawning, Distribution, Survival and Growth of Larval Herring (Clupea harengus L.) in Relation to Hydrographic Conditions in the Bay of Fundy," by Naresh Das, Technical Report No. 88, Fisheries Research Board of Canada, 1968, 156 pp., illus. Herring, one of the most commercially abundant fish in the Bay of Fundy-Gulf of Maine area, is a Source of great wealth to the Maritime Provinces and to Canada as a whole. Since changes in distribution and abundance affect the fisheries industry, a sound basis for prediction of seasonal vari- ation of herring must be established. Fre- diction demands a knowledge of stock ori- gins, its distribution and dispersal to the fish- ing grounds. This report, ecological in approach, in- cludes a general study ofthe spawning areas, seasonal production, distribution of larvae and young herring, survival, and growth, in the Bay of Fundy-Gulf of Maine area as far south as the northern edge of Georges Bank. Mr. Naresh Das also attempts to determine just how much hydrographic conditions in- fluence the availability of herring. INDUSTRY ANALYSIS "Economic Analysis of the Commercial Fishery Industry of Georgia,''byD. H. Carley, Research Bulletin 37, GeorgiaGame and Fish Commission, June 1968, 92 pp. Even though the fishery industry in Georgia is not new, very little information has been published on its contribution to the State's economy. This study was undertaken to pro- vide a basis for decision-making by the fish- ery industry, and by State and Federal agen- cies charged with administration of seafood resources. It includes analyses of invest- ments, processing, sales, employment, and the major fisheries. MACKEREL "Synopsis of the Biological Data on the Pacific Mackerel, Scomber japonicus Hout- tuyn (Northeast Pacific), by David Kramer, FAO Species Synopsis No. 40, Circular 302, Fish & Wildlife Service, Dept. of the Interior, 1969, 18 pp., illus. Available from Division of Publications, 1801 N. Moore St., Arlington, Va. 22209. This synopsis is an attempt to bring to- gether all existing knowledge on the identity (nomenclature, taxonomy, morphology), dis- tribution, bionomics, life history, population, fishery, and protection and management of the Pacific mackerel. MARKETING "Analysis of Demand for Fish and Shell- fish,'' by J. C. Purcell and Robert Raunikar, Research Bulletin 51, Georgia Game and Fish Commission, 1968, 37 pp. This is a report based on quarterly house- hold data gathered over 5 years. It investi- gates the nature and magnitude of the influence of quantifiable socio-economic variates on the demand for fish and shellfish. NAVIGATION "Celestial Navigation," by Frances W. Wright, Cornell Maritime Press, Cambridge, Md., 1969, 160 pp., illus., $7.50. Celestial navigation using the sextant, an accurate’‘timepiece, and the 'Nautical Alma- nac' is still an extremely important method of navigation. This book provides a quick, easy, and thorough explanation (with realisti- cally worked examples) of the practice of celestial navigation at sea, using simple and inexpensive equipment. The only mathemat- ical requisiteis anability to addand subtract without making a mistake. OCEANOGRAPHY "Oceans,'' by Karl K. Turekian, Prentice- Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1968, 120 pp., illus, This book is an introduction to the study of the oceans, emphasizing the geologic and chemicalaspects. Itdraws on recent data on sounding of the oceandepths and geophysical explorations of the ocean bottoms, and re- lates them to the geologic history of the oceans and the continents. Covering a vast range of subjects within the field of oceanography, Dr. Turekian dis - cusses the structure and topography of the ocean floor, the nature andtransport of sedi- ments, aspects of the Earth's history during the Ice Age as recorded in ocean-bottom sediments, the circulation and other move- ments of ocean water, marine geochemistry, and the origin andhistory of ocean water and ocean basins, OIL POLLUTION "'Torrey Canyon! Pollution and Marine Life," edited by J. E, Smith, Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Cam- bridge Univ. Press, 1968, 196 pp., illus. After the release of 117,000 tons of crude oil from the tanker 'Torry Canyon,' liberal applications of oil solvent/oil emulsifier mix- tures were used to disperse the oil at sea, and to clean the rocks andbeaches along 140 miles of the Cornish coast. Based ona 10- week survey, this is a report on the deter- gents’ effect on marine plants and animals. The investigations provided much new in- formation about the movement of oil at sea, properties of detergents, their dispersal in the sea, and about the pollutants' effects on animals and plants at sea and on the shore, OYSTERS "Maturation of Gonads of Oyster, Crasso- strea virginica, of different Geographical Areas Subjected to Relatively Low Temper- atures,'' by Victor L. Loosanoff, Reprint, 'The Veliger,' Calif. MalacozoologicalSoc., Berk- ley, Calif., Vol. 11, No. 3, Jan. 1969, pp. 153-163, illus. Dr. Loosanoff describes the comparative progress of gametogensis of oysters of dif- 41 ferent geographical areas kept in Milford Harbor, Conn., for approximately 3 months, and then subjected to conditioning at relative- ly low temperatures. PURSE SEINE "Designing an Improved California Tuna Purse Seine,’ by M'nakhem Ben Yami and Roger E.Green, FIR preprint No. 66,11. 183- 207, illus., Oct. 1968. Available from Division of Publications, 1801 N. Moore St., Arlington, Va. 22209. In the eastern tropical Pacific, about 50% of the purse seine sets for tuna are unsuccess - ful due mostly to fish escaping the net during setting and pursing operations. This report describes the design of a proposed purse seine that will largely retainthe desirable features of the presently used seine, but will sink faster and use increased webbing with efficiency. SALMON "Photographic Atlas of Sockeye Salmon Scales,'' by Kenneth H. Mosher, Fishery Bul- letin, Vol. 67, No. 2, pp. 243-280, 1968, illus., Fish and Wildlife Service, Dept. of the Interi- or. Available from Division of Publications, 1801 N. Moore St., Arlington, Va. 22209. Sockeye salmon is the most valuable spe- cies of Pacific salmon in North America. Spending their early lives infresh water, they migrate to the North Pacific, and finally re- turn to their natal streams to spawn and die. Growth zones form ontheir scales, recording the growth of each fish. The fresh and salt water zones, differing in appearance, show the years thefish spentin each environment, the year it hatched, and the year it migrated to the sea. The atlas shows in detail the features of sockeye scales so workers can learn how to interpret them. Photographic plates of the scales, with explanatory text, illustrate vari- ations in scale features. Examples of re- generated, resorbed, andother atypical scales have been included. SEABASS "Management of the White Seabass (Cyno- scion nobilis) in California Waters,''by James C. Thomas, Fish Bulletin 142, California Dept. of Fish and Game, Sacramento, 1968, 34 pp., illus. 42 The white seabass ranges from Juneau, Alaska, to Magdalena Bay, Baja California. Sport and commercial fishermen esteem it for both prestige and monetary value. A gen- eral history of declining and erratic catches in the 1950s indicated that the resource was not stabilized, despite regulations designed to achieve a consistent and relatively high yield. This is areportonthe relative abundance, rate of growth, and age andsize composition of the resource. It includes an estimate of survival and mortality rates, and evaluates current management practices in sport and commercial fisheries. SEAWATER ANALYSIS "A Practical Handbook of Seawater Anal- ysis,'' by J.D.H. Strickland and T.R. Parsons, Bulletin 167, Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Ottawa, 1968, 311 pp., illus., C$7.50. Sold by Queen's Printer, Ottawa, Canada. Intended to be an authoritative reference on seawater analysis, this book provides full working instructionfor procedures, found re- liable in the laboratory and at sea, that have a sensitivity and precision adequatefor most marine ecology studies. In most cases, the methods can be mastered by relatively in- experienced workers. Although a measurement of the photos yn- thetic potential of a sample of seawater, or ofthe growthrate of suspended matter, is not strictly seawater analysis, these determina- tions are becoming increasingly important in many marine laboratories. A short section on somebasic procedures has been included. TANNER CRAB "A Few Studies on the Ripeness of Eggs of Zuwaigani, Chinoecetes opilio,'' by Katsu- chiyo Ito, translation from 'Bull. Japan. Reg. Fish. Res. Lab.,! Vol. 11, pp. 65-76, 1963, and ''Fisheries Biology of the Tanner Crab. II-On the Frequency of Molting,'' by Tohshi Kon, Masakazu Niwa and Fumio Yamakaea, translated from ‘Bull. Japan. Soc. of Sci., Fish.! Vol. 34, No. 2, pp. 138-142, 1968. Translation Series Nos. 1117 and 1129, respectively, Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B., 1968. TUNA "Age and Growth of the Yellowfin Tuna (Thunnus albacares) in the Pointe-Noire and Dakar Regions (West Africa),'' by J.C. Le Guen and C. Champagnat, Doc. No. 431 S.R., Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Tech- nique Outre-Mer, Centre de Pointe-Noire, Oceanographic, 1968, 22 pp., translated by John P. Wise. Translation No. 19, Tropical Atlantic Biological Lab., BCF, Miami, Fla., 1969. UNDERWATER ACOUSTICS "Seasonal and Diurnal Occurrences of Fish Sounds ina Small Florida Bay," by Charles M. Breder Jr., Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, New York, 1968, Vol. 138, Art. 6, pp., 325-378, illus., $2. With the development of simple and easily handled equipment, suitable for use by other than electronic specialists, studies involving underwater acoustical activity have advanced rapidly. Very little work on soni ecology and its relation to the life history and be- havior of any species has been reported. The primary purpose of this study was to provide preliminary background data on acoustic activities of certain shore fishes. WHALES "Sperm Whales of the Southeast Pacific," by Robert Clarke, Anelio Aguayo L., and Obla Paliza, Hvalradets Skrifter, No. 51, Det Norske Videnskaps-Adademii Oslo, 1968, 80 pp., illus. In a stock exploited by whaling, the size distribution of the catch is not apt to be of value as a racial characteristic, but external characters and dental formulae may give use- ful information on stock limits. This paper describes the Southeast Pacific sperm whale stock interms of the variation of these char- acters, and attempts to compare this varia- tion with published results from other stocks where appreciable numbers of whales have been examined. WORLD FISHERIES "Yearbook of Fishery Statistics --Catches and Landings, 1967," Vol. 24, Food and Agri- culture Organization of the United Nations, $6. Sold by the National Agency for International Publications, 317 E. 34th St., New York, N.Y. 10016. The Yearbooktables cover the catches or landings of all fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic animals, residues and plants, made by commercial and subsistence fishermen in freshwater and marine areas, Statistics are given by continents, countries, regions, fishing areas, and species. --Barbara Lundy INTERNATIONAL Government Experts Report on Expanded Nordic Economic Cooperation Fisheries will play an important role in any expanded Nordic economic cooperation in the future. Long-term discussions underway revolve around the question whether expanded Nordic cooperation is preferable to the pos- sibility of joining the European Common Market. A summary of the proposal for in- creased cooperation made by Nordic govern- ment representatives follows. The cornerstone in the plan is establish- ment of a Nordic customs union over a5-year period, Then, the 4 countries would have a common external tariff system and freetrade within the Nordic area. A preliminary review indicates that,in general, the proposed Com- mon Nordic duties for fish products would represent increases over existing Danish duties, Price Stabilization The main fisheries proposal, introduced by Norway, calls for a systemto stabilize first- hand prices for fish at Nordic landing ports. The 4 countries either would establish a mar- ket-regulating agency, or expand the existing marketing apparatus to make the market- regulating system work. Each national regulating agency would have these objectives: (1) to set minimum prices on fish landed, (2) limit supplies of fish to the market for human consumption when neces - sary to maintain established minimum prices, (3) to regulate supplies with regard to each port's capacity to secure best possible utili- zation of landings, and (4) to regulate, and perhaps stopfishery when necessary to pre- vent market collapse. Operations of the na- tional market-regulating agencies would be financed by a landing fee, collected by each agency, not over 3% of value. Crisis Funds If market conditions deteriorate and the national agencies prove inadequate, 2 common Nordic crisis funds might be used: One would 43 be established for herring and mackerel mar- ket, the other for cod, haddock, coalfish, pol- lock, and plaice. Each fund would be admin- istered by a special inter-Nordic coordinating agency; the latter would also consult with the national agencies to set minimum prices, Separate funds and coordinating agencies are required for these 2 catgeories of fish. This is because herring and mackerel are, to some extent, sold as food for humans--but mostly go into meal and oil production. The price system must accommodate these 2 uses. The crisis funds would be established by annual appropriations from Nordic countries of about US$4.3 million, until the two-fund total was about US$21.4 million, If the mar- keting situation deteriorated beyond the con- trol of the national agencies, money could be allocated from the crisis funds for price- support payments--or to buy and store sur- plus fish to regulate market. Provision would be made to replenish crisis funds. The Norwegian proposal does not cover fully the method of setting minimum prices. It proposes merely that prices for fish in landing ports be setinrelationto one another, according to differences in freight rates to the major markets for Nordic fish. Herring & Mackerel For herring and mackerel, coordinated minimum prices would be set to enable full exploitation of the human food market, Fish that could not be sold at or above minimum price would be withdrawn from market. These would be sold for animal feeding, or to pro- duce meal and oil. Most of surplus would go for meal and oil; a Nordic-wide guaranteed price would be set, The guaranteed price wouldbe maintained by the national agencies through regulation or stoppage of the fishery. If these were in- adequate, support payments could be made from crisis fund for these species. 5 Food Fish Involved For the 5 food fish involved, coordinated minimum prices would also be set (as out- lined above) when these 5 are sold fresh for 44 human consumption--or for freezing, canning, or Salting. A minimum price for dried fish might be set in North Norway, the only Nordic area where itis produced in significant quan- tities. Whenever necessary to maintain mini- mum prices, foodfish that could not be sold to people would be withdrawn from the market and sold for animal feeding or industrial use. The national agencies would regulate the fish- eries. When marketing difficulties were severe the food-fish crisis fund could be used to guarantee prices of fish purchased for stor- age to regulate market. It could also extend guarantees for production of certain quanti- ties of processed fish, and possibly under- take to buy up stocks to assure continued pro- duction. If continuation of these measures were no longer justified, the national agencies would further curtail the fisheries. Difficulties Expected Implementation of price stabilization would make possible direct landings of fish in the 4 countries without discrimination. Itis pro- posed further that funds would be made avail- able for structural improvements. The plan assumes various restrictions on fishery trade would be removed when the customs union begins, although considerable difficulties are anticipated in the liberalization process. The report also urgesfurther cooperation in: (1) exports to third countries, including desirability of Nordic-wide minimum export prices for certain fish products, (2) com- mercial policy, especially with regard toa common Nordic stand on European Com- munities actions, (3) aid to developing coun- tries, and (4) marine research, product de- velopment, and marketing. (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, Jan. 31, 1969.) Prospects for European Industrial Fisheries The 1969 Norwegian winter herring catch was predicted to be about 370,000 metric tons, assuming normal weather conditions. Her- ring arrived off Norway in mid-Feb. Bad weather held last year's catchto only 26,000 tons; 370,000 to 560,000 tons had been pre- dicted. Catches of this stockfluctuate great- ly from year to year. Weak year-classes in 1965, 1966, and 1967 were expected to hold catches down in 1968-70. Summer Herring The Icelandic summer herring fishery takes place after winter herring finish spawn- ing and leave the Norwegian coast. Although the 1968 summer Season was not successful, amore normal catch is expected this year. Capelin The capelin fishery off North Norway is subject to wide fluctuations--the 1968 catch exceeded 450,000 tons--but scientists will say only that there is hope for a reasonably good fishery in 1969. North Sea Herring Earlier, it was predicted that total North Sea herring catches by all countries would stabilize at 650,000 to 700,000 tons annually. With careful management the catch could pos - sibly increase somewhat. However, reduced abundance of the aging 1963 year-class and lesser strength year-classes since 1963 in- dicate this stock willdecline. Norway's share in 1969 is expected to be about 300,000 tons. Mackerel Alarge quantity of young mackerel entered the North Sea mackerel fishery in 1967. At the same time, the harvest of older mackerel had begun to diminish. Becauseitis uncertain whether this stock is overfished, results of the 1969 season willbe watched with interest. Biologists state for management purposes that the catchshould not exceed 450,000 tons; it was 868,000 tons in 1967 and 770,000 tons in 1968. (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, Feb. 11, 1969.) “AN 1968 World Fish Meal Production Was 6% Over 1967 Total fish meal production in International Association of Fish Meal Manufacturers (IAFMM) countries increased 6% in 1968 to 3.8 million metric tons. Substantial produc- tion increases were reported in Canada, Chile, Denmark, U.K., Peru, and S.& S.W. Africa. W. Germany, Norway, and Iceland lowered output in 1968, especially Iceland, where production dropped 53% from 1967. Belgium. 2 2 ois) eie)e ee . 4,560 Gariada occ.) < eye) whe ois . 122,498 Chile . OT Oe ONC TRS 187, 243 Denmark .....-eeeee 222,770 IPYGNCE (00 ds ws 2 Sie te 13,200 West Germany .... 2s 69, 697 Sweden 2c. sees sccee 8,029 United Kingdom ....... 88,717 United States. ...-..2--s 190,725 Angola ...2seccevee . 3/ 37,457 Iceland . 1 ee eee ee . 53,242 112, 849 Norway ....--e . wie 401,932 491, 562 Bers. 0 8 se seis es ewe . 1,922,020 1,815,983 So. Africa (including S.-W. Africa) . 2.2.0 471, 142 351,928 Spain... . 5. ce eeeee 53,000 43, 600 IMGrocCO) os) sie) «lai aiish Sats 2/ 35, 000 Tish See Geahy Ono ig OnO OMe 3, 846, 232 1/Revised. 2/Data not available. 3/Jan. -Oct. only. Note: Japan does not report fish meal production to IAFMM on a monthly basis at present. Estimate for 1968 of fish meal and other animal meal (mostly fish meal), is 440,000 metric tons; 387,000 metric tons in 1967. (Foreign Agricultural Service, Tokyo, Oct. 1968.) Source: [AFMM, FEO Fish Meal Exports Rose 20% in 1968 In 1968, over 3.1 million metric tons of fish meal were exported by members of the Fishmeal Exporters Organization (FEO), al- most 20% more than in 1967. An increase of 500,000 tons from Peru and about 70,000 from S. and S,W. Africa more than made up for Iceland's tremendous decline. Entering 1969, stocks were lower for every FEO country except Chile. In 1968, FEO countries pro- duced 82% of total worldfish meal production (excluding Japan and USSR). 1/Data not available; 35,500 tons through Oct, 1968. Source: Fishmeal Exporters Organization. 45 Marine Oil Production World marine-oil production in 1969 is expected to increase slightly from1968, This estimate reflects anticipation of further ex- pansion in fish oil output and a possible in- crease in baleen whale oil. Sperm whale oil production probably will remain around 1968's volume. It is difficult to predict world production of fish body and liver oils because of these developments: (1) recent reports of reduced oil yields in Peruvian anchovies, together with a 4-week "Veda," or stoppage, that began Feb. 1, and a reduced catch; (2) probable improve- ment from the poor 1968 herring-oil output in Norway and Iceland; (3) sharp increases in 1968 output in Chile, Denmark, and S, & S.W. Africa, possibly continuing at a lesser rate; and (4)large stocks in some producing coun- tries and relatively low prices may tend to discourage fishing. Estimated World Marine Oil Production Marine Oils: Whale- +++ + Sperm whale Fish (including liver) + + + Scandinavia Important Factor Assuming that Peru's output declined by 15%, and that no significant increases come from other countries, then any significant change in output must rest on likelihood and extent of a recovery in output from Norway and Iceland. Since a 10% improvement from their estimated combined 1968 output could more than offset the expected decline in Peru, any recovery beyond that would increase world output. Such an improvement is ex- pected, And, with possible increases by minor producers, would result in some increase, possibly 2-3% above last year. In case the estimated increase does not materialize, stocks are sufficiently large to cover near- term requirements. Whale Oil Breaking the downtrend that has persisted since 1961, production of baleen whale oil this year is expected to increase by about 5% from 1968's estimated low of 100,000 short tons. Any increase will be largely contingent on 46 fulfilling the Antarctic quota of 3,200 blue- whale units (BWU) at an average outturn of 21 tons per BWU. This year's Antarctic quota remained unchanged from the year before, when the catch was only 2,801 BWU. This yielded an average of 21.1 tons per BWU. Partly offsetting the expected increase in Ant- arctic production, pelagic output from the North Pacific may decline somewhat due to the International Whaling Commission's de- cision to reduce the catch of fin whales. Ja- pan, the Soviet Union, and Norway now pro- vide about 90% of the world output, largely from Antarctic catch. Sperm whale oil production which is sub- ject to the Antarctic quota agreement is not expected to differ significantly this year from 1968. However, itis expected to be 10% above the 1960-64 average. Soviet output has sharply expanded in recent years; it is now over three-fifths of the world total. Numerous small producers have either cut back or ceased operations. Most expansion in recent years has been in North Pacific pelagic catch, while output from shore stations outside the Antarctic has continued to decrease. Pro- duction from other major areas, including Antarctic pelagic output, remains at about 1960-64 average. Y ‘World Agricultural Pro- duction and Trade," Jan. 1969.) Thermal Pollution Endangers Fish Trout, salmon, and other fresh-water fish are increasingly threatened by hot effluents from industrial plants. Danger of ''thermal pollution" is greatest in rivers and streams where electric and other power plants dis- charge water heated to between 439-619 F, This often is deadly to fish, their eggs, and the organisms on which they feed. Thermo- nuclear plants generate very high temper- atures, making them a particular threat. Dangers of Heat Change Fish, as cold-blooded creatures, are ex- tremely sensitive to heat changes, particular- ly to sudden changes. During spawning, a temperature increase of only 2 to 3 degrees canbefatal. Increased temperatures also can be indirectly harmful, weakening the resist- ance of fish to disease, reducing the essential oxygen in the water, or augmenting toxic ef- fects of organic pollutants. EIFAC Recommendations The problem has been cited by the Euro- pean Inland Fisheries Advisory Commission (EIF AC) of the Food and Agriculture Organi- zation. EIF AC seeks to promote inland fish- eries in Europe. The 21-nation Commission is drafting international water-quality crite- ria to combat pollution affecting freshwater fish. Benefits from Heated Water EIF AC points out, however, that with cer- tain species, such as carp, controlled hot ef- fluents can be beneficial. They may provide warmth for better spawning andfeeding con- ditions and aidin maturation of eggs. Roach, a coarse fish now popular with European an- glers, actually thrives in U.K. streams where hot effluents remain tolerable. Carp Bred in Heated Water In Poland, where common carp usually do not propagate in natural waters, the report states, the species has reproduced success- fully in artificially heated Lake Lichen. Carp's tendency to congregate in heated ef- fluent outfalls has led to Soviet attempts to breed them in floating cages in heated water reservoirs. Thermal Pollution Endangers Salmon In North America, thermal pollution is considered a severe challenge to the great salmon runs of the Columbia River. A study of the biological effects of thermal pollution there is underway. Thetroutand salmon re- sources of northern streams in other coun- tries may besimilarly endangered. The work of EIFAC supplements that inthe U.S., where the latest report on water-quality criteria, by the National Technical Advisory Committee, emphasizes preserving fish stocks from in- ereased heat loads. (FAO News.) Japan & Canada Conduct Joint Whaling Venture The Atlantic Whaling Co., Saint George's, Nfld., was formedin July 1967 by Taiyo Fish- ing Co., Japan,and Fishery Product, Ltd., Canada. Ithas been performing successfully. The company is capitalized at US$100,000; Taiyo holds 49.5% interest. It catches and processes fin whales, and operates one chartered whaling vessel, 'Fumi Maru No. 15! (499 gross tons), out of the shore plant at Williamsport. Catch & Production In 1967, Fumi Maru caught 262 fin whales, exceeding an assigned quota of 250; in 1968, it fulfilled the reduced quota of 219, The whales are processed at the shore plant. The plant can process 4 whales and freeze 35 tons of meata day. The whale meat, exported primarily to Great Britain, also goes to other European countries, including West Germany and the Netherlands. A limited quantity is marketed locally. Export price for frozen whale meat is around $253 a ton. ("Suisan Keizai Shimbun," Jan. 30, 1969.) fal Japan & USSR Hold Crab-Fishing Conference A Japanese-Soviet crab conference began in Moscow on Feb. 6. The USSR called the conference to discuss Japanese crab fishing in connection with the Soviet Continental Shelf declaration announced Feb, 1968. Again, as in the 1968 Japan-USSR fishery negotiation in Moscow, the Soviets may at- tempt to ban Japanese crab fishing in the Northwest Pacific, on the basis of the Con- tinental Shelf concept. The Japanese delegation was led by Iwao Fujita, Vice-President, Japan Fishery Soci- ety. Minister of Fisheries Alexander Ishkov headed the Soviet delegation. (''Suisancho Nippo,'' Jan. 30, 1969.) 4T Fear Depletion of North Sea Fishery Resources Two-hundred scientists from 14 countries have warned that if drastic antipollution measures are not taken soon, the entire North Seaflora and fauna will be threatened. They fear that North Sea fishery resources will be destroyed in the near future, accord- ing to the official organ of the Soviet Ministry of Fisheries. The reportalso stated that the scientists have appealed to governments and international organizations to intensify re- search aimed at solving the problem of ocean pollution--especially North Sea. North Sea The report pointed to the highly developed industries and high population density of the North Sea coastal nations. Their rivers dis- charge huge amounts of wastes into the sea and into the extremely shallow coastal waters, where insignificant tidal phenomena prevent self-purification of the waters. ("Rybnoe Khoziaistvo,'' Nov. 1968.) Without specifically mentioning pollution, the Minister of Agriculture and Fisheries of The Netherlands has said that the North Sea virtually could be written off as a fishing ground. He noted that over the past 3 years herring catches have dropped 50%. The Netherlands Ministry is considering financial assistance for fishing enterprises forced to look for new grounds outside the North Sea because of this situation. (U.S, Embassy, The Hague, Jan. 31, 1969.) FOREIGN CANADA PLANS FISHERMEN'S SCHOOL A first-of-its-kind training school for fresh-water fishermen is being built at Hnausa, Manitoba, west shore Lake Winnipeg. Already itis attracting considerable interest from the fishing industry across Canada, The school is based on research findings indicating commercial fishing in Manitoba is changing rapidly; also, that it will change fur - ther when the proposed fish-marketing board paves the way for orderly marketing, more stabilized prices, better quality control, and more efficient operation, A comprehensive training program was needed because existing skills and knowledge in the fresh-water industry are below stand- ards necessary to attain maximum benefits from a change in marketing. When the new school opens this year, training will be tied in with real situations, using practical meth- ods, on the site of fresh-water fishing. Fish-Demonstration Station The schoolis afish-demonstration station to cover all phases of production--from ac- tual setting and lifting of nets through final product. Classroom and practical instruction courses will be aimed at imparting manage- ment skills and techniques necessary to oper - ate a station, The students willbe fishermen with some knowledge and perhaps limited ex- perience of fishing, They will be exposed to new types of fishing gear and advanced fishing methods in classroom and in the water. The firstclass of 25 has beenenrolled for a course beginning in March 1969, whenthe school and its facilities are scheduled to be completed. The school has adequate areato expand, ('Fisheries of Canada,' Jan, 1969.) KK OK CONFERENCE ON QUEEN CRAB SCHEDULED A 2-day conference onthe queencrab fish- ery was held March4-5 in Fredericton, N.B., Canada, Minister of Fisheries Jack Davis and New Brunswick Premier Louis J. Robichaud were guest speakers. The conference was sponsored by the Fed=- eral Department of Fisheries in cooperation with the Maritime Provinces, Quebec, and Newfoundland, It brought together specialists andindustry personnel for discussions about the development and management of the new fishery. Papers were presented on catching, processing, and marketing. Fishery Booms The phenomenal growth of the queen crab fishery on the Atlantic Coast was a highlight of Canada's fisheries in 1968. In the past 4 years, the catchhas grownfrom nothing to 10 million pounds in 1968. Landings are ex- pected to double in 1969, The queen crab fishery has provided a new source of revenue to many fishermen and plant workers, It is a valuable export commodity, (Canadian Department of Fisheries, Jan, 27, 1969.) Kok QUEBEC DOES NOT RENEW FISHING SUBSIDIES The Province of Quebec has not reinstated the ordinary fishing subsidies it dropped in fall 1968, when Federal fishing subsidies be- gan, even though the government abandoned its fishing-subsidy program inthe meantime. A Quebec official hopes that something can be worked out between Canada and the U.S. to alleviate the plight of Quebec fishermen. He adds, however, that no subsidy plans were under consideration at Quebec. (U.S. Consul, Quebec, Feb. 20, 1969.) OK OK 'GREENLAND TURBOT! PROMOTION BEGINS The Dept. of Fisheries and the Dept. of Trade and Commerce planto exhibit 'Green- land turbot! at the Pacific Fine Foods Fair in Los Angeles, June 1969, This is a move to promote acceptance as ‘Greenland turbot! of the fish previously marketed as 'Greenland halibut.' Late last year the U.S. banned sales of this fishas halibut. (U.S. Consul, St. John's, Feb, 14, 1969.) SA SA SA EUROPE Norway LANDINGS DECLINED IN 1968 In 1968, Norwegian fishermen landed 2.6 million metric tons of fish--15% less than in 1967. Chief cause of the decline was a 42% drop in the herring catch and an 11% drop in mackerel landings. Fortunately, 1968 was a good year for capelin, which are used for fish meal, This averted a totally disastrous year. ('Fiskets Gang,' Dec. 1968, No. 52.) 1/1968 2/1967 49 also somewhat sluggish during 1968, presum- ably because buyers abroad anticipated price reductions due to increasing Norwegian in- ventories. Despite substantial state pur- chases, stockfish inventories in mid-Feb. 1968 were about 12,000 tons (excluding 6,700 tons of state-purchased fish distributed to relief agencies), or one-half of a normal year's production. Judging by officially pro- jected production for 1969 and current mar- keting prospects for both prime and "African" quality stockfish, inventories could increase Quantity Value Quantity Quantity 1,000 Million 1,000 Metric Tons Kr, Metric Tons Million ; illi 1,000 Kr, Kr. Metric Tons eames 6 770 865 se eee 702 ORO OR 522 238 79 66 . 48 Seek Yar wis) 20 19 oe lfare! ve 17 eave) Wee) 6 « 91 202 158 1/Preliminary. 2/Revised Note: 7.135 Kr.=US$1. STOCKFISH MARKETING PROSPECTS ARE GOOD Commercial sales of Norwegian stockfish have shrunk drastically since spring 1967, and nothing indicates early improvement in marketing prospects. Some North Norwegian communities depend almost entirely on stock - fish production, so concern has been voiced repeatedly by the press, Parliament, govern- ment, and fishery organizations. Small Sales, Large Inventories The reduced sales are due almost exclu- sively to the drop in demand from Nigeria, the number one market for so-called "Afri- can quality" stockfish. Commercial deliver- ies, mostly to the Province of Biafra, de- creased from more than 17,000 metric tons -- 70% of all Norwegian stockfish exports --be- fore the civil war, to only afew hundred tons in 1968. Sales of prime quality stockfish were to about 18,000 tons during 1969 unless some is purchased by government and/or relief agencies. Government Assistance To maintain a minimum production of stockfish, the Norwegian Government has ef- fected measures, including interest-free loans and state guarantees to producers and exporters, These measures claimed nearly US$28 million in state funds in 1968 alone, including $9.5 million for state purchases of about 14,000 tons of "African quality" stock- fish. The rationale for them is to support North Norwegian fishing communities heavily dependent on stockfish production and to en- sure output of prime quality stockfish, which commands high prices in such European markets as Italy, Sweden, and Finland. Production | 50 Norway (Contd.): Commercial exports were less than 10,000 tons in 1968 since 7,000 tons of the total were state-purchased fish distributed abroad through the. World Food Program, the Red Cross, and the Norwegian Church's Relief Organization. Prospects Norway will produce an estimated 15,000 to 16,000 tons of stockfish in 1969. Nigeria cannot be expected to resume Stockfish pur- chases in the foreseeable future, and devel- opment of new markets in Africa cannot be anticipated in the short term. Therefore it is reasonable to assume that commercial exports of Norwegian stockfish in 1969 will remain at the 1968 levelof about 10,000 tons. This means that stockfish inventories will swell to about 18,000 tons at the end of the year if no measures are taken to dispose of surplus production. No suchplans have been announced by the government, but state guar- antees have been extendedfor a maximum of about 9,000 tons of the 1969 "African quality" stockfish production. (U.S. Embassy, Oslo, Feb. 21, 1969.) * OK OK MIXED REACTION TO U.K. TARIFF ON FROZEN FISH Findus, one of Norway's major fillet ex- porters, reports adverse effects onits fro- zen fillets exports to the U.K. since Britain imposed a 10% import duty late last year. Frionor, another firm, claims it is too early to predict ultimate effects of new duty on its 1969 exports to Britain. Before the 1967 pound devaluation Britain was Findus" largest market, taking some 34% of its total exports. After devaluation, fillet block exports dropped about 40%, while Fin- dus' volume of consumer-packed fish conti- nued at the same level even at considerably reduced prices. Before the 10% was intro- duced, Findus had succeeded in restoring sales to the pre-devaluation level. Under the new duty, Findus' customers can cover their requirements from other suppliers, mostly British, at prices with which Norway is unable to compete. Exports may be reduced even further if the 10% duty is maintained. To Hold U.K. Market Frionor says it has supplied only quality products at high prices. It believes Britain, a traditional market, will continue to require Norwegian fish. The Norwegian fishing in- dustry willnot withdraw, but will take neces - Sary measures to retain this important mar- ket. Although British fishermen may benefit competitively to some extent from the new duty, it may be that British demand for Nor- wegian products willbe such that adjustments to increase prices will be made. However, Icelandic products will become more com- petitive in the British market. Iceland has not been a member of EFTA, and so has not benefited in the past from the reduced duty under EFTA arrangements. (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, Feb. 20, 1969.) * OK BARENTS SEA HAS FISH CONSERVATION PROBLEM Rapidly diminishing resources of fish, particularly cod and related species, in the Northeast Atlantic is one big unsolved prob- lem, says Hallstein Rasmussen, Deputy Di- rector, Norwegian Fisheries Directorate. Fishermen seem unable to see beyond the present ample supplies of fish although there are some marketing problems abroad, nota- bly for stockfish. Scientific predictions of drastic catch reductions intheimmediate future seem to make no impression on fish- ermen, who scooped up large quantities of fish just outside the coasts of Troms and Finnmark during most of 1968. This appar- ent paradox of good fishing and small fish resources is explained by the fact that cape- lin, a majorfood for Barents Sea codand re- lated species, stayed just off the coasts of Troms and Finnmark for unusually long pe- riods in 1968. Catches of capelin for reduc- tion reached an all-time record in 1968-- over 0.5 million metric ton. Fish Scarce in Barents Sea In the Barents Sea proper, outside the Norwegian fishery border, fishing was very poor. The few trawlers, mostly Russian, kept as close as possible to Norwegian waters to catch fish. If and when capelin leaves Norwegian waters (as it often does), there will not be much other fish left either. Norway (Contd.): Resource Management Needed Conservation and replenishment of North- east Atlantic fish resources depend on much more comprehensive measures than those considered so far. One plan would have na- tions fishing in the Barents Sea reduce their catch from the current 400,000 metric tons annually to 250,000 tons, Even the latter fig- ure is too high in the opinion of many Nor- wegian marine biologists. The best solution, Rasmussen says, wouldbe a complete ban on trawling, at least in areas known as feeding grounds for fish before they reach maturity. There should be no reason to ban longlines and handlines because they are much more selective than trawls. (U.S. Embassy, Oslo, Jan. 24, 1969.) KORO NORWAY FORBIDS DANISH TROUT-EGG IMPORTS Norway and Sweden have forbidden the im- port of trout eggs from Denmark to prevent introduction of virus diseases, presumably infectious pancreatic necrosis (IPN). IPN appeared on some Danish trout farms during 1968. Effects of Ban in Norway A Norwegian sports fishermen's associa- tion at Lillehammer was forced to cancel an order for 300,000 Danish eggs. Other clubs and some trout farms will also be affected. Substantially increased trout egg output in Norway is planned to relieve the shortage. (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, Feb. 14, 1969.) KK OK EXPLORATORY FISHING IN GULF OF MAINE The Norwegian Institute for Marine Re- searchhas chartered the distant-water long- liner 'Pero! for a 2-month exploratory cruise between Cape Race, Newfoundland, and Cape Cod. The investigations were recommended following failure of the codfisheries off West Greenland last year. Funds totaling US$68,000 are available for the work. 51 New Fishing Grounds Pero sailedfrom Norway onJan. 25, 1969, with a skipper who has fished porbeagle on these grounds, They are largely unknown to Norwegian cod fishermen, who have not fished at such great distances from their home ports before. Later, the exploratory fishing will be extended to grounds off West Greenland, (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, Feb. 14, 1969.) Denmark GREENLAND'S 1968 SALMON CATCH IS WELL BELOW 1967's The 1968 catch of salmon in Greenland waters will probably total about 1,200 metric tons, or about 25 percent below the near- record 1967 catch of 1,588 tons. The 1968 inshore catch was less than half 1967's, Itis presumed the presence of colder water was responsible, The catch of the offshore fish- ery more than doubled. This resulted from the larger number of vessels fishing and the excellent weather through most of the season. Price Higher The price paid for Greenland salmon was higher at the beginning of the 1968 season than in the previous year. It increased as the season progressed. Because fishing was lucrative this year, offshore fishing effort can be expected to continue increasing. The joint tagging program of the Interna- tional Council for the Exploration of the Sea and the International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries was continued -- but few fish were tagged. Northumberland T-nets weretested again, with little success. This may have been due to ice and hydrologic conditions obstructing fish from coming in- shore. The low availability of fish in these waters is also indicated by poor results of inshore fishing by Greenlanders. (U.S, Em- bassy, Copenhagen, Feb. 4, 1969.) KOK OK 92 Denmark (Contd.): FAROESE FISHERMEN'S STRIKE SETTLED A strike by Faroese fishermen was called off Feb. 19, 1969, when they accepteda com- promise proposed by agovernment mediator. The fishermen had wanted an increase in minimum monthly wage to US$267 and a re- duction from 27 to 21 in long-line vessel crews. This would have increased each crew member's share of the catch. The full de- mands of the fishermen were not met, but the Faroese legislature has appropriated nearly US$1 million for minimum wage increases and for additional price support. Last Strike in 1954 The strike was the first in the Faroe Is- lands since 1954. It began in early Dec. 1968 when the fishermen's association refused to approve the sailing of vessels to the main Faroese fishing grounds off Greenland and Newfoundland. The strike, formally declared at the end of Jan. 1969, included most of the Faroese fishing fleet. (U.S, Embassy, Copen- hagen, Feb. 20, 1969.) OKO SMALL HADDOCK POSE PROBLEM Industrial fishermen from the North Sea port of Esbjerg found an abundance of small haddock when fishing resumed after the new year. Fiftypercent or more of most catches were haddock smaller thanthe minimum size limit of 270 millimeters (10.6 inches). The Danish Fisheries Inspection Service, acting immediately, fined 50to 60 Esbjerg skippers amounts up to US$800. It was thought that in- dustrial fishing in Esbjerg might have to cease entirely for a time. In late January 1968, incidence of illegal haddock in the land- ings had declined. Some cutters had located places where "pure" catches of herring could be taken. Fishermen Ask Relaxation of Regulations Fishermen's association representatives met with the Ministry of Fisheries to ask a relaxation of regulations. After the meeting the Minister of Fisheries said that no basic change could be made because the regulations had been set in cooperation withother mem- bers of the North East Atlantic Fisheries Commission. He promised, however, that skippers would be treated as gently as pos- sible under the circumstances. Potential Market for Haddock Although cod are highly esteemed as food for people, there is very little demand for haddock, Haddock were popular before 1930, but "went out of style" as a food fish after a period of scarcity; the market has never come back. Many haddock now abundant in the North Sea will exceed the minimum size in a few months, so there willbe a possibility of land- ing them as food fish. Although fish export- ers would buy more haddock in auctions, fish- ermen consider them more difficult to clean on board than codand plaice, and may not be- lieve the extra work worthwhile. Landings in Previous Years Total Danish haddock landings in 1967 were 24,000 metric tons; only 6,400 tons were used for food fish, the remainder for indus- trial use. Total 1966 landings were 47,000 tons; 8,000 tons were sold for human con- sumption. Haddock exports were 4,800 tons in 1967 and 4,700 tons in 1966; most was shipped fresh to West Germany, Sweden, and the U.K. (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, Jan. 21, 1969.) * ok ok FISH MEAL, OIL, AND SOLUBLES PRODUCTION, 1967-68 . .( Metric Tons). . 219,079 145,359 70,198 61,197 Fish Solubles . 25,892 30,865 (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, Feb. 26, 1969; Denmark's Statistical Dept. 1967 totals.) Sweden THE SHRIMP TRADE Sweden's West Coast Fishermen's Asso- ciation recently asked the government to re- strict shrimp imports, but in late Jan. the government decided not to act. Swedish fish- ermen landed 1,251 metric tons of cooked Sweden (Contd.): shrimp in 1968, compared with 1,154 metric tons in 1967. In addition, a small quantity of raw Shrimp has been delivered to canneries each year. Imports of shrimp in 1968 are estimated at more than 2,000 metric tons. Swedish Shrimp vs. Imported Almost all imported frozen shrimp sold in Sweden has been described as "Canadian shrimp." In Goteborg, some stores sell only Swedish shrimp, and some sell both Swedish, Canadian, and Norwegian shrimp. One re- tailer, refusing to sell frozen Canadian shrimp, has appealed to his colleagues to follow his example. ''Support Swedish fish- ermen--buy Swedishshrimp" is thetext on a streamer in the store window. Imported shrimp prices are from 20% to 30% lower than domestic. Swedish shrimp is generally considered tobe higher quality than imported shrimp. U.S, Exports The U.S. has developed a lucrative shrimp trade withSweden, In1968, the U.S. exported 487,181 lbs. of fresh, chilled, unpackaged shrimp valued at $474,147; 415,269 lbs. of fresh, chilled, packaged shrimp valued at $303,079; and 817,068 lbs. of frozen shrimp worth $540,849. (U.S. Consul, Goteberg, Feb. 6, 1969.) United Kingdom WHITE FISH AUTHORITY RAISES INTEREST RATES The British White Fish Authority has an- nounced new interest rates on loans made from Dec, 21, 1968. On loans forfishing vessels, new engines, nets and gear: Less than 5 years, 83 Jo--up % %. More than5, but less than 10 years, 83% - - up 4%. More than 10, but less than 15 years, 83%-- up 4%. 53 More than 15, but less than 20 years, 5 1 85% - -up sz %, On loans for processing plants: Less than 5 years, 9%--up 3%. More than 5, but not more than 20 years, 9% --up 5%. Rates onloans made before Dec. 21,1968, are unchanged. (''Fish Trades Gazette," Jan. 11, 1969.) West Germany A REVIEW OF WEST GERMAN OCEANOGRAPHY From 1962-1968, the German Research Association (DFG) provided almost US$1.25 million annually to supplement government funds for oceanographic research, This sup- port was greatly responsible for progress German scientists have madetrying to catch up to France and Britain--and to regain posi- tion of eminence once held by German ocea- nographers. The support of DFG, the Federal Govern- ment, and 4 coastal states resulted in con- siderable expansion of oceanographic efforts. During the 5-year period beginning in 1962, the number of scientists and technicians in- creased from 253 to 527. A fishery research vessel, 'Walter Herwig!(1963), research ves - sel 'Meteor! (1964), Bundeswehr research vessel 'Planet! (1967), and research cut- ters tAlkor* and 'Friedrich Heinicke! were launched to supplement the work of the 2 then-existing ocean-going research vessels, 'Gauss' and 'Anton Dohrn.! Growth Plans Germany's annual marine research budget is now only about one-third the French and British budgets. Despite this, Science Minis - ter Stoltenberg included marine research as a specialarea of his ministry and established the German Commission for Oceanography. The Science Ministry willfurther consoli- date earlier DFG-supported work through long-term planning and financing. Present plans call for 54 more scientists, about 100 04 West Germany (Contd.): more technicians, and construction of an 800- GRT research vessel and 3 research cutters. The research vessel would be used in the Baltic and North Seas and North Atlantic. The two cutters wouldreplace older vessels. European Pooling of Effort Programs are also under consideration to build artificial islands and place measuring buoys in the North Sea and Baltic Sea. Con- struction of a major laboratory, with wave- simulation tanks and rotation pools for hydro- dynamic experiments, faces financial prob- lems. DFG realizes that requirements for ocea- nographic instruments would not be great enough to encourage national industries in Europe to conduct research and development necessary to develop technology. DFG rec- ommends a pooling of effort by European industries to develop and manufacture com- plex oceanographic measuring equipment. (U.S. Embassy, Bonn, Jan. 28, 1969.) Netherlands FISHERIES MINISTER NOTES DECLINE OF NORTH SEA FISHING The North Sea can virtually be written off as an important fishing ground, said Nether- lands' Minister of Agriculture and Fisheries, P.J. Lardinois, in discussing his 1969 budget on Jan. 29,1969. In the last three years, the Minister noted, herring catches had been halved. He is now considering what financial as- sistance might be given to sound fishing en- terprises forced to look for new fishing grounds outside the North Sea. (U.S. Em- bassy, Hague, Jan. 31, 1969.) Iceland DECLINE IN HERRING DRASTICALLY REDUCES 1968 CATCH Iceland's 1968 fishing catch dropped to 554,000 metric tons, a 40% decline from 1967 and 55% from 1966, according to preliminary data. Most of the loss is attributable to the drastic decline in herring catches. These dropped from 895,600 tons in 1966 to 207,000 tons in 1968. (U.S, Embassy, Reykjavik, Jan. 16, 1969.) USSR COUNCIL OF MINISTERS PRODS MINISTRY OF FISHERIES The Soviet Council of Ministers has adopted a resolution titled "Additional measures to improve the efficiency of the fishing fleet and improve the quality and expand the selection of fishery products.'' The resolution notes that implementation of earlier council deci- sions to develop the fishing industry has strengthened its technical and supply capaci- ty, increased the fish catches, and improved the quality and variety of fishery products somewhat. Failures of Ministry of Fisheries Cited At the sarve time, because of weak lead- ership by the Ministry of Fisheries, the powerful fishing fleet is not being used ef- ficiently. Marketed products do not meet the consumer's demand for variety and quality. Steps to remove these shortcomings are not being taken. Output of edible fishery prod- ucts lags considerably behind the increase in catch. This has a negative effecton the eco- nomics of fishery enterprises. Consumer demand for live and frozen fish, filleted fish, fresh-salted herring, and cured, smoked, and delicatessen products is notbeing fully satis - fied. There is not sufficient volume in out- put of fishery products in packages with color - fully designed wrappings. Government Recommendations The government has requested the Minis - try of Fisheries to raise the efficiency of the fishing fleet. To achieve this, it is essential USSR (Contd.): to provide the fleet with an explored and stud- ied report of available fish stocks in the world ocean. The Ministry must develop and intro- duce, during 1969-1970, cost effective vessel - deployment schedules for every area of marine fishing. New types of vessels will be built and the fleet will be equipped with modern fishing gear and technological plants. Facilities to repair the fishing vessels’ technical equip- ment will be developed andtraining of quali- fied workers for ship repair trades will be expanded, To satisfy the demandfor high quality and great variety infishery products, the Ministry was instructed to increase the catch of valu- able species during 1969-1970, expand pro- duction of filleted fish and frozen semiprod- ucts (not fully manufactured) on fishing ves - sels, and to develop commercial processing of smoked, pickled, dried, cured, and deli- catessen fish products where they are con- sumed. By 1970, the Ministry also must as- sure an output of lightly and medium salted salmon products. ("Izvestiia,'' Jan. 28, 1969.) OK OK POLICIES OF FISHERY MINISTRY ATTACKED Two recent articles in a Soviet literary weekly attacked the Ministry of Fisheries and Minister A.A. Ishkov personally. The main charges were: (a) neglect of traditional inland fisheries; (b) excessive emphasis on marine fisheries, without due regardfor fresh-water fisheries; (c) inadequate antipollution meas - ures; (d) systematic overfishing inthe Sea of Azov. Marine vs. Inland The articles reported that from 1913 to 1967 total Soviet fisheries catch increased 600% but inland catch increased only 25%. The latter is a decline if one considers So- viet population growth. Marinefishing is un- economic and wasteful: cost of one metric ton for marine fish is 810 rubles (US$900), and forfresh-water fish 750 rubles (US$830), excluding transportation and storage costs. These are much less, if not negligible, for fresh-water fish since most of the catch is marketed on the spot. 55 The Fisheries Ministry's promotion policy is criticized as inadequate for encouraging the consumer to buy products from marine fish alien to Russian cuisine. Water Pollution Criticism was directed at the inadequate fight against water pollution. Ishkov's Min- istry was accused of inefficiency since "no one there does anything about it.". The Min- istry's fish breeding, transplantation, and acclimatization practices were also attacked. The critic charged that it makes no sense to transplant fish to polluted water, where the resource has been destroyed and nothing is being done to clean the water. The director of the Azov-Black Sea Re- search Institute for Fisheries and Oceanog- raphy is quoted as saying that nature, not man, is in control of reproduction and re- cruitment. We are far from influencing the qualitative and quantitative composition of fishery stocks through artificial fish-breed- ing operations. Overfishing in Azov Sea Overfishing in the Sea of Azov is said to have reached alarming proportions. Ishkov was criticizedfor evading the problem of the fishery kolkhozes (cooperatives) inthe area. Where there are too manyfishermen and too few fish, the result is widespread poaching and theft. Substantial quantities of fish, stolen from the kolkhozes, are soldat twice the reg- ular price. Moreover, the Fisheries Ministry was accused of giving out inaccurate Azov Sea catch statistics. Actually, they are twice as high because of poaching. Marine Fisheries Favored The Fisheries Ministry also was criticized for pushing expansion of marine fisheries without too much concern about stock deple- tion, growing number of coastal states claim- ing ownership of Continental Shelf and ex- tending their jurisdiction to 100 and even 200 miles offshore, andfor not having "one single specialist oninlandwaterbodies onits staff. ("Literaturnaia Gazeta,''No. 39, Sept. 25; No. 50, Dec. 11, 1968.) [Comment: The author of the articles, Eligii Stavskii, may be incorrect about the inland catchdata. According to official Fish- eries Ministry statistics, inland catch for 56 USSR (Contd.): 1967 was about 810,000 metric tons. If the 1913 inland catch was 843,000 tons, this is a decrease of some 4%, not an increase of 25%] a CATAMARAN TRAWLER TESTED SUCCESSFULLY IN NORTH ATLANTIC A twin-hulled researchtrawler displacing 1,000 metric tons was successfully tested for a month in the Barents Sea. It is the first trawler of its kind in the world. The Kalin- ingrad-built vessel already had undergone navigation tests in the Baltic, The Baltic tests proved the vessel easier to maneuver and more stable than convention- al trawlers. The test cruise in the Barents Sea, during heavy winter storms, was intended to show whether the vessel could operate under toughest weather conditions. The test was fully successful. Seaworthy Scientific data on the vessel's navigational qualities showed that water pressure against the bridge connecting the hulls never exceeded 1.5 atmospheres, even during the heaviest seas. This section can withstand pressures up to 5.5 atmospheres. At wind force 10 on the Beaufort scale (wind speed between 55 and 63 miles an hour), she listed an average of 3 to 5 degrees, witha maximum list of 12 de- grees. The deck remained dry, and the crew could work leisurely. On aconventional trawler, men could not have worked on deck for fear of being washed overboard. KOR * OCEAN PERCH CLEANING MACHINE IN PRODUCTION In 1967, the Vladivostok Machine Plant of the Far-Eastern Fisheries Administration manufactured the first machine for cleaning ocean perch. The gutting and cutting of ocean perch, a time- and labor-consuming opera- tion, usually is performed manually in Soviet fisheries. The semi-automatic production line, de- signed to process up to 180 fish per minute, virtually eliminates manual labor. Tested Successfully The machine was tested successfully aboard a freezer stern trawler of the Mari- time Fisheries Administration, probably off Alaska, Itisnow readyfor serial production. Four more semiautomatic ocean perch cleaning machines are nearing completion at the Vladivostok plant. ('"Rybnoe Khoziaistvo," No. 9, 1968.) KOK CONFERENCE ON FISH BEHAVIOR In late Feb. 1968, a conference onfish be- havior, as related to fishing techniques and tactics, was held in Murmansk. It was or- ganized by the Ministry of Fisheries to co- ordinate research on fish behavior, bring to- gether scientists working on similar subjects in different institutes, and to formulate rec- ommendations for future research. PINRO Director A. P. Alekseev once said that "Soviet scientists are not behind foreign fish behavior scientists in a number of sub- jects. Incertain subjects, for example in the formulation of theoretical principles and in the processing of collected test data, So- viet scientists are ahead of foreign scien- tists." Subjects of Research At Murmansk, 36 papers were presented on (1) fish behavior under natural conditions; (2) fish behavior in the area of fishing gear; (3) reactions of fish to an electric field, and to light, sound, and chemical stimuli; and (4) underwater research techniques. The papers will be published by the Min- istry of Fisheries. Some papers dealt with hydrostat ''Sever-1" and research on dis- tribution and behavior of cod and haddock at 500 meters just off bottom; hydroacoustic surveys determining behavior and distribu- tion of Pacific hake and ocean perch; use of hydroacoustics in locating tuna concentra- tions; reaction of squid to light; and fish re- action to air curtain. Several scientists de- scribed the use of an underwater stereophoto camera. Authors andtitles of papers are de- scribed in detailinthe No. 6issue of 'Voprosy Ikhtiologii! (1968), page 1117. USSR (Contd.): Recommendations Soviet fishery scientists stressed the need to study Continental Slope fish stocks down to 1,500-2,000 meters as essential. This is be- cause fishing on Continental Shelf already is fully developed--and availability of Shelf re- sources to Sovietfleets has decreased in re- cent years. The following major research subjects were recommended for study: fish behavior under natural conditions, reaction to physical and chemical stimuli, experimental research on nervous system activities infish, charac- teristics of vertical migration of fishes, and schooling behavior. OK OK WHITE STURGEON AND STERLET CROSSBRED Anextraordinary cargo--fryof anew hybrid produced by crossing the white stur- geon and the sterlet--was airlifted a few months ago to Moscow from Rostov. Having inherited excellent taste qualities and the outer appearance of its parents, the hybrid has some new properties of greatimportance: it is more capable of growing and developing, and can be bred in ponds, while sterlet and white sturgeon live only in running waters, The Rostov fry have acclimatized well in the ponds of the Moscow Region and grow in weight as fast as carps. (Novosti Press Agency.) KOK OK RESEARCH VESSEL CRUISES IN EQUATORIAL ATLANTIC In early February 1969, the Soviet ocean- ographic vessel 'Akademik Kurchatov' left Kaliningrad on a 3-monthcruise inthe equa- torial Atlantic. The scientists aboard will study ocean currents off Brazil, the Guianas, and in the Antilles. The vessel is expected to make portcalls at Rio de Janeiro, George- town (British Guyana),and some islands in the Caribbean, The expedition is headed by Dr. Vladimir Kort, the former Director of the Institute of 57 Oceanology of the USSR Academy of Sciences. ("Vodnyi Transport,'' Feb. 4, 1969.) OK OK RESEARCH CRUISE IN SOUTHWEST PACIFIC A main purpose of the cruise of the Soviet research vessel 'Vitiaz' is to determine the viability of large-scale fish farming to in- crease the marine catches. M.E, Vinogradov, Deputy Director of the USSR Science Acade- my Oceanology Institute and head of the ex- pedition, reported on the first 2 months in the southwest Pacific. What Scientists Did At scientific stations in the Gilbert Islands, New Caledonia, and the New Hebrides, the vessel's scientists used radioisotopes to de- termine certain aspects of the microfauna and microflora, tested the amount of nucleonic acid in fish to establish their growth rates; studied the vertical distribution of animals in the ocean using bathyphotometers to record the luminescence of sea organisms; meas- ured the formation rates of microfloraform- ing mineral salts and the rates at which the salts are consumed byfish and other marine animals. Other studies dealt with the role of bacteria inthe formation and development of marine food chains. French Advice During a call at Noumea, French New Caledonia, in early Jan., the Soviet scientists met with French biologists studying the South Pacific. The French advised the Soviets on selecting an appropriate research area inthe Coral Sea. Vitiaz resupplied in Brisbane, Australia, before continuing research in the equatorial Pacific. ('Izvestiia,"' Jan. 31, 1969.) The Soviet scientists were invited by Aus- tralians to visit the Great Barrier Reef re- search station on Heron Island, where they visited laboratories and conducted research onluminescence of corals andother animals. The cruise is completed, and M, E, Vino- gradov summarized its results in official Izvestiia asfollows. The expedition collected a unique complex of quantitative data on the biological productivity of the ocean. The 58 USSR (Contd.): growth rate of animals feeding on micro- scopic algae was determined for the first time. Previously, bacterial cells were not considered food because of their size, and to explain their role in plankton the scientists measured the amount of energy transferred from one food level to another, It was shown that bacteria form special agglomerations of great importance as a food component for small marine animals. Intensive plankton research with special nets, bathyphoto- meters, and radioisotopes determined the in- tensity of photosynthesis, and yielded for the first time a detailed picture of the vertical distribution of plankton. Large, stable ac- cumulations of animals, microorganisms and detritus were discovered at depths of sever- al dozen meters. These strata perform ex- tremely importantfunctions in the life of the ocean's upper layers. The material collected by the expedition will be used to design a mathematical model of the vital links between marine animals, and to compile a generalized "biological pro- ductivity map"' of the ocean. ('Izvestiia,' Feb. 20, 1969.) On her way to Vladivostok, the Vitiaz called at Nagasaki, where the Soviet CARIBBEAN Haiti SPINY LOBSTER EXPORTERS ORGANIZE TO FORCE DOWN EXVESSEL PRICE Three of Haiti's 6 spiny lobster exporters agreedin Jan, 1969 to pay only markedly re- ducedprices for spiny lobster tails--65 US cents a pound to independent fishermen, and 80 cents a pound to 'speculateurs,'’ middle- men who buy from native fishermen, Pre- vious price as aS much as US$1 a pound to fishermen, $1.10 to ''speculateurs.'' Success of effort is not expected to result in lower spiny lobster tail prices for U.S. importers. (U.S. Embassy, Port-Au-Prince, Feb. 7.) scientists met with their Japanese colleagues. IS SEAWEED A WEED? WHAT IS IT AND HOW DOES IT GROW ? Plants as useful as seaweed can hardly be considered weeds because weeds are com- monly defined as uncultivated (wild) plants that are useless, unsightly, and have no economic value. Seaweed is used as a food by millions of people, particularly along the Pacific Coast of Asia; it also serves as food for livestock. Seaweed has many other uses, for example, as fertilizer, medicines, source of iodine, and ingredients used in preparation of bread, candy, canned meat, ice cream, jellies, and emulsions. In the late 18th century seaweed was the primary source ofsoda until other sources be- came more economicaland practical. In these years, thousands oftons of soda were derived from sea plants. Attached seaweeds grow only along the narrow border near shore. Growth is depth limited because natural sunlight is needed for the photosynthesis processes of the plants. ("Questions About The Oceans,'' U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office.) LATIN AMERICA Brazil SHRIMP EXPORTS TO U.S. RISE SHARPLY U.S. imports of Brazilian shrimp in 1968 increased sharply over previous years, The trend is expected to continue, U.S, imports through November 1968 were almost 7 times the 1967 total, From 1960 through 1964, an- nual U.S, imports ranged from 7,500 to 57,450 pounds, In 1966, shrimp imports from Brazil were 473,223 pounds, Efforts by new interests forecast increases inproductionfrom Brazil's largely untapped shrimp resources, U.S. Imports1/ of Brazilian Shrimp 1/U.S. Import Statistics, U.S. Bureau of the Census. U.S. Interests Two firms were established at the mouth of the Amazon in Belem by U.S, interests, To- gether, these firms plan to export more than 4 million pounds of shrimp annually to the U.S, This would be almost 3.5 times as much as all Brazilian shrimp exports to the U.S, in 1968, Shipments will begin some time in 1969, Inthe state of Sao Paulo, one large firm and several smaller firms already are exporting 59 frozen shrimp to the U.S. The large firm re- portedly exported more than 500,000 pounds during second-half 1968. Shrimp-processing firms in Sao Paulo and elsewhere are interested in marketing their product in the U.S, and want to contact U.S, buyers and investors. (U.S, Consulate, Sao Paulo, Dec. 31, 1968.) Mexico PILOT FISHING PORT COMPLEX SUCCESSFUL Mexico's pilot fishing complex at Alvarado, Veracruz, on the Gulf of Mexico, operated successfully during 1968, Overall production was up from 1967 and, according to the direc- tor, would have been higher had 15 trawlers on order been delivered on time. (U.S, Em- bassy, Mexico, Feb, 19.) Fish and Fishery Product Production Boats operating ‘Boats under construction 60 * —— a from a Taiwanese longliner at Abidjan, Ivory Coast. Unloading frozen ("headed") bigeye tun (Photo: Peter Wilson, TABL, BCF.) lantic. The tunas weigh about 150 lbs. The vessel fished in the tropical At- ASIA Japan 1968 CANNED TUNA IN BRINE EXPORTS TO U.S. Japan exported 3,090,816 cases (48 7-oz. cans) of canned tuna in brine to the U.S, in 1968, This was 97% of the quantity which could be imported into the U.S. under the lower tariff of 11% ad valorem, The 1968 U.S. import quota for brine-packed tuna was 3,189,764 cases; any imports inexcess of that would have been dutiable at 22% ad valorem, Imports from other countries are esti- mated tohave been around 400,000 cases, for a total of close to 3.5 million cases, about 300,000 cases over the quota, The cut-off point for imports under the lower tariff rate was reached in mid-December: thereafter, about 500,000 cases were placed in U.S.- bonded warehouses, ('Kanzume Nippo,' Feb, 18, 1969.) kook ok FACTORYSHIPS LEAD BOTTOMFISH FISHERY IN E, BERING SEA Two trawl fleets, led by the factoryships 'Chichibu Maru,'7,472 gross tons (GT) owned by Nichiro Fishing Co,, and 'Kashima Maru,! 7,163 GT (Nihon Suisan), are operating in the Bering Sea bottomfish fishery. The factoryship 'Soyo Maru,!' 11,192 GT (Taiyo), fishing there until Jan, 18, returned home on Jan, 26, After undergoing hull ex- tension, she is scheduled to depart for the Bering Sea on Apr.10, and return home again in late November, Other Fleets Assigned Other factoryship fleets assigned to the Bering Sea fishery this year and scheduled departure andreturndates are: 'Hoyo Maru,' 14,094 GT (Hoko Suisan), mid-Apr., late Oc- tober; 'Gyokuei Maru,! 10,357 GT (Nihon Suisan), Feb, 23, Oct, 4; 'Shikishima Maru,' 10,144 GT (Nihon Suisan), Feb, 27, Oct. 7; 'Nisshin Maru No, 2,!' 27,035 GT (Taiyo), Feb, 1, late October; 'Seifu Maru,' 8,269 GT (Kokusai Gyogyo), departure date unknown, ('‘Suisan Tsushin,' Jan, 29, 1969.) Rte kok ok 61 BERING SEA BOTTOMFISH CATCH ROSE IN 1968 Bottomfish catch by 12 factoryship fleets in the Bering Seareached 819,000 metric tons in 1968 (see table), Alaska pollock, the principal species used in producing minced meat aboard factoryships, predominated with 686,000 tons, or about 84% of total fleet catch, reflecting the effort made inminced meat production, ("Ni- hon Suisan Shimbun," Feb, 24, 1969.) Bering Sea Bottomfish Catch Species 1968 | 1967 Cit. at Dasha pollocks svetace shane Blattiche ms «isis. a) sive Shae ACific Codeine « « 0 0% XILUG “sir oie" egies! os ald TEURBOL:! sith strat Sie) © ke) cle oye ABSUANE ABE she SHNID sok cis fe eepcre. seas are Sabietinhe see abe aly seman CWO’ Cia. OE ace CINC On) ahs ‘sferers. 6 o « « TUNA FLEET SIZE CHANGES LITTLE By the end of 1968, 1,161 Japanese ves- sels, excluding those used seasonally, were licensed for the distant-water tuna fishery, the Japanese Fisheries Agency reports. Fleet size has not changed much during the past 5-6 years. Vessel Sizes and Management Units, 1963-68 Gross Ton (No. of Vessels) Under 100 318 100-180 260 180-240 229 240-300 Over 400 Total Seasonally em- ployed vessels A downtrend in management units was marked by a decrease in number of enter- prises owned by individuals, and an increase in corporation ownership, For example, in 1968 individual ownership totaled 257 units, and corporation ownership 363 units, com- pared with 530 and 184 units in 1963, ('Kat- suo-maguro Tsushin,' Jan, 30, 1969.) * OK 62 Japan (Contd.): TUNA LONG LINERS BUILT Three new types of tunalong liners for the distant-water tuna fishery have been devel- oped and builtinthe pasttwoyears, Each has aslightly different characteristic, but all have been designed to provide greater maneuver- ability and safety in adverse weather, and to reduce manpower requirements through mechanization, Equipped with modern navi- gational instruments--radar, loran, direction finder, fishfinder, and facsimile communica- tion equipment--the new vessels are the most efficient Japanese tuna long liners presently in operation, "Pioneer'' Type The first, a Pioneer-type long liner, was built in Oct. 1967 by Kanasashi Shipbuilding Co, The vessel, between 299 and 345 gross tons, employs line haulers and other labor- saving devices, These reduced manpower to 18 crewmen, A newly developed freezing system improves the keeping quality of fish sufficently to bring an additional $378 a ton or more on the Japanese fresh-fish market. Over 20 new long liners of this type have been built already and are fishing southern bluefin off Australia, Kanasashi's newest vessel of this type is 'Chiyo Maru No, 18,'completed Jan, 22, 1969, Principal specifications: overall length171.9 feet, draft 11.8 feet, maximum speed 13 knots, cruising speed11 knots, freezing capacity 16 tons a day, complement 20, Double-Decked Long Liner The second new type is a double-decked long liner built by Narasaki Shipyards. The bridge of this vessel has been located in the afterdeck to improve Stability and provide greater fish-carrying capacity, Two recently built vessels of this type are now fishing southern bluefin off Australia, One is the 284-ton 'Zuiho Maru No, 11, completed in Nov. 1968. Principal specifications: length 142.7 feet, beam 27.6 feet, draft 11.6 feet, maximum speed 13.4 knots, cruising speed 12,1 knots, freezing capacity 50 tons a day. "All-Weather" Long Liner The third is an All Weather’ (AW) long liner built by Niigata Steelworks. The AW vessels, with abulbous bow to increase cruis- ing speed, were designed to operate under rough weather conditions in the high latitudes off southern Australia, Seven vessels inthis series are scheduled for construction in1969, Two are already in operation, The 255-ton 'Fuji Maru No, 68,' completed Jan, 31, 1969, has a length of 133.2 feet, beam of 25.9 feet, draft of 11.5 feet, and a cruising speed of 10.5 knots with a maximum 13,34 knots, She is equipped with a trolley-type semi-air blast freezing system. ‘ The second 255-ton AW long liner, 'Yaku- shi Maru No, 38,' recently departed on her maiden voyage to the eastern Pacific to fish tuna off Mexico, (''Suisan Keizai Shimbun," Feb, 28 & Mar, 4, 1969.) sle se ook * 3k A TUNA FISHERMEN HAMPERED BY SHORTAGE OF BAIT SAURY Part-time tuna fishery operators in Shio- gama, getting ready early in March to put in one more tunatrip before shifting to salmon, found it virtually impossible to obtain bait saury. Shiogama is a large fishing port in northeastern Japan, Scarcity of saury, caused by poor fishing in1968, had sentprices soaring. The fisher - men were unable to buy bait saury evenat the exvessel price of about US$454 a short ton, Normally, prices for bait saury are around $176-202 a short ton, By endof 1968, prices had risen to a high of $378. ("Suisan Keizai Shimbun,'' Mar, 4, 1969.) we ke we KOS OK SHRIMP FISHERY IS ACTIVE OFF SOUTH AMERICA About 50 independent Japanese shrimp trawlers, and a mothership fleet of 22 ves- sels, are shrimp fishing off the Guianas, northeast South America. Some independent trawlers are making money. But others, es- pecially those that entered the fishery in 1968, are still operating at a loss, This is due to their unfamiliarity with the grounds, and lack of crew experience with U.S.-built double- rigged trawlers. Nichiro Lost Money Because of those factors, and labor-man- agement problems, the mothership fleet Japan (Contd.): (owned by Nichiro Fishing Co.) lost about US$972,000 in 1968. Catches are averaging close to 500 pounds, heads off, per day, com- pared with around 350 pounds when the ves- sels first started fishing. ('Suisan Tsushin,' Jan. 22, 1969.) * Ke OK TRADERS SEEK COMPENSATION FROM PHILIPPINE FIRMS Nine Japanese trading firms are seeking compensation from 2 Philippine buyers for nonperformance of purchase contracts in- volving 316,500 cases (1-lb. tall 48's) of can- ned mackerel packed in Hokkaido, Japan. In Aug. 1968, the Philippine firms con- tracted for 450,000 cases of canned mackerel, but failed to set up letters of credit for 316,500 cases scheduled for shipment by the end of Jan. 1969. The Japanese are demand- ing penalty payments of $40,005 from one firm and $14,070 from the other, for 3 months! interest charge and storage costs. ('Suisan Tsushin,' Feb. 26, 1969.) SHRIMP IMPORTS DROPPED IN 1968 Frozen shrimp imports in 1968--35,204 metric tons valuedat about US$78.1 million-- were down 21% in volume and 2% in value from 1967. It was the first decline since 1961. Purchases from the Soviet Union slumped to 1,418 tons from 9,836 in 1967. Japan im- ports small red shrimp from the USSR and markets them peeled and cooked. The 5 leading shrimp suppliers in 1968 were Mexico, 5,769 tons worth US$14,577,158; Thailand,4,581; Communist China,3,769; Hong Kong, 3,628; and India, 3,164. Jan. 1969 Imports Jan. 1969 frozen shrimp imports--2,884 metric tons worth about US$7 million--were down 723 tons from Dec. 1968, and about 500 tons from Jan. 1968. Communist China with 664 tons, worth US$1,027,800,was leading sup- plier. Other major suppliers were Mexico, 530 tons; Thailand, 353 tons; Pakistan, 266; Hong Kong, 230; Indonesia, 161; India, 132; and South Korea, 53, ('Suisan Tsushin,' Feb. 5 and 25, 1969.) A 63 South Korea SETS PLANS FOR 1969 FISHING IN BERING SEA South Korea planned to send one 9,400- gross-ton mothership and about 20 trawlers to the Bering Sea on April 1, 1969, accord- ing to Japanese industry sources. The op- eration was to be sponsored jointly by the Korea Marine Industry Development Corp., Samyang Fishing Co., and Shin Hung Refrig- eration Co. A South Korean fishery official was reported saying that this year's expedi- tion is a commercial extension of experi- mental operations conducted in the past two years. He also said that the South Korean Fish- eries Office is arranging a low-interest loan totaling around 400 million won (about US$1.4 million) to help vessel owners pay pre-de- parture expenses. An official of the South Korean Embassy in Tokyo stated on Jan. 31 that the fleet will not fish salmon. ('Nihon Suisan Shimbun,' Jan. 31, and 'Shin Suisan Shimbun Sokuho,' Feb. 1, 1969.) The semi-Government Korea Marine In- dustry Development Corp.has been conduct- ing exploratory fishing in the northeast Pa- cific with 1 stern trawler since 1967. The catch was mostly Alaska pollock. The op- eration reportedly is paying off through sales on domestic markets. The 1967 and 1968 op- erations of the Samyang Fishing Co. were poorly organized and probably a financial failure. The Shin Hung Co. recently was ac- tive in exploratory fishing for shrimp off In- donesia. Reportedly, results were below expectations. Merger of operations of the 3 companies probably indicates the 2 private companies will rely more during 1969 on available government expertise and able management introduced into the Korea Marine Industry Development Corp. by its present general manager, Mr. Oh, former director of ROK's Office of Fisheries. be es FISH CARRIER LAUNCHED IN JAPAN A 1,000-ton refrigerated carrier, ordered by the South Korean Koyo Distant Water Fish- ing Company, was launched in early Novem- ber 1968 in Shizuoka Prefecture, Japan. The firm, largest in South Korea tuna fishing, 64 South Korea (Contd.): owns 21 tuna vessels--ten 300-ton, ten 200- ton, and one 190-ton craft. They operate in the Indian and Atlantic Oceans. In 1969, the firm plans to add two 500-ton fishing vessels as well as the 1,000-ton re- frigerated carrier, to its tuna fleet. ('Suis- ancho Nippo,! Nov. 6, 1968.) Oe, Pee 1968 FISHERY CATCH INCREASED 15.9% Taiwan Taiwan's fishery catch in 1968 was 531,045 metric tons, 15.9 percent more than in 1967. Type of Fishery -. . . (Metric Tons)... . eep-sea fisheries ..... « 241, 458 189,097 Outer coastal fisheries .... 208, 139 186, 543 Inner coastal fisheries . 24, 861 26, 316 Bishycullturenieilsieieieieii= 56, 587 56, 181 458, 137 Deep-Sea Catch Rose Most The deep-sea fishery catch was up 27.7% from 1967. This was the largest increase of any Taiwanesefishery. It was due principally to increased catches of tuna vessels added to the fleet in 1967 and1968. Included are 80,475 tons caught by foreign-based Taiwanese ves- sels fishing in the Indian Ocean and in the At- lantic, The 1968 landings of the overseas- based Taiwanese fleet were up 109.4 percent from 1967's 38,396 tons, Outer Coastal Catch Also Increased The outer coastal catch was up 11.6 per- cent from 1967. This resulted principally from increased sardine and mackerel land- ings (up 19 and 120%, respectively) and high- er shrimp catches (up 30%). (T.P. Chen, Chief, Fisheries Division, Joint Commission on Rural Reconstruction, Taipei, Republic of China.) Ceylon FISHERY DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM Ceylon is developing her fishing industry to increase the domestic fish supply and to expand the industry's economic base. Many coastal inhabitants depend on fishing for their livelihood. The government has been working to develop the industry through the Depart- ment of Fisheries and the Ceylon Fisheries Development Corporation. Cooperative so- cieties also may play a large part. Industry Objectives The functions assigned to the Ceylon Fish- eries Corp, paint a good picture of industry objectives. The corporation will undertake (1) Fishing operations including deep-sea trawling; (2) Fish processing, canning, cur- ing, drying and by-products; (3) Wholesale or retail marketing and distribution; (4) Con- struction and maintenance of fishery harbors and shore installations, including cold rooms; (5) Import and export of fish and fish prod- ucts; (6) Import and sale of gear, tackle, and other necessary products. (7) Assist the Fisheries Department or any other depart- ment; (8) Construct boats and other craft for the fishing industry; (9) Repair and maintain facilities for fishing boats. Current and Planned Projects Fleet developmentis of prime importance, The present fleet is composed of small, non- motorized craft and must return to port each day. The governmentis increasing the num- ber of small mechanized craft. Harbor de- velopment is necessary. Mutwal is the only harbor, and it is too small. Most landing points are merely along beaches, and this will continue for many years despite planned harbor construction. The government has started a pilot plant to cansardines and mackerel; a tuna cannery in North Ceylon is expected to open this year. The distribution system will be improved. Marketing termi- nals already exist at Colombo, the main dis- tributioncenter, Kandy, and Kurunegala. The socio-economic aspects of such a large de- velopment program have not been overlooked, (‘Mainichi,' Feb. 4, 1969.) SOUTH PACIFIC Australia CALL CRAYFISH ROCK LOBSTER, GROUP PROPOSES The Rock Lobster and Prawning Assoc, of Australia wants to change the name of cray- fish to rock lobster (spiny lobster in U.S.). The Association decided to change crayfish to rock lobster because of French proposals, put forward in the Codex standard, to use the name crawfish, If this were done, the As- sociation felt, the price of Australian cray- tails sold in the U.S, would drop. Uniform Names The standard names of southern crayfish (Jasus lalandei) and western crayfish (Panu- lirus cygnus) were adopted in 1962 by the Commonwealth-States Fisheries Confer- ence, A comprehensive list of uniform names for most commercial fish species was pre- pared at that same time. These names have been used in official publications, The main reason for compiling a list was to achieve uniformity in statistical data, Any change in uniform name must be approved by the Standing Committee on Fisheries, Common Names Although crayfish is the name most fish- ermen use for southern and western cray- fish, research workers call it spiny or rock lobster, It is marketed overseas as rock lobster (spiny lobster in U.S.). Overseas, crayfish normally means fresh- water crustaceans; lobster is usually the name for marine crustaceans with crab-like claws, There are no true lobsters in Aus- tralian waters. ('Australian Fisheries,' Jan, 1969; formerly 'Australian Fisheries News- letter.! Name was changed Jan, 1969.) 65 AFRICA Ghana RELEASES SOVIET TRAWLERS On Mar.1,Ghana released 2 Soviet trawl- ers and their crews held since Oct. 10,1968. A public statement on Mar. 3 announced that the 2 captains and 1 crew member will re- main in Accra to assist a Commission in- vestigating the activities of Air Marshal Otu. Allegedly he had attempted a coup d'état to bring back exiled former President Kwame Nkrumah, The Soviet trawlers were sus- pected of participating in the alleged plot. Ghanaian Statement The statement blamed 'obstructive tactics’ of the Soviet captains and crews for prolong- ing investigation of their intrusion into Ghana's territorial waters. The statement noted that Ghana's security was "not com- promised" by release of the Soviet trawlers and crews; also, investigations by Ghanaian security services were not influenced by diplomatic pressures, and the decision to release the Soviets was taken "entirely" on the Government's initiative, The statement added that Ghana desires friendly relations with the Soviet Union, but the powerful USSR must base her relations with Ghana on principles of equality, mutual respect, territorial integrity, and non-inter- ference in internal affairs, Language Barrier Inthe Otu hearings, the investigative Com- mission apparently ran into language prob- lems. On Mar.4, the 2 Soviet skippers could not testify because no suitable interpreter was available. The hearing, therefore, was postponed until Mar. 7, (U.S. Embassy, Ac- cra, Mar. 4, 1969.) Fines The 2 captains were fined about US$200 each for illegally sailing in Ghana's terri- torial waters, The trawlers left Takoradi for the USSR on March 4, 66 FOOD FISH FACTS The Dungeness crab is foundalong the Pacific coast from Alaska to southern California. It is named after a small fishing village, on the Strait of Juan de Fuca in Washington, where commercial fishing for this crab began. DESCRIPTION The Dungeness crabis light reddish-brown onthe back with a pattern of lighter streaks and spots. In some specimens, the anterior portion of the back is purplish. The underside varies from whitish to light orange, and the inner and upper sides of the anterior legs are coloredcrimson orpurple. The large, hard- shelled crab measures upto 10inches across the back and may weigh from 12 to 33 pounds. HABITAT Dungeness Crab Although the Dungeness crab is found along thou- (Cancer magister) sands of miles of coastal areas, it is only known to inhabit sandy and grassy bottoms below the tidal range. HISTORY OF FISHERY The Dungeness crab fishery is the oldest known shellfishery of the North Pacific Coast. Many years before the arrival of the white man, natives along the Strait of Juan de Fuca trapped crabs in crude homemade pots. The settlers were quick to realize the value of the Dungeness crab and began fishing for them. CRAB FISHING Fishing for Dungeness crabs is principally in offshore waters from 12 to 120 feet, with only incidental catches from estuaries. Occasionally crabs may be caught in depths up to 240 feet. Dungeness crabs are caught by pots and ring nets, using fresh or frozen bait such as razor clams, squid, or fresh fish. During the fishing season, fishermen move their pots according to the movements of the crabs; one week, crabs maybe foundin depths of 12 feet; the following week, they may be found in depths of 90 to 120 feet. FLOATS TRAP WITH BAIT- BOX f] L] 5 to 40 FATHOMS = \V ” 4, OF WATER ~ aS SL Ny a ON ZX = S cork FLoaT Te SO ed Gear used for catching Dungeness crabs. SOY Es (Continued following page.) Page 1 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 IAD INDEX UNITED STATES: U. S. Fishermen Caught 4,1 Billion Pounds in 1968 Worth $471.5 Million Gloucester Herring-Alewife Fishery Rises Sharply Study Spring Spawning of Georges Bank Had- dock Demand for Ocean Quahogs Grows BCF's ‘Oregon II! Finds Heavy Fish Concen- trations Off Louisiana Salmon & Steelhead Trout Culture Practiced Record Stocking of Fish in Great Lakes Scheduled East Coast Aquatic Plant Harms Clams and Oysters Wisconsin U, Opens Eutrophication Center Demand for Fresh Fish Increases in Midwest Food Buyers from Abroad to Attend U.S, Con- ference 1969 ‘International Code of Signals' Is Avail- able 'Seafreeze Atlantic' Sails on First Fishing Trip Fishery Legislation Proposed in Congress Oceanography: Vast Study of Atlantic East of Barbados Starts in May Bathymetric Charts Guide Mariners Camera Mounted on Diving Vehicle Saves Oceanographers Time Nation's First Estuarine Prediction Service in Maine to be Evaluated Survey N, Carolina Seabed Chart 'Fishermen's Paradise! in Everglades National Park Can Satellites Be Used to Measure Wave Heights? Foreign Fishing Off U.S, in February 1969 States: ifornia: Fish & Game Dept, Issues 1968 Annual Report Oregon: Willamette Steelhead Population Increased in State Program Governor Dedicates Ultramodern Elk Riv- er Salmon Hatchery Texas: 8,000 Tagged Shrimp Released A Preliminary Review of the Potential Deep-Water Fishery Off Texas Between 50 and 300 Fm., by R. Spencer Gaille ARTICLES Longlining for Swordfish in the Eastern Pa- cific, by Susumu Kato Method for Protecting Lake Trout Taken in Trawls, by Alfred Larsen and Warren Handwork South Korean Fisheries Off Alaska, by Virgil N. Crosby -BOOKS INTERNATIONAL: Government Experts Report on Expanded Nordic Economic Cooperation Prospects for European Industrial Fisheries 1968 World Fish Meal Production Was 6% Over 1967 FEO Fish Meal Exports Rose 20% in 1968 Index continued page 70. Page 45 46 46 47 47 48 48 48 48 49 49 50 50 51 51 51 52 52 52 52 93 53 54 54 54 55 56 56 56 57 57 57 58 59 59 61 oe ove. 69 INTERNATIONAL (Contd,): Marine Oil Production Thermal Pollution Endangers Fish Japan & Canada Conduct Joint Whaling Venture Japan & USSR Hold Crab-Fishing Conference Fear Depletion of North Sea Fishery Re- sources FOREIGN: Canada: Plans Fishermen's School Conference on Queen Crab Scheduled Quebec Does Not Renew Fishing Subsidies ‘Greenland Turbot! Promotion Begins Europe: Norway: Landings Declined in 1968 Stockfish Marketing Prospects Are Good Mixed Reaction to U.K, Tariff on Frozen Fish Barents Sea Has Fish Conservation Prob- lem Norway Forbids Danish Trout-Egg Imports Exploratory Fishing in Gulf of Maine Denmark: Greenland's 1968 Salmon Catch Is Well Below 1967's Faroese Fishermen's Strike Settled Small Haddock Pose Problem Fish Meal, Oil, and Solubles Production, 1967-68 Sweden: The Shrimp Trade United Kingdom: White Fish Authority Raises Interest Rates West Germany: A Review of West German Oceanography Netherlands: Fisheries Minister Notes Decline of North Sea Fishing Iceland: Decline in Herring Drastically Reduces 1968 Catch USSR: Council of Ministers Prods Ministry of Fisheries Policies of Fishery Ministry Attacked Catamaran Trawler Tested Successfully in North Atlantic Ocean Perch Cleaning Machine in Produc- tion Conference on Fish Behavior White Sturgeon and Sterlet Crossbred Research Vessel Cruises in Equatorial Atlantic Research Cruise in Southwest Pacific Caribbean: Haiti: Spiny Lobster Exporters Organize to Force Down Exvessel Price Latin America: Brazil: Shrimp Exports to U.S, Rise Sharply Mexico: Pilot Fishing Port Complex Successful Asia: Japan: 1968 Canned Tuna in Brine Exports to U.S, 70 INDEX (CONTINUED) Page Page I'OREIGN (Contd.): FOREIGN (Contd.): Asia (Contd.): Asia (Contd.): Japan (Contd.): South Korea: Gib oo Factoryships Lead Bottomfish Fishery in OS 66 Sets Plans for 1969 Fishing in Bering Sea E. Bering Sea G3 en. Fish Carrier Launched in Japan Gil G6 Bering Sea Bottomfish Catch Rose in 1968 Taiwan: Gil 5. Tuna Fleet Size Changes Little 64 1968 Fishery Catch Increased 15.9% G2 oo Tuna Long Liners Built Ceylon: OZ oo Tuna Fishermen Hampered by Shortage of 64 .. Fishery Development Program Bait Saury South Pacific: Ge Shrimp Fishery Is Active Off South Amer- Australia: ica Gomes Call Crayfish Rock Lobster, Group Proposes 63 .. Traders Seek Compensation from Philip- Africa: pine Firms Ghana: OS 65 Shrimp Imports Dropped in 1968 GB a« Releases Soviet Trawlers 69 . .INDEX WHY IS THE OCEAN BLUE? Not all sea water is blue. Water of the Gulf Stream, off the eastern coast of the United States, is a deep blue, but water of a similar current off Japan is so dark that it has been named Kuroshio(Black Stream). In other areas water may be various Shades of green, brown, or brownish-red. The sea is blue for the same reason that the sky is blue. The blue of the sea is caused by scattering of sunlight by tiny particles suspended inthe water. Blue light, being of short wave length, is scattered more effectively than light of longer wave lengths. Although waters of the open ocean are commonly some shade of blue, especially in tropical or subtropical regions, green water is commonly seen near coasts. This is caused by yellow pigments being mixed with blue water. Microscopic floating plants (phytoplankton) are one source of the yellow pigment. Other microscopic plants may color the water brown or brownish-red. Near shore silt or sediment in suspension can give waters a brownish hue; outflow of large rivers can often be observed many miles offshore by the coloration of suspended soil particles. The color of the sea changes constantly because of clouds passing across theface of the sun or because of the angle of the sun's rays passing through the atmosphere. Oceanographers record the color of the ocean by comparison with a series of bottles of colored water known as the Forel scale. ("'Questions About The Oceans,'' U.S. Naval Ocean- ographic Office.) fil Natural Resources of MONTANA THE NATURAL RESOURCES OF OUR STATES Take a statewide tour through the State of your choice via the Department of the Interior’s State Resource Booklet Series. Whether your interests are travel, recreation, scenic beauty, industrial development, recreational opportunities, or the programs for conserving the natural resources of the State, these booklets provide illustrated, easy- to-read answers. Available States listed on mail order coupon below. MAIL ORDER FORM To: Superintendent of Documents, fa] 2 c Ss Hy a 2 x » 2 248 AY; ; 3 a & i Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402 ie 3 3 ° zoz H Enclosed find $..... .. (check, money order, or Supt. of Documents coupons) a > = o2% H Please send me the copies | have indicated below: N a | oE8 — Alaska. | 1.91:Al 1s 65¢ | — Montana. | 1.91:M 76 50¢ a a Booz H — Texas. |11.91:T 31 45¢ | — West Virginia. 11.91:W52V 45¢ Q 8 Z.82 | _ Arizona. 1 1.91:Ar 41 45¢ | — Ohio. 11.91:0h3 45¢ r ie lelniO6 — Massachusetts. | 1.91:M 38 45¢ | — Washington. | 1.91:W 27 50¢ : a3 ' — Colorado. | 1.91:C 71 50¢ | — New Mexico. |1.91:N 42M _ 50¢ Poet at — Oregon. |! 1.91:Or 3 50¢ |} — Idaho. | 1.91:ld 1 50¢ H — Nevada. | 1.91:N 41 45¢ | — Utah. | 1.917:Ut 1 45¢ ' — California. | 1.91:C 12 60¢ — South Dakota. |11.91:So8D 65¢ — Indiana. | 1.91:In 2 45¢ | ~— Wyoming. | 1.91: W 99 65¢ Ren a el ee a ee ee ae, e roe as FOR USE OF SUPT. DOCS. Street address 4 . 5 ROTeCO Con ce oO CooL CCR Co : City, State, and ZIP Code ‘ erecerrorecpcheccnacohad err Eeocec a 391440 ONILNIHd LN3MNY3A09 ‘S'N Qivd $334 ONY 39Vvisod <— TO INSURE ACCURATE DELIVERY, PLEASE COMPLETE MAILING LABEL 72 MIAN in danger MAN ...AN ENDANGERED SPECIES? The latest conservation yearbook from the Department of the Interior takes a look at the ages-old battle between man and his environment. It considers the signs which indicate that both sides may be los- ing. In this book, the series embarks on a new theme—is man polluting, overcrowding, plundering and reshaping his own habitat into an environmental trap? This Yearbook, like its forerunners, is addressed to concerned citizens who seek to turn the environmental tide in favor of both man and Nature. 1. MAN... AN ENDANGERED SPECIES? Conservation Yearbook #4 100 pages, fully illustrated with 75 photos—55 in natural color. Catalog No. 1 1.95:4 $1.50 a copy. America’s rich natural resource heritage is the subject of this continuing story of conservation. 2. THE THIRD WAVE Conservation Yearbook No. 3 The title is based on the historic third phase of con- servation—the ecologic approach—or how all aspects of our environment interrelate and affect us. 128 pages, 175 photos, 118 in full color. Catalog No. 1 1.95:3 $2.00 a copy. 3. THE POPULATION CHALLENGE Conservation Yearbook No. 2 This outstanding publication examines the crucial deci- sions that must be made if we are to meet the challenge Mail Order Form To: Superintendent of Documents U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, D.C. 20402 Enclosed find $ ___ (check, money order, or Supt. of Documents coupons). Please send me: 1.—Man . . . an endangered species—$1.50 per copy. 2.—The Third Wave—$2.00 per copy. 3.—The Population Challenge—$1.25 per copy. 4.—Quest for Quality—$1.00 per copy. Name. Street City and State ZIP Code For Use of Supt. Docs. of our rapidly growing population and maintain a livable environment in years to come. 80 pages, 85 pho- tos, 38 in full color. Catalog No. I 1.95 :966 $1.25 a copy. 4. QUEST FOR QUALITY Conservation Yearbook No. 1 The widely acclaimed pioneer publication in the Interior Department’s Conservation Yearbook series presents the resource dilemmas facing a nation deter- mined to preserve and improve a quality environment. 96 pages, 209 photos, 72 in full color. Catalog No. I 1.2:Q3 $1.00 a copy. For prompt accurate shipment please fill in the mailing label below U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS WASHINGTON, D.C. 20402 OFFICIAL BUSINESS RETURN AFTER 5 DAYS POSTAGE AND FEES PAID U.S. GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE NE 64 nel enaent ARPT Saltcedar c.s Cascades 2 0 < - Street Address. . City and State ZIP Code [As the Nation's principal conservation agency, the Depart- ment of the Interior has basic responsibilities for water, fish, wildlife, mineral, land, park, and recreational re- sources, Indian and Territorial affairs are other major concerns of America's "Department of Natural Resources." The Department works to assure the wisest choice in managing all our resources so each will make its full contribution to a better United States -- now and in the future, #, UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES ~ Mouth of the Housatonic River showing Milford Point, the Nells Island marsh area, and the city of Stratford, Connecticut, in the background. (Photo: BCF, Milford, Conn.) The nutrient-richwaters of the bays, sounds, and nearshore areas that border our coast- line serve as nurseries for many important species of fish and shellfish; as a home for waterfowl and furbearing animals; and as a recreational and esthetic resource for man. Salmon, shrimp, shad, menhaden, and other fish and shellfish--which contribute two-thirds of the U.S. commercial fishing catch--come to feedand grow in these naturalnurseries until they are ready to move to deeper water as adults. Estuaries are truly the 'fish basket" of the Nation. ’ Estuaries are necessary anddesirablefor man's use. However, without protection based on sound scientific research, these areas can be damaged irreparably. Already, draining, filling, dredging, and pollution by pesticides and chemical and human wastes have altered drastically some estuarine areas. Estuaries should be managed to benefit all. BCF works with State and Federal agencies to protect these vital natural resources. BCF has 2 new films on estuarine resources and conservation: ''Estuarine Heritage," and "'The Biologist and the Boy.'' These were made in cooperation with the Gulf States Ma- rine Fisheries Commission using PL 88-309 funds. A catalog of films distributed by the BCF library system canbe obtained by writing BCF's Audio-Visual Services Unit, 1815 North Fort Myer Drive, Arlington, Virginia 22209. ha = i uae « oO Se) = > < = VOL 31, NO. 5 3 RX — Ny ed : me : S Vi COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Keview A comprehensive view of United States and foreign fishing industries--including catch, processing, market- ing, research, and legislation--prepared by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Gloucester, Mass. Il Managing Editor: Edward Edelsberg Production Manager and Associate Editor: Jean Zalevsky Associate Editor: Barbara Lundy Production: Alma Greene (Senior Compositor) and Mary Andrews The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries and The Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife make up The Fish and Wildlife Service of The United States Department of the Interior. Throughout this book, the initials BCF stand for the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Address correspondence and requests to: Commercial Fisheries Review, 1801 North Moore Street, Room 200, Arlington, Va. 22209. Telephone: Area Code 703 - 557-4246. Publication of material from sources outside the Bureau is not an endorsement. The Bureau is not responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions of these sources. Although the contents have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely, reference to source is appreciated. Use of funds for printing this publication was approved by the Director, Bureau of the Budget, April 18, 1968. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402. Price 60 cents (single copy). Subscription Price: $7.00 a year; $2 additional for foreign mailing. CONTENTS UNITED STATES Eventswangd “Erends <..4.<< « « 3 Joie) ot cious HB Late siepensticres “o 0.2.< O OCS Cecmeecsce: © GRA. A ARTICLES Names of Fishes, by Daniel M, Cohen ...... Shipping Live Dungeness Crabs by Air to Retail Market, by H. J. Barnett, R. W. Nelson, and Pe metiactes\ eect ss ipey ste wkelonehohone HSCS a a ee Oa ee ak ee ETE eee IWMI Es, wag” oe cai a he MP al ak eae-ie'e,.60e so “aceon FOREIGN Canada. mop wets ierter 6 EUODC mmr Aston cree, aire one terest s aiicite 6 errs Latin America ..... aatsiiauieciemene honeys So TNGHEY Phat ey SORTER ok REM REE So oe awe 4 DOULMBBACIIC ws odors ev u HOTS Meet iS ake eh ENTISLG Cee a rcive ete chop ona ee ee Mowe csi. eitoate. ele \e; eure Ill @ » 8 a 2 3 o q & n A, a H D a & Gs] is} 9G § 5 i i} ra i] a, 2 o es] D as 5 a Q =] HICKEL URGES GREATER DEVELOPMENT OF OCEAN RESOURCES As the world's population multiplies and moves closerto the oceans, the resources of the oceans become an important key to the future of mankind. The challenge of the sea "boses no insuperable scientific or technolog- ical barriers... . Our major need is for a recognition of the problem and a national com - mitment to meet it." This isthe major theme of the introduction by Secretary of the Interior Walter J. Hickel to a report urging adoption of that commit- ment. He asks the United States to develop the leadership necessary to meet the world's The re- port is titled 'Marine Resources Develop- needs for the resources of the sea. ment. . .A National Opportunity." Secretary Hickel writes that America's great agricultural wealth led to neglect of the sea's livingresources and to greater depend- ence onimports--rather thanto greater fish- ery harvests. He warns: ''We must reverse this trend. At stake is not simply our ability The real stake is leadership in a protein-hungry world." to feed our own people... . Department Qualified for Task The Secretary believes his Department is the logicalagency to play a leading role in the civilian part of such a new marine resources program. The Department "combines our Government's major capability for marine mineral exploration, recreation, and water quality and supply with its major capability for development, wise use and management of the living resources of the sea." Of all civilian Federal agencies, Interior Department has the largest interest in the ocean, Its budget for ocean affairs is about 35 percent of total Federal civilian ocean activities. These programs deal with com- mercial and sport fisheries, oil and gas, minerals, water quality and supply, and recreation, The Department has about 7,500 scientists and engineers working in resource research Not all of them deal with marine resource problems, but their skills and development. and experience can be brought to bear onthese problems when needed, They are trained in all the disciplines required to manage and develop the sea's resources: biology, geo- logy, pollution control, engineering, econom- ics and other social sciences, law, and international affairs, The Department has marine laboratories near all types of ocean environment. Most of these laboratories are associated closely with universities. The laboratories operate 21 large, seagoing, research ships and smaller vessels. UNITED STATES FDA Sets Interim Limit for DDT in Fish Residues of the pesticide DDT and its der- ivatives in all fish shipped interstate will be limited to 5 parts per million (ppm). This was the interim guideline announced April 22 by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). FDA Commissioner Herbert L. Ley said this ruling is intended to protect the public from excessive levels of DDT in fish while a scientific review is completed. Also, it gives the fishing industry a specific standard. Fish carrying residues higher than 5 ppm will be subject to seizure. Scientific Study The National Academy of Sciences-Na- tional Research Council has been asked to nominate a panel of experts to review the im- portance of DDT residues in fish. The5 ppm interim limit maybe changed after that study. Residues of DDT infish were not considered significant until recently because levels were generally low. Less Than 1 PPM in 90% of Fish Pesticide monitoring by FDA indicates that DDT residues are below 1 ppm in 90% of fish marketed in the U.S. Tolerances for DDT residues in other foods vary. Examples: the tolerance is .05 ppmfor milk, thatfor a wide variety of fruits and vegetables and the fat of meat 7 ppm. FDA has reduced some of these tolerances when experience showed lower levels were practicable. CS ) New Hatchery Technique Produces Cultchless Seed Oysters "Free" or "cultchless" spat (young or seed oysters) have been developed, report J. D. Andrews and L. W. Mason of the Vir- ginia Institute of Marine Science (VIMS). This may lead to improved oyster culture in the U.S. and abroad. "Spat are separated from artificial substrates ata very early age and grown in trays and tanks without cultch until large enough to plant on beds." The process was pioneered in 1967 by W. W. Budgeand associates at Pacific Mari- culture, Inc., Pigeon Point, Calif. Their suc- cess stimulated other hatcheries to develop their own method of obtaining ''free'' spat. VIMS and the Windmill Point Oyster Co. have developed and are improving ways of producing 'free"’ spat. The Technique After about 2 weeks of larval life, oysters attach themselves to a Substrate, such as an oyster shell. At VIMS, larvae placed within fine plastic netting or screens are forced to set on threads of the net. They are easily washed off the threads with jets of water. Sand grains orfine particles of shell are also acceptable to the larvae. Young 'free'' spat are grown in containers about 2 weeks on cultured food or centrifuged river water. Then they are moved to trays in ponds or rivers. Useful to Industry VIMS states that commercial hatcheries financed by public andprivatefunds have been struggling to compete in costs with wild spat- falls. A major expense has been washing and handling bulky shells used as cultch. "Now this step can be eliminated.'' Commercial shellfish hatcheries have been built in Canada, England, France, California, Connecticut, Massachusetts, New York, Oregon, and Vir- ginia. Many are shifting rapidly to produc- tion of "'free'' spat. Methods change often as each lab and hatchery tries to meetits needs. Benefits and Problems Many potential benefits and problems are associated with ''free'' spat, VIMS believes. Some consequences are startling. Millions of spat from one pair of oysters of any spe- cies can be shipped anywhere cheaply and efficiently. Fig. 1 - Experimental 18 x 40 inch plastic-coated tray with 5 square feet of bottom contains 265 cultchless oysters (1 bushel) without crowding. The larger legged tray contains miore free spat and permits experimentation on naturaloyster beds. Sim- pler open-mesh containers could be designed for suspension from floats, or seton stringers to hold 50 to 100 oysters per square foot through first year. Fig. 2 - Free spat grow intosingle oysters at one year, The oys~ ters grown in trays in York River from May through November (1968 year class) are ready to plant on natural bottom, The 5- quart bucket contained 120 relatively thick-shelled oyste Weighing about one ounce each, Average length is about 2> inches, as shownby 3-inch culling iron and 1-inch plastic mesh for lining trays, The well-shaped oysters will be marketable in One more growing season. A count of 1,200 per Virginia bushel excels James River stock; in the latter, 1,000 mixed one to 4- year-old oysters is rated good-quality seed. (Photos: VIMS) VIMS scientists believe this heightens the urgency of genetic studies of oysters, and the necessity to develop fast-growing, disease- resistant strains. Introduction of unwanted oyster species and their diseases may be- come critical and difficult to control. The French oysterman, who now offers European, Portuguese, and Japanese oysters, may decide to offer also Chilean and Aus- tralian oysters, for example. The French- man now pays one-tenth to one cent apiece for seed oysters; this depends ona wild set that fluctuates annually. W. W. Budge hopes to sell his spat for a penny apiece, or less, depending on quantity. Nursery Techniques Nursery techniques or methods of growing "free'' spat to sizes resistant to predators (crabs, fish, drills, starfish) are a serious problem for hatchery seed. Oyster spat, un- like clams, are not able to reattach or dig into substratum, so they are easily washed away or coveredby silt. ''The challenge now is to grow 'free' spat in trays or ponds to a size suitable for planting on oyster beds." The hobbyist who wishes to grow oysters in trays suspended from floats or front- yard pier may benefit from "free" spat sooner than Virginia's commercial oysterman, Half-grown wild seed oysters can be bought at about 10 for a penny. The hobbyist who buys a million "free" spat, to} inch--with a volume of perhaps one quart--should be prepared for rapid expansion of his tray space. Without losses, which are inevitable, one- inchoysters grownto 33 inches will increase in volume 25 times. In Virginia, ''free'' spat should be obtained in May to take full advantage of spring and summer growth during the first year. Aver- age conditions should permit marketing or eating tray-grown oysters in 2 years. "Chesapeake Bay has a relatively large supply of wild oysters for harvesting and transplanting," VIMS states. So hatcheries and ''free'' spat are probably not competitive here but maybe inLongIsland,N.Y. Interest is high in Virginia. & Below-Average Hawaiian Skipjack Season Forecast Hawaii's largest fishery - -that for skipjack tuna--may turn out to have another discour- aging season. Thisis predicted by scientists of BCF's Biological Laboratory at Honolulu. They forecast a 1969 catch smaller than the long-term average of 10 million pounds. The lowest catch of recent record was 6 mil- lion pounds in 1957; the highest was 16 million pounds in 1965. Ifthe scientists are correct, it will be the fourth consecutive catch below long-term average. Water Warms Late Their forecast is based on the time when the waters off Oahu begin to warm. Warm water of low-salinity is associated with good skipjack tuna seasons. This year, the warm- ing has begun late--''an ominous sign for the fishery." New Shoals Located During EASTROPAC Cruises Continuous traces of the ocean bottom made by BCF's 'David Starr Jordan! during EASTROPAC cruises have revealed shoals in the eastern Pacific not previously recorded onnavigation andoceanographic charts. These are: Depth (Fathoms) Position 870 10934! N., 111921! W. 1,285 10°17" N., 111920.8! W. 820 9920.5! N., 111920! W. 1,445 16°05! N., 107924! W. 1,100 6°05" N., 104947! Ww. 230 13°16.5"N., 118°53.0!" W. BCF La Jollabelieves: "This information should be of considerable interest to fisher- men since tuna tend to congregate at such shoals, although some of these spots are prob - ably deeper than those which aggregate fish." / \ Underutilized Species Have New Market Potential As Feed The potential U.S. demand for improved feed made from fish for marine mammals in zoos and aquaria has been estimated by BCF's Technology Laboratory in Seattle, Wash., at 20,000,000 pounds; the foreign market at 10- 20,000,000 pounds. The lab is developing such feed. There is also a potential market in feeding pets and ranch fur animals. BCF's Pacific Northwest Region says: "This type of product appears to hold great promise as a market outlet for such under- utilized species as hake and herring." BCF’s Seasonal Alewife Survey Is Underway — BCF's researchvessels 'Kaho' and 'Cisco! are conducting a coordinated fishery resource assessment survey along the eastern and western shores of southern Lake Michigan from April 29 to May 15, 1969. This survey is made each spring and fall to obtain life history and population dynamics information on alewife and other important fish stocks, such as chubs, salmonids, and yellow perch. The Kaho is operating off Waukegan, Il- linois, and Port Washington and Manitowoc, Wisconsin. The Cisco is operating off Benton Harbor, Saugatuck, and Ludington, Michigan. Kinds of Data Both vessels arefishing the standard bio- logical assessment net, a 39-foot North Atlan- tic whiting trawl with 3-inch mesh (stretched measure) cod end, Thedata collected include numbers of each species, total species and individual weights, scale samples for agede- terminations, sex ratios for all species, and stomach content information for salmonids. Abundance and availability information about commercially important species will be made available. Lake Oahe Commercial Catch Increases In recent years, commercial catches from Lake Oahe (South Dakota) have increased steadily in weight and value: Lbs. 297,400 548,300 754,000 In 1968, buffalo, carpsucker, and goldeye accounted for 90% of the catch. BCF-devel- oped floating hoop nets landed 19% of the total catch and 28% of the buffalo catch, though few were used. Some 1,200 lifts were made withthe modi- fied hoop nets, 4,000 lifts with standard hoop nets. The BCF-modified hoop nets were about 1.8 times more effective. They took an average of 117 pounds per lift compared to 65 pounds for standard hoop nets. This small-value commercial fishery con- tributes welcome income ina region of sparse population and limited income opportunities. cA <>. — +> - = Import Quota Set for Tuna Canned in Brine The quantity of tuna canned in brine that may be imported into the U.S. during 1969 at the 10% rate of duty is limited to 71,703,494 pounds. This is equivalent to about 3,414,452 eases of 48 7-oz. cans. Any imports above the 1969 quota will be dutiable at the rate of 20% advalorem. The 1969 quota is 7% great- er than in 1968, and 3.2% above 1967. The 1969 quota was reported by the U.S. Bureau of Customs. It is based on the U.S, pack of canned tuna during the previous year (1968) reported by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. U.S. Agency Loaned $10 Million to Fishing Industry in FY 1968 Between July 1, 1967, and June 30, 1968, the Small Business Administration approved 342 loans to the fishing industry (including fish processing and distribution) totaling nearly $10 million. The 2largest loancategories were $6,244,729 of "business loans," which went mostly tofeed manufacturers, and $2,134,049 in disaster loans, mostly to shellfish fisher- men, \ Bus, % : ay wsTRr Fishermen and Hunters Spent Record $168 Million in Fiscal 1968 Fishermen and hunters spent a record $168 million for licenses, tags, permits, and stamps during fiscal year(FY) 1968, Interior Department's Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife (BSFW) has announced, Itwas nearly $14 million more than the previous high in BY, LOGIT Fishing-license holders increased 930,670 to a new high of 23,060,332. Hunting-license holders numbered 14,931,270, up 245,538 over a year earlier. BSFW pointed out that license sales are not accurate measure of the numbers of hunt- ers and fishermen. In some States, sports- men must buy separate licenses, stamps, per- mits, or tags to catch different kinds of fish or game. Also, most States do not require persons above or below certain ages to buy licenses; and most coastal States do not re- quire licenses for saltwater fishing. Many persons hunt and fish in more than one State and so are counted more than once. The figures do show that hunting and fish- ing are increasing sources of recreation, Major Revenue for States License fees are a major source of in- come for States in carrying out theirfish and game programs. Statefish and game depart- ments certify the number of paid hunting and sport fishing license holders to BSFW for use in distributing Federal Aid in Fish and Wild- life Restoration funds to the 50 States. Water Standards of All 50 States Now Approved On April 29, Interior Secretary Hickel ap- proved the water quality standards of Kansas, the 50th state to join in a National effort to enhance and protect the quality of water re- sources, Secretary Hickelsaid: ''This puts us over the first big hurdle toward better water in this country. We now have a working basis for upgrading and protecting the water resources in all 50 states and the other jurisdictions involved. Some of the standards still needimprovement, andthere is abig job ahead in meeting all of them. But we are on our way." Standards alsohave been approved wholly or partly for Washington, D. C., Delaware River Basin, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands, and Guam. The standards of 24 states have been fully approved; the standards of other states were approved with some exceptions that remain to be worked out. Some State Levels Higher Non-degradation provisions in the stand- ards--designed to maintain water quality where it is now higher than the limits set by the standards--have been approved for 19 states, Puerto Rico, Guam, and Washington, 1D), Ce The standards program was authorized by the Water Quality Act of 1965. It covers all interstate and coastalwaters. Thestandards are Subject to both State and Federal enforce- ment, In addition to interstate standards, some States also have set Similar standards for intrastate waters. Coast Guard Says Boat Capsizings Claim Most Lives Boating accident statistics compiled by the .U.S. Coast Guard (CG) show that more lives have been lost because of boat capsizings than any other single cause. According to the Chief of CG's Office of Boating Safety, many of these fatalities could have been avoided had the victim known the right thing to do. What To Do CG states that a boat's occupants often are not injured when thrown into the water. Most drownings thatfollow capsizings result from improper actions by the victims. CG offers a few rules to save lives: (1) Use CG-approved lifesaving devices; (2) Stay with the boat;(3)Keepcalm. ''By staying with the boat, a person thrown into the water in- creases his chances of being spotted by res- cuers. Statistics show that in most cases swimming ashore is the wrong thing to do." By regulation, CG-approved devices, one for each person, must be carried on every motorboat, ‘When not being worn, they must be readily available. Crewmen and passen- gers should know how to use them." Coast Guard Recommends Marine Radio Distress Procedure The U.S. Coast Guard emphasizes that proper marine radio procedure is vitally important to the vessel in distress. A dis- tress Situation often produces confusion. Existing procedures for communications by marine radio can be helpful. The best thing a crew can do is to keep calm and follow the procedures. International Distress Procedures The International Radio Regulations, up- dated by the International Telecommunication Convention (Geneva, 1959), designate the proper format fordistress calls. Theformat is simple: The word 'MAYDAY"' 3 times on a distress channel, 2182 kilohertz or 156.8 megahertz; followed by ''THIS IS"; the NAME of your vessel, 2 times. This should be fol- lowed by vessel's POSITION, a DESCRIPTION of vessel, and TYPE OF ASSISTANCE re- quired. Also include any other IMPORTANT INFORMATION. Repeat call often, until an- swered. If no one replies, continue the call for help. The Coast Guard states that all crewmen should be familiar with the procedures of making a distress call. Everyone should be briefed about the radio and its proper use in an emergency. Marine Technology Society Conference Slated for Florida June 16-18 The Marine Technology Society will hold its fifth annual conference at the Fontaine- bleau Hotelin Miamj Beach, Fla., June 16-18. Theme: ''The Decade Ahead: 1970-80." The planners expect 2,500 people to at- tend--ocean engineers, marine systems managers, scientists, and oceanographers. Speakers will include Vice-President Spiro Agnew. Conference cosponsors are the Florida Commission on Marine Sciences and Techno- logy, the University of Miami, and the Inter- national Oceanographic Foundation. Na fe & Green Dye Treats White Spot Disease in Catfish Auburn University is using a green dye to cure the fatal white spot disease in catfish. The dye, VictoriaGreenS Extra Concentrate, is made by the GAF Corporation, a New York- based chemical producer, which reported the dye's use on catfish, White spot is caused by a one-cell proto- zoan that attaches itself to the catfish--and literally gets under its skin. White spot disease has been known to destroy an entire fish crop within a few months. Dr. Ray Al- lison, a fish-disease expert at Auburn, says he has not figured out how the dye does the job, but that it does. "Tsk" GAF reports a survey of Alabama catfish farmers indicates many farmers are using the green dye to combat "Isk" (short for Ichthyophthirius) as the parasites are com- monly called. The dye has a germicidal ef- fect on the parasite; it destroys the life cycle. The catfish farming season runs 10 months, Fingerlings stocked in ponds in February reach marketable size of about one pound each by late fall. ('Oil, Paint and Drug Re- porter,' April 28.) BCF'S WOODS HOLE LAB PARTICIPATES IN PROGRAM FOR BLIND CHILDREN The Connecticut Valley Shell Club in Springfield, Massachusetts, has under- taken the very worthy project of helping blind children become acquainted with sea shells. Shells donated by club members, organizations, and interested in- dividuals are assembled by the members and evaluated for possible use by students at the Perkins School for the Blind in Watertown, and the Walter E. Fernald State School in Waverly. Thenthe shells are examined by a rehabilita- tion counselor of the State Commission for the Blind for usefulness and "interest by sense of touch'’, The selected specimens are incorporated into one or 2 collections. One collection (teaching collection) consists of 50 specimens, each of sev- eral different kinds. Each child examines by touch the same species of shell while the instructor describes it and relates its biological habits, uses, etc. The other collection consists of adisplay series which contains only one speci- men of many different kinds ofshells. These are assembledand kept inspecial styrofoam cases. Each shell is numbered in braille to correspond with the numbered master list, also in braille, which gives the name of each shell. Personnel at the BCF Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, Mass., are proud to have supported this projectin a small way by collecting mollusk shells from the New England fishing banks. Fishery Legislation Proposed in Congress House Votes to Extend Marine Resources and Engineering Development Council On April 21, the House of Representatives passed H.R. 8794. This would change the ex- piration date of the National Council on Ma- rine Resources and Engineering Development from June 30, 1969, to June 30, 1970. The bill also reduced the annual appropriation from $1,500,000 to $1,200,000. On April 22, the House-passed bill was referred to the Senate Committee on Commerce. Senate Action On the same day, Sen. Magnuson, Wash., introduced for himself and others a Senate bill to continue the Council (S. 1925). He feels the Council must continue its work without interruption until at least June 30, 1970. He noted that the Council has appointed 5 com- mittees to undertake studies in marine sci- ence and technology and to submit recom- mendations. The Committees are: the Committee on Multiple Use of the Coastal Zone, on which the Council is placing greatly increased em- phasis, headed by the Assistant Secretary of the Interior for Fish & Wildlife and Marine Resources, and committees on Marine Re- search, Education and Facilities; Ocean Ex- ploration and Environmental Sciences; Food From the Sea; and International Policy in the Marine Environment. Council Publications Sen. Magnuson also pointed out that the Council solicited the views of non-Federal organizations and individuals with capabilities in marine science. It then awarded 24 con- tracts to various industries, research organi- zations, and institutes for technical and highly specialized studies. Fifteen have been com- pleted and are available, for anominal charge, from the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information, Springfield, Va. 22151. Two more, 'Gulf of Mexico Research and Environmental Programs,' and 'Legal Aspects of Great Lakes Resources,! shouldbe available soon. 'Multiple Use of Lakes Erie and Superior! is nearing completion. Passage of Water Pollution Control Amendments Nearly Unanimous By a record vote of 392 yeas to 1 nay, the House passed H.R. 4148 amending the Fed- eral Water Pollution Control Act, and agreed to amendments that: 1) direct the Secretary of the Interior to make a Study of any and all methods of financ- ing the cost of preventing, controlling, and abating water pollution; 2) provide for the presentation of awards to private industry andlocal governments for excellence in their water pollution programs; and 3) providefor aGreat Lakes water control demonstration. The House rejected amendments that sought to: 1) place controls on the effect of thermal pollution by nuclear reactors; 2) provide for the establishment of a na- tional pollution disaster area; 3) delete the sections regarding training grants and contracts and scholarships from the bill; 4) prohibit the States from enforcing anti- pollution regulations against any vessel sub- ject to provisions of the act; and 5) bar the dumping of dredgings into the Great Lakes by the Army Corps of Engineers. Fishing Fleet Expansion Sen. Magnuson also introduced a bill to provide a new maritime program (S, 1915, Apr. 22). Studies and negotiations with ad- ministration andindustry officials were held ona similar bill in the 90th Congress (S. 2650). Sen. Magnuson said the new bill will broaden eligibility for construction subsidies. It also will provide an extension of the tax-deferred capital reservefund program to all U.S.-flag operators in the foreign and domestic trades, and to fishing vessel operators. At present, the program is in effect for the subsidized operators. Reimbursements to Commercial Fishermen On April 18, Sen. Hart, Mich., introduced S. 1889. This bill would provide partial reim- bursement for losses incurred by commercial fishermen as a result of State-imposed re- strictions on commercial fishing. --Barbara Lundy OCEANOGRAPHY Map Seabed Off Northern California An imposing undersea ridge and canyons more than a mile deep are depicted on a new bathymetric map of the seabed off Northern California published by ESSA's Coast and Geodetic Survey(CGS). The map covers about 13,000 square statute miles ofsea bottom and extends from 87 to 107 miles seaward off California from the Oregon border to Point Delgada. It is the most detailed bottom to- pography of the area ever published. The map is one ofa series planned by CGS for the seabeds off the Atlantic, Pacific, Alaskan, and Gulf coasts. Ridge & Canyons The major undersea features shown in- clude part of the Mendocino Ridge and the Mattole, Trinity, and Eel Canyons. About 85 miles of the ridge, one of the most outstand- ing underwater features off the coast, are seen. The ridge's steep north side rises sharply 7,000 feet from ocean floor 25 nautical miles off Punta Gorda and extends due west 2,000 miles. The ridge's sloping south side drops over 8,300 feet at a point southwest of the Gorda Escarpment. The Mattole Canyon starts ata depth of 32 feet about a ; mile from shore and drops to 6,500 feet within 20 miles. The Eel Canyon begins at 250 feet 6 miles from shore and falls to 8,200 feet within 20 miles. The Trinity Canyon begins at 3,900 feet 22 miles from shore and drops to 9,800feet within 22 miles, PYRAMID POINT fq POINT ST. GEORGE ge ici PVA. C EAI C OCEAN EEL CANYON =F MENDOCINO CANYON CALIFORNIA GORDA ESCARPMENT MENDOCINO RIDGE SPANISH CANYON 1308N-12 SSB DELGADA CANYON p Imposing undersea ridge and canyons more than a mile deep are depicted on new bathymetric map of seabed off northern Cali- fornia published by ESSA's Coast and Geodetic Survey. CGS Maps The bathymetric maps are designed to aid Federal, state, andindustrialinterests in ex- ploring and developing the potential resources of the Continental Shelf. 10 Foreign Fishing Off U.S. in March 1969 NORTHWEST ATLANTIC Good weather in March permitted excellent coverage of foreign fishing from south of Nova Scotiato Cape Hatteras. A totalof 218 Soviet, Polish, Spanish, Japanese, Norwegian and East German fishing and support vessels were Sighted. This was 17% more than the 182 sighted in Feb. 1969, Soviet vessels--125 early inthe month and about 175 by the end--included 20 factory sterntrawlers, 135 medium side trawlers, 6 factory base ships, 6 refrigerated transports and cargo ships, 1 tug, andltanker. (InMarch 1968, about 125 had beensighted off southern New England, New York, and New Jersey.) During first week, 70 medium side trawl- ers and 10 support vessels were dispersed north and south in a 30-mile area, 20 to 40 miles east of Oregon Inlet, N.C., to 20 miles east of Cape Hatteras. Moderate catches in open deck storage areas appeared to be sea herring. By midmonth, 95 medium side trawlers and 5 factory base ships were in a 15-mile area, 17 to 20 miles east of Oregon Inlet. Huge catches of herring, which filled open deck areas on most trawlers, alsowere heapedin open storage areas on Several huge factory base ships. By the third week, fleet had increased to estimated 165 vessels--143 medium side trawlers, 10 support ships, and 12 factory stern trawlers. Some 148 were in a 35-mile area, 35 to 50 miles east of Currituck Sound, Factoryship 'V. Putintsev' nested with refrigerated transport 'Visili Perov'; 'SRTM 8-407" alongside. These vessels are on shrimp grounds in Portlock Banks. OFF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND Soviet: Early in March, 15-20 sterntrawl- ers fished along the 50- and 100-fathom curve, from southof Nantucket to southof Block Is., R.I., just beyond eastern boundary of 'no fish- ing' zone, in ICNAF subarea 5, Catches, primarily red hake, included some herring. By third week, about 10 had shifted to areas off North Carolina and Virginia. The others remained south of Nantucket. OFF MIDATLANTIC Soviet: The largest fleet concentration was off North Carolina and Virginia; only afew scattered vessels fished off New Jersey. (Photo: Branson) N.C. Huge catches of herring on the side trawlers were being placed directly into bar- rels. Some catches were So excessive, cov- ering all deck areas, that fish were unloaded directly fromthetrawler. Alarge bucket was used to hoist the fish aboard the base ship. The base ships and transports also held huge amounts of fish in open storage areas. About 10 factory stern trawlers (previ- ously fishing red hake off southern New Eng- land in subarea 5) fished in deeper water a few miles east of the main concentration. Moderate-to-heavy catches were observed on board, Several hauls were estimated at 25,000-35,000 pounds, A group of 17 vessels caught moderate amounts of herring 50 to 55 miles east of Chesapeake Bay. Late in March, an estimated 100 Soviet vessels--mostly side trawlers, with 11 base ships and support vessels--were located about 60 miles east of Chesapeake Bay en- trance. Polish: Early in March, 5-6 large side trawlers and 1 factory base ship were 30-35 miles east and southeast of Cape May, N.J. Smallcatches of herring were observed. By third week, they had shifted south to joina small group of Soviet vessels 50-55 miles east of Chesapeake Bay. Large catches of herring were observed, Late in month, 22 large side trawlers and 1 factory base ship (with goodcatches of her- ring) were sightedina15-mile area, 60 miles southeast of Cape May. Japanese: 5 sterntrawlers were sighted. On March 18, 2 were 60 miles south of Mon- tauk Point, L.I, On March 24, all 5 were about 70 miles southof Nantucket. Nocatches were noted, Spanish; On March 18, 10 pairtrawlers-- 4 stern and 6 side trawlers--worked along northeast peak of Georges Bank. No catches were observed, although this is a productive cod area, Several U.S. fishing captains re- ported 40 vessels (stern and side trawlers) working southeast part of Georges Bank from mid-February to early March. (About 30 Spanish vessels had been reported on eastern slopes of Georges Bankin March 1968.) This number had decreased to 6 or 8 by mid-March, East German; Early in March, a single freezer sterntrawler was sightedin the large Soviet fleet off North Carolina, Norwegian: On March 18, the long liner 'Koralhav' was sighted on winter fishing grounds of Georges Bank. No catches were noted, U.S.-USSR MIDATLANTIC FISHERIES AGREEMENT No Soviet vessels were observed in the 'no fishing’ zone. Three to 5 vessels often con- ducted support activities in the Long Island loading zone. 11 GULF OF MEXICO & SOUTH ATLANTIC No foreign vessels were reported fishing in March 1969, OFF CALIFORNIA Soviet: One sterntrawler was sighted not fishing about 25 miles off Eurekaon March 5, On March19, the sametrawler, 3 other stern trawlers, and one side trawler fished 15-18 miles west of San Francisco Bay. No catches were observed, The research vessel 'Professor Deryugin! was in Los Angeles harbor, March 21-26, to take on fuel, water, and food. She also picked up U.S. gear for hake population survey she is conducting with BCF and Scripps Institution of Oceanography. She will be off California and Baja California for about 6 weeks. OFF PACIFIC NORTHWEST Soviet: Two fishing vessels were sighted in March--Professor Deryugin on way to Los Angeles and a stern trawler fishing off Oregon, Nocatches were observed, (16 ves- sels were sighted in March 1968.) Japanese: Twolongliners were sighted 3 times. During first week, quantities of what appeared tobe oceanperch were observed on one vessel. (In March 1968, there were 2 stern trawlers and 1 long liner.) OFF ALASKA Soviet: Between 160 and 165 fishing and support vessels were sighted in March, about the same number as in February. Effort in the central Bering Sea herring fishery de- clined as the eastern Bering Sea king crab fishing and Gulf of Alaska shrimping began. (In March 1968, about 100 Soviet vessels fished off Alaska.) The 60% increase in March 1969 was due to expanded effort in both central Bering Sea herring fishery and eastern Bering Sea flounder fishery. Inprevious years, the eastern Bering Sea flounder fishery had declined in March, This year, about 70 vessels--25 factory trawlers, 30 medium trawlers, 13 factoryships and re- frigerated transports, and 2 other support vessels--worked throughout month, Besides flounder, small quantities of Alaska pollock 12 were Seen in catches of some trawlers. The fishery's longer-than-normal duration at such a high level may be due to the fact that fishing for pollock began as flounder catches declined. Pollock are used mostly for fish meal, Herring catches in central Bering Sea may not be falling off as sharply as inthe past. The number of vessels did not decline as rapidly as in previous years. At month's end, there were about 23 stern trawlers, 25 medium trawlers, 12 factoryships, refrigerated transports and other support vessels. For- merly, only a few vessels still remained at the end of March. The 18 medium trawlers fishing bottom- fish--primarily arrowtooth flounder and sablefish, and possibly Alaska pollock--off Continental Shelf edge in eastern Bering, de- creasedto 12 during month, Most of departing vessels moved into Gulf of Alaska to fish shrimp. In mid-March, 1 factoryship and 3 tangle- net setting trawlers started eastern Bering Sea king crab fisheryonthe Continental Shelf edge north of Alaska Peninsula, By late March, a second factoryship, 3 more net-set- ting trawlers, and probably 2 exploratory vessels had joined them. This fishery was conducted at the 1968 level. Twofactoryships and 10 mediumtrawlers had begun fishing shrimp on Portlock Bank, east of Kodiak Is., in Gulf of Alaska, by end of March (about 2 weeks later than in 1968). Japanese; Vessels increased from about 30 at end of February to about 125 by mid- March, The increase was due to arrivals in eastern Bering Sea minced fish meat and meal fishery--and to start of annual eastern Bering Sea crab fishery. The ocean perch fishery continued at ex- tremely low level. Gulf of Alaska fishing was over by month's end, but about 4 sterntrawl- ers were Still fishing in eastern Bering Sea, In early March, eastern Bering Sea trawl fishery for flatfish and Alaska pollock in- creased from 1 factoryship and 6 trawlers to 3 factoryships, about 76 trawlers, and 2 reefers, This fishery centers on and along Continental Shelf edge just north of Unimak Pass, Twelve trawlers, supported by at least 1 factoryship serving as a refrigerated trans- port, continued herring fishery in central Bering Sea northwest of Pribilofs (close to Soviet herring fishery). The annual crab fishery on Continental Shelf, north of Alaska Peninsula in eastern Bering Sea, began in 2nd week of March with 2 factoryship fleets. One fleet used only pots (pots are very selective for tanner crab); the other, primarily fishing pots, also used tangle-net gear. The 2 factoryships are li- censed to be accompanied by 30 trawlers or schooners, which serve as pot tenders and tangle-net setters. The catch of one fleet, observed during a boarding, was about 90% tanner crab and 10% king crab. Long liners fishing sablefish in Gulf of Alaska, off southeast Alaska coast, increased from 2 to 4 during the month. STATES Alaska 1969 HERRING PROSPECTS Prospects for the Southeastern Alaska her - ring-egg-on-kelp fishery are poor, reports BCF Juneau. This fishery is centered at Craig, Hydaburg, and Sitka. In 1966, it pro- duced 660,000 pounds worth $496,000 ina fishing season of only a few hours, Herring spawning inthe Craig area is down with only 6 lineal miles of spawn--compared to an average of 12 miles; deposition on the commercially desirable kelp is limited. Although spawning occurs slightly later in the Hydaburg and Sitka areas, the situation appears the same. But catches of herring for sac-roe are likely to increase in Alaska's south-central area. The 1968 Kodiak herring catch was 2,524 tons. A similar fishery will be con- ducted in 1969, Also, negotiations have been completed for Prince William Sound herring to be delivered to Korea in dry-salted form, Koreanfacilities willextract the roe, and the carcasses will be prepared for markets in other ways. Experiments This Year There will be considerable experimenta- tion this year with methods of inducing her- ring to spawn on artificial surfaces--which are tobe recovered later as a form of spawn- on-kelpand salt curedfor a Japanese market, In the Kodiak area, a plastic ribbon will be tried as a substitute for kelp. Also, kelp shipped in from California will be placed in spawning locations. In Prince William Sound, a similar experiment will be tried using dried kelp brought from Japan, % OK OK LIFT BAN ON AIRSHIPPING LIVE CRABS The 1969 Alaska State Legislature lifted the ban on airshipping live crabs, Back in 1964 the legislature passeda regu- lation making it unlawful to ship live crab 13 from Alaska. It was feared then that large vessels with live tanks would transport crab to Seattle, Wash., for processing, This would eliminate jobs for Alaskans, Primary proc- essing of crabs became mandatory within Alaska, BCF's Alaska Region believes ''the reason- ing is still valid. However, the air shipment of live crabs is an entirely different concept. The crabs would be landed in Alaska ports by Alaska licensed fishermen, prepared for ship- ment by Alaska labor, sold and shipped by Alaskadealers andcarried by airlines serv- ing Alaska, Over the last several years im- provement in aircraft serving Alaska and technological developments in packaging and handling live crabs has opened the way for a large and lucrative market for prime Alaska Dungeness crabs," "RISH-LIFT'" PLANNED TO INCREASE SALMON RUNS California The California Department of Fish and Game (DFG) has launched a very large "'fish- lift'' to help young salmon down the Sacra- mento River and to bolster future runs of king salmon, DFG Director Ray Arnett said in April that about 15 million fish--weighing 167,000 pounds--will be hauled from state and Federal hatcheries in special fish-plant- ing trucks and released in the Sacramento- San Joaquin Delta near Rio Vista over the next 5 months. The program started Aprill. It will con- tinue through mid-September 1969 as part of DFG's stepped-up management program to rehabilitate the Central Valley's king salmon resources, Salmon Runs Drop Salmon runs have declined inrecent years. This caused serious concern for the future of this vitalresource, whichcontributes greatly to sport and commercialsalmon catches on the Pacific Coast. This year there was a slight increase in spawning runs, 14 George Warner, Chief of DFG's Anadro- mous Fisheries Branch, said: ''Tests over the past few years have shown that Sacra- mento River salmon fingerlings trucked downstream to the Delta for planting return in larger numbers than those planted at the hatchery. Accordingly we are going to move fish downstream from Nimbus and Feather River hatcheries, and the U.S. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife alsohas agreed to plant 50 percent of the fingerlings from Coleman National Fish Hatchery down- stream," Warner noted that the downstream mi- grationis a critical period for juvenile salm- on, The downstream release will increase their survival and later contributionto salm- on catches. Greater returns of adult salmon to the spawning grounds also are expected. Apparently because of the time they spend in homestream waters at hatchery rearing ponds, the salmon trucked to release sites show justas strong a "homing instinct'' when they return from the sea as those released at the hatchery. Warner added: ''We believe this program of raising salmon to the 90-to-the-pound size and trucking them downstream will do much to restore our salmon runs," June 1 Biggest Day The biggest single day of the operation will be June 1, 1969. Then, 15,000 pounds of fish from Coleman Hatchery will be trucked to Rio Vista for release. Of the total 15 million fish, about 9 mil- lion will be from the Federal Coleman Hatchery, and 6 million from the state-op- erated hatcheries at Oroville and Nimbus, Other phases of the accelerated manage- ment program include quickened 'program of screening irrigation diversions to prevent loss of downstream migrants; fish salvage operations at the state and Federal pumping facilities in the Delta; coordinated hatchery management; and agreements with water -de- velopment agencies to improve flows during critical migration periods on the San Joaquin River," OOK OF STURGEON YIELDS TAG ATER 13 YEARS A sturgeon tagged in San Pablo Bay by California's Department of Fish and Game (DFG) was caught by a Sacramento angler 13 years and 115 dayslater. Itwas a record for tagged sturgeon in California. The angler promptly returned the tag to DFG and asked for information about the sturgeon, DFG told him that tag Number B5812 was affixedto a 62-inch sturgeon on Nov. 17, 1954. Its biologists said they would have to examine the fish closely to be sure of its exact age. However, they guessed it was 29 to 32 years old when caught on March 12, 1969, about one mile south of the Richmond-San Rafael Bridge. It was 77 inches long and weighed 102 pounds. Oregon FISH COUNTING IS NOW TELEVISED The television screen at Willamette Falls Fishway in Oregon City, Oregon, is full of fish, reports BCF's Northwest Region. Anew process is being used to count adult salmon returning fromthe Pacific Ocean through the Columbia on their way to Willamette River spawning grounds. Counting fishto inventory and identify an- nual runs of salmon--chinook, coho, sockeye and steelhead--has always been an important job on the Pacific Coast. For many years at the Columbia River dams, alert women Sat at stations to watch the fish asthey passed. The women identified and tabulated them as they flashed across a horizontally placed, white counting board set near the exits of fish lad- ders. Now a closed-circuit TV camera, con- nected to a digital counter with a video-tape machine, is usedto record the salmon as they migrate upstream. The New Technique At the Willamette Falls Fishway, in 1968, it was found that by placing a TVcamera and video-tape equipment in the fish ladder, one person in about one hour could count fish passing during a 24-hour period. Specially adapted triggering equipment makes it pos- sible for the fish to turn the video tape re- corder on and then off as they pass in front of the camera, The new method was developed by the BCF Columbia Fisheries Program Office in Port- land, The Fish Commission of Oregonis cooperating with BCF, How It Works Robert D, Pollock, hydraulic engineer with BCF, was instrumental in developing the TV video-tape technique. He explains that the fish counting and TV recording system is ac- complished as water passes through 2 stain- less steel tunnels; the inside walls of these tunnels are insulated. Electrodes are im- bedded into the inner surface of each tunnel to make electrical contact with the water. The water's conductivity betweenthese elec- trodes forms a very weak electrical shield. When a fish penetrates the shield, the circuit is broken, the video tape machine activated, and the fish is on TV, The conductivity bridge principle to count fish was developed initially by BCF Seattle, A fish-viewing window set between the 2 tunnels, placed end to end, allows a passing fish to trigger the first tunnel--and to activate the video-tape machine, As the fish proceeds past the second tunnel, the tape machine is automatically shut off. If the fish does not pass through the second tunnel, an automatic timer canbe set toturnoff the video machine at any selected time. This system provides 24-hour surveillance, It has the added ad- vantage of being able to stop motion on play- back to give positive fish identification, Past experience has shown that fish pas- Sage is periodic, It may occur at various times during the year and during the day, The night count is 2 to 8% of the day count, By using video tape, it is possible to compress the maximum day's fish passage into about a one- hour reel, without fear of human error. Identification of salmon is made perfect by replaying the tape any number of times. For greater economy, the tape canbe erased auto- matically and new pictures taken onthe same roll, Studies by the Fish Commission of Oregon and by BCF showed that as much as a 20% 15 fish-counting error had been experienced on Columbia River dams, UsSe of a side-view window and TV video-tape counting reduces the chance of error to a minimum, mK OK OK STATE PLANS TO DEVELOP WILLAMETTE!'S SALMON POTENTIAL A 10-year program to develop the potential for ''self-sustained natural production" of Willamette River salmonand steelhead through intensive adult and juvenile planting was announced on April 16 by Robert W. Schoning, director, Oregon Fish Commission, He said the opportunity exists nowto provide the sport and commercial fisheries of the Pa- cific Coast with an additional annual harvest of about 800,000 naturally produced fall chi- nook and coho salmon and summer and winter steelhead, Contributing to this opportunity were re- cent improvements in water pollution control and water quality standards, and the correc- tion of many fish-passage problems in the Willamette system. Most important is the $4 million fishway BCF and the Fish Com- mission have undertaken at Willamette Falls, "the historic natural barrier toupstream mi- gration of summer and fall run salmon and steelhead," The Potential The contribution to Oregon alone from natural production inthe Willamette River can be increased 500%, the Fish Commission be- lieves, The annual processedvalue of Ore- gon's share of the increased commercial catch would approach $875,000. The in- creased sport harvest in Oregon would gener- ate about $1.5 million spending a year by sport fishermen and provide 150,000 angler- days. This great potential could be developed by 1979 for about $1.4 million to rear and trans- plant adult and juvenile fish into the Willa- mette system, Whenthe program is complete, "the sport and commercial benefits to Oregon are expectedto exceed annually the total cost necessary to achieve full development by ale} Planting Program Underway The Fish Commission already has a plant- ing program for these species. Since 1964, 16 the commission and the Fish and Wildlifee Service have developed successfully a nucleus run of fall chinook in the Willamette above the falls. Many adult and juvenile coho salmon and winter steelhead from commission hatch- eries also have been transplanted into the Willamette sysem. The results are obvious. Fall chinook, coho, and winter steelhead are returning to spawn in Willamette River tributaries" his- torically devoid of these fish,.'' The 1968 runs of fall chinook and coho passing Willamette Falls were the largest on record. However, the commission says the Willa- mette's unused potential "is so great that even at the currentrate of progress there is no hope of achieving full development for all species in lessthan 30 years or more''--un- less money and existing developmental efforts are increased appreciably. Otherwise, Director Schoning says, Oregon will continue to forfeit for an unnecessarily long time much of the annual self-sustained economic and recreational benefits that full development would provide. Catfish Farming Has Promise for South Catfish farming, a new multi-million dol- lar agricultural enterprise, is opening up economic opportunities for many people inthe southern United States, it is pointed out by the Soil Conservation Service of the Department of Agriculture. This is real fishfarming--planting, feed- ing, harvesting and marketing the fish on a scientific scale--and not just turning loose some catfish in a farm pond and charging a fee for fishing. Farmers, who in the past planted a few catfish intheir farm ponds, are discovering that with a little management they canraise aprofitable crop of fishevery year. Some of those who have gone into commercial catfish farming are producing as much as 1,200 to 1,600 pounds of fish per acre of water with net returns of from $70 to $250 per acre. There is, as far aS we know, only one catfish hatchery inSouth Carolina--the Wad- boo Hatchery at Moncks Corner... . They fowners] started operating in March of 1968 and have already sold 130,000 finger- lings from the hatchery, the selling price being a penny aninch. They say they could have sold three times as many fingerlings if they had only had them. The fingerlings went to persons who wished them for stocking their fishing ponds and to other persons who wished to raise them for eating. The catfish, primarily the channel and blue species, are marketed through fee fishing, restaurants, fish markets and processors. Farmers either purchase or raise their own fingerlings and stock them in larger ponds in early spring. The fish arefed a high pro- tein pelleted food throughout the season and are ready for harvest in the fall at weights of from one to two and one-half pounds. Some farmers keep them on feed for another year and market them at two and one-half to four pounds, SCS technicians have helped many farmers throughout the South with information on se- lecting pond sites, design, and construction and on the management requirements needed to successfully raise catfish. They point out to prospective fish farmers that operation on a commercial scale takes a sizable invest- ment and demands managerial skills. The typicalcatfish farm consists of about 20 acres of surface water divided into about eight ponds ranging from one to four acres in size, although a few large scale farmers have as high as 400 acres under water. At present there are more than 20 million pounds of catfish on feed throughout the south- east and frozen food processors are eying markets outside the South for a product they feel will compete with other foods. (This article is reprinted from 'South Carolina Wildlife,' Spring 1969.) Texas SHRIMP CREWMEN TRAIN AT FREEPORT A shrimp crewmentraining venture unique in Texas shrimpingis underway at Freeport. Called the National Fisheries Training Center No, 1, it was established in November 1968, It is the first devoted solely to the overall training of apprentice rigmen for the Texas shrimping fleet. Under a contract awarded by the U.S, De- partment of Labor to the Freeport Shrimp Association, a consortium of boat owners has been formed to participate in the program, The owners are sponsoring the training pro- gram and placing qualified trainees on board their boats during the on-the-job phase of the training schedule. Origin of Program This venture resulted from the realization by boat owners and individual boat captains that they had 2 prime difficulties: 1) There was a decided lack of men who could be re- cruited as crewmen. 2) Boat owners and captains were unable to furnish, on a recur- ring basis, the training required by the inex- perienced personnel they were able to recruit, These people often lasted only 1 or 2 trips. Moreover, the time and facilities available for even rudimentary training of inexperi- enced personnel while on a trip seriously affected normal shrimping operations--to the point where trip costs rose and size of catch diminished, The Disadvantaged Quite apart from these difficulties was the training and jobs program under the auspices of the National Alliance of Businessmen to find gainful, permanent employment for dis- advantaged people. Inthiscategory are male youths who are job hoppers, school dropouts, and who are on a low rung of the economic ladder, Their outlook went no farther than 17 qualifying for the relief rolls. At this point, through the efforts of the Department of Labor, the NAB, and the Freeport Shrimp Association, the training program for the dis- advantaged came into being, The Training Program Training at the National Fisheries Train- ing Center No. 1 began in February 1969, A secondtraining center is being established at Tampa, Florida, for the Florida Shrimp Asso- ciation, Applicants for the training center are certified by the State Employment Service, They enter the course of instruction at the rate of 10 a week at 2-week intervals, The first phase consists of on-shore training at the training center site and dockside. This is followed by 44 weeks of on-the-job training aboard an assigned shrimp boat, Instruction includes the history of shrimp- ing, net work and net repair, trawls and rigging, handling the catch, piloting and nav- igation, communications and voice proce- dures, engine and machinery maintenance, seamanship, safety at sea, and life at sea, Audio-visual aids play an important part. Because of the nature and background of the trainees, a considerable part of the train- ing effort is devoted to social counseling to develop positive, success attitudes. Trained counselors of long experience are part of the instruction staff. When needed, remedial in- struction in reading, writing, and arithmetic is conducted, Technicalinstruction is aimed at producing trainees who, when the on-shore phase is completed, will have attained the status of apprentice crewmen--and full- fledged rigman status when on-the-job train- ing is completed, Trainees are paid at the rate of $1.60/hr. for a 40-hour week at the training center and during the 44 week on-the-job-phase, They also share in the catch, ARTICLES NAMES OF FISHES Daniel M. Cohen Commercial fishermen, the food process - ing industry, anglers, scientists, writers, Federal and State agencies, students and teachers and many others use names of fishes. Communication about these animals is im- paired because some kinds of fishes have no names, others have more than one name, and some names are usedfor morethan one kind of fish. The obvious solution would be for every species of fish to have one name that was universally recognizedas referring to it alone. This article briefly discusses some of the causes of the confusion surrounding fish names, Because they are essentially less complex, let us first consider scientific (Latin) names. The rules for theformation and use of scien- tific names are governed by the voluntary ad- herence of zoologists to the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, most recently revised and published in 1964. In essence, the Code tells us that a zoologist whofinds a species that lacks a scientific name may describe the species and give it a Latinized name (subject to certain rules and recom- mendations). The name is composed of two parts. Let us take as anexample the goldfish, Carassius auratus. Carassius is the generic name; one or more species may be included in the genus and will have Carassius as the first part of its scientificname. Thesecond part, auratus, is the specific name and refers to only one species of Carassius. Both names together, Carassius auratus, make up the scientific name forthe species that we recognize as the goldfish. The starting point for scientific names is a book by the Swedish biologist Linnaeus, pub- lishedin 1758. No scientific names published before that date are admitted to the system. Iffor any reason a zoologist gives a scientific name to a species that already has one, the name with the earliest date after 1758 takes precedence. If for any reason the same sci- entific name is given to two species, the last- named one must be given a new name. This system offers a relatively stable method of communication. Poisson rouge in French, chin-yu in Chinese, chrusoparon in Greek, aranyhal in Hungarian, kingyo in Japanese, zolotoi ribki in Russian, and dorado in Span- ish are all different names for what we call the goldfish. Communication about goldfish is difficult without the universally recognized Latinname, Carassius auratus. Itisaworld- wide code word. International currency notwithstanding, scientific names cannot replace common names for several reasons. Latin has no meaning for the average person; having two words in a name is cumbersome; and scien- tific names are subject to change, for as well as being a way of communicating they serve as a working tool of the scientist who classi- fies animals, and as classifications change scientific names may do likewise. Common names serve a variety of pur- poses and arise in many ways. In fact, the only characteristic they share is that they are not Latin. Tounderstand common names properly, we should consider the different kinds. Local or folk names are the largestclass of common names. They are deeply en- trenched in the language ofa region, and are often obviously descriptive, but sometimes their origins are lost in the past. They may present as much variation within a single language as do goldfish names between lan- guages. An example is Micropterus salm- oides, widely known as the largemouth black bass. Ina study of the common names ap- plied to the fishes of the bass and sunfish family, Smith in 1903 listed 53 different com- mon names for this species. A few of them are: big-mouthed trout in Kentucky; chub and welshman in North Carolina and Virginia; cow bass and moss bass in Indiana; grass bass in Minnesota; gray bass in Michigan; green trout in Louisiana; marsh bass, bride perch and pointed tail in Ohio; and perch, trout and jumper throughout the South. Of course, many of these names have died out, but the fact that they once existed and were useful in communicating within a region il- lustrates what one writer (Macleod, 1956) de- scribed as ". . .colloquial names that have grown up spontaneously among ordinary people." The author is Research Systematic Zoologist, Systematics Laboratory, BCF, U.S. National Museum, Washington, D, C. 20560. Fig. 1 - Morone saxatilis. Rockfish in Maryland, striped bass in California, Another category of commonnames might be called coined or invented names. Many kinds of fishes are known to scientists alone and have only Latin names. If, in writing of one of these animals a common name is re- quired, one is invented. The American Fish- eries Society (1960) has listed all known kinds of fishes living in the United States and Canada to adepth of 100fathoms. Some of the fishes on this list previously lacked any common name, and others sharedacommonname with one or more species. In order to insure a single common name for every species on the list, a number of names were invented. An- other reason for inventing names is the im- portation into the United States of species from non-English speaking regions. The aquarium trade is the best example; a brief perusal of any authoritative book on aquarium fishes (for example, Sterba, 1967) will show many fishes from South America and Africa for which English language names have been invented. In a recent popular booklet on Californian deepsea fishes, Fitch and Laven- berg (1968) invented common names for species that previously lacked them. In some Situations, scientists who describe a previ- ously unknown species and give it a Latin name also inventacommonname. This prac- tice is very common in Japan. Fig. 2 - Oncorhynchus tshawytscha. King salmon in California, chinook in Alaska, The chief problem, however, lies with fishes that have too many names rather than with those that require invented ones. The commercial fishing industry, State and Fed- eral agencies, and writers communicate 19 about fishes chiefly by using commonnames. When a species has more than one common name, andthere is a clear needfor only one, it may be a major undertaking to decide which should be used, In some instances one of many local names is selected, in others an invented name is chosen. The basic reason for the choice of any name should be that it is understood by the widest audience. In the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries publication 'Fishery Statistics of the United States' (Lyles, 1966)a glossary is presented, which lists scientific and common names, including for many species alternative com- mon names, The names used are those with which the Bureau is best able to communicate with the various segments of the fishing in- dustry. The Food and Drug Administration is con- cerned with names of food fishes and deals with a set of names that might be termed semilegal. This agency is charged with maintaining standards of identity and its regulations require that labeling must not be false or misleading. In deciding what com- mon names maybe used by the food process - ing and distributing industries, they select (when such exists)a name thatis common or usualfrom the viewpoint of the general public who use and purchasefish products. Allow- able names are decided on a case-by-case basis. Because they often writefor a wide audi- ence, sportswriters are another group re- quiring common names that do not vary regionally. The Outdoor Writers Associa- tion of America (1962) has attempted to promote stability by publishing a list of scien- tific and common names of principal Ameri- can sportfishes. Although they hope their common names are widely accepted, they have annotated their list and presented many widely used alternative names. The scientific community depends chiefly on The American Fisheries Society (1960) list of U.S. and Canadian fishes, a compre- hensive and authoritative guide to scientific names; however, its common name section is of limited value because of inadequate coverage of alternative common names, Users of common names have strong at- tachments to the familiar. Names of objects are so important to us thatwe tendto merge the name with the idea of the object. The idea ofa piece of leather tied around the foot, 20 and thename of the piece of leather as a shoe, are virtually inseparable. Therefore, in ad- dition to serving as a shorthand way of com- municating, names become part of the total concept of an object. Consider, for example, an angler who associates thefish that scien- tists know as Micropterus salmoides with the name green trout. If he is served in thinking about M.salmoides or in communicating with others aboutitbythe name greentrout, and if the name largemouth bass has no meaning, then to him green trout is that kind of fish, official pronouncements notwithstanding. If communication problems increase, the number of official lists of names may do likewise. When common names are required for legal reasons or other special purposes, a Single name for each species is clearly desirable, and special lists will fill a real need indesignating names that offer the best communication value for a particular pur- pose. A general list of fish names should serve a very different purpose. It may rec- ommend a preferred name, but its chief func- tion should be to report on and cross-index names that actually are used. The worthof any general list of names as an aid to com- munication andunderstanding is only as great as the scope of its coverage of alternative names and the basic documentation it pre- sents. A general list should first of all tell its users whether names are invented or folk names. The source of invented names should be described and also the degree to which they are used--thatis, whether they are found only in books orhave entered the spoken language as well. Folk names should be presented by region and their degree of usage should also be indicated. A properly compiled and docu- mented general list will present the basic in- formation for theformation of useful special lists. In summary, names of fishes are basically — of two kinds, invented andfolk names. Scien- tific names are invented and are usually, but not always, stable; however, they are not suit- able for everyday use. Some commonnames are also invented and may be important, as for fishes imported from foreign language regions. Folk names may vary regionally. They originate in many ways and their usage is often deeply rooted. Various segments of the common-name-using public often use dif - ferent names for the same species or the Same name for different species. Because many common names have ahigh communica- tion value and have also become part of the idea of the animal, it will probablybe impos- sible for each species to have one common name that refers tothat species alone. Users of common names for special purposes have attempted to list the names that serve them best. Awell-documented general list, includ- ing alternative names, is needed. REFERENCES AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY 1960. A list of common and scientific names of fishes from the United States and Canada. 2nd Ed. American Fisheries Society Special Publication No. 2. 102 pp. FITCH, JOHN E. and ROBERT J, LAVENBERG 1968. Deep-water fishes of California. California Natural History Guide: 25. Berkeley and Los Angeles, Uni- versity of California Press. 155 pp. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE 1964. International code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International Congress of Zoology. Lon- don, International Trust for Zoological Nomencla- ture. xix + 176 pp. LINNAEUS, CAROLUS 1758. Systema Naturae. 10th edit. Holmiae. 824 pp. LYLES, CHARLES H. 1968. Fishery statisticsofthe United States, 1966. Bureauof Commercial Fisheries Statistical Digest 60. 679 pp. MACLEOD, R. D. 1956. Key tothe names of British fishes, mammals, amphib- ians and reptiles, London, Pitman. vii+71 pp. OUTDOOR WRITERS ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA 1962. Standard check list of common names. 5th revised printing. Baltimore, Outdoor Writers Association of America, Inc., 27 pp., unnumbered. SMITH, HUGH M, 1903. The common names ofthe basses andsunfishes. Rept. U.S. Fish Comm. for 1902, pp. 353-366. STERBA, GUNTHER 1967. Freshwater fishes of the world. Revised edition, translated and revised by Denys W. Tucker, 3rd. impression. London, Studio Vista. 877 pp., 192 pls. 21 SHIPPING LIVE DUNGENESS CRABS BY AIR TO RETAIL MARKET H. J. Barnett, R. W. Nelson, and P. J. Hunter During shipments of live Dungeness crabs from Washington and Californiato distant retail markets, many crabs in each shipment die; frequently, all die. Reported here is astudy made by BCF's Seattle Technological Laboratory to reduce these losses. As a result of this study, live Dungeness crabs can now be shipped by air, with a maximum loss of 5 percent, to any major city in the U.S. Air shipment of live Dungeness crabs to retail markets was begun about 2 years ago by crab processors in California and Washing- ton. The mainoutletfor the live crabs was in the Hawaiian Islands, where the shippers founda ready market. However, crabs in the early shipments suffered from high mortali- ties during transit and during holding after arrival. Frequently, the mortality was 100 percent. In trying to solve this problem, the BCF Technology Laboratory in Seattle, Wash., be- gan a cooperative study with a local shipper to improve the method of shipping. RECOMMENDATIONS The successful transportation of live Dungeness crabs by air requires proper handling before shipment, adequate packag- ing, and proper handling after shipment. A. Handling Before Shipment The methods presently used by the crab industry are not always conducive to mar- keting crabs in top-quality condition. The following steps are recommended to ensure that only crabs of highest quality are used for live shipments: 1. On the vessel, carefully remove the crabs from the pots and place them in a live well supplied with fresh, circulating sea- water. Keep the injured and weak crabs separate from the uninjured and strong ones. 2. At the shore plant, carefully place the crabs in alive tank equipped to providefresh, cool, flowing seawater. For best results, store the crabs in the holding tank at a ratio of no more than 2 lbs. of crab per square foot of storage area. 3. Keep the crabs in the holding tank for at least 24 hours prior to shipping. Promptly re- move any injured or weak crabs. (During this holding period, the crabs do not need to }»e fed.) 4. Do not allow the crabs that areto be air shipped live to beheld dry--thatis, out of the water. (Although holding crabs out of water is common practice in preparing them for cooking, such practice is detrimental because it causes the gills tobecomedry. This causes the crabs to weaken and die relatively soon.) B. Packaging for Shipment Although great importance must be at- tached to the handling of crabs prior to ship- ment, even greater importance must be attached to procedures and materials used for packing live crabs. The critical factors are (1) the prevention of injury and (2) the con- trol of temperature and humidity. 1. Prevention of Injury Injury, which is caused by rough handling and improper packing, kills crabs. Tests have proved that losses are largely eliminated when crabs are properly handled and protected Mr. Barnett is Research Chemist Mr. Nelson is Research Chemical Engineer Mr, Hunter is Engineering Technician } BCF Technology Laboratory, 2725 Montlake Blvd. E., Seattle, Wash. 98102. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Fish and Wildlife Service Sep. No. 839 22 against damage. In laboratory experiments, various packing materials were evaluatedfor their ability to prevent injury. Materials tested included burlap, newsprints, wood shavings, seaweeds, and cellulose blankets. The most effective material was an embossed, crepe-cellulose, fiber blanket called Kim- pack.!/ This materialnot only cushioned the erabs from shock but, when moistened, in- creased humidity inthe container. Itis easily stored and inexpensive. A half square yard of 4-inch-thick Kimpak, for example, is enough to pack 50 pounds of crab in a Wet-Lok crab shipper and costs about 35 cents. Banding claws to reduce injury, using methods developed for lobsters, was also tried. Banding proved awkward, time con- suming, and not necessary. 2. Control of Temperature and Humidity The control of temperature and humidity in packaged live crabs is of paramount im- portance. In laboratory tests, crabs were kept alive andin goodcondition for from 1 to 3 days under ideal conditions--at cool tem- peratures from 35° to 50° F., and at high relative humidities of 80 to 100 percent. When exposed to environments of temperatures above 50° F. and humidities below 70 percent, the crabs survived less than 3 day. Temperature and humidity during ship- ment can be controlled by using a Suitable shipping container. The container must be insulated, leak-proof, light in weight, easy to handle, and reasonably strong. Astrong con- tainer helps to protect the live crabs from external sources of damage. At present, several containers on the mar- ket meet mostorallthe requirements. These containers are variously constructed of foamed polystyrene liners supported by cor- rugated fiberboard master cartons, or by waxed and resin-impregnated fiberboard in- sulated with waxed (exterior) double-corru- gated fiberboard. The foamed polystyrene containers are Suitable for shipping live crabs and are used extensively for shipping live lobsters. These containers cost 2 or more dollars each in quantity lots. However, a cheaper foamed plastic container, developed by BCF's Gloucester (Mass.) Technology Laboratory, was recently introduced. Good results were obtained when the BCF container was used in shipping live crabs. It costs about $1.50 each in quantity lots. Most of our experiments were made using a modified insulated Wet-Lok container (wax and resin-impregnated fiberboard) designed by us in cooperation with alocal paper com- pany. The insulated Wet-Lok has the char- acteristics necessary for safe shipment of live crabs andis relatively inexpensive. This fiberboard container costs about 90 cents each when bought in quantity. In addition to adequate packing materials and shipping containers, a suitable refriger- ant alsois needed. One of the best approaches to refrigerating live crabs during shipment is touse gel-ice(sometimes called Zero Pack or Reusable Ice1/). Gel-ice, besides being a good refrigerant, is not liquid at temperatures above the melting point of ice, and it is non- toxic. In quantity lots, a 3-pound pack costs about 10 cents a pound. Based on laboratory and commercial re- sults, BCF's Technology Laboratory at Seat- tle recommends the following procedures for handling and air shipping live Dungeness crabs: 1. Select an insulated and leakproof con- tainer capable of holding about 50 pounds of crab. 2. Place about 12 pounds of frozen gel- ice (the 3-pound pack version) or its equiva- lent in the bottom of the container. 3. Cover the gel-ice with a single pad of moist material, such as Kimpak, and prechill the container and packing material at 0° F., or colder, for at least an hour (Figure 1). 4, After carefully prechilling the con- tainer, load it with live crabs (Figure 2). 5. Layer the crabs (Figure 3) in the con- tainer. Separate the layers with a single pad of moist material, such as Kimpak. Cover the top layer of crabs with asingle moist pad. Depending on size and weight of crabs, donot pack container with more than 20 to 25 live crabs, or about 50 pounds. 6. Place the top of the container in posi- tion (Figure 4), and secure the container and top with double strapping. Mark container appropriately--for example, ''Live Crabs," "Keep in Cool Place," ''This Side Up," ''Do Not Freeze." 7. Shipthe crabs as soon as possible after they are packaged. 1/Trade names mentioned do not imply endorsement but are used only to simplify descriptions. 23 8. Notify forwarding agent that live crabs are being shipped so extra care can be given during shipment. Crabs so packed will survive out of water for 25 to 30hours at ambient temperatures - - from 65° to'75° F. Fig. 1 - Modified Wet-Lok crab shipper prepared with gel-ice and moist Kimpak prior to prechilling. Fig. 2 - Loading live crabs into the shipper, Fig. 4 - Placing container top into position prior to strapping. 24 C. Handling After Shipment On arrival, the crabs should be examined immediately. Weakcrabs shouldbe removed and processed immediately--cooked. The remaining crabs should be placed in a sea- water live tank; the water shouldbe circulated at a rate of 10 to 15 gallons per minute and refrigerated at 40° to 50° F. If natural sea- water is notavailable, synthetic seawater can be substituted. (Synthetic seawater salts are available from commercial sources.) If the crabs are displayedin a closed system, such as a lobster-display tank, the water must be filtered. Although glass-wool filters are commonly used in display tanks, we recom- mend sand filters. MARKET POTENTIAL The market for live Dungeness crabs is substantial. Since crabs were introduced to the HawaiianIslands about 2 years ago, sales have more than doubled. The potential mar- ket inthe Midwest and Hast also appears good. Test and commercial shipments of live Dun- geness crabs into these areas indicate demand for this type of product would be more than several million pounds a year. While the Dungeness crab industry is trying to expand its markets through diversification of its product and increased advertising, mar- keting these crabs alive apparently would fit into the picture readily. If developed in the Same manner that the live-lobster industry was, the live-crab industry should be suc- cessful. A DIFFERENCE IN PHILOSOPHY The introduction of carp into North America during the late 1800's is viewed by most anglers and fishery managers as a mistake of gigantic proportions. During the interven- ing years, carp and similar species--generally classed as "trash fish" --have been the objects of extensive, expensive, and often futile eradication campaigns. Even small numbers ofcarpin favorite trout and bass waters evoke demands from anglers to ''do something" to get rid of them. is damned, despised, and destroyed. A brief note in an issue of 'The Progres- sive Fish Culturist' is of particular interest since it dramatically illustrates the differences in outlook between East and West. In India, a country badly in need of animal pro- tein, fishery workers were having problems--as they seem to have all over the world. Mosquito-fish, the same species so popular in the United States for use in mosquito control programs, In this country, then, the carp were seriously interfering with the production of one ot their favorite food fish. Conse- quently, a chemical control program was instituted to rid their waters of these pests. The program was successfuland soontheir waters teemed with the favored species. (‘Outdoor California,'Department of Fish and Game, Sacramento, cies was, of course, carp. California.) This spe- DEMERSAL FISHES "Demersal Fish Resources: Composition, Distribution, and Commercial Potential of the Continental Shelf Stocks off Southeastern United States,'' by Paul Struhsaker, 'Fishery Industrial Research,' Vol. 4, No. 7, Fish & Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior, 1969, pp. 261-300, illus. Available from Division of Publications, 1801 N. Moore St., Arlington, Va. 22209. The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries and other agencies have beenexploring the waters bordering the southeastern U.S. since 1950, The exploratory fishing vessel 'Silver Bay' conducted trawling explorations for offshore demersal fishes inthis area from 1959 to 1964, Thisreport summarizes and evaluates the results, The primary purpose of the explorations was to determine the commercial potential of the offshore demersalstocks, There were two other aims--to find offshore concentra- tions of species that could be used immed- iately by the fishing industry, and to obtain a picture of the distribution and availability of demersal fish stocks as they are related to the general features of the shelf environment, The most productive grounds were found off northeastern Florida and South Carolina, although isolated productive areas occurred along most of the southeastern coast. Mr. Struhsaker reports that moderate-to-large catches of snappers, groupers, porgies, and ecologically associated species can be con- sistently made with roller-rigged New Eng- land-type fish trawls. He estimates, con- servatively, that proper use of the resources could at least double the present annual land- ings of snappers and groupers in the area, The report includes afishing log and chart of 50 stations, where catches of commercial size were made, and a list of demersal fishes taken during the exploration, with notations on their occurrences in the trawl catches, 25 BOOKS DOLPHINS "The Dolphin, Cousin to Man," by Robert Stenuit, Sterling Publishing Co., New York, 1968, xv + 176 pp., illus. Robert Stenuit, oceanographer, world- famous diver and author, has been deeply in- terested in dolphins since his first contact with them in 1964, In this fascinating intro- ductiontothe study of dolphins, he discusses all aspects--biology, intelligence, domes- ticability --and their future as active partners with man in exploitation of the sea, FRESHWATER FISH "Methods for Assessment of Fish Produc- tion in Fresh Waters," International Biologi- cal Program Handbook No, 3, edited by W. E, Ricker, Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford & Edinburgh, 1968, 313 pp., illus. This is a companion volume to the ''Bio- logical Basis of Freshwater Fish Produc- tion'' (CFR, Dec. 1968). It is aimed at bi- ologists who have basic university training in zoology and some knowledge of ecology and freshwater biology, but with no special experi- ence inresearchon fish, With the aid of this handbook, such biologists willbe ableto carry out worthwhile and rewarding research in fish production in any part of the world. FISH 'VOICES! "An Atlas of Fish Sounds," edited by B.P. Manteifel (in serial report 'Translations of USSR Resources No, 3'), JPRS Trans. No, 47.707, 46 pp., $3, Available from Clearing- house, U.S, Department of Commerce, Spring- field, Va, 22151, Published in the USSR in 1968, this atlas contains data on the characteristics of the ‘voices! of 79 species of cartilaginous and bony fishes, mostly marine, It includes sounds of feeding, maneuvering of schools, threat, and others. It gives the taxonomic 26 position of the fishes and describes the bio- logical significance and physical character - istics of fishsound. The original Soviet pub- lication included sound graphs and a phono dise with recording illustrating 'vocal! abili- ties of certain species, but these are not in- cluded with the translation. FISH FINDING "Fish Location by Hydroacoustic Devices," by V.G. Azhazha and E.V. Shishkova, Pishche- promizdat, Moscow, 1960. Translation No. TT 67-51265, 1968, 113 pp., illus. U.S. De- partment of Commerce, Clearinghouse, Springfield, Va. 22151. Sonar is an apparatus that detects the presence and location of a submerged object by means of sonic and supersonic waves re- flected backtoitfromthe object. It is widely used for measuring the depth of the sea and locating coasts, ships, and shoals of fish. This is a Soviet textbook on the use of hydroacoustic instruments on scouting and fishing vessels. It explains the physical prin- ciples of fishfinding, sonar computations, and the practical aspects of using hydroacoustic equipment. The Soviet-made NEL 5dr is de- scribed in detail because it incorporates all the elements typical of other types of echo sounders. FISH HOLDS "Care of Fish Holds,'' by Waynel. Tretsven, 'Wishery Industrial Research,' Vol. 4, No. 6, 1969, Fish & Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior, Washington, D.C. Available from Division of Publications, 1801 N. Moore St., Arlington, Va. 22209. Holds in fishing vessels have long been a problem. Difficult or impossible to clean, they are oftenthe cause of unnecessary spoil- age of fish. Mr. Tretsven suggests methods of cleaning and sanitizing the hold, and ap- plying a preservative to wooden holds. He recommends an approved fungicide for treat- ment of wood in the holds, Reporting on the effectiveness of liningthe hold with polyethy- lene sheeting, he concludes that it is a prac- tical method for keeping fish and ice from contact with the hold, and for keeping the hold clean and dry. MARKETING "Report on Market for Frozen Fish in the U.S.,'' by Dag Halland and Stig Valland, 1968, Translation No. PB 182 816 T, 94 pp., $3, (microfiche 65¢). U.S. Department of Com- merce, ClearinghouSe, Springfield, Va. 22 hopes This is a report on the results of a re- search project conducted in the U.S. for 3 months during the summer of 1968. Halland and Valland give their views of the U.S. mar- keting system, the structure of the European fishing industry, centralized versus decen- tralized exports, and the most profitable alternatives. Concluding that present condi- tions on the U.S. market are unfavorable to Norwegian frozen fish exporters, they sug- gest that better marketing techniques should give Norway a bigger share of this market. Her present share is only 10%. PROCESSING "Rapid Method for the Estimation of EDTA: (Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid) in Fish Flesh and Crab Meat,'' by Herman S, Gron- inger and KennethR. Brandt, 'Fishery Indus- trial Research,! Vol. 4, No. 6, 1969, Fish & Wildlife Service, Dept. of the Interior, Wash- ington, D.C. Available from Division of Pub- lications, 1801 N. Moore St., Arlington, Va. 22209. EDTA has been reported useful, or poten- tially useful, as an additive to seafoods to stabilize color, retard the formation of struvite, inhibit enzyme-catalyzed changes in flavor, and to inhibit the growth of bacteria. Since EDTA often is applied by spraying or dipping the seafood, the amount of EDTA actually added must be determined by a suit- able quantitative method. This paper describes a simple and rapid method giving about 90% recovery of added EDTA from fish flesh and crab meat. MARINE CORROSION "Marine Corrosion,'' by T. Howard Rogers, George Newnes Ltd., London, 1968, 307 pp., illus, Corrosion is aninsidious consumer of our stocks ofraw materials, a squanderer of our productive capacity, and a dissipator of the fruits of our labors. The systematic study of the corrosion of metals stems only from the end of the first World War. Despite the great technological advances since then, there is still no cheap construction steel alloy with any better cor- rosion resistance to sea water than was avail- able 100 years ago. There is a large volume of corrosion lit- erature, but itis distributed over a wide range of scientific and trade journals. Mr, Rogers has attempted to cover the corrosion problems of themarine and ship building in- dustries in a single volume. OCEANOGRAPHY "The Waters of the Sea," by P. Groen, D, Van Nostrand, Princeton, N.J., xiv + 328 pp., illus, This is a book about the sea, with particu- lar reference to its physics. A highly read- able and descriptive work, it is intended pri- marily for students of geography, marine geology, marine biology, and students in nau- tical schools, It covers exploration of the oceans, water of the sea, sea ice, waves, ebb and flow oceancurrents, and energy exchange in the oceans, OYSTERS (TECHNOLOGY) "Opening Oysters and Other Bivalves Us- ing Microwave Energy," by Joseph M, Men- delsohn, et. al. 'Fishery Industrial Research,' Vol. 4, No. 7, Fish & Wildlife Service, De- partment of the Interior, Washington, D.C., pp. 241-248, illus. Available from Division of Publications, BCF, 1801 N. Moore S&t., Arlington, Va, 22209, Opening the shells of oysters and of other bivalves is difficult, time-consuming, and potentially dangerous, The rate of produc- tion of an inexperienced shucker is so low that he cannot earn the wages he must re- ceive under minimum wage laws. This paper discusses the microwave process, and con- cludes that it is more efficient and less ex- pensive than shucking by hand, STURGEON "Age, Growth, Food, and Yield of the White Sturgeon (Acipenser transmontanus) of the Fraser River, British Columbia, by S. N. Semakula and P, A. Larkin, article, 'Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada,! Vol. 25, No. 12, 1968, pp. 2589-2602, illus. 27 The Fraser River white sturgeon fishery rose from 80,000 pounds in 1880 to a peak of 1 million pounds in 1897. Despite regula- tions datingfrom 1911, catches have declined steadily. Since 1918, commercial catch has ranged from 10-50,000 pounds annually, The sport fishery might take an additional 20- 30,000 pounds a year. This report concludes that a sustained yield of about 25% more thanthe present catch is possible; also, a trial fishery for 2 or 3 years, taking about 100,000 pounds per year, may be warranted. TESTING EQUIPMENT 'AnImproved Fish Measuring Board," by C. W. Woods, Publication No, 125, Fisheries Research Division, Marine Department, Well- ington, N. Z. Reprinted from 'N, Z, Jl. mar. Freshwat. Res.', Vol. 2, No. 4, pp. 678-83, illus. Measurements of fish length are subject to many forms of error; one is number bias, This may be unimportant ifthe measurements are made to a greater accuracy than is re- quired for analysis, but it can waste time. C. W. Woods describes a fish-measuring board that permits rapid and easy length measurement to be made without a number bias, TUNA "Tuna Distribution & Migration," by Hiroshi Nakamura, Fishing News (Books) Ltd., London, 1969, 76 pp., illus. Water temperature has long been con- sidered a primary factor in controlling fish distribution. On the basis of data on occurr- ence, size composition, spawning, feeding, etc., of tunas, Nakamura published a set of hypotheses onthe distribution and migrations of tunalinrelationto oceancurrents in 1954, This book revises his hypotheses in the light of information obtained since then. All the results of his investigations seem to support his opinion that ''an areacovered by a certain oceancurrentis a distinct habitat of tunas, a discrete ecological sphere." SALES PROMOTION "The Nautical Way,'’ Book Department, Institutions Magazine, Chicago, 1969, 104 pp., illus., $3.95. 28 This book is a sales-promotion effort for fish and seafood. It includes information on food service operations, equipment, products and purchasing, preparation recommenda- tions, merchandising ideas, and 100 fish and seafood recipes. TURTLES "On the Coast of Tamaulipas,'' by Humberto Chavez, Martin Contreras G., and T. P. Eduardo Hernandez D., reprinted from 'Inter- national Turtle & Tortoise Society Journal,' Vol. 2, Nos. 4 & 5, 1968, 21 pp., illus. The region of Rancho Nuevo, Tamaulipas, is the only important nesting zone of the ridley turtle, Lepidochelys kempi (Garman) in its entire geographic distribution. Sale of its eggs is forbidden by Mexican law. However, in 1963, it was estimated conservatively that 80 to 90% of the nests were destroyed by men on the day of their construction. An arrival of 40,000 specimens was re- corded in 1947. But by 1966 the largest ar- rival observed hadless than 2,000 turtles. A program to study their biology, and to de- velop a planto protect them, was initiated by the Mexican government in 1966. Thisisa report on a 33-month study made in 1966, It includes a description of the turtle's nesting and biology. VANISHING SPECIES "The Canterbury Mudfish, Galaxias bur- rowsius Phillips, A Vanishing Species,” by W. Skrzynski, Publication No. 122, Fisheries Research Division, Marine Dept., Wellington, N. Z. Reprinted from 'N. Z.Jl. mar. & Freshwat. Res.', Vol.2, No. 4. Dec. 1968, pp. 688-87, illus. Galaxias burrowsiusis able to survive out of water in damp earth for long periods. It can be assumed that it occupies isolated wa- ters that dry periodically, and where it prob- ably has no competitionfrom other fish. Such waters, once common on the Canterbury Plains, have been almost eliminated by drain- ing or connection to rivers and artificial channels. Mr. Skrzynski, believing it unlikely that G, burrowsius will continue to survive, has summarized all available information on it in this paper. WHALES "The Whale,'' Simon & Schuster, New York, 1968, 287 pp., illus., $20. This is a beautiful book; it contains 267 illustrations, 87 infullcolor, including draw- ings, paintings, ancient woodcuts, old whaling prints, and photographs of contemporary whaling operations. Butit is far more than a book to look at. It tells the myths and stories of whales throughout history. It includes a complete natural history of every species of whale and dolphin. Andit provides a detailed history and description of whaling from ear- liest times to the present. A most complete and definitive review of a fascinating crea- ture. The mainauthor and supervising editor is the former director of the Zoological Society of London, Dr. Leonard Harrison Matthews, F.R.S. Scientistsfrom the important whaling countries have helped to make the book a prod- uct of complete international cooperation. --Barbara Lundy INTERNATIONAL Tuna Treaty Comes Into Force An international treaty aimed at scientific management of heavily fished tuna stocks in the Atlantic entered into force on March 21, 1969, when Spain became the seventh nation to ratify it. The International Conventionfor the Con- servation of Atlantic Tunas was drafted in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in May 1966, under aus- pices of the Food and Agriculture Organiza- tion (FAO) of the United Nations, Six coun- tries had previously been parties to it: U.S., Japan, Ghana, Republic of South Africa, France, and Canada, Withthe seventh, Spain, the Convention automatically took effect. The Convention provides for setting up an international commissionto recommend sci- entific management of tuna fishing in the At- lantic to protect and preserve the stocks, Decreasing Catches Fishing fortuna in the Atlantic Ocean has increased greatly in recent years, Despite the increase, catches have not risen appreci- ably. Yellowfin catches have actually de- clined--from anestimated 68,000 metric tons in 1964 to 60,000 in 1966, At an FAO meet- ingin Miami, Florida, in1968, experts warned that tuna stocks, while onthe whole plentiful, needed supervision to prevent overfishing, (FAO, Mar. 22, 1969.) te FAO Publishes Guide on National Coastal Waters How far do the territorial waters of na- tions extend out to sea? A survey shows claims ranging from 3 to 12 miles for most nations and up to 200 for some, The survey, first of its kind, was pre- pared by FAO and covers 102 coastal nations (excluding Mainland China), It includes in- formation on exclusive fishing zones, fishery conservation zones, and claims regarding continental-shelf exploitation, 29 3, 12, 200 Miles The survey shows 28 nations have a 3- mile limit. Theseinclude France, Japan, the United Kingdom, and the U.S. Thirty-one others, including the USSR, claim 12 miles, At least 6 countries--including Argentina, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Panama, and Peru--claim a full 200-mile territorial sea or exclusive fishing zone, About 40 countries with a narrow territo- rial sea also claim exclusive fishing zones beyond this area, usually upto 12 miles from the coast, International Conventions The survey also lists the parties to the 1958 Convention on the Territorial Sea and Contiguous Zone, the 1958 Convention of the Continental Shelf, and the signatories of the 1964 European Fishery Convention, The lat- ter, not yet inforce, was the first multilateral agreement recognizing a maximum 6-nauti- cal-mile limit for the territorial sea, and a further 6-nautical-mile maximum exclusive fishing zone. The document was prepared by FAO as guide to the status of national coastal waters, principally for fishery purposes, It does not express opinion on national claims. (FAO, Mar. 14.) Japan & USSR Open NW Pacific Fisheries Meeting The Japan-USSR Northwest Pacific Fish- eries Commission met in Tokyo on April 2. It discussed salmon, herring, and other fish catches in the northwest Pacific. The Tokyo talks were delayed over a monthby the drawn- out king crab negotiations in Moscow. Japan feared the discussions would not be ended by April 30, when the Japanese salmon fleet normally departs for Area B (south of 45° N, latitude). 30 Since 1969 is a dominant year for Asian pink salmon, a major point of the talks was whether the USSR would agree to set this year's Japanese salmon catch quota at or above 108,000 metric tons. That was the quantity allotted to Japaninthe previous good pink year of 1967. 1968 Salmon Catch Data On March 31, the Japanese Fisheries Agency released data on the 1968 salmon catches of both countries. The Soviet catch, 40,177 tons, fell about one-third short of the target. The Japanese catch in Area A (north of 45° N, latitude) just reached the quota of 46,500 tons, but in Area B it fell about 900 tons below assigned quota. The short catch was attributed to an abnormal occurrence of plankton, causing poor bait biting in the long- line fishery. ('Suisan Tsushin,' Apr, 2.) Japan-USSR Salmon Catches, 1966-68 apan rea A: Catch quota Actual catch: Mothership fishery : : Drift gill-net fishery . Area B: Gatchiquota 2.2... . Actual catch: ..... Drift gill-net fishery . Long-line M Japan Sea gill-net MICK 5 do Oo 0 GO Small-vessel gill-net HEINE 6 Oo Goa oo 3,508 3,451 Coastal trap fishery . . . | 2/11,098 22, 145 otal ae wena 128, 454 123, 322 USSR Planned catch ..... 83, 000 65, 000 Actual catch <..... 78, 000 56, 223 1/Total area A & B actual catch & coastal trap fishery catch. 2/Jan.-Sept. catch, Italian-lvory Coast Tuna Company Formed A joint Italian-Ivory Coast company is planning to fish tuna out of Abidjan, It will have 6 tuna seiners with freezing capacity for at least 350 tons of raw tuna. The ves- sels will be built in Italy from French de- signs based on U.S.-type vessels. They will be able to fish for sardines as well. Each will be about 145 feet long with1,800 hp. The vessels will be managed by the Société Ivoi- rienne de Péche et d'Armement (SIPAR). European Market Tuna landed fromthe new company's ves- sels will be shipped to Italy, either frozen or canned, Tuna also may be shipped to other members of the Huropean Common Market. ae Norwegian Firm Opens Sales Center in Czechoslovakia Frionor (Norsk Frossenfisk A/L), a Nor- wegian firm has opened a sales center in Prague. The 1,500-square-foot center in- cludes a self-service shop for fish products, a fish demonstration section, and a snack bar. The technical equipment, including freezers, is Norwegian. The center, to be operated by Czechoslovakians, represents an investment of US$280,000. One-sixth of the money came from a Norwegian Government fund to promote fishery exports. Czechoslovakia A Major Market Czechoslovakia is a major market for Norway's frozen fish fillets. Frionor has exclusive right to export Norwegian frozen fish fillets to Eastern Europe. It currently sells 5,000 metric tons of frozen saithe fil- lets, and 1,500 tons of other fish fillets to Czechoslovakia annually. To Promote More Highly Processed Products Besides promoting sales of frozen fish fillets, the center hopes to develop Czecho- slovak tastes for more highly processed products. Current exports are mainly stand- ard packs, but Frionor plans to increase the supply of consumer packed frozen fish fillets under its own brand name. Frionor sales centers are supposedly be- ing planned for Moscow and Budapest. Embassy, Oslo, Mar. 7, 1969.) Gris (U.S. Canada Seizes Japanese Fishing Vessel On Feb. 25, 1969, a Canadian patrol boat seized the Japanese fishing vessel 'Kotoshiro Maru! (480 gross tons) within 12 miles off British Columbia. Canadian authorities re- portedly will prosecute the captain and 31 crewmen on charges of violating Canada's 12-mile exclusive fishery zone. This is the first time Canada has seized a Japanese fishing vessel. ('Minato Shimbun,' Mar. 1.) ey fA, Japan-USSR Crab Talks End The Japan-USSR crab negotiations held in Moscow since Feb. 6, 1969, were concluded on April 11, with the signing of a one-year agreement. Japan's 1969 quota of king crab and tanner crab inthe northwest Pacific is about 20% and 26% less, respectively, than actual 1968 pro- duction. In the Okhotsk Sea, off western Kamchatka, Japan's king crab quota is 216,000 cases, Japan is reported to have accepted the So- viet demand for a complete ban on fishing of blue crab (a king crab) off Cape Olyutorski. In 1968 Japan operated one fleet, producing 48,000 cases. Japan also accepted a ban on tanner crabfishing off the Maritime Province of Siberia. Twelve Japanese fleets harvested 3.6 million tanner crabs in 1968. Soviet negotiators had contended that the crabs are Soviet Continental Shelf resources, but after considerable argument with the Jap- anese, the matter was set aside. ('Kanzume Nippo,' Apr. 5 & 14.) Japan Considers 12-Mile Fishing Zone The Japanese Government, spurred by So- viet mackerel fishing off Japan, is studying establishment of a 12-mile exclusive fishery zone. However, the Government may not readily reach a decision since Japan stands to lose more than she would gain, Adoption of a 12-mile limit would affect adversely 31 Japan's distant-water tuna and trawl opera- tors. Their operations in the 12-mile zones of foreign countries yield an annual produc- tion worth about US$55.6 million. Japan also would find herself unable to op- pose extension of sea limits by other coun- tries. She would no longer be able to ignore the legal questions of jurisdictional rights over resources in negotiating agreements with foreign countries. Government's Dilemma There is a large difference between 3 and 12 miles in the tuna fishery, especially off the Pacific islands and in distant-water trawl- ing. Japanese vessels cannot operate profit- ably in the eastern Bering Sea and the Atlan- tic unless they are allowed to fish within the 12-mile zones of other countries. The problem is that more nations are tend- ing to recognize a1l2-mile jurisdiction. Pres- sure is alsobuilding among Japanese coastal fishermen, lawmakers, and news media to widen the fishery limit. ('Suisan Tsushin,' Mar. 20.) q aN wo) >» Soviet Vessel Finds Commercial Shrimp Quantities Off Tunisia Significant commercial quantities of shrimp were discovered in the Gulf of Gabes off Tunisia's east coast. They were dis- covered during a FAO study cruise by the Soviet research vessel 'Akademik Knipovich! in the Mediterranean from Nov. 3 to Dec. 1, 1968. The largest catch per hour of trawling was 154lbs., compared to an average of 44- 55 lbs. in the Gulf of Mexico. FAO scientists believe the resource is large enough to make commercial shrimp trawling with small ves- sels profitable. Some concentrations of sardines were found. Reasonably good catches of shrimp were made in depths of more than 100 meters (50 fathoms) on the Algerian Continental Shelf. The Tunisian and Algerian governments will be provided with data collected during the cruise. FAO believes the information maybe important to the fishing industries of both countries. 32 Underwater Fish Tagging A cruise highlight was an undersea dem- onstration in fish-tagging techniques by Erdogan F, Akyuz, FAO marine biologist from Turkey. Akyuz dived to 100 feet off Tunisiato tag fish heldinthetrawl. Colored plastic identificationmarkers were inserted into the fish to trace their growth, migration patterns, andbehavior. The taggedfish were kept in a large metal cage to see whether the tagging had been successful and to evaluate the usefulness of various tags. The tagging demonstration showed that fishery studies and research can be moved from laboratories into the sea. Joint USSR-FAO Project The cruise was organized by FAO and the USSR under the United Nations Development Program (UNDP). Its purpose was to provide instruction and training in fishery and marine science techniques to personnel from coun- tries interestedin expanding and moderniz- ingtheir fisheries. Although the Soviet Union is not a member of FAO, it cooperates in various FAO/UNDP projects. Trainees from 9 Countries Fifteen trainees from Algeria, Ethiopia, Indonesia, Philippines, Romania, Syria, Sudan, Tunisia, and Turkey participated in the study cruise. Their work was guided by Soviet and FAO scientists and technicians, who conducted lectures and practical dem- onstrations in marine biology and oceano- graphy. Following the cruise, which beganin Tunis and endedin Naples, trainees and Soviet of- ficials visited FAO headquarters in Rome. (‘Fishing News International,' Jan. 1969.) = \' \ FAO Says World Will Need 100 Million Tons of Fish by 1985 The world's need for fish is expected to rise from about 60 million tons to 100 million tons by 1985, FAO says. The estimated increase is part of a study of future world food needs by the Indicative World Plan for Agricultural Development being prepared by FAO. The study's fishery aspects were discussed in April 1969 by the FAO Committee on Fisheries at FAO head- quarters in Rome. Projects World Demand The study findings are not final. The study starts from a 1962 base and assumes a pre- dictable rate of increase in demand, It pro- jects world demand for fish and fishery prod- ucts at 70 milliontons in 1975--and about 100 milliontons in 1985. About one-third of this demand would be for fishmeal for feeding animals. At the same time, the estimated potential of species fished now in marine and inland waters was estimated at 140 million tons, This excludes krill, lantern fish, and other small fishes that people do not eat; if these species were included, the potential harvest would be raised to200 million tons or more. The greatest proportionate increase in demand is expected from the developing coun- tries. However, the greatest increase in fishing effort seems likely to be made by de- veloped countries, such as Spain, the Republic of South Africa, and the Soviet Union. Uneven World Fishery Output The study notes that world fishery produc- tionhas been increasing at a faster rate than population growth. But it has been an uneven increasSe--in species caught and geographical distribution. ''Much of the rise was not used for human food." Members of the 34-nation committee agreed that the increased demand, especially for species now fished, called for internation- al surveys and measures to manage fish stocks. The committee recommended further study after delegates emphasized the need for more precise estimates of consumption and demand, Dr. William M. Chapman of the U.S. pre- dicted that technological advances and ex- panded world trade infishery products would push production and demand even higher than the FAO study forecasts. oy FAO Official Warns of Dumping Chemical Wastes into Sea Marine pollution is being aggravated by new forms of contamination, One is the long- discharge pipe used to dump chemical wastes into the sea, says Dr. Sidney I, Holt of FAO's Department of Fisheries. There is an "in- creasing tendency to deliberately discharge wastes at considerable distances from shore through pipes extending into the sea instead of using ships for the purpose," Dr. Holt adds that some pipelines extend many miles from shore and carry industrial and municipal wastes harmful to fish and other marine life. There are no international reg- ulations to register or control this dumping. However, Dr. Holt points out, most dumping is done from ships. He notes the growing danger of accidental pollution from bulk transport of toxic substances, FAO Committee Meets Dr. Holt spoke recently before the 34- nation FAO Committee on Fisheries during debate on marine pollution problems and the international action necessary to prevent future 'Torrey Canyon! disasters. Poland and Finland reported to the Com- mittee that pollution in the Baltic Sea contin- ues to worsen because of industrial wastes and the shallowness of coastal waters. The Baltic's pollution is the subject of an inter- national study expected to be published in October 1969 by the International Council for Exploration of the Sea, Spain complained about the continued dumping of radioactive wastes in the Iberian trench 200 miles off Spain and Portugal. Nigeria warned of the effect on fisheries of shock waves from underwater detonations in oil explorations on continental shelves. Tanzania expressed fear of pollution from oil tankers too large to navigate the Suez Canal. At present, she has no coastal pollu- tion problem, 33 Other African countries expressed con- cern that industrialization might make their continent the newest area of marine pollution, The United Kingdom noted that new forms of pollutionoccur all the time, including run- off of pesticides from the land. Dr. Holt concluded that the variety of pol- lutants is "increasing almost faster than our ability to get information on them," In late 1970, FAO will hold an International Conference on Marine Pollution and its Ef- fects on Fisheries. Peru Offers Aid to Developing Countries A leading Peruvian fishery industrialist has promised that Peru, the world's largest producer of fish meal, will assist Asian and African developing countries to establish fish-meal industries. L. Banchero Rossi, president of Peru's National Association of Fisheries, told an FAO subcommittee that Peru would be ''de- lighted" to offer its experience in fish-meal production to countries bordering the Indian Ocean. Indian Ocean Resources Banchero spoke during a debate on pro- posals to promote development of the vast resources of the Indian Ocean, The possi- bility ofincreasingits yearly fish catchfrom about 2.2 million metric tons a year--about 1/20th the world marine catch--is being stud- ied by the FAO Indian Ocean Fishery Com- mission, Banchero said that his country could train personnel from Asia and Africa in fish meal factories in Peru, Efforts would be coor- dinated through FAO, ('Fishing News Inter- national,' Mar.) 34 FOREIGN CANADA PROPOSALS TO ASSIST FISHING INDUSTRY Canadian Fisheries Minister Jack Davis said in House of Commons, Feb. 20, 1969, that the groundfishindustry is in trouble because export prices for frozen groundfish products have declined sharply since 1967. He noted that the industry sells close to 90% ofits out- put inthe U.S., and that the Canadian govern- ment must reinforce the industry's position abroad to improve the marketing outlook per - manently. The proposed assistance to the Canadian commercial fisheries consists of: 1, Government purchase of frozen ground - fish products to strengthen and stabilize the market. Accumulated supplies eventually will be sold through ordinary commercial channels, but not at prices lower than those paidforthem. Nor will they be sold until the export price is high enough to cover basic costs of production, including an adequate price to fishermen, Close to 15,000 fisher - men, plant workers, and their families de- pend on the groundfish fishery. The gov- ernment hopes to hold fishermen's prices at a level no lower than the 1965-67 average. 2, Emergency loans to fishing and proc- essing firms in 1969 for working capital and industry restructuring. Repayment will be waived until the market price of principal groundfish products reaches a level that will ensure adequate returns, 3. Mid-term and long-term measures are also contemplated because important eco- nomies may be achieved soonboth at sea and in processing plants. The groundfish indus- try will be encouraged to get financial as- sistance under the Canadian General Adjust- ment Assistance Program, Under this pro- gram, assistance is available to any firms prepared to restructure operations to im- prove its competitive position, between now and the early 1970's, * 4 ria FAVORABLE REACTION TO GROUNDFISH PURCHASE PLAN General industry reaction to the proposed new groundfish purchase plan is favorable, al- though Nova Scotia fish producers are not sure whether it includes all groundfish, or just some of more beleaguered species such as cod. No additional details have been an- nounced since the plan was proposed in the House of Commons on Feb. 20. Itis believed, however, that the overall cost would be more than the C$4 million deficiency payments of last year. Adequate storage space exists for any government purchases that may be made, There is some risk that the government eventually might be forced to dispose of some purchases for fish meal or other low-return products, thereby taking a loss, Program's Goal The goal of the program is to make sure exvessel prices do not fall below 1965-67 levels, Canadian newspapers speculate that the government willpay a fewcents above the current average production price of 26 cents a lb. for cod--6-7 cents a lb. more than the industry now gets onthe U.S. market. Larger producers are particularly pleased with the new program because they own the ware- houses in which government-purchased fish must be stored. (U.S. Consul, Halifax, Feb. 26, 1969; U.S. Consul, St. John's, Mar. 3, 1969.) KOK OK INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION ON GROUNDFISH MARKETING A major Canadian move to assist the de- flated world markets for groundfish has brought promises of cooperation from Den- mark, Iceland, and Norway. Canadian Fisheries Minister Jack Davis said: 'I amdelighted to hear that the Nordic countries, who are our chief competition in the groundfish field, have endorsed our pro- gramme of price stability for the frozen Canada (Contd.): groundfish industry. The programme, in- stigated here, puts the Government, through its Fisheries Support legislation in the Ca- nadian market itself and was designed to raise fish prices by holding back supplies until the market adjusted itself upward, The participating nations agreed to watch the trends on world markets under review and to meet again later this year, (Canadian Fisheries Ministry, Mar. 5,1969.) * ok OK DOGFISH CANNED SUCCESSFULLY A Canadian has claimed success in canning dogfish. He reports it tastes like black cod, Dogfish had defied canning before because of its high ammonia content. Armand St, Jean of Nanaimo, who worked on this project for 3 years, intends to open a C$200,000 complex employing 50 people to can and market the product, (Canadian Fish- erman,! Mar. 1969.) Ie STRENGTHENS LOBSTER LICENSING PROGRAM Four new regulations have been added to the lobster licensing program for the waters off Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island: (1) Minimum trap limits are being estab- lished to define the lower limit of commer- cial fishing operations in all lobster dis- tricts; (2) Fishing for lobsters on Sunday will be prohibited in all districts after April 10, 1969; (3) Provision allowing jointly owned and operated lobster boats to fish additional traps have been terminated, However, boats that were inthis category last year willretain this privilege, subject to certain qualifica- tions; (4) Future changes in ownership of li- censed boats must be registered promptly with the Department of Fisheries, Measures to Improve Incomes The new regulations are a sequel to the measures to improve fishermen's incomes announced Jan, 20, These placed an upper 35 limit on the number of boats allowed to fish in the Maritimes in 1969 and thereafter, (Canadian Dept. of Fisheries, Feb, 27, 1969.) % OK OK MARITIME PROVINCES LANDINGS INCREASE The January 1969 catch of the Maritime Provinces--Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island--indicated their fish- eries were off to a very good start, Maritime Fish Landings, Jan. 1969 and 1968 ee pe een] Temes ta, ee Landings (million lbs.)...... Total value (million C$) Price per pound (C$} (paid vessel by first buyer) Landings, total value, and price per pound were well above Jan, 1968, The improved catch was attributed to unusually good weath- er. Only haddock, halibut, and scallop land- ings were below normal, (U.S, Consul, Hali- fax, Feb, 25, 1969.) * OK SEMIFACTORY TRAWLER FOR FROZEN HERRING PRODUCTION TO BE BUILT The Nova Scotia Fisherments Loan Board has granted a loanfor construction of a steel midwater trawler. Described as a semifac~- tory vessel, it will be the first of its kind in Canada, The vessel, capable of staying at sea for 15 days, will carry a crew of 22, It will be 155 ft. long overall, is designed to displace 950 long tons, and willhave a 13,5 knot cruis- ing speed, It will fish food herring. Packed & Frozen Aboard Herring will be graded, packed, frozen on deck, and stored in a fish hold at -20° F, When removed from the vessel the fish will be placed in refrigerated containers, The owners have contracted to supply In- dustrial Importers of Hamburg, Germany, 10,000 metric tons of frozen herring a year. (‘Canadian Fisherman,' Mar. 1969.) * KOK 36 Canada (Contd.): FISHERIES MINISTER DISCUSSES INTERNATIONAL FISHERY ISSUES Speaking to the United Fishermen and Allied Workers! Union in Vancouver on Feb. 1, 1969, Canadian Fisheries Minister Jack Davis presented his ideas on several major international fishery problems, He said: ''Only by managing our fish re- sources in a more effective way will be able to enjoy ahigher standard of living all around. We need to cooperate with other nations in the best possible management of all of the fish resources available to mankind, Each species should be assessed, managed and fished with an eye both to maximizing our future food supplies and producing the best possible returnto the fishermen themselves. Canada. . .must press for another Conference on the Law of the Sea. This must come and come soon, "I would like to see Canada press, not only for better conservation, but also for the best possible management of fish resources everywhere. I would like to see the nations of the world agree on the establishment of broader and more realistic fishing limits. By broader and more realistic fishing limits I mean whole fishing zones which describe those great areas of the sea in which most of our commercial species live out their natu- ral lives. I meanthe Continental Shelf in the case of bottomfish. I mean natural bounda- ries, such as the boundaries of the Continen- tal Shelf, as opposed to artificial lines nego- tiated and drawn by politicians who have little or no understanding of the life cycle of the fish themselves. "I believe that the United Nations should actually be responsible for the development of all our fisheries on the 'high seas.' In- ternational treaties will no doubt continue to be a usefuldevice. But the United Nations is a better forum in which to develop many of these international understandings. Fisher- men would, of course, be active over great areas of the deeps. But their entry into this great international fishery would bere- strictedin various ways. It would be limited so that their total fishing effort would bear the proper relationship to the amount of the resource and by the need for the fishery to renew itself as the years went by. "Each nation would be left to manage the resources living out over its own Continental Shelf. It would keep an inventory of the fish stocks withinits own Shelf areas and it would follow their movements using the latest elec- tronic devices which technology can provide. "Of course each nation would license its own nationals to take many of these fish. But. . .each host nation would also license foreign fishermen to operate inside its own Shelf areas as well. These outsiders would, of course, have topay a fee. They would have to pay a fee in order to help defray the host country's management costs. But if there are species of fish in which a country, like Canada for instance, has no immediate com- mercial interest--fish which may neverthe- less be cropped without damaging the total resource--then why not let others take these fish in order to feed hungry people living in other and less fortunate lands?" ok OOK kK 1968 LANDINGS WERE 16% OVER 1967's Statistically, 1968 was a good year for Canadian fishermen, Landings reached 2.8 million short tons, 16% over 1967. Landing value rose C$19 million to $169.6 million, 13% over 1967. Herring, salmon, oceanperch, and cod made up the bulk of the increased landings and higher total values. : Seleeuse! SECIS aaa 1967 1968 1967 . . .(C$1,000)... . . (1,000 Lbs.). . Atlantic Coast: 587,296| 520,898 102, 763 32,739 Flounder & sole 236, 459 Herring ... 757 , 293 Ocean perch . 173,078 Swordfish. . . 8,005 Lobsters . 34,920 Scallops ... 14,711 Pacific Coast: Halibut ... 26, 222 Herring 116, 742 133,185 oooad 11,179 Despite the fact that landings, exvessel value, and market value of fishery products were generally high--reaching record levels in some cases--for muchof the industry 1968 Canada (Contd.): was a difficult year, Increased living costs and higher operating costs cut deeply into apparent gains, Kk GOVERNMENT TIGHTENS CONTROLS ON FOREIGN FISHING VESSEL ENTRY On March 18, 1969, the Canadian Depart- ment of Fisheries announced tightened con- trols on foreign fishing vessels in ''Cana- dian territorial waters or fishing zones.'' The controls will take effect May 1, 1969, in the coastal waters andfishing zones around Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island. License Requirements According to Department officials, the tightened controls are primarily aimed at better control over the increased number of foreign fishing vessels. The key element is the requirement of a license for each entrance of a foreign fishing vessel into permissible entry ports. Little Effect on U.S. Vessels The officials said the controls will not make much difference to U.S. fishing vessels. Since U.S. fishing vessels normally do not enter Maritime ports for supplies--but only for shelter, engine trouble, or to offload sick crew men--their requirements for the C$1 license are not expected to be large. Here- tofore, only an annual entry license was re- required. (U.S. Consulate, Halifax, Mar. 26.) * OK OK C$4.2 MILLION ALLOTTED FOR LOANS TO GROUNDFISH PROCESSORS Fisheries and Forestry Minister Jack Davis has announced that the Canadian Fed- eral Government will make loans to compa- nies processing frozen groundfish products, A fund of C$4.2 million has been set up for this purpose. The loan plan is designed to overcome the problems facing companies that are short on working capital and unable to obtain financing elsewhere. It is part ofa 37 general Government plan to aid both fisher - men and processors. Loan Conditions Davis said the loans will be made at the government borrowing rate plus 2%. Prin- cipal need not be repayed for 5 years. Inter- est payments also may be deferred for 5 years, Half the money may be available to the borrowing company on April 1, 1969, or as soon thereafter as the loan is approved. The remainder may be drawn down in equal installments on July 1, 1969, and Oct. 1, 1969, Davis emphasized that all loans are con- ditional upon the processor's agreement to pay fishermen prices for groundfish (cod, ocean perch, and small flatfish) equal to prices paid for simi.ar quality fish in 1968, * OK OK BUILDS FIRST OYSTER HATCHERY Canada's first oyster hatchery, at Free- land, Prince Edward Island, was scheduled to be ready this spring. Oyster harvesting in the Maritime Prov- inces has dwindled to almost subsistence level due to environmental hazards and di- sease. However, scientists are firmly con- vinced that the industry can be rejuvenated through carefully controlled rearing meth- ods. Itis thought that, eventually, oyster farming could exceed the financial returns Canadian fishermen now get for lobsters, Mobile Hatchery The decision to build the C$9,600 oyster hatchery was based onthe success of a mobile hatchery constructed by the Department of Fisheries, This large trailer will tour the maritime region to interest fishermen and others in the new process, ('Fishing News International,' Jan.) OK ST, PIERRE WILL HAVE NEW FISH WAREHOUSE Albert Pen, St. Pierre-et-Miquelon's representative inthe French Senate, has an- nounced that construction of a huge refrig- erated warehouse was scheduled to begin this 38 Canada (Contd.): spring on one of the new wharves in St. Pierre Harbour. It will contain about 28,000 square feet of refrigerated fish storage space for Dutch, French, and West German fishing com- panies. He said that the warehouse will permit European fishing vessels to land catches on the western side of the Atlantic andreturn to the fishing grounds, instead of returning to European ports each time afull load is taken. Program to Attract Foreign Vessels The refrigerated warehouse, expected to be readyby November, is another step in the continuing program of modernizing and ex- panding the facilities on the French islands to attract foreign fleets operating on the Grand Banks. Although some European fleets still visit St. John's on a more or less regu- lar basis, St. Pierre facilities for servicing and provisions are attracting more and more foreign trawlers. Other facilities built at St. Pierre within the past few years include modern ship-re- pair facilities and a large, new, artificially formed harbor. ('Canadian Fisherman,! Apr.) a eS Ok ok PRODUCTION STARTS AT NEW NEWFOUNDLAND PLANT A new fish-mealfactory was officially in- augurated on Oct. 24, at Isle aux Morts, on the southwest coast of Newfoundland. Isle aux Morts is very close to Port aux Basques, which has an excellent harbor and a year- round railwayferry connecting Newfoundland and Nova Scotia. Builton the site of a former filleting fac- tory, the new plant willbe particularly impor- tant to Isle aux Morts. It will provide, among other things, an adequate supply of water to the islanders' homes. The plant has 2 production lines, each with a 500-ton/24-hour capacity. There is also room to instal another 500-ton/24-hour pro- duction line. Production Processes The fish is pumped from the boats to the top of 2 steel storage tanks, dewatered, and weighed on an automatic belt scale. Each tank holds enough fish for 36 hours' produc- tion. Each is equipped with a system for circulation of blood water to prevent bridging of fish in the tanks. Screw conveyors trans- port the fish from the tanks to a feeding ap- paratus common to bothlines. This apparatus automatically regulates thefeedto 2 cookers. Discharge of raw material from the tanks is automatically controlled by level-regulating membrane switches installed on the feeding apparatus. Before entering the double-screw presses, the boiledfish passes through rota- ting prestrainers. The presscake then goes to disintegrators for further fluffing prior to drying. Direct Fired Dryers Two amply dimensioned direct-fired dryers are arranged so both production lines can be operated in series, with either dryer as pre-dryer. The dryers also can be oper- ated in paralleland supplied by either press. Both are equipped with return-screw convey- or for meal recirculation. The dryers have automatic temperature controls and automatic fire alarms and fire extinguishers. Treatment The meal is carried to the meal storage from the dryers by screw conveyors. Before grinding and bagging, it passes a magnet-re- movingtramp iron. The meal bags are flat- tened between rollers for easier stacking. All meal is treated with antioxidants immediately after leaving the dryers. Sludge & Stickwater Used Sludge and particles of dry matter are re- moved from the press-liquid by 3 cylindrical vibrating sieves and returned directly to the presses. The sludge is returned to the pro- duction together with the stickwater concen- trate. (An automatic triple-effect stickwater evaporating plant has been included.) The factory manufactures only whole meal; the stickwater concentrate is added to the press- cake immediately after the presses. Oil Separation Oilis recovered from the press-liquid by 3 automatically controlled separators. The oilis pumped to large settling tanks, purified, and pumped to storage tanks. ('Canadian Fisherman,' Apr.) EUROPE Norway WINTER HERRING FISHERY CALLED WORST IN CENTURY After almost total failure in 1967, Nor- wegians had hoped the winter herring fishery would come back in 1968. But this winter's catches, through mid-March, were even worse thanthe year before. Fishing began during the third week of February as small schools approached the coast. Full migra- tion was expected the first week of March, but bad weather curtailed fishing. Only a few fishing days have beenpossible since and re- sults have been called ''miserable.'' About 150 purse seiners participated. "Storsild" and 'V&rsild" After this poor start with the early ''stor- sild" fishery, Norwegians hoped the following "varsild'' season would bringcatches up to a morerespectable level. The ripe, prespawn- ing winter herring arriving at the coast are called 'storsild" (large herring). The spawn- ing and spawned-out fish are ''varsild" (spring herring). Because of quality differences that affect the market value, there is a ''cut-off day.'' Before that day, all herring caught are considered storsild, after that they are var- sild. The ''cut-off day" this year was March 12. Good Fishing in Faroese Waters One bright spot was the excellent fishing reported in late March near the Faroe Islands, Much herring caught by Norwegian and Fa- roese boats inthe area was very high quality and was sold for human consumption, Some was sold even by boats not equipped with re- frigerated seawater tanks. Capelin Fishery Excellent The capelin fishery at North Norway also provided excellent results; catches up to mid- March were double those of the same period last year. A total of 370 purse seiners and trawlers were inthefishery off Finnmark and the Island of Senja. The latter ground is shallow and vessels with deep seines have experienced difficulties and suffered much gear damage. Heavy catches burst the nets of some vessels. (U.S. Embassy, Copen- hagen, Mar. 28.) OK OK 39 TO EVALUATE COASTAL SALMON FISHERY Inthe wake of protests against the prohibi- tion of drift gill net-fishing for salmon inside Norwegian base lines, the Department of Agriculture announced that scientific investi- gations of the salmon fisheries will be ex- tended and intensified. The objective will be to evaluate the effect of the netting prohibi- tion. Acommittee is being considered to con- duct economic evaluations of this fishery and its regulation. Agriculture Minister Defends Ban The Minister of Agriculture has defended the prohibition. He said that several possi- bilities were considered to find a way of re- ducing the salmon harvest. It was decided that total prohibition of drift gill-netting in- side a certain boundary would best provide the needed protection. He pointed out that if an international agreement to control the salmon fishery beyond the limits is desired, Norway must seek to limit the damage from drift gill-net fishing within its own jurisdic- tion. Longlining Begins Earlier The longline fishery beyond the limits off North Norway began much earlier this year than in previous years. The first vessel ar- rived on the grounds by mid-February. There are serious doubts in Norway about the qual- ity of salmon caught so early. (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, Mar. 28.) Kok 3K PROHIBITS DRIFT GILL-NETTING FOR SALMON INSIDE BASELINES Effective Feb. 7, 1969, Norway prohibited drift gill netting for salmon, inshore from Norwegian territorial sea baselines, This action was taken to reduce exploitation of salmon stocks, The Ministry of Agriculture, responsible for freshwater fishery resources including salmon runs, had pushed this pro- hibition, Possible Extension of Ban Extending the prohibition against drift gill-net fishing beyond baselines, either to 40 Norway (Contd.): territorial limit or to 12-mile fisheries limit, will be considered during coming months, The prohibition inside baselines affects only Norwegian fishermen, Fishermen Protest Protests have developed in wake of the ban; the fishermen claim it will mean a cat- astrophic loss of income. The Fishermen's Association, declining to seek special ex- ceptions for certain areas, will accept noth- ing less than complete withdrawal of the pro- hibition, High-Seas Long-Line Fishery Long-line fishing for salmon within the Norwegian fisheries limit has been forbidden for some time. Some officials would like to ban the long-line fishery beyond the Norwe- gian fisheries limit. This fishery, carried onininternational waters by Danish and Swedish fishermen, could be prohibited only by international agreement. Administration Change Sought The Fisheries Director (Ministry of Fisheries) stated that the prohibition was ef- fected by the Ministry of Agriculture before the Fisheries Directorate heard of it. Re- sulting controversy has evoked a demand that the administration of salmon and trout fish- eries be removed from the Ministry of Agri- culture, and placed under the Ministry of Fisheries. (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, Mar, 7.) %* OK ALL SEALING MADE SUBJECT TO CONCESSION Sealing operations in all sealing grounds will be subject to Government concession, ac- cording to a Royal Decree of March21. Seal- ing operations inthe Northeast Atlantic have been subject to concession since 1965. The Ministry of Fisheries says a concession can be granted to anyone who conducted regular sealing operations for at least 3 years during 1964-68, Sealing must be carried out in the same vesselused in that period. The Minis- try may grant dispensations from this rule, provided the applicant is known to be, or have been, connected with the sealing industry and possessesthe necessary qualifications, The sealing must be justifiable in terms of a ra- tional exploitation of the stocks. The Minis- try also may stipulate tonnage, engine power, and vessel equipment. After granting a concession, the Ministry may limit further particular sealing opera- tions by stipulating maximum catch quotas, Recommended by Biologists The new regulatory measures were based on recommendations of marine biologists made several years ago. The Ministry has been considering the recommendations since then, (U.S. Embassy, Oslo, Mar. 28.) KOK EXPLORATORY VESSEL FINDS GOOD FISHING ON GEORGES BANK The distant water longliner 'Pero', char- tered by Norway's Institute for Marine Re- search for a 2-month exploratory cruise, found "very good" stocks of cod on Georges Bank, This happened after an initial period when catches were not impressive. One metric ton of fish, gutted weight, was taken on 2,000 hooks. She also found significant quantities of herring, Cruise Results Reported Frequent reports of the cruise results have been carried in the Norwegian trade paper 'Fiskaren.' The most recent report--"Pos- sibilities for Norwegian Utilization of Herring Stocks on the American East Coast'--in- cluded a detailed account of the West German herring fishery on Georges Bank (published earlier in a German trade paper). The report commented that the distance to Georges Bank is too great, even for vessels with refrigerated sea-water tanks, to return catches to Norway for processing. However, there should be good possibilities for vessels that can process herring on board, and for faectoryships that canfillet herring for freez- ing, and produce meal and oil from the waste. Exploration to Continue During the second week of March, while 'Pero' was weatherbound near Nova Scotia, the crew reported shoals of herring all around the vessel. Fishing was to proceed farther west and north as soon as the weather im- proved. (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, Mar.28.) A ASA CA SAo Denmark CATCHES AND EXPORTS ROSE IN 1968 In 1968, Denmark's fishing fleet made record catches and her fishery exports reached new highs. Favorable weather throughout the year made a record number of fishing days possible, Prices generally were up from the 1967 low. Although exvessel prices averaged slightly lower for some spe- cies, a larger catch made up the difference. It provided higher overall earnings. Catch According to preliminary data, the 1968 catch was 1.4 million metric tons, more than 40% over 1967. This puts Denmark in third place--behind Norway and Spain--among Europe's leading fishing nations, Denmark will rank about 11th in the world. Export Earnings Fishery products exported from Denmark provided over US$133 million in exchange. Denmark ranks fifth among the world's lead- ing fish exporting countries; she is surpassed only by Peru, Japan, Norway, and Canada, Fishery products contributed about 5% of all Danish export earnings, About 8% (by value) is exported to the U.S., 40% to the Common Market, and 40% to EF TA countries. Greenland Fisheries Unsatisfactory Greenland fisheries were the one unsatis- factory area in 1968; cod catches were sub- stantially smaller than in previous years. (U.S. Embassy, Feb. 20, 1969.) OR United Kingdom BLANKET OF PLASTIC BALLS SPEEDS GROWTH RATE OF YOUNG FISH To sustain the high growth rate of young sole being reared experimentally in warmed sea water, some of the tanks will be blan- keted with floating plastic balls during the coming winter. Careful measurements have shown that ball blankets minimize heat losses, These losses are particularly heavy at low air temperatures. 41 The experiments are being carried out by the British White Fish Authority at Hunters- ton, Scotland. The aim is to develop a fish- farming technique to a point where industry can take it up as a commercial proposition. Shortens Growing Period Experiments at Port Erin, in the Isle of Man, have shown that tens of thousands of eggs spawnedby such fish as plaice and sole canbe successfully hatched in captivity; only a small percentage survives in the open sea. The Hunterston work has shown that sole can reach market size in 2 years, instead of 4 required in the open sea. Ball blankets dur- ing the winter, and improved feeding methods, may reduce this growing period to 18 months. Reduces Heat Loss The insulating ball blanket technique, or Allplas system, is widely used in industry on heated openprocesstanks. Independent tests have shown that the system reduces open tank heat losses up to 70% and evaporation by nearly 90%. Within certain limits, the size of the ball has no bearing on the results, Therefore, it is a matter of choosing a size most appropriate for the application, Keeps Growth Rate Steady At Hunterston, a constant flow of sea water enters the fish tanks at between 61° F, and 64° F, Under adverse winter conditions, a ball blanket keeps the tank's temperature at 59° F, This is notonly ideal for the growing fish, but 13° F, higher than the open sea in winter, The current experiments may prove that reducing heat lossesfrom warmed water helps to maintain a steadier growth rate in winter, Details of Allplas balls and their suppliers throughout the world are available from All- plas AG, Alpenstrasse 12, Zug, Switzerland, (‘Canadian Fisherman,' Mar. 1969.) OK OK BUILDS 'SEABED CRAWLER! A seabed crawler designed to work on the Continental Shelf (as deep as 100 fathoms) is being built by a British shipyard and Britain's National Research Development Corp, It will cost about US$850,000, The government will provide 50% under long-term loan arrange- ments, Launched from a mothership, the crawler will wind down to the seabed ona presunk weighted cable. Power will be supplied by 42 United Kingdom (Contd.): cable from the surface. It will move on 4 large wheels powered by electric motors. The Vehicle The vehicle will have 2 compartments: one atnormalpressure for the driver and an expert in the operation; another, open to the sea, from whichdiverscan operate. The lat- ter canalso serve as adecompressioncham- ber during and after return to the surface. The vehicle will be fully equipped for com- munication with the surface and between command compartment and divers. It will also contain life-support systems and carry lighting and closed circuit TV. ('Canadian Fisherman,' Mar, 1969.) West Germany NEW FISH-WASHING MACHINE DEVELOPED A new machine to wash a variety of fish has been developed by the German firm, Baader of Lubeck. The Baader 670 fish- washing machine is suitable for both gutted and whole fish. It is claimed that the ex- tremely compact machine can be installed on board a vessel athwartship. Operating Characteristics The hexagonal drum-shell-type machine has an incorporated worm 6 inches high and turning rails, A centrally mounted water pipe washes the fish during its run through the machine, Dirty water, discharged through gill-shaped openings in the drum shell, runs to a water -collecting tray under the drum and drains off through an outlet pipe. The drum, fitted between 2 synthetic spur rings, is supported by plasticrollers, Drive for the drum is provided by a combined spur and gear rim, Size The machine is 144 inches long, 47 inches wide, and 57 inches high, The 38-inch-dia- meter drumis about 118incheslong. ('Fish- ing News,' Mar. 14.) oo0000g000 USSR ARTIFICIAL CULTURE OF SEA STURGEON ATTEMPTED In early April 1968, scientists of the All- Union Research Institute of Fisheries and Oceanography began an experiment in artifi- cial culture of sea sturgeon, Acipenser sturio. Tests were performed in the area of Poti on the Black Sea, Three females were placed in a5x 7x 1.2 meter enclosure at the mouth of the Rioni River. Despite stagnating water, salinity exceeding 15 parts per million, and water temperatures of 12 to 15.4° C, (54 to 59° F.), eggs were obtained, fertilized and incubated, Some hatched larvae were observ- ed, The outlook for future large-scale sea sturgeon farming is promising. Endangered Resource The sea sturgeon, a valuable marine fish, was once nativeto the North Atlantic. It oc- curred along European coasts from North Cape to Black Sea, and along American coasts from Hudson Strait to South Carolina, The resource has been almost completely de- troyed, Today, sea sturgeon spawns only in the Rioni River and is found only in the Black Sea. Characteristics Sea sturgeon reaches a length of 130-140 centimeters (cm) and a weight of 20-25 kilo- grams (kg) in 8 to 10 years, Specimens 2 meters long weighing 50 kg have been encoun- tered. Russian sturgeon, Acipenser gulden- stadti, is somewhat smaller and lighter at this age (100-110 cm and 10-12 kg), Male sea sturgeon are mature at 7 to 9 years, and fe- males at 9 to 12--2 to 5 years earlier than the Russian sturgeon. Unlike other Acipen- seridae, sea sturgeon can withstand high salinity and fairly low water temperatures. Its food is mainly anchovy and other small fish, It spawns a month earlier than Russian sturgeon, usually in the lower reaches of rivers, 80 to120 km fromthe mouth, ('Ryb- noe Khoziaistvo,' No. 12, 1968.) se 7 AS 7s 70-80 PURSE SEINERS FISH MACKEREL IN NORTH SEA The skipper of the Norwegian vessel 'Borgdygutt,' interviewed after his return from mackerel fishing in the North Sea, re- ported: ‘Norway has about 35 vessels fishing USSR (Contd.): onthese North Sea grounds, but we are not the only ones there, At the Viking and Patch Banks, we saw a Soviet fleet surpassing the total fleets of allother countries, They have 70-80 power block-equipped fishing vessels supported by large motherships. I would es- timate there were about 10 Soviet factory ves- sels ranging in size from about 3,000 to 20,000 deadweight tons,'' He saw only 2 Soviet gill- netters, "The Soviet effort seems successful," the captainadded, ''Their purse seines fish deep and they have the most modern gear, When the purse Seiners have a full load, the moth- erships come alongside and take the fish directly onboard, This is a rational and fast method,"' ('FiskAaren,' Mar, 6.) SEINERS FOR PACIFIC FLEET BEING BUILT IN SIBERIA A new production line for oceangoing sein- ers has been set up at Sretenskii Shipyard, in 43 the southeastern Siberian province of Chita, The hulls, reinforced to withstand ice pres- sure, will have up-to-date navigational equip- ment and communications systems, The gear issued will depend on the fishery in which the seiners are to be used, More Comfort for the Crew The fishermen will sleep in greater com- fort: instead of the 6-man bunks provided in previously built seiners, the new type will have 2- and 4-berth cabins, (Various Soviet news agencies.) North Pacific Deployment The shipyard is on the River Shilka (see photo), The Shilkaflows intothe Amur River, dividing Mainland China from the USSR, As the Amur flows into the north Pacific, these seiners may be destined for north Pacific fisheries closeto Soviet shores, This would explain the reinforced hulls, Workers at Sretenskii Shipyard in southeastern Siberia build oceangoing seiner. (Photo: Tass) 44 USSR (Contd.): FISHERIES MINISTER REPLIES TO REPRIMAND The reply of Fisheries Minister A. Ishkov to a reprimand from the Soviet Council of Ministers has been published by 'Vodnyi Transport,' official organ of the Merchant Marine Ministry and the Trade Union of Mer- chant Seamen. The Councilhad blamed 'weak leadership' of the Fisheries Ministry for in- efficient use of the fishing fleet, failure to meet the growing demand for fishery prod- ucts, and inefficient market promotion. In his reply, Minister Ishkov stressed that the 1968 catch plan hadbeen fulfilled 103%-- 6.7 million tons landed, 230,000 more than in 1967. He pointed to a101% fulfillment of the 1968 sales plan. He noted that 68% of all fish- ery enterprises had switched to the new eco- nomic planning and stimulation system. Over 1 billion cans of fish had been packed. And, between 1966 and 1968, the fishing fleet had received 500 new vessels, including floating fish canneries, refrigerated fish carriers, and floating bases. Notes Production Changes Ishkov also reported production changes. Salted fishery products (except herring) dropped to 7% of total production from a re- cent 40%. Fresh-frozen production amounted to 60%. Production of fillets, sprats, sar- dines, and saury canned in oil increased. Production of canned fishery items amounted to 12% of total production of edible fishery products. He saidthat both quality and vari- ety of ediblefishery products have improved greatly over the past 3 years. Announces Targets For 1969 He announced that targets for 1969 include increases in nearly all branches of the fish- ing industry: 7.4% in profits; 7% in sales; 10.4% in output of edible fishery products; 11.8% in canned fish; 14% in fillet production, and 35% in pond fisheries. The fleet is to receive 366 new large tonnage units. Other targets are new fish-processing combines for Leningrad, Minsk, Volvograd, Alma Ata, and Donetsk; expansion of repair, docking and mooring facilities in all major fishing ports; andnew rest homes for fisher- men in Vladivostok, Nakhodka, Arkhangelsk, and Murmansk, Stresses Switch to New Economic System Ishkov said fish industry performance in the future will no longer be measured in terms of quantity of catch, but in ruble value of the output of ediblefishery products. This change has been dictated by theneed to meet growing demand for products of better quality. The fishing fleet has been directed to increase catches of higher-priced species. Emphasis in the current year will be on continued conversion to, and development of, the new economic system. Results of the past 15 years show greatly improved pro- duction efficiency, expanded personal initia- tive, and better use of basic capital. The fishing industry combines fishing, processing, packaging, ship repair, etc. So new planning and more effective stimulation methods must be developed to find better usefor the rapidly growing fixed productive capital. Criticizes Fishery Administrations The Minister severely criticized several principal fishery administrations. He rapped the Far Eastern, Western, and Azov-Black Sea Administrations for not fulfilling 1968 catch quotas. He criticized poor fleet utili- zation, About 46% of the high-sea vessels (many belong to the administrations under fire) failed to fulfil the 1968 plan. He cen- sured 'certain administrative executives! for tolerating systematic violations of vessel de- ployment schedules. He attacked the Far Eastern, Western, and Azov-Black Sea ad- ministrationfor "brutally violating’ fleet-re- pair schedules. Ishkoyv also deplored the slow progress in mechanizing cumbersome fish catching and processing operations aboard vessels. This prevents effective crew cuts and operational cost reductions. He added that current educa- tional and professional crew-training pro- grams are inadequate. ('Vodnyi Transport,' Feb. 18.) Council Reprimand The Council's reprimand was a resolution titled ‘Additional measures to improve the efficiency of the fishing fleet, better the qual- ity, and expand the selection of fishery pro- duction.' It was adopted in late January 1969. (See CFR, April 1969, p. 54.) OK OK USSR (Contd.): TO BUY IRANIAN CAVIAR New prices for Iran's Caspian sturgeon and caviar exports to the USSR were set by the Iranian State Fisheries Organization and the Soviet Commercial Bureauon Mar. 15, 1969, All prices will be 25 to 30% higher than pre- vious USSR-Irantrade contract prices. This will bring them to the level of world prices for these commodities, The Agreement Under the 3-year agreement, Iran will sell tothe USSR 1,000 metric tons of sturgeon and 70 tons of caviar. The new prices will give Tran an additional 150 million rials a year, The USSR also agreed to deliver a fleet of fishing vessels to Iran, The Soviets also will assist Iran in building inland hatcheries, ('Kayhan International,' Mar. 16.) Poland PROMOTES SALES OF HER FISHING VESSELS Poland is actively promoting foreign sales of her fishing vessels. Here are 2 examples: The CENTROMOR firm has commissioned Canadian navalarchitects of Montreal to un- dertake a design study for a fresh-fish stern trawler suitable for use off Canada's east coast. Inthepast, European-designed trawl- ers have not been found ideal for the rugged conditions off Canada, Vessel Characteristics The 172-ft., 2-deck stern trawler will be powered by a 1,600-hp. diesel with a service speed of about 13 knots. The engineroom will be forward, and a 315-ton capacity hold aft. A crew of 18 to 20 willbe housed in single or 2-berthcabins, A model has been thoroughly tank-tested. Special care has been taken to insure stability under adverse weather con- ditions, particularly in ice. Advanced Design The trawl winch will be well forward of the bridge superstructure but beneath the deck- 45 house, This will allow safe working positions, and free almost the whole length of the deck for easier hauling, The advanced design may make the new vessel class equally suitable for some European fishing nations. ('Fishing News International,' Jan.) Demonstrating Trawler in Ireland In Ireland, CENTROMOR organized dem - onstrationtrips of a 96-ft. Polish TR27A-type stern trawler. The trips were made from Howth, Castletownbere, Killbegs, and Cork, in March 1969. Irish skippers were invited along. The prototype of this series, 'Sola,' was introduced in 1968 as a replacement for the 78-ft. side trawlers used by the Polish fleet. A basic unitin a number of models offered by the Gdynia Ship Repair Yard, Sola was designed by the Vessel Design Bureau of Gdansk, The Sola class vessels can carry a 9-man crew on trips of up to 20 days. Layout Sola's general layout is very practical. There is a central fishing control position at the afterside of the wheelhouse, which is set forward. Main engine and propeller remote controls are housed on the bridge. The 140 cu.m. capacity fish hold is insulated with styrofoam, lined with wood and hydronalium, and cooled down to a temperature of 0° C, Fresh-water tanks have an8.9 cu.m, capacity, and fuel oil tanks 55,9 cu.m, Gear Deck machinery is hydraulically powered from a mainenginetake-off, The trawl winch comprises 2 separate units, On the stern gantry above the slipway, 2 hydraulically powered warp blocks can be moved from the outer side of the gantry to the middle just above the slipway. After the maintrawl warps have been taken on the twin trawl winches, the doors are se- cured to the stern, and the cables clipped on tothe auxiliary wires for hauling inboard. At this time, the blocks are moved to their inner position and the trawl wings are taken up the center slipway. When these are aboard, the cod ends are taken aboard by a gilson from an auxiliary drum. For shooting the proce- dureis reversed. ('Fishing News,' Mar, 14.) Serr 46 Iceland FISHING INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENTS Record catches of capelin were made in March, The 1969 catchreached 100,000 tons; this compared with just over 78,000 tons for all of 1968, and a little over 97,000 in 1967. All storage facilities were full. Landings were runningup to 10,000 tons a day. Cape- lin was being stacked in open areas to await reduction. Capelin meal prices were re- ported rising, Much of the meal was sold as soon as processed. Capelin for human consumption is being tested by the Japanese, who had several tech- nicians inIcelandlast year, Iceland exported about 500 tons of frozen capelin to Japan in 1968 and has contracted to sell 750 tons in 1969. White Fish White fish catches had been somewhat lower than in 1968 due to strikes and poor weather, Catches in March were improving. However, the trawler catch was similar to last year's, and over 3,000 tons of iced fish had been sold in England and West Germany in January. Marketing Developments A sales contract, negotiated in February with Soviet trade representatives, provided for Icelandic sales of 21,000 metric tons of fishery products, including 13,000 tons of frozen fillets, during 1969. The firm Einar Gudfinnsson of Bolungarvik has been experimenting recently with catching and processing scallops and other mollusks for the U.S.market. The quantity of available raw material reportedly is abundant. The quality of the productis good, but production and processing are still on a trial basis. Technological Developments On March 11, the West German ship- builder, Uterwesen of Bremerhaven, con- tracted to build a US$2.4 million research vessel for the Icelandic Government. The 'Bjarni Saemundsson,! willbeastern trawler 49 meters long and 800 gross tons. She will be the first Icelandic ship powered by a diesel-electric system and be able to trawl at greater depths than any other Icelandic vessel. Some Icelandic boats soon willbe equipped with an improved purse seine, invented by Ingolfur Theodorsson ofthe Westman Islands, It has already been tested, with excellent results. The net purses faster than existing seines. On-board tests of the Lowe-Temp sea- water ice maker are about to start in Ice- landic waters. It is produced by a company in Longwood, Florida. The ice maker already has been tested ashore by the laboratory of the Fisheries Research Institute. It is be- lieved the new equipment (which produces ice flakes from undiluted sea water) may in- crease quality and value of catch of the groundfish boats through improved cooling, (U.S. Embassy, Reykjavik, Mar. 20.) - . « (Metric Tonst/).. . 234,653 34, 386 38, 032 oo0o0D0d 8, 896 8,972 4,873 30, 571 1,054 142, 820 78, 166 2,451 14, 423 204, 403 38, 664 29, 036 7,724 10, 278 2,722 30, 039 1,040 461,533 97, 165 1,508 Wolffish (catfish) Cusk. eee see Ocean perch... Halibut ... Herring ° Capelin ... Shrimp ° Other . 5 Utilization: Fish: Quick frozen .....-. Stockfish (unsalted Reduction . Herring: Salted .. Frozen (bait) .... Reduction .. Crustaceans: Frozen) 5 0 ee ee Camned ) .{/) «| ste) Home consumption 1/Whole ungutted fish. Source: ‘'Hagtidindi,' Mar. 1969. LATIN AMERICA Mexico 1968 FISHERY PRODUCTION WAS ONLY 2.8% ABOVE 1967 Mexico's 1968 fishery production was 240,071 metric tons, only 2.8% more than 1967, according to preliminary data from the Sec- retary of Industry and Commerce. It hadin- creased 12.8% from 1966 to 1967. Fishery Production (Preliminary) Species 28, 229 20, 141 11, 433 10, 163 5,981 5,541 Total Production, . . |240,071 Shrimp landings, off 9.4% in volume for first-half 1968, continued to decline during second half; at year's end, these were 15.6% less than in 1967. Industrial products, led by kelp, moved ahead of 1967 by 27.3%. Fish meal production continued to climb slowly upward, increasing 12.5%. Shrimp No, 4 Export in Value Shrimp exports, mostly to the U.S., were worth 676 million pesos (US$54.08 million), down 15.6% from 1967. Still the most im- portant fishery product in dollar value, the recent high market prices moved shrimp back to fourth place in value among all ex- ports (after cotton, sugar, and corn). (U.S, Embassy, Mexico, Mar, 6.) * OK THE FISHERIES OF CIUDAD DEL CARMEN Ciudad del Carmenlies atthe western end of Isla del Carmen, on Campeche Bay, at the southern end of the Gulf of Mexico. It depends almost entirely on shrimp for its economic stability. Unlike other Mexican Gulf ports, 47 where finfish play important role, shrimp is king in Carmen, Finfish are handled only in some smaller plants catering to the domestic market. Fish and Shrimp Production in Carmen i ee eee Metric Tons US$1, 000 8, 308 8,059 7,741 8, 446 Processing Plants Ten shrimp-processing plants in Ciudad del Carmen process and pack shrimp for export--all to the U.S. Almost allof the ex- ported product is peeled, deveined, and in- dividually quick frozen (IQF), except for occasional small packs of larger sizes (10-14 and 15-20 shrimp per pound) in the green headless form. Shipment to the U.S, is mostly by refrig- erated truck, although some is shipped by refrigerated vessel. Combined production capacity of the 10 plants is 90,000 pounds a day of IQF (about 112,000 pounds of green headless shrimp). Inorder of size, the plants are: Productos Refrigerados, Isla Camaro- nera, Mariscos del Carmen, Congeladora del Carmen, Naviera Rex, Perladel Golfo, Booth Fisheries de Mexico, Congeladora Jomar, Congeladora Mexicana, and Fausto Cruz. Eight smaller plants process and pack shrimp and fish for domestic consumption. Ice Production There are 8 ice plants, each associated with a shrimp-processing plant. The com- bined daily capacity is 275 tons of block ice. Most of this goes to the shrimp vessel fleet for icing catches, but some is used in the plants. Several plants have flake-ice ma- chines to supply in-plant needs. Freezing-at-sea equipment has been in- troduced on afew vessels recently. A grow- ing interest in this equipment has led to the local design and manufacture of an on-board freezer ata cost considerably below the bet- ter-known U.S.-built equipment. However, this locally built machinery is still quite new, and has to establish its reliability and trouble-free operation. 48 Mexico (Contd.): Fleet Size & Maintenance Carmen's shore plants are supplied by a fleet of 320 shrimp vessels of varying types, ages, horespower, and condition. All use modern double rig shrimp gear. Mostplants have their own marine railways and repair yards to maintain and repair their ownvessels and those supplying them. There is alsoa small shipyard presently building new shrimp boats, both wood and steel. (Regional Fisher- ies Attaché, U.S. Embassy, Mexico, Mar. 18.) Bs BSS > NEW FISHERIES COUNCIL FORMED IN CAMPECHE On Mar. 5, 1969, the newly formed Fish- eries Council for the Campeche area launched an ambitious program to develop andimprove the fishing industry. The Council is com- posed of representatives of the local trade association branch, the federal fisheries bu- reau, ice manufacturers, vessel owners, packers and processors, repair and mainte- nance services, fisheries unions and cooper- atives, health department, and the State of Campeche. Council Goals The Council's objectives are: (a) improve- ment of the economic condition of the fishing industry and upgrading its products; (b) im- provement of sanitary conditions on vessels, docks, and processing plants; (c) upgrading of training and competence of fishermen; and (d) increased knowledge of resources, par- ticularly shrimp. The Council plans to attain these objectives by pooling resources and efforts of the indus- try and government participants. As a first step, several Council members have drawn up proposed rules for sanitary practices aboard vessels and in processing plants. Mexico's fishing industry attaches great importance to the subject of improved sanitary practices. May Spread to Pacific The initial group in the Council represented interests inthe Campeche area only. Later, neighboring fishing centers such as Ciudad del Carmen, Progreso, Veracruz, Alvarado, and Tampico willbe invited to join in a com- prehensive program covering the whole Gulf of Mexico coast. Mexico's Pacific Coast fish- ing industry, which provides about 70% of Mexico's annual production, may adopt some form of fisheries councilin the future. (Reg. Fish. Attaché, U.S. Embassy, Mexico, Mar. Blo) Peru EXPORT TAXES ON FISH PRODUCTS REINSTATED Certain export taxes on fishery products have been reestablished by Peru (Mar. 12, 1969). This was done because a 1967 law abolishing them had reduced the fiscal reve- nue required to finance the national budget, and had suppressed funds essential for na- tional defense. The new law virtually invalidates the ben- efits accorded by the 1967 law, No. 16694. Reestablishment of a5% stamp tax on exports is considered aheavy burden tothe industry. The provisions of the new law will be valid for 5 years, from April 1, 1968. Reinstated Taxes A 5% ad valorem stamp tax on exports of fish products (payable on thef.o.b. price) has been reinstated. A 5% stamp tax had been waived on bothdomestic transactions and ex- ports of fish products by the 1967 law. The 1969law exempts only domestic transactions. Fish & Whale Oil There will be a tax of US$5.16 a metric ton on crude fish and whale oil, and US$3.87 a metric ton on semirefined fish and whale oil. These export taxes onfish oil were orig- inally imposedin 1965 and abolished in 1967. Refined or hydrogenized fish and whale oils are not subject to these export taxes. Other Taxes Other export taxes established in 1967 re- main: 1% on f.o.b. Peruvian port price on fish and whale meal. Peru (Contd.): 2% on f.o.b. Peruvian port price a metric ton on crude fish oil when export price does not exceed US$160 a metric ton; 4% when ex- port price is higher. 1% on f.o.b. Peruvian port price a metric ton on semirefined fish oil when export price does not exceed US$170.00 a metric ton; 2% when price is higher. All the above taxes, except the 5% stamp tax, are collected as advance payment of in- dustrial and profit taxes. The 5% stamp tax is chargeable only to general expenses. Suspension of 5% Tax In response tointense industry opposition, the law reintroducing the 5% ad valorem tax on fishery products exports has been sus- pended for 2 months, effective Mar. 28. The suspension does not affect the other individual taxes on fish and whale oil. (U.S. Embassy, Lima, Mar. 27 & Apr. 11.) Ok OK FISH MEAL PRODUCTION AND EXPORTS, JAN,-FEB, 1967-69 Production of Peruvian fish meal was low in February 1969 duetoashort closed season that limited fishing to the southern part of Ilo. Exports remained high, however, due to good demand. (U.S, Embassy, Lima, Mar, 27.) 284, 021 191,575 425,596 192,056 188, 222 The 7 leading buyers, in first 2 months of 1969, were West Germany, 43,949 metric tons; Continental U.S., 43,748 tons; Netherlands 33,290; East Germany, 29,464; Spain, 26,843, and U.K., 20,456. 49 Chile ANCHOVY CATCH, FISH MEAL & OIL PRODUCTION, 1966-68 Although far fewer plants operated in1968 than in 1967, fish meal production increased 46%. During 1968, about 175,900 metric tons of fish meal and 28,000 tons of fish oil worth US$20,087,300 were exported. Most meal went to the U.S. and West Germany. The Netherlands took 90% of the oil. Anchovy Catch, Fish Meal & Oil Production, Jan.-Dec. 1966-681/ Total landings of fish and shellfish at major 886, 927 61, 300 708, 600 September. .... Octoberin., «: 10 egeus November. ... 0s. December, .. ancho eal production from fish other than Antofagasta: DGC Nettet tere is fe Patan Jan, -Dec. » south of Antofagasta: DEC. ic seus, 106 18 Jan. Dec. }1/Some figures rounded. Protein content of fish meal produced in December 1968 averaged 65%. The price varied between US$123-138 c. & f. (Instituto de Fomento Pesquero, Informe Mensual No. 125 Heb. 12%) 50 Cuba FISHING INDUSTRY IS GROWING RAPIDLY Cuba's rapidly expanding fishing industry may become one of Latin America's leading seafood exporters. But the industry is ham- pered by a lack of trained personnel. Some question whether disproportionate amount of investment has not been made for the returns. New Markets Despite this, the industry's outlook appears bright. Cubans themselves are developing a taste for more fish, a necessity because of chronic meat shortages. And a ready market exists in Western Europe for Cuba's spiny lobsters, Shrimp, and other seafood. Most of Cuba's fishing exports go to France, Italy, Britain, and to Socialist countries. Most of these exports representnew markets created by Cuba's need to pay for machinery and equipment. Catch Increases A new US$38 million fishing port near Havana was built by the Soviets in 1967. Since 1959, fishery production has almost quad- rupled. Total catch in 1968 was an estimated 82,000 metric tons, compared with 22,000 in 1958. If present plans are realized, the 1968 record will be more than doubled to 200,000 tons by 1971. The forecast is based on an expansion program to increase substantially the tonnage of the fishing fleet, and its dock- ing and storage facilities. Shrimp Fleet Expands Emphasis is given to increase the shrimp- fleet catch. Cuba recently acquired 90 steel- hulled shrimp trawlers almost exactly like those used by U.S. companies in Texas and Florida. Also, 12 shrimp vessels will be built in Cuba for 1969 delivery. Cuban shrimp vessels are intensifying operations off Vene- zuela, near mouth of Orinoco River, and off Surinam, Guayana, and French Guiana. By 1970, Cuba expects to have 300 vessels and catch 10,000 metric tons of shrimp an- nually. State-Run Industry / The industry is administered by the Na- tional Fishing Institute established in 1963 following a technical-assistance agreement with the Soviet Union. Itisa sprawling agency © that directs 3 fleets, fishing port of Havana, fishing cooperatives, warehouse and trans- portation units, a big shipbuilding facility, canning units, a scientific research center, and an export company. ('The Wall Street Journal,' Apr. 1.) * OK SPAIN BUILDS STERN TRAWLER The super -trawler 'Mar Caribe’ was being completed for Cuba at one of the Vigo (Spain) shipbuilding consortium yards in Jan. 1969. It will be one of Cuba's largest fishing ves - sels. The 315-foot vessel, powered by a 4,000- hp. diesel engine, is equipped witha full Baad- er processing factory. She willcarry a crew of 82 and have hold capacity for about 2,000 metric tons of frozen fish. The vessel was ordered originally by Spanish owners and launched as the 'Arcos.' ('Fishing News. International,' Jan.) The first of 5 more stern trawlers ordered from East Germany was delivered Jan. 19. ASIA Japan REPORTS 1968 EXPORTS In 1968, Japan exported 7.85 million cases (7-oz. 48's) of canned mackerel--2,.51 million cases of natural pack and 5.34 million cases of tomato sauce and other packs. The sharp rise--55% from 1967 total of 5.07 million cases--was due primarily to increased pur- chases by the Philippines and South Vietnam, The former bought 1.3 million cases of natural pack and 2.7 million cases in tomato sauce and other packs; the latter 43,000 cases of natural pack and over 1.2 million cases in tomato sauce andother packs. Exports tothe U.S. totaled 318,000 cases of natural pack and 7,000 cases in tomato sauce. ('Suisan Tsu- shin,’ Feb. 12.) Frozen Tuna Exports Steady Frozen tuna exports were 107,084 metric tons valued at about US$41.1 million, com- pared to 107,132 tons and $45.4 million in 1967. Albacore tuna exports were down sharply--12,754 tons below 1967--but yellow - fin and skipjack exports were up. The 4 leading buyers werethe U.S., 36,371 tons; Puerto Rico, 27,630; Italy, 24,954; and American Samoa, 5,757. ('Suisan Tsushin,' Feb. 10, 1969.) Other Frozen Fish Exports of swordfish, shrimp, saury, and squid increased, while oyster shipments de- clined sharply. Exports of Other Selected Frozen Fish Products, 1968 1968 1967 Quantity | Value Quantity} Value 4, 382, 661 4, 188, 492 1,466, 472 3,032,511 4,981, 900 2,900, 386 573, 167 2, 315, 600 5, 309, 330 384, 325 425, 036 26, 856 51 Sharks previously were exported mostly to Italy but, since 1967, Holland and West Germany have become the major buyers. In 1968, Holland took 2,294 metric tons (1967-- 1,992), West Germany, 1,554 tons (1,515), and Italy 972 (700). Frozen saury exports have increased steadily in recentyears. In 1968, shipments to American Samoa totaled 3,099 tons (1967-- 3,275 tons), Mauritius 1,705 tons (1,245), Canary Islands, 1,205 tons (1,060), and Malay- sia 1,184 (717). ('Suisan Tsushin,' Feb. 12.) * Ke OX REPORTS 1968 IMPORTS OF TUNA AND OTHER FISH Frozentuna imports in1968 totaled 28,964 metric tons worth about US$10.7 million--79% higher in volume and 84% in valuefrom 1967 imports of 16,184 tons worth $5.8 million. Okinawa was the leading supplier with 9,692 tons (6,407 in 1967). Imports from Taiwan rose sharply from2,061 tons in 1967 to 7,407 in 1968. Purchases from the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands (Marshall, Marianas, and Caroline Islands) jumped from 278 tons in 1967 to 1,613 in 1968. Other suppliers were: South Korea, 3,854 tons; New Hebrides Is., 1,592; American Samoa, 1,374; Malaysia, 1,139; Libya, 431; Panama, 377; U.S., 342; Fiji, 288; Italy, 253; Philippines, 253; and others, 349. Imports of Other Selected Fishery Products (Not Canned) Metric Metric Tons US$ Tons 8,605 | 3,762,728] 9,417 8,503 | 2,584,561] 5, 166 5,016 |14,989,728| 2,765 4,277 716,661| 3,372 3, 392 744,728| 5,013 2, 308 450, 133| 4,605 2,232 | 2,022,961] 1,483 1, 382 754,364] 469 1, 146 367,544| 1,556 Product Other Fish Data on other fish imports (not canned) show salmon roe increasing sharply. These 52 Japan (Contd.): rose from2,765 metric tons in 1967 to 5,016 tons in 1968, reaching the 5,000-ton levelfor the first time. The U.S. supplied 3,663 tons (1967--1,888 tons) and Canada 1,343 tons (872). Salmon and trout also were about 800 tons over 1967 imports. Leading suppliers were the U.S. with 1,293 tons (1967--1,019 tons), USSR, 485 tons (100 tons), Communist China, 303 (277), and Canadai170 (10). ('Suisan Tsu- shin,’ Feb. 6 & 7.) * OK 1969 TUNA FISHERY STARTS SLOWLY In Jan.-Mar. 1969, the 4 Japanese purse seiners in the eastern Pacific yellowfin tuna fishery did not fare well because of unfamil- iarity with local fishing conditions. However, recent reports indicate they finally found some good grounds off Mexico. Indian Ocean In the westernIndian Ocean, the good yel- lowfin run that developed in early 1967 and 1968 was absentthis year. Fishing was gen- erally poor, except near the Arabian Sea where some vessels were making good catches. Several dozen Taiwanese long liners in the western Indian Ocean also experienced poor fishing. Atlantic Fishing In the Atlantic, fishing was also generally slow except in the Gulf of Guinea. There, yellowfin fishing began picking up. Some ves- sels were taking 3-4 tons per operation. In the central equatorial Atlantic, 14 Japanese long liners based at Sao Vicente, Cape Verde Island, were averaging 3 tons per operation (80% albacore). The Mar. 1969 price for Atlantic-caught albacore transshipments from Sao Vicente to Puerto Rico was quoted at f.0.b. US$421 a short ton. (*Suisan Tsu- shin,' Mar. 22,) ee OK TUNA FISHERY REGULATION URGED Scientists at the tuna research meeting in Tokyo, March11,1969, warned that continued tuna fishing at or above the present level would deplete western Pacific stocks. Noting the fate of whale resources, they urged adop- tion of a workable catch regulation for tuna, The meeting was sponsored by the Japan Fish- ery Resource Conservation Assoc. The scientists were Drs. Hayashi and Suda of the Far Seas Fisheries Research Labora- tory, Fisheries Agency. They reported that the recent sharp decline in hook rate in the southern bluefin fishery had caused vessels to shift to other grounds worked by S. Koreans and Taiwanese. This will increase fishing pressure and deplete resources. The scien- tists said that resource management must in- clude tuna species other than southern blue- fins. Threaten Other Tunas Dr. Hayashi said the vessels shifting to new grounds may concentrate next on other tunas, such as big-eyed, and deplete the re- sources. He urged that fishing be reduced to half the 1966 effort, when 90 million hooks were used, to restore the resources. During the past few years, Dr. Suda stated, it had been wise to hold the tuna fleet at the 1963-64 size. Inthe earlier period, the fleets were divided between those fishing for ex- port trade and those supplying domestic mar- ket. This achieved a balance of harvest. When "immense interest'' in southern blue- fins developed, effort concentrated on certain species. One species was overfished, then another. "It is becoming increasingly necessary to regulate the tuna resources," he emphasized. Management Proposals Dr. Suda proposed 2 important steps to manage the resources: 1) Establish restrictions on area, fishing season, vessel operations, and a catch quota by species and area. 2) Japan should persuade S. Korea and Tai- wan to discuss resource management. Japan- ese efforts alone have been "relatively weak." Although Japanhas stopped increasing her tuna fleets, other nations have increased their fishing capacities to around 100,000 tons. Competition of Japanese with these fleets in the new areas will deplete the resources. ("‘Suisan Keizai Shimbun,' Mar. 14.) KOK OK Japan (Contd.): PRICES RISE ON FROZEN TUNA EXPORTS TO U.S. Because U.S, fishermen were making good yellowfin tuna catches in the eastern Pacific in early April, major U.S. west coast packers were not importing yellowfin. However, some smaller packers continued buying actively from Japan. Prices for frozen, gilled-and- gutted yellowfin were c.i.f. US$427.50 a short ton, a Slight increase over earlier prices. Frozen round albacore rose to c.i.f. $530 a short ton, somewhat above the $515-520 in 1968. Albacore in Demand Export demand for albacore in early April continued brisk owing to strong buying in- terest by major U.S, packers. But practically all Japanese trading firms are out of supplies. According to some firms, albacore prices are continually rising because of supply scar- city and may remainhigh evenafter the sum- mer albacore fishery begins. Because domestic packers are eagerly waiting to buy the summer catch, it may be difficult to obtain export supplies. Puerto Rican Deliveries In the Indian and Atlantic oceans, albacore are saidto be small and not suitable for pack- ing. Those taken off Angola, where fishing was gradually picking up, were 20-40 pound size. Grade A fish were bringing c.i.f. $440 a ton and grade B $390 aion, delivery Puerto Rico. ('Katsuo-maguro Tsushin,! Apr. 4.) * OK OK FROZEN TUNA EXPORT TARGETS SET FOR BUSINESS YEAR 1969 The Japan Frozen Foods Exporters Assoc, has adopted frozen tuna and frozen swordfish export targets for business year (BY) 1969 (Apr. 1, 1969 to Mar. 30, 1970). Canada & U.S. The target for frozen tuna exports to the U.S. and Canada is 75,000 short tons, 25,000 tons less than the 100,000 tons in 1968. The goal for frozen tuna loins and discs exports to Canada andthe U.S. is 4,500tons. The 1969 frozen swordfish export quotafor the U.S. and Canada is 5,500 short tons. 53 Overseas Bases The export targets for overseas bases, reduced 50% from 1968, are (in metric tons): American Samoa, 12,500 tons; Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides Island, 3,000 tons; Fiji Island, 4,500 tons; Penang, Malaysia, 3,000 tons; Saint Martin Island, West Indies, 1,000 tons, For other areas, the export goal for the new business year is 35,000 metric tons, (*Katsuo-maguro Tsushin,! Mar, 20.) * OK OK CANNED TUNA IN BRINE STOCKS DROP, PRICES RISE The Tokyo Canned Tuna Sales Co. had about 750,000 cases of expc rt canned tuna in brine in stock at the end of 1968, Practically all of it was sold by late March 1969. This left the company virtually no stockfor the new busi- ness year (BY) beginning April 1. This oc- curred because of the buying rushby trading firms. The firms, assessing the recent low canned tuna output by domestic packers and the production outlook, felt they would face supply shortage unless they stocked up im- mediately. This was especially true because some major trading firms had been buying all can sizes, particularly the 4-lb. cans (6 to case), since around mid-Feb, Consignment of production to the Sales Co. by domestic packers has fallenfar below expectations this year. The trading firms do not foresee any large increase in output before the summer albacore fishery starts in early May. BY 1969 Canned Tuna in Brine Export Prices1/ 8.40 7.86 | 8.11 | Polarniahte sled (NOs(0=1b; mn 6!siii) 1959400 20567 i= meen | eS 98m 6.6-lb. 6's Chunk 18,49 - 14,29 1/Ex-warehouse, Shimim, Japan. Export Prices Rise The company announced a slight increase in export prices onApril 1. The price revi- sion was made because of the company's stock situation and the U.S, tariff cut of 1% (effective 54 Japan (Contd.): Jan. 1, 1969) on canned tuna in brine imports in 1969. (!Suisan Tsushin,® Apr. 1.) * OK SEINERS FISH YELLOWFIN IN EASTERN PACIFIC Four Japanese purse seiners entered the tropical eastern Pacific yellowfin tuna regu- latory area in Feb. 1969, and began fishing in early March. "Hakuryu Maru No. 55! (500 gross tons) and 'Gempuku Maru No. 82! (500 gross tons) fished off Ecuador. By early Mar. 1969, they had caught 50 tons and 10 tons of yellowfin, respectively. ‘Hayabusa Maru No. 3'(275 gross tons) caught about 30 tons off Costa Rica. Her catch per day of operation--about 10 tons, more than twice the quantity normally taken by long line--is low compared to large U.S. seiners that catch as much as 30-40 tons a day. Her owners arehopingfor a haulof at least 12-13 tons a day or 370-380 tons a month. The ‘Nissho Maru! (252 gross tons) was scheduled to start fishing inearly March, All 4 vessels were searching for productive grounds in second week of March. Performance Rating It is too early to draw any definite con- clusions concerning the performance of the seiners. However, some Japanese believe that their handicaps are already apparent-- slower speed, 10 knots compared to 15-16 knots for U.S. seiners, and slower net-sink- ing speed compared to U.S. gear. ('Suisancho Nippo,' Mar. 11, and 'Katsuo-maguro Tsu- shin,* Mar. 7.) %* KOK EEL PRICES SET RECORD A shortage of cultured eel has pushed prices at Tokyo wholesale market to a record US$1.28 apound. This topped the earlier high of $1.26in Osaka. Since January 1969, prices have risen almost 50 cents a pound. Hel processors, displeased over this trend to- ward asellers' market, are considering sus- pending sales promotion. Broiled eel is very popular in Japan. ("Minato Shimbun,® Apr. 1.) * KO 1968/69 ANTARCTIC WHALING ENDS The 3 Japanese whaling fleets participating in the 23rd Antarctic whaling expedition ended operations Mar. 22, 1969. All attained as- Signed targets. Japan was assigned a quota of 1,493 blue-whale units (BWU) for the 1968/69 season. (‘Shin Suisan Shimbun Soku- ho,' Mar. 26.) Catch & Production No. of Whales 1,821 3,495 Metric Tons Production: Se ome hn AS 72,475 Wihlaille® o1l eee tetas 27,520 Saltede ere w Sire aetemors 2,035 3,257 ok KOK YAIZU LANDINGS DECLINED IN MARCH Landings at the leading tuna port of Yaizu in March 1969 totaled 15,315 metric tons worth US$5.85 million, about 2,000tons below the March 1968 landings of 17,002 tons worth $6.08 million. The decline was attributed pri- marily to the sharp dip in albacore tuna land- ings, down nearly 85% from comparable 1968 landings. ('NihonSuisan Shimbun,' Apr. 11.) Average Price 1969 1968 Mar.| Feb. | Mar. Albacore. Skipjack . 1/Includes yellowfin and big-eyed tuna. 3 54 25 Japan (Contd.): SUMMER ALBACORE TUNA FISHERY STARTS SLOWLY The summer albacore tunafishery is con- siderably later this year than in 1968. In early Aprillast year, about 3,000 metric tons of pole-caught albacore had been landed at Yaizu. This year only asmall quantity under- 22-pound albacore had been landed by the same time. Some Expect Improvement The summer albacore forecast, published by Tokai University, indicates that the rather weak flow of warm waters off Bonin Islands (southeast of Tokyo) could be expected to de- lay formation of the mainfishing school con- siderably. However, since the oceanographic conditions this year resemble those in 1965 (an excellent catch of 42,000 tons) and 1967 (fair catches of 28,000 tons), some observers expect a good summer albacore fishery. ('Suisancho Nippo,' Apr. 10.) & Republic of Korea COLD STORAGE COMPANY GETS INTERNATIONAL LOAN The Asian Development Bank announced a US$7 million loan to the Korea Cold Storage Co. (KCSC) on March 13. The loan, guaran- teed by the Government of the Republic of Korea (ROK), will be amortized over 154 years, including a 4-year grace period; an- nual interest is 6.9%. Five Japanese com- mercial banks have agreed to participate in the loan--each with US$100,000. The loan will assist the development of fisheries, a high priority sector in Korea's development program. Asian Development Bank Assistance This is the first time specific financing has resulted from atechnical assistance program undertaken by the Asian Development Bank. In March 1968, the Bank entered into a technical assistance agreement with the ROK Government and its Agriculture and Fisher- ies Development Corporation(AFDC) to help organize anddevelopAFDC activities. 55 AFDC, established in Nov. 1967 as a govern- ment-owned statutory corporation, is charged with developing and promoting the storage and processing of agricultural and fishery prod- ucts. Most of the technical assistance was completed in 1968, although 2 refrigeration and fishery experts are stillserving in Korea under the agreement. The most important project proposed for Bank financing was the construction of processing facilities for fish- ery products intended for local markets. In July 1968, AFDC establisheda subsidiary -- KCSC--to undertake this specific project. Project Facilities The loan to KCSC willfinance foreign ex- change costs of freezing, cold storage, ice- making, ice storage, and supplementary processing facilities in Seoul, Pusan, Mokpo, and Mukho; marketing facilities in Seoul, and transportation equipment. The total cost is estimated at US$18.2 million, including work- ing capital funds of US$2.9 million. Fisheries Problems ROK's fisheries provide a livelihood for about 6% of her population, but low productiv- ity of fishermen and inadequate distribution facilities hamper an increase in the living standard of fishermen. Efforts to expand fishery catches have been successful, but de- ficiencies in marketing and distribution have prevented full benefits from being realized. Prices of fishery products have been increas - ing faster than those of other foodstuffs, and fishery products continue to be too expensive for many Koreans. Project Goals KCSC will seek to eliminate bottlenecks in marketing and distribution by developing ade- quate freezing and cold-storage facilities and an efficient marketing system in Seoul. The facilities will enable the company to buy fish- ery products during peak periods and sell them off-season. This will eliminate price fluctuations due to seasonal changes of sup- ply. Acquisition of refrigerated land trans- portation equipment and carrier vessels, also included in the project, will permit efficient operation and utilization of the planned facili- ties. (U.S. Embassy, Manila, Mar. 13.) [ a Ss, 56 SOUTH PACIFIC Australia TUNA CATCH SETS RECORDS IN NEW SOUTH WALES By Dec. 14, 1968, the New South Wales tuna catch was a record 4,358 short tons--311 tons above the entire 1967/68 season. Fishermen used sea-surface temperature maps prepared by the CSIRO Divisionof Fish- eries andOceanography. CSIRO used aradio- meter-equipped charter aircraft. Maps drawn in December showed a remarkable pattern of temperature fronts moving down the coast, providing ideal conditions for tuna schooling. Sixty live-bait pole boats and 37 trolling boats fished for tuna in southern New South Wales waters this season. New Tagging Scheme Anew tuna tagging scheme was introduced. Fishermen marked selected fishas they were caught, then released them. Up to mid-De- cember, more than 4,000 tuna had been tagged, and about 2,000, tagged in present and past seasons, had been recaptured. ('Australian Fisheries.' Jan.) American Samoa TUNA PRICES, MARCH AND APRIL 1969 Japanese tuna suppliers and U,S. packers in American Samoa agreed to maintain Feb. 1969 prices for March tuna deliveries. The Japanese had sought a $5-a-ton increase (later reduced to $2.50), but U.S. packers re- fused to grant any increase over Feb. prices. March prices were, per short ton: round albacore: frozen $415, iced $400; gilled-and- gutted yellowfin: frozen $337.5, iced $317.5. ('Kanzume Nippo,' Mar. 14.) Prices Up in April In April, Japanese tuna suppliers and U.S. packers agreed on a $5-a-ton increase for albacore. The new prices (per short ton) for round albacore are frozen US$420 and iced $405. Gilled-and-gutted yellowfin prices remain at March levels: $337.5 frozen and $317.5 iced. ("Suisan Tsushin,' Apr. 5.) DO EAGLES SWIM? On March 10, the biologists at BCF's Auke Bay (Alaska) Biological Laboratoryhad aringside seat to the performance of an eagle diving upon a duck so swiftly that the eagle went into the water still holding the duck. The eagle swam to shore and hopped up on a rock, flut- tered its wings and then sat there stoically while many of a flock of crows darted about it. After a short rest, the eagle flew across the bay with the duck still in its talons. AFRICA South Africa CAN PILCHARDS FOR PET FOOD Canned pilchards packed at Walvis Bay as a special brand of pet food will be featured as part of a special spring promotion inthe U.S. Hight different brands of canned pet food will be displayed coast to coast by a U.S, company. A quarter of a million cases have been ordered from Walvis Bay this year. ('South African Shipping News and Fishing Industry Review,' Mar.) oe © *e South-West Africa FISH MEAL SEASON IS UNDERWAY The 1969 Walvis Bay pilchard season started during the first week of February when the first factories sent out fishing vessels. The other factories started in February or the first week of March. Factoryships The South African fish mealfactoryships, ‘Willem Barendsz! and '‘'Suiderkruis,' ar- rived off South-West Africa on Jan. 1, 1969, to start their 8-month season. Initial catches were reported poor, with a lot of anchovy present. But, north of Walvis Bay, catches had improved considerably by the third week of Jan. 57 Land-Based Plants The 8 land-based pilchard plants--7 at Walvis Bay and one at Luderitz--are limited to a quota of 90,000 short tons each; a special research levy is placed on an additional 6,000 tons. However, as in 1968, the factories will divide the 96,000-ton quota of the new plant, Sarussas Ontwikkelingskorporasie, equally among them. Sarussas! additional quota can be used only after the company has established its factory around Rocky Point, well north of Walvis Bay. Quotas The 12,000 ton-per-plant anchovy quota was aconcession for 1968 only; itis not known whether it will be extended to the current year. Last year, any anchovy caught in ex- cess of 12,000 tons was deducted from the pilchard quota. New Plant at Walvis Bay The 96,000-ton quota granted to the white- fish consortium probably will be processed by the consortium plant now being built at Walvis Bay. It is expected to be operational by about midyear. ('South African Shipping Industry Review,’ Feb.) WHERE DO WAVES COME FROM? The commonly seen waves on the surface are caused principally by wind. However, submarine earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and tides also cause waves. A breeze of less than 2 knots(2 nautical miles per hour)can form ripples. As the wind speed increases, larger more visible wavesform. The wave height in feet usually will not be more than half the wind speed in miles per hour, al- though individual waves may be higher. As long as the windblows consistently from the same direction, the waves are referred to as Sea, When the wind stops or changes direction, the waves that continue in a direction different from that of the local winds are called swell. (''Questions About The Oceans,'' U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office.) 58 FOOD FISH FACTS NORTHERN SHRIMP (Pandalus borealis) The northern shrimp has traditionally supported a small, highly variable fishery in Maine and Massachusetts. The Gulf of Maine is considered the southern limit of these shrimp in the Northwestern Atlantic. Fishing for northern shrimp is a rapidly expanding industry growing from less than one million pounds caught annually prior to 1964 to over 13 million pounds in 1968. The fishing fleet, including many converted lobster boats, is growing at a comparable pace. DESCRIPTION Northern shrimp are pink andare usually three tofour inches in length. Some individuals may reachsixinches. Theirbody shape resembles a small lobster or crayfish without pincers or claws. HABITAT On the Atlantic coast, northern shrimp arefound on muddy or sandybottoms in water from 150 to 900feet deep. These shrimp are also found off the coasts of Alaska and British Columbia. SHRIMP FISHING Along the North Atlantic coast shrimp are caught from small vessels called otter trawl- ers or ''draggers.'' The term ''draggers'' comes from the method of fishing. These boats drag a large flattened cone of nylon netting, called an otter trawl, along the ocean floor. As the net is dragged or towed along the bottom, shrimp are swept into the mouth of the net and concentrated into the bag or cod end. Small Atlantic dragger Shae (Continued following page.) 59 MANAGEMENT AND CONSERVATION Most northern shrimp are caught during the fall-to-spring months on fishing grounds within a 50-mile radius of Portland, Maine. Northern shrimp are the only species of com- mercialinterest which are concentrated and available in this area during the winter. Because of this, the shrimp have attracted considerable fishing effort throughout the history of the fishery. The catch, however, of these northern delicacies has fluctuated greatly in the years prior to 1964. In 1964 the northern shrimp catch rose to over two million pounds, partly be- cause fishermen began operating further offshore. Interest in northern shrimp has increased greatly in recent years and, in 1967, BCF be- gan an extensive systematic survey of these shrimpresources. Fishery scientists aboard the researchvessel, 'Delaware,' operating outof the Bureau's Exploratory Fishing and Gear Re- search Base in Gloucester, Massachusetts, made four experimental cruises in the Gulf of Maine during 1967 and 1968. Cruises were made during different seasons of the year to de- termine if northern shrimp could be commercially harvested at times other than the fall-to- spring months. Bureau scientists were also interested in: (1) whether shifts in shrimp population oc- curred from season to season (and, if so, to what extent);(2) boundary limits of these concen- trations at different times of the year; (3) production potential of the shrimp population; (4) behavior and accessibility to fishing gear of northern shrimp populations; and (5) biological data, such as spawning seasons and size range, which might be important for commercial utilization of the resource. In addition, fishery equipment specialists tested and modified a new mechanical shrimp-fish separator. Fishery technologists, in search of new ways to get a better product to the consumer, also investigated several new methods of handling freshly- caught shrimp. USES OF NORTHERN SHRIMP Shrimp, the most popular of all shellfish, are an excellent source of high-quality protein, vitamins, and minerals. Shrimp are low in calories and fat and have a distinctive flavor. Northern shrimp may be used interchangeably with other varieties of shrimp in any recipe. Northern shrimp range from 40 to 50 per pound when caught. Headless shrimp run from 60 to 70 per pound; and peeled, headless shrimp range from 70 to 90 per pound. These cold-water delicacies in raw, headless, frozen form are sold in 2- and 5-pound boxes. Peeled meats, which have been individually quick frozen, are soldin9-,10-,16-, and 24- ounce poly-bags or rigid plastic containers. Block frozen, peeled meats in one pound, re- usable, plastic containers were recently introduced to frozen seafood counters. (Source: National Marketing Services Office, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U.S. Dept. of Interior, 100 East Ohio, Room 526, Chicago, Ill. 60611.) (Recipe on p. 60.) 60 MOVE OVER, MAINE CLAMBAKE! Shrimp are No. 1in popularity over allother fish and shellfish in the United States. This is not surprising because shrimp have a distinctive flavor and are so versatile they can be used in appetizers, canapes, dips, chowders, or many pleasing entrees that will satisfy the most delicate or the heartiest of appetites. There are several kinds of shrimp available in the United States. Among the more important ones are tiny, North Pacific shrimp, the Gulf variety, and northern shrimpfound off the coasts of Maine and Massachusetts. BCF research vessels have recently located new resources in this area. Shrimp are all lean meat, low in calories, and a complete, easily-digested protein food as well as being a fine source of needed minerals. They can be served plain or fancy and come in a wide variety of market styles. The tails of shrimp are the only edible portion, and these can be purchased either fresh or frozen, cooked in the shell, or cooked, peeled, and de- veined--ready to use. Shrimp are also available in handy-dandy, shelf-ready, 43- or 5-ounce cans, either packed in brine or dry. Breaded shrimp, ready to fry, can be found at frozen seafood counters. Maine Shrimp in Wine Sauce, a new recipe from BCF, was created with the moderate- sized northern shrimp in mind; however, any shrimp may be used. This recipe features shrimp in a subtle sauce that is irresistibly delicious. Mushrooms and chopped onion are cooked and added to chicken bouillon, then sour cream anddry white wine are added with the shrimp just before serving. Serve it for hearty appetites over hot, fluffy rice, or show off a little and serve it with toast points or patty shells. Hither way, this recipeis a year- round classic that can be served whenever you want the ultimate in good eating. MAINE SHRIMP IN WINE SAUCE 1 pound cooked, peeled, and cleaned 1 cup chicken bouillon Maine shrimp, fresh or frozen Z cup sour cream Zcup chopped onion 3 4 +cup butter or margarine, melted Rice, toast points, or 4 3 tablespoons flour peay sacills 1 . 3 cup sliced mushrooms q cup dry white wine Thaw frozen shrimp. Cook onion and mush- rooms in butter until tender. Blend in flour. Add chicken bouillon gradually and cook until thick, stirring constantly. Add sour cream, wine, and shrimp. Heat, stirring occasionally. Serve over hot fluffy rice, toast points, or in patty shells. Makes 6 servings. Three booklets, two in full-color, are available on shrimp and how to cook and use them. They are: ''How To Cook Shrimp" (1 49.39:7)--20¢; '"Can-Venient Ways With Shrimp” (1 49.49/2:2)--35¢; and "Shrimp Tips From New Orleans" (1 49.4:41)--25¢. Write to the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. (Source: National Marketing Services Office, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U.S. Depart- ment of the Interior, 100 East Ohio, Room 526, Chicago, Ill. 60611.) Page 1 ww ao cope FP Bb . INDEX UNITED STATES: Hickel Urges Greater Development of Ocean Resources FDA Sets Interim Limit for DDT in Fish New Hatchery Technique Produces Cultchless Seed Oysters Below-Average Hawaiian Skipjack Season Forecast New Shoals Located During EASTROPAC Cruises Underutilized Species Have New Market Po- tential As Feed BCF's Seasonal Alewife Survey Is Underway Lake Oahe Commercial Catch Increases Import Quota Set for Tuna Canned in Brine U.S. Agency Loaned $10 Million to Fishing Industry in FY 1968 Fishermen and Hunters Spent Record $168 Million in Fiscal 1968 Water Standards of All 50 States Now Ap- proved Coast Guard Says Boat Capsizings Claim Most Lives Coast Guard Recommends Marine Radio Dis- tress Procedure Marine Technology Society Conference Slated for Florida June 16-18 Green Dye Treats White Spot Disease in Cat- fish Fishery Legislation Proposed in Congress Oceanography: Map Seabed Off Northern California Foreign Fishing Off U.S. in March 1969 States: Alaska: 1969 Herring Prospects Lift Ban on Airshipping Live Crabs California: "Fish-Lift' Planned to Increase Salmon Runs Sturgeon Yields Tag After 13 Years Oregon: Fish Counting fs Now Televised State Plans to Develop Willamette's Salm- on Potential Catfish Farming Has Promise for South Texas: Shrimp Crewmen Train at Freeport ARTICLES: Names of Fishes, by Daniel M. Cohen Shipping Live Dungeness Crabs by Air to Retail Market, by H. J. Barnett, R. W. Nelson, and P, J, Hunter BOOKS INTERNATIONAL: Tuna Treaty Comes Into Force FAO Publishes Guide on National Coastal Waters Japan & USSR Open NW Pacific Fisheries Meeting Italian-Ivory Coast Tuna Company Formed Norwegian Firm Opens Sales Center in Czechoslovakia Canada Seizes Japanese Fishing Vessel Japan-USSR Crab Talks End Japan Considers 12-Mile Fishing Zone Page 31 32 33 33 34 34 34 35 35 35 35 36 36 37 37 37 37 38 39 39 39 40 40 41 41 41 42 42 42 43 44 45 45 46 46 47 61 INTERNATIONAL (Contd.): .» Soviet Vessel Finds Commercial Shrimp Quantities Off Tunisia -. FAO Says World Will Need 100 Million Tons of Fish by 1985 .. FAO Official Warns of Dumping Chemical Wastes into Sea -. Peru Offers Aid to Developing Countries FOREIGN: Canada: .. Proposals to Assist Fishing Industry »» Favorable Reaction to Groundfish Purchase Plan -- International Cooperation on Groundfish Marketing Dogfish Canned Successfully Strengthens Lobster Licensing Program Maritime Provinces Landings Increase Semifactory Trawler for Frozen Herring Production to Be Built .. Fisheries Minister Discusses International Fishery Issues .. 1968 Landings Were 16% Over 1967's .. Government Tightens Controls on Foreign Fishing Vessel Entry .. C$4,2 Million Allotted for Loans to Ground- fish Processors .. Builds First Oyster Hatchery -. =t, Pierre Will Have New Fish Warehouse -- Production Starts at New Newfoundland Plant Europe: Norway: oe Winter Herring Fishery Called Worst in Century 516 To Evaluate Coastal Salmon Fishery On Prohibits Drift Gill-Netting for Salmon Inside Baselines oe All Sealing Made Subject to Concession os Exploratory Vessel Finds Good Fishing on Georges Bank Denmark: oo Catches and Exports Rose in 1968 United Kingdom: = Blanket of Plastic Balls Speeds Growth Rate of Young Fish 50 Builds 'Seabed Crawler! West Germany: oe New Fish-Washing Machine Developed USSR: a Artificial Culture of Sea Sturgeon At- tempted xe 70-80 Purse Seiners Fish Mackerel in North Sea bids Seiners for Pacific Fleet Being Built in Siberia ite Fisheries Minister Replies to Reprimand S00 To Buy Iranian Caviar Poland: ae Promotes Sales of Her Fishing Vessels Iceland: ais Fishing Industry Developments Fo Landings and Utilization, 1967-68 Latin America: Mexico: he 1968 Fishery Production Was only 2.8% above 1967 Index continued page 62, 62 INDEX (CONTINUED) Page Page FOREIGN (Contd.): FOREIGN (Contd.): Latin America (Contd.): Asia (Contd.): Mexico (Contd.): Japan (Contd.): 47 .. The Fisheries of Ciudad del Carmen 53 2. Canned Tuna in Brine Stocks Drop, Prices 48 .. New Fisheries Council Formed in Cam- Rise peche 54 .. Seiners Fish Yellowfin in Eastern Pacific Peru: 54 .. Eel Prices Set Record 48 .. Export Taxes on Fish Products Reinstated 54 4. 1968/69 Antarctic Whaling Ends 49: .. Fish Meal Production and Exports, Jan- 54 .. Yaizu Landings Declined in March Feb. 1967-69 55 .. Summer Albacore Tuna Fishery Starts Chile: Slowly AW) 5.6 Anchovy Catch, Fish Meal & Oil Produc- Republic of Korea: tion, 1966-68 55 .. Cold Storage Company Gets International Cuba: Loan 50 .. Fishing Industry Is Growing Rapidly South Pacific: DO ere Spain Builds Stern Trawler Australia: Asia: 56 2. Tuna Catch Sets Records in New South Japan: Wales Bil so Reports 1968 Exports American Samoa: BL 4 5 Reports 1968 Imports of Tuna and Other 56 .. Tuna Prices, March and April 1969 Fish Africa: BY oo 1969 Tuna Fishery Starts Slowly South Africa: 52 .. Tuna Fishery Regulation Urged 57 2. Can Pilchards for Pet Food B35 6 Prices Rise on Frozen Tuna Exports to South-West Africa: U.S. Didaete Fish Meal Season Is Underway 53 .. Frozen Tuna Export Targets Set for Busi- 61 . .INDEX ness Year 1969 WHATS THE BEST WAY To GET 1. Rapid growth 2 2. Yncater sTeimina ? 3, dower Cast pe pound 2 x U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1969 341-147/1. or _ ; , 6 ath See 5. "S - [a Rie ; ‘ Pa ' 9 ee eee “i 4 = r Vie, ia = Py 7 a are &) Apee A= a ) > Tamera es « i ee ee mvp aii bay @) 4 igdeg4 hip «<2 ie As the Nation's principal conservation agency, the Depart- ment of the Interior has basic responsibilities for water, fish, wildlife, mineral, land, park, and recreational re- sources, Indian and Territorial affairs are other major concerns of America's "Department of Natural Resources." The Department works to assure the wisest choice in managing all our resources so each will make its full contribution to a better United States -- now and in the future, UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR , U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Se ee minnow: small. Benet Sure it’s big, it’s rough, and it’s wild—but finding the answers in any kind of weather—well, that’s our job. In choppy seas, Bureau scientists aboard the research ‘vessel Albatross IV check the efficiency of a mid-water : trawl. Know e gained from operations. such as this fe and hon of their movements are part of : ‘eau’s contribution to increasing the efficiency and COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Review tof, VOL. 31,NO0.6 44463xX JUNE 1969 . Chains a E COVER: Captain of gill netter checks his catch. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Review A comprehensive view of United States and foreign fishing industries--including catch, processing, market- ing, research, and legislation--prepared by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Gloucester, Mass. Il Managing Editor: Edward Edelsberg Production Manager and Associate Editor: Jean Zalevsky Associate Editor: Barbara Lundy Production: Alma Greene (Senior Compositor) and Mary Andrews The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries and The Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife make up The Fish and Wildlife Service of The United States Department of the Interior. Throughout this book, the initials BCF stand for the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Address correspondence and requests to: Commercial Fisheries Review, 1801 North Moore Street, Room 200, Arlington, Va. 22209. Telephone: Area Code 703 - 557-4246. Publication of material from sources outside the Bureau is not an endorsement. The Bureau is not responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions of these sources. Although the contents have notbeen copyrighted and may be reprinted freely, reference to source is appreciated. Use of funds for printing this publication was approved by the Director, Bureau of the Budget, April 18, 1968. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402. Price 60 cents (single copy). Subscription Price: $7.00 a year; $2 additional for foreign mailing. CONTENTS UNITED STATES BVEHUSRAUGM Er eNOASems t. sists) ee ss. Shon aiheVte ve. s CoM onsets STALE Arad akeee eha \eeale na Bice! ores weve w leliathe neler ct at ameD ot cursus ARTICLES Research on A System for Bypassing Juvenile Salmon & Trout Around Low-Head Dams, by Clifford W, Long ang (Ri char Gaur phere 130) ares cele is ellet eins 66) pio! (s jalliel tls em sual Revisions of International Agreements "Affecting Alas- kan Pisheries; by Ronaldi@y Naab’. .. 2... «sess os BOOKS 2, «cB ea ieee see ine aks arta derieih lele'e slevttae «ies ates DNPH RINATIONAM I 9 t.ce sudienetens rack MEAD or oe FOREIGN Canada 0% ci svebakatedete: Oaete uae cheek oueke vo.e 0s aeobonetere IOP! 6) con eieloMe, Cueitene ie) melee seems é ie 0.0.9 © edetelc lee ° Matin AMEPLCa yi\s rensine: eile eter’ oral okie dave “esi el seeetes Ayre: PASTA: « leit elo. operteeeeticemeMeal susie sitet, ws 06 a feral aiiaiedaaine ts Houth Pacific’ — owe tedekeks oases) sis DP ocle io. ie fonieabe ante Weas IDIDIDPRS 65 SiGe DIO DaDEe cud Da Acaco ee Pieliode’s) > ois! a. sper siisstieihons III Dip netting at a light attraction station aboard the BCF research vessel 'Oregon'. (Photo: T. Iwamoto.) GOALS FOR DECADE OF OCEAN EXPLORATION OUTLINED Objectives for U.S. and world participation in an International Decade of Ocean Explora- tion during the 1970s are set out by the Na- tional Academy of Sciences and the National Academy of Engineering in a new report, ''An Oceanic Quest". The report emphasizes the development of U.S, programs that could con- tribute to the Decade, It analyzes 4 major areas of ocean use: Biology & Living Re- sources, Geology & Nonliving Resources, Physics & Environmental Prediction, and Geochemistry & Environmental Change. The concept of the Decade was proposed by President Johnson on March 8, 1968, and de- scribed in the May 1968 report of the National Council on Marine Resources and Engineer- ing Development. The Councillater asked the Academies to advise onthe scientific and en- gineering aspects of U.S. participation. The report also emphasizes the need for improved technology to carry out the U.S. mission. Nearly allof the U.S, oceanographic capability--including personnel, facilities, platforms, and special installations--would have to be upgraded. The report cautions ''thatif muchless than $100 million of new money per year (averaged over the Decade)" is made available for the projects discussed, ''it would be undesirable to identify the set of programs as an Inter- national Decade of Ocean Exploration.’ To implement all programs, ''as much as $500 million" a year is needed. THE REPORT The report proposes this basic objective for the Decade: ''To achieve more compre- hensive knowledge of ocean characteristics and their change and more profound under- standing of oceanic processes for the purpose of more effective utilization of the ocean and its resources." Despite the emphasis on utilization, it con- tinues, ''anticipated benefits are long-term in nature, and justification of the Decade goes beyond immediate economic returns." These are the four areas covered by the report and the major recommendations: I, BIOLOGY & LIVING RESOURCES U.S, Fisheries e Explore and assess the production po- tential of many living resources in the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Alaska. e Explore ocean stocks of tuna and tuna- like fish, especially skipjack, in the Eastern and Central Equatorial Pacific. Devise ways to utilize them. e In Northwestern Atlantic, where many nations fish many species, investigate the in- teractions. This will provide basis for man- agement policies. International Fisheries e Explore "production potential of the oil sardine, mackerel, shrimp, and other fisher- ies stocks of the Arabian Sea."' Encourage countries bordering seato use more of these resources, e Investigate potential of krill and deep- water fishes of Antarctic Ocean. Devise ways to extract and to get them to world markets. e Assess fishery resources of southern Chile and Argentina (in cooperation with local governments), especially those in semipro- tected fjords, where localindustries might be encouraged. e Cooperate with local governments to ex- plore and assess fishery resources--espe- cially stocks of demersalfishes and prawns -- of Indonesianarchipelago's continental shelf. Il. GEOLOGY & NONLIVING RESOURCES Continental Margins e International cooperation to reconnoiter emerged and submerged continental shelf of Atlantic's eastern margin, from northern Norway to Cape of Good Hope. Measure con- tinuously "seismic, magnetic, and gravity parameters, and with bottom sampling and coring, along lines spaced at 50-mile inter- vals." ‘e International cooperation in "geological - geophysical surveys of the contiguous shelves and slopes of different countries." e Help coastal states in "detailed hydro- graphic surveys in nearshore waters and harbors." e Cooperative hydrographic survey and charting of the continental margins." Small Ocean Basins e Conduct geological-geophysical investi- gations of selected basins--Mediterranean, East Indies, Red Sea--to assess mineral-re- source potential, especially petroleum. e Continue deep-sea drilling program. Emphasize small ocean basins and continental margins. Ridges & Trenches e On mid-ocean ridges, especially Mid- Atlantic, conduct geological and geophysical studies. These should involve “precise navi- gation and hard-rock sampling capability with manned and unmanned devices"'--and surveys for metal-rich brines. e@ Study a trench at a continental margin (Peru-Chile Trench). Dredge and core at seaand sample on land. Conduct geophysical profiles at sea and on land. Carry out "de- tailed earthquake seismology studies of sub- marine earthquakes using land-based seis- mometers.” lil. PHYSICS & ENVIRONMENTAL PREDICTION Monitoring e Use more ships-of-opportunity and air- eraft to collect near-surface oceanographic data. Encourage developing nations to set up "simple shore stations of standard design." e Establish more-permanent ''ship and is- land midocean monitoring stations.'' These should include heavily instrumented island observatories. e Investigate requirements of ''an effective system for oceanographic monitoring of the North Pacific." e "Support pilot studies of new monitoring techniques, such as free-fall transport mea- suring devices, moored current-meter ar- rays, deep-sea bottom-pressure records, and air-dropped expendable and retrievable in- strument packages." Air-Sea Interaction ein Western Indian Ocean, investigate ocean's reaction to monsoonal changes in winds. Use existing numerical model to de- sign observational program. e In Western Pacific and China Seas, use existing data to build preliminary numerical model. e In Equatorial Pacific, carry out obser- vational program. Use research vessels, buoys, ships of opportunity, planes, and is- land stations to explain "large-scale, long- term, ocean-atmosphere interaction." Deep Ocean @ ''Complete world coverage of deep-water temperature, salinity, and dissolved-oxygen measurements. Obtain direct measurements of deep-water flow in selected locations." IV. GEOCHEMISTRY & ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE e ''Conduct geochemical survey of selected chemical and radio-chemical substances on meridional traverses in the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans." e Monitor the rate that natural and man- made substances are added to the ocean by rivers and winds. of cutting as cleanly as a knife. Oceanographic Office.) WHAT TYPES OF ORGANISMS, OTHER THAN SHARKS, ARE POTENTIALLY DANGEROUS TO SWIMMERS? The most dangerous animal other than sharks is probably the barracuda; indeed it is feared more than sharks by West Indian divers. Its usual length is only 4 to 6 feet, but itis aggressive, fast,and armed with a combination of long canines and small teeth capable The octopus is probably overrated as a villain because of its evil appearance; never- theless, its bite is poisonous. The giant squid has been knownto pull manbeneaththe water to his death. The Portuguese man-of-war has tentacles up to 50 feet long with stinging cells which are painful to a swimmer brushing against them, There is a large group of animals dangerousto swimmers or waders who step onthem. These include the sting ray, stonefish, zebra fish, toadfish, and many others. The giant tropical clam (Tridacna), weighing as much as 500 pounds, has been depicted as trapping divers; however, no authentic records exist. Although no authentic record of deliberate attacks on man exists, the killer whale is potentially more dangerous than either sharks or barracudas. This carnivore measures 15 to 20 feet and hunts in packs. It attacks seals, walruses, porpoises, and evenbaleen whales. The moray eel, which is as long as 10 feet, lurks inholes in coralreefs and may inflict severe lacerations on a diver who pokes his hand into its hiding place, or it may grasp the diver in its bulldoglike grip until he drowns. ("Questions About the Oceans," U.S. Naval UNITED STATES BCF and Industry Promote New England Pollock BCF and industry are cooperating ina campaignto shift emphasis from the depleted haddock resource tothe underutilized pollock resource. BCF marketing personnel have beenassignedtothe haddock marketing area. BCF personnel have made numerous per- sonal contacts inthe attempt tofillthe market void created by the lack of haddock. Asa result, industry has placed sample orders for pollock with chain stores, wholesale distrib- utors, institutional feeders, and restaurants. Most of these establishments want tofind out how their customers willreact to pollock be- fore committing themselves to large orders. A few already have agreed to accept regular shipments. Much Publicity The food chains in particular are anxious totie intheir efforts withthe campaign. Many food editors and home economists have agreed to publicize pollock by feature stories, recipes, and fish-cookery demonstrations. BCF also is conducting short-term ex- plorations and gear testing to assist indus- try in providing a continuous supply of pol- lock. Haddock Abundance Drops Further A spring groundfish survey completed by BCF's 'Albatross IV' on April 10 showed a further drop inhaddock abundance. The ves- sel completed 270 otter-trawl hauls from Cape Hatteras, N. Carolina, to western Nova Scotia. The average catchin pounds -per-30-min- ute haul was = of the 1968 survey level and 3 of 1966's. The decline in BCF's abundance index for commercial-size Georges Bank haddock has continued since 1965. The sametrendis seen in the catch-per-day indices of the U.S. had- dock fleet. Decline Inevitable The decline was inevitable because of at- trition of the last good year-class--the one spawned in 1963. Haddock do not enter the fishery until 2 years old. However, BCF obtains an early indication ofthe incoming year-class size by measuring, each July, the abundance of 4- month-old haddock on Georges Bank. ‘Oregon Il’ Discovers Scarlet Prawns Off Northeastern South America Experimental trawling by BCF's Oregon IT on the Continental Slope off Surinam and French Guiana revealed concentrations of giant scarlet prawns (bright red shrimp) yielding under 20-counttails. The total catch for 13 successful trawl hauls in 350 to 450 fathoms was Slightly over 2,000 pounds. The largest single catch was 404 pounds, This species ispresently fished only off West Af- rica by Spanish deep-sea trawlers. The Oregon has shown that there are also con- centrations of this species onthe western side of the Atlantic Ocean. Optimism for Fishery The staff of BCF's Pascagoula (Miss.) Ex- ploratory Fishing Base will continue to im- prove deepwater fishing techniques. They are attempting to at least double the catch per unit time--andtoencourage and assist U.S. fish- ermen to begin harvesting this species. These shrimp are a prized delicacy in Europe. Small quantities exported tothe U.S. have brought premium prices. This suggests no difficulty in marketing future U.S. production. ieee Si Silt ls Major Killer of Young Oysters BCF Milford (Conn.) Biological Labora- tory's SCUBA examination of local oyster beds in early spring shows that many beds accumulate a sufficient layer of silt during the winter to bury many young oysters. On May 1, for example, on one bed of 1966-gen- eration oysters, many oysters, mostly doubles and singles, were buried under as much as a half-inch of bottom material. Most were still alive; only 3.6% had died because of smother- ing. Another bed with a heavy population of 1968 seed oysters also had accumulated a heavy layer of silt. By May 1, 14.9% of the spat already had beenkilled; by May 16, however, mortality on this lot had increased to 33.1%, probably due primarily to smothering by silt--but alsopartly due to predation by rock crabs, On other beds, indicated mortalities due to suffocation by silt range as high as 40 to 50%, or higher. Much of this mortality can be avoided by transplanting the oysters to beds free of silt during March, or early April, while the oysters still are essentially dormant, Wwe a Project Launched to Aid Delaware River Oysters The Delaware River Basin Commission has launched aresearch project to rescue the Bay's sagging oyster industry. It has con- tracted withthe University of Delaware for a 4-year $100,000 research project to apply a successful Japanese production technique to the Delaware. The Commission said that Japan has be- come a major oyster producer in the last quarter-century by growing shellfish sus- pended in water rather than on sea bottom, Previously, Japanese oyster production had dwindled drastically, asithasinthe U.S. The U.S. annual crop dropped 50% in the last half- century. Delaware's Oyster Industry In recent years, the Commission noted, the Delaware oyster industry has been "racing toward extinction.'' Annual production fell from 4,2 million pounds in the 1950s to only 34,000 pounds a decade later. Much of the drop is attributed to a pred- atory snail, the oyster drill, Scientists who designed the research project believe that taking oysters off the bottom, where snails live, will eliminate the problem. Under the "'off-bottom' system, young oys- ters are suspended from rafts in the bay on racks, in bags, or by stringing the shells. Besides lifting the shellfish out of the oys- ter drill's reach, a principal advantage of the off-bottom system is the use of the full depth of water--compared to the limited space available on the bottom. Also, much of the bottom is not suitable for oysters, The Research Project The research will include the control of marine organisms that compete with oysters for food and growing space and a study of oys- ter growth; evaluation of the oyster's market value; the local economics of the off-bottom method and location of good growing sites in Delaware Bay. If the off-bottom research project is suc~ cessful, the knowledge gained will be turned over tocommercial growers. In Japan, more than 90% of the oyster crop is produced by the off-bottom system, An oyster research project conducted by BCF in Massachusetts showed that off-bottom oyster growth is twice as fast and far more productive than the conventional method, Whaling Catch Regulations Published BCF has announced regulations for the U.S. whaling industry inthe North Pacific Oceanfor the 1969 season, The regulations, which became effective upon publicationin the May 29, 1969, issue of the '' Federal Register," limit the U.S. catchto48 finwhales and 60 sei whales, The quotas were recommended by the Commissioners of the North Pacific member nations of the International Whaling Commis- sion, Whaling Commissioners from the U.S., Japan, the USSR, and Canada agreed that it would be necessary to establish limits for their respective countries for the North Pa- cific for 1969. | | a Underwater Research Vehicle RUFAS Makes Debut The remotely controlled underwater re- search vehicle named RUFAS, acooperative effort of BCF's Pascagoula (Miss.) Base and the General Electric Co., Bay St. Louis, Miss., was scheduled to make its debut in June 1969. It will survey the Cape Kennedy calico scallop beds first delineated in the early 1960s by BCF. Useful Tool This equipment, designed to observe ocean-bottom conditions, makes it possible for scientists to predict availability, loca- tion, and patterns of scallop occurrences. Broader application of this new concept in fishery search and assessment will allow rapid and accurate visual evaluation of under - water objects, harvesting equipment, bottom topography, fauna, andflora. RUFASis suited for monitoring many different subsurface biological activities. The Vehicle The Mark I model of RUFAS has an op- erational depth range to 300 feet at a 5-knot towing speed. It will have diving vanes con- trollable by cable from a tow vessel. This will enable it to dive, rise, and hold its alti- tude at any position above bottom. Under- water lights, vertical sounder for bottom reference, 16-mm. Sequence camera, and underwater TV camera connected to a video- tape recording system will be installed to provide visual-assessment capability. Remote underwater fishery assessment system (RUFAS) developed at BCF Exploratory Fishing and GearResearch Base, Pascagoula, Miss. , with General Electric engineers of Bay St. Louis, Miss. WV Larval Tuna Fish Reared for First Time Months of experimentation by scientists at BCF's Tropical Atlantic Biological Labora- tory (TABL) on Virginia Key, Florida, culmi- nated at the end of May inthe rearing of larval tunas beyond the yolk sac from eggs collected in the ocean. The scientists believe it was the first time anywhere. Dr. Carl J, Sindermann, laboratory direc- tor, said the achievement was a breakthrough intunaresearch, He cautioned, however, that it was only the first of many steps before sci- entists will know whether tunas can be reared to adulthood under artificial circumstances. Dr. Sindermann said: ''The tunas are re- markably contradictory fish, They are among the most rugged of the pelagic fish while in the sea, but once captured are extremely delicate and must be handled with the utmost care." He noted that although afew species of marine fish have been cultivated successfully outside their natural habitat in recent years, the scombrids (tunas and tunalike fishes) have presented almost insurmountable problems. The Tuna Eggs The tuna eggs involved in the TABL ex- periment were collected off Miami Beach, Fla., by biologist Dr. Edward Houde ina mixed catch of plankton. At first, Dr. Houde knew that he had several hundred fish eggs-- but did not know what species they were. The tuna eggs were about x of an inchin diame- ter and were not easily separable from eggs Tuna (little tuna or bonito} larvae reared from egg at BCF's Tropical Atlantic Biological Laboratory, Miami. (‘Miami Herald') of other fish species. He placed some eggs in alarge(140-gallon) tank of seawater, oth- ers in a smaller tank that contained a large amount of green algae called Chlorella. The alga is believed to sustain the minute zoo- plankton (microscopic animals) fish larvae eat. The next day, about 200 hatchlings could be seen swimming around in the Chlorella- laden tank. Many larval fish subsist initial- ly ontheir ownyolk sacs. Most of the TABL larvae survivedfor almost 2 weeks, or about 10 days beyond the yolk-sac stage. By the 14th day, only 6 fish were still alive, but these were feeding actively on zooplankton, Mean- while, Program Leader Dr, William J. Rich- ards had definitely identified the tiny fish-- about 4 inch long, almost transparent, bear- ing large heads, large black eyes, and big jaws--as members of the "little tuna'’ group, Euthynnus alletteratus, inthe Atlantic Ocean, These are commonly called "bonito" by Flor- ida fishermen. Larval fish seldom look anything like their parents until they reach the juvenile stage. This is judged to be about 2 of an inch in the case of the little tunas inthe TABL experiment. Laboratory scientists believe the larval tunas finally died because of a series of malad- justments: water temperature was slightly lower than the 78.8 to 80.6° F, required, the light on the tanks should have been brighter, and more acceptable zooplankton food should have been provided, Second Attempt Underway After the first collection of eggs had hatched, Dr. Houde andhis assistant, Barbara Palko, were able to distinguish tuna eggs from others in a batch collected on June 3. They claim that identifying marks were the size of the eggs, the faintly amber color of the oil globule, and the distribution of pig- ment on the embryo (all visible under a mi- croscope). The two biologists used the same methods to hatch the second collection of 1,000 tuna eggs. All the eggs hatched, but most of the larvae survived for only 2 to 4 days be- yond the yolk-sac stage. Thirteen days after hatching, 6 of the larvae were still alive and feeding on zooplankton, but thenthey also died--of unknown causes. Efforts will be made in continuing culturing experiments to determine just what combination of factors apparently conspire to cause, first, the high mortality of the newly hatched tunas and, second, the death at the end of about 2 weeks of the seemingly healthy survivors. - >.) Dr. L. L. Glasgow Testifies on Pollution by Pesticides Dr. Leslie L. Glasgow, Assistant Secre- tary for Fish and Wildlife, Parks, and Ma- rine Resources, U.S. Department of the In- terior, testified on the effects of pesticides on sport and commercial fisheries before the Subcommittee on Energy, Natural Re- sources, and Environment, Committee on Commerce of the U.S. Senate, May 19, 1969. His statement follows: We welcome the opportunity to comment onthe effects of pesticides on sport and com- mercial fisheries because we are deeply con- cerned about the contamination of our en- vironment by the use of pesticides. The re- cent discovery of high DDT residues in Lake Michigan coho salmon has brought the prob- lem into national focus. The current hearings in Wisconsin, spon- sored by the Environmental Defense Fund and the Wisconsin Department of Natural Re- sources, have put pesticides on trial in that State. Hundreds of pages of testimony have been generated both for and against the con- tinued use of DDT, Other States have taken actions to restrict DDTuses that have ranged from the elimination of certain use patterns to the outright ban of this chemical. Lake Michigan Watershed In additionto our own Departmental stud- ies to develop information on the effects of pesticides in fish in Lake Michigan, we are working with other Federal agencies and the States to monitor the origin and the occur- rence of pesticide residues inthe Lake Michi- gan watershed, These collaborative activities will ensure the maximum utilization of talent and resources, Sources of DDTin Lake Michigan have not been fully identified. DDT reaches the Lake from a variety of sources. Morethan50 per- cent appearsto come from urban uses where many factors contribute to the burden, A few of these are: control of Dutch Elm Disease, mosquito control, uses on home lawns and shrubbery, dry cleaning plants, wool treat- ment plants, sewage treatment facilities, and many more. We expect thattheuse of DDT in Michigan's fruit producing areas constitutes a potent agricultural source of this pesticide. One objective of the Department of the In- terior for all our water resources, for the Great Lakes and Lake Michigan, in particu- lar, is to establish and preserve for future generations an environment that will produce healthy stocks of fish and wildlife. A major step in attaining this objective would be to stop the use of hard pesticides that are con- tributing tothe contamination of Lake Michi- gan. The combination of physical and bio- logical factors have made this body of water especially prone to pesticide pollution. While we recommend the elimination of persistent pesticides that contaminate the environment, we recognize that complete eliminationat this time may not be practical or feasible. How- ever, itis timetoreplace DDT with less haz- ardous pesticides. Continued use should not be permitted where environmental contam- ination occurs. Further, we should initiate the phasing out of other hard pesticides. They should be replaced by other less hazardous materials. We firmly believe that we should work toward this end; and that through coop- erative efforts at all levels, solutions can be found to maintain both our food producing capability and an environment free from con- tamination, Coho Salmon Seized I would liketo mention some of the pesti- cide problems that face our fisheries. The most dramatic are the economic implications of the seizure of coho salmon taken in Lake Michigan. The sport fishery on the Lake is valued at $200 million. Boats, tackle, motel rental and service industries have benefited enormously from the growth of salmon an- gling. The 1968 landed value of commercial- ly caught coho salmon in the Lake was about $300,000. In that year, the Lake Michigan total commercial fish landings were valued at about $3 million, Under a recent ruling from the Food and Drug Administration, es- tablishing DDT levels at 5ppm in fish, these sport and commercial fisheries will be ad- versely affected. The threat tothe fishery resource through exposure to sub-lethal concentrations of pesticides is not nearly as striking as a major fish kill, but the effects of this exposure can be more Significant, Existing evidence is adequate to demonstrate the relationship be- tween present DDT levels in some fish and reproductive inhibition, Ten years agoin New York State trout in Lake George failed toreproduce because of DDT levels in the eggs. We have evidence that a similar situ- ation has occurred in sea trout in one of our estuaries. Pesticides in Estuaries The United States shrimp fishery is our most valuable fishery resource. Larval shrimp migrate in from the sea to the grow- ing areas in our estuaries. We believe that the levels of pesticide pollution in the upper reaches of some estuaries of the United States are already so highthat shrimp using them for nursery areas may be lost. Since 1965, we have monitored the pesti- cide levels in our estuaries, Oysters and other mollusks are usedas bioassay animals because of their efficiency in extracting and storing pesticides in their tissues. We have conducted over 6,000 analyses from about 170 stations, sampled monthly, In general, all samples except those col- lected near the Canadian border show some degree of pesticide contamination, primarily, DDT. While none of the residue levels are high enough to constitute ahumanhealth prob- lem, they could have a drastic effect on pred- atory animals in the estuary, Pesticides Magnified in Food Chain We also have evidence of secondary effects through magnificationinthe food chain, Pes- cide residues infish are considered the most probable cause of the decline in hatching suc- cess inacolony of brownpelicans off the Cal- ifornia coast this spring, Many nests con- tained eggs with collapsed, very thin shells. Experimental studies have shown that mal- lards fed DDT at low levels produce eggs with significantly thinner shells and hatch Significantly fewer young than ducks fed un- treated food, Our evidence is increasing that persistent pesticides are hazardous to terrestial wild- life. It has long been established that the use of DDT to control Elm Bark Beetles results in accumulation of DDT in earthworms~--many thousands of robins have been killed as a re- sult of eating such contaminated worms, Furthermore, we suspect that this type of pesticide treatment is responsible for the flushing of DDT into storm sewers and sub- sequent discharge into rivers and lakes, Major River Systems Affected The presence of DDT and dieldrinhas been demonstrated in all major river systems of the country where it enters the aquatic food chain of many species of fish and wildlife, Its subtle effect on reproduction and sur- vival onmany species of fish and wildlife are illustrated in the above-mentioned thinning of eggshells. The Department of the Interior recognizes the complexities of pesticide pollution and, in cooperation with other Federal agencies and the States, has developed a monitoring pro- gram to identify the sources of contamination in the Lake Michigan watershed. The States have responded by curtailing the use of DDT in the watershed, At the Federal level, we are working with the Department of Agricul- ture to withdraw registration of hazardous- use patterns of persistent chlorinated hydro- carbon pesticides. In 1963, the President's Science Advisory Committee recommended the orderly phasing out of organochlorine pesticides. The De- partment of the Interior supports this posi- tion andis currently programmed to bring it about on all lands administered by Interior agencies, 10 Fishery Legislation Proposed in Congress CONGRESS SHOWS INTEREST IN "OUR NATION AND THE SEA" On May 23, the President signed P.L. 91-15 continuing the National Council on Marine Re- sources and Engineering Development for one year, until June 30, 1970. The Marine Resources and Engineering Development Act was enacted in June 1966. Its object was to develop, encourage, and maintain a coordinated, comprehensive, and long-range national program of marine sci- ence. It created a National Council of Marine Resources and Engineering Development, and a Commission on Marine Science, Engineer - ing and Resources. The Commission was to make a final report in January 1969 and go out of existence 30 days later. Its reportwas titled: "Our Nation andthe Sea.'' The Coun- cil was to expire on June 30, 1969. One of the Commission's duties was to recommend a governmental organization plan and the estimated cost of it. This, with other Commission recommendations, was sub- mitted to the President and Congress in early January. The report also contained 212 sig- nificant recommendations relating to many aspects of marine affairs. The report of Chairman Garmatz, House Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisher- ies, stated: '. . . thefact, in view of the volu- minous and comprehensive scope of the Com- mission's excellent report, that it is most unlikely that legislation establishing a new organizational structure for a national pro- gramin marine sciences canbe enacted dur- ing the remainder of this fiscal year, it seemed. . . essential that the life of the Coun- cil should be extended for a reasonable per- iod... to give Congress andthe new admin- istration a reasonable time to review and act upon the numerous recommendations." Department of Marine Affairs Already, the Commission's report has stirred several attempts to establish a Cabi- net-level Department of Marine Affairs. As early as January 16, Rep. Wilson, Calif., introduced a bill to establish a National Oceanographic Agency. Mr. Wilson com- mended the Commission's report for recog- nizing ''the need for a coordinated attack on the unsolved problems of oceanography." He added: ''We could make no better investment of the taxpayers! money than in oceanographic programs which will yield huge returns, pro- vide greater understanding of our environ- ment, and help further raise our national standard of living." On March 25, Rep. Pepper, Fla., intro- duced H.R. 9482 to establish a Department of Oceanographic Services within the Presi- dent's cabinet. This bill would coordinate and consolidate the major civilian marine functions of the Federal Government, enunci- ate national policies concerning the marine and maritime interests of the U.S., expand exploration of the sea, develop estuarine areas, and revitalize the U.S.-flag merchant marine. On May 5, Rep. Anderson, Calif., intro- duced H.R, 10869 to establish a Cabinet-level Department of Maritime Affairs. He stated: "This bill would bring together and coordinate all U.S. commercial and governmental inter- ests with respect to the sea." On May 14, Rep. Dellenback, Oregon, in- troduced H.R. 11240to establish the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Agency. On May 20, Sen. Murphy, Calif., introduced S. 2204 to establish the National Oceanic Agency. It was cosponsored by Sens. Hat- field, Ore., and Tower, Tex. Sen. Murphy said: ''The truth is, however, that up to this time, we have only dipped into ocean exploration and development... the time has come when we must reorganize our Nation's oceanology program for the plunge ... thetimehas come when oceanology must be given the priority it deserves." The Subcommittee on Oceanography, House Committee on Merchant Marine and Fish- eries, has been holding a series of hearings since April 29 on a national oceanographic program. The report of the Commission on Marine Science, Engineering and Resources has received much attention. --Barbara Lundy OCEANOGRAPHY ‘GOFAR’ Scientists Discover Salt Domes in Eastern Atlantic Scientists of the U.S, Naval Oceanographic Office (NAVOCEANO) have discovered salt domes--geologic structures known to ac- cumulate oil--in deep ocean sediment of the eastern Atlantic. Previously, these struc- tures had been found only on continental-shelf areas, where petroleum companies now are concentrating all offshore drilling operations. The discovery was reported to the recent convention of the American Association of Pe- troleum Geologists in Dallas, Texas, by Lt. Eric Schneider, a research geologist who heads the Global Ocean Floor Analysis and Research (GOFAR) project for NAVOCEANO. May Affect Oil Searches Lt. Schneider predicted: 'The finding of domes along with organic-rich sediments (known to contain oil) may thrust the search for oil into the deep ocean areas. Our data show the domes to be located 400 miles west of Senegal and 180 miles north of the Cape Verde Islands (Africa)." He said the GOFAR scientists believe the cone-Shaped structures are salt domes be- cause they have no magnetic signature--a test geologists use to identify sedimentary and igneous rock beneath the sea floor. The structures appear tobe pushing their way up out of the sediments underneath the sea floor; they also are located near ''docu- mented salt deposits on the Senegal continen- tal shelf." Data from USNS 'Kane! The data were collected last summer when the USNS Kane, NAVOCEANO's most modern research ship, traveled 20,000 miles across the Atlantic from Bermuda to Liberia. 'GOFAR'! The GOFAR project is sponsored by the Navy. Itis designed to increase man's under - standing of the geological processes that formed and continue to mold the ocean floor. 11 Capt. T. K. Treadwell, NAVOCEANO Com- mander, explained: ''The Oceanographic Of- fice is interested in understanding these geological processes for the simple reason that it must provide the Navy and the marine community with accurate charts of the world's oceans. Regular soundings (depth measure- ments used to determine the topography of the ocean floor) are far more useful if we know the principles that determine the floor's features. ' Coast & Geodetic Vessels Survey Alaskan Waters Five U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey ships are conducting extensive charting and ocean surveys in Alaskan waters this year. The 5 are: 'Fairweather,''Davidson,’! 'Pathfinder,' ‘Surveyor,'and'McArthur'. Three ships left Seattle, Wash., their home port, in May; the remaining 2 were scheduled to sail in June. They will operate until fall. The ships carry over 300 officers and crew and will collect information to benefit the increasing marine activity and economic development of Alaska's waterways. ''Their survey data will be used for safe navigation of fishing and deep-draft cargo vessels, for locating oil-drilling sites, and for planning future mining, oil exploration, and waterfront construction," The Plan Four vessels will carry out hydrographic surveys several miles from shore. Their ship-based launches willdetermine depths in smallinlets, bays, coves,and harbors. Their mission is to locate safe approach channels and anchorages; also, to determine the shal- lowest depth over navigationalhazards, such as submerged rocks, shoals, reefs, and wrecks. During winter, processing of survey data will beginfor severalnew charts of the num- erous sounds, bays, and harbors. Existing charts will be updated. i 12 Australia and Antarctica Once Part of Supercontinent, U.S. Scientists Say Two U.S. scientists report they have es- tablished that Australia and Antarctica, now separated by about 2,000 miles of water, were once part of an ancient supercontinent. The scientists, Walter Sproll and Dr. Robert S. KNOX COAST WILKES AND ‘oaueaah VICTORIA LAND _ of eo Dietz, are geological oceanographers at ESSA's Atlantic Oceanographic Laboratories in Miami, Florida. Sproll and Dietz processed oceanographic data obtained by U.S. and Australian scientists in 1967 during the global cruise of the 'Ocean- ographer.' The result, they say, was a "precise fit" between the 2 continents. GEORGE V COAST ANTARCTICA Drawing depicts how Australia and Antarctica were once part of an ancient supercontinent before it broke up and drifted apart 2,000 miles, Drawing is based on a computerized fit established by ESSA scientists from data obtained in 1967 by the U.S, Coast and Geodetic Survey Ship "Oceanographer’. The diagonal lines represent the offshore underwater continental shelves of Australia and Antarctica; the solid black areas, the overlap of the two continents; and the white spaces, the underlaps. U.S. Scientists Search Bottom of North Central Pacific ESSA oceanographers have investigated 3 major underwater features to determine the history of the North Central Pacific basin. The study is partof a long-range program to unlock the secrets of the deep ocean. The 3 features are: a newly discovered trough (the name 'Emperor Trough"! will be proposed); the Chinook Trough; and the Rat Island Fracture Zone(s). ESSA explains: ''Troughs are giant decli- vities in the ocean floor, while fracture zones are long bands where the sea bottom appears to have been broken, similar to the geologic faults found on land, such as the San Andreas Fault in California." Project Purposes The project was undertaken in April and May aboard ESSA's ‘Surveyor’. The pur- poses were to determine the interrelationship of the 3 underwater features--and their re- lationship with the ‘linear magnetic anom- alies' foundinthearea. These anomalies are changes from the normal magnetic field ob- served on the earth's surface. They have been attributed to sea-floor spreading, a theory in which semimolten rock from the earth's interior rises and spreads laterally under the oceanfloor. Thetheory ties in with that of continentaldrift. Inthis, the giant land masses are moved over the earth's surface. The magnetism in the semimolten rock is "locked in" whenit cools. It furnishes a rec- ord of the distance it has traveled since it rose from greatdepth. The magnetized rock can be detected on the sea surface by ship- towed instruments. 13 Emperor Trough The northwest-trending Emperor Trough was discovered in 1968 by scientists of ESSA's Pacific Oceanographic Research Laboratory in Seattle, Wash. They used data gathered principally by the Surveyor. The trough runs ata40° angle to the Emperor Seamount Chain, a range of submerged mountains. ''Dataon the depth, width, and length of the Emperor Trough are expected to be made public shortly." The Emperor Trough appears to be the northeastern boundary of the Mellish Rise. The latter is an elevation in the ocean bed lying east of the Emperor Seamount Chain. The chain runs northand south from near the western tip of the Aleutian Islands until it meanders south-southwest; it terminates west of Midway Island in the Central North Pacific. The Mellish Rise is afeature about 800 or 900 miles across. It is elevated about one mile above the average oceandepth. Its depth is still more than 3 miles below the ocean's surface. Chinook Trough Only part of the Chinook Trough has been surveyed. Itlies east of the Emperor Trough and apparently swings in a southwest direc- tion. One project aim was to discover wheth- er the 2 troughs intersected and, if so, the structural relationship between them. Rat Island Fracture Zone(s) The RatIsland Fracture Zone(s)--oceano- graphers do not know how many there are-- is near the westernmost extent of the eastern Pacific sea-floor-spreading anomalies. It appears tobe either a series of angular frac- tures or a Single northwest-trending struc- ture. (See map on following page.) 14 *pautuiiejep ueeq aA Jou sey 3U9}Xe ITay} eJeOIpUT SeuoZ aINJORIF SNOTIVA AE SHIeUT torseng ‘uotber 1e3eMiepun 4seA sty Fo Atoysty ayy Guturur -1932p 12 paulte setprys payonpuoo ATyue0e1 oAeAang drys Aeaing o1328poey 9 3SEOD °S* eM pieoge sieyderbouved0 eleyM uto}0q BAS OTFIOv YMON JO Aydeabodoy, S3l1VWONV JILINSVW “ONIGVIYdS YOO1I-V3S Foreign Fishing Off U.S. in April NORTHWEST ATLANTIC April's good weather allowed uninterrupted surveillance from south of Nova Scotia to Cape Hatteras, N. Carolina; 237 vessels were sighted. In March 1969, there were 218. Most were Soviet--30factory stern trawl- ers, 131 medium side trawlers, 6factory base ships, 4 refrigerated transports, 1 tug, and 1 tanker. (In April 1968, 188 had been sighted.) Off Southern New England & Georges Bank Soviet: Since January 1969, 15-20 stern trawlers had fished (mostly red hake) south of Block Island towards Nantucket. After moving off the Virginia Capes for a short time, they shifted early in April to the vicinity of Hudson Canyon. No catches were observed. By mid-month, 25-30 side trawlers were south of Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket. Catches were mostlyherring. Earlier, some of these trawlers had fished off Virginia and North Carolina. Many Soviet vessels were sighted on Georges Bank in late April for the first time in 1969. From 20 to 25stern trawlers fished in 75-100 fathoms along the eastern slopes, between Lydonia and Corsair Canyons. No catches were observed. (At that depth they may have been seeking whiting.) Off Mid-Atlantic States Soviet: Over 100 vessels fished off the mid-Atlantic coast throughout the month. This fleet showed surprising mobility: it shifted north and south several times in one week. Atendof March, itwas off the entrance to Chesapeake Bay. During first week in April, it shifted north off Delaware Bay, re- turned off Chesapeake entrance, and finally moved south off North Carolina. On April9 and10,107 medium side trawl- ers and 7 support vessels were in a 25-mile area, about 25-30 miles east of Currituck Sound, N.C. Moderate catches were mostly herring. Afew vessels were scattered north of the fleet. On the same dates, 15 vessels (mostly stern trawlers) were in 2 groups, 30 miles south of LongIsland and 60 miles east of New Jersey. No catches were observed. 15 By mid-month, an estimated 100 vessels (mostly side trawlers) had concentrated in a 15-mile area, 50 to 60 miles southeast of Cape May, N.J. A small group was south of Moriches, L.I, Catches were mostly herring. (In April 1968, 75-100 vessels had fished herring 40-60 miles south of Moriches.) From the third week, the main concen- tration was in a20-mile area, 65 miles south of Shinnecock, Long Island (north of Hudson Canyon). Heavy to moderate catches of her- ring were observed. A group of 25 vessels was widely scattered from east of Atlantic City to southeast of Cape May. Several stern trawlers had catches of red hake on deck, Polish: Two factory stern trawlers, 28 large side trawlers, and 2factory base ships were sighted, Before mid-month, 20 to 25 vessels were 40 miles east to 60 miles southeast of Cape May. Moderate catches were mostly herring andsome mackerel. After mid-month, about 25 dispersed off New Jersey, east of Barnegat Lightship to southeast of Cape May. Catches were mostly herring. (In April 1968, 25-30 vessels had fished off New York and New Jersey.) Japanese: Tenstern trawlers were sighted, the largestnumber ever observed fishing off the U.S, Atlantic coast. They operated along the 50-100 fathom edge, from south of Mar- that's Vineyard to the southwest slopes of Georges Bank. Catches appeared tobe whit- ing. All vessels had hydrophones hung from booms on the port side, Hydrophones are part of a recording system indicating trawl be- havior (depth, etc.). Spanish: Twenty pair trawlers fishedfrom . the Northeast Peak of Georges Bank to Brown Bank. Severalhad fair catches of cod ondeck, East German: Late inApril, 2 side trawl- ers were 60 miles south of Martha's Vineyard. No catches were observed. (In April 1968, 3 side trawlers hadfished herring 17-20 miles south of Shinnecock Inlet, L.I.) U.S.-USSR Mid-Atlantic Fisheries Agreement The 'no fishing zone! restrictions ended on April 1. No Soviet support activities were observed in the loading zones, 16 On Aprilll,a 6-man U.S. team visited the Soviet Fishing Fleet Commander aboard the tRobert Eihe,' about 50 miles off Norfolk, Va. Polish Vessel Enters Port On April 12, the Polish factory base ship tPomorze! entered the port of Philadelphia, Pa., totake onfresh water andsmall amounts of food and fuel. She had only a small cargo of frozen and bulk salted herring on board. GULF OF MEXICO & SOUTH ATLANTIC No foreign vessels were reported fishing in April 1969. OFF CALIFORNIA Soviet: Four side trawlers, 14 stern trawl- ers, and 3support vessels fished west of San Francisco, stretching 80 miles north and south. Pacific hake, rockfish, red snapper and black snapper catches were observed. (About the same number had fished here in April 1968. Many were the same.) OFF PACIFIC NORTHWEST Soviet: Seven stern trawlers, 13 side trawlers, and 5 support vessels were sighted. Except for 1 support vessel, all were off Oregon. (In April 1968, 54 Soviet fishing ves - sels had been sighted.) After mid-April, 1 stern trawler was ob- served with her deck bins filled with Pacific hake. Towards the end of the month, side trawlers took large quantities of hake. Some, fishing in pairs, landed an estimated 40,000 to 50,000 pounds for each tow. Individual side trawlers tows were eStimated at 20,000 to 30,000 pounds. Japanese: One longliner was sighted off Oregon. On one occasion, the catch observed was almost entirely black cod, with a few red snappers. (One stern trawler and 1 support vessel had been in the vicinity in 1968.) OFF ALASKA Soviet: The 165 vessels sighted at end of March dropped to 82 by end of April. In April 1968, 70 had been sighted. This year's in- erease is largely attributable to a second shrimp fishing fleet in the Gulf of Alaska-- and to a continued herring and flounder fishery in eastern and central Bering Sea. The decline in vessels fishing flounder began in early April but, unlike previous years, withdrawals halted in mid-month. About 15 mediumtrawlers and5 support ves - sels remained along the Continental Shelf edge south of the Pribilofs, a favored Alaska pol- lock fishing area. Sightings indicated that fishing had shifted from flounder to pollock. Herring fishing was sporadic. At month's end, only 5 medium trawlers and 1 processing refrigerator remained, north and west of the Pribilofs, in central Bering Sea. The deep-water trawl groundfish fishery, along the Shelf edge in eastern Bering Sea, was abandoned in early April. The vessels transferred to the shrimp fishery in the Gulf. Late in the month, 2 medium trawlers re- sumed the groundfish fishery along the Shelf edge, west of the Pribilofs. Two factoryships and 8 tangle net-setting trawlers fished crab north of the Alaska Pen- insula. This year, as in 1968, most Soviet catches were tanner rather than king crab. Fig. 1 - 'Pavel Chebotnyagin,' factory ship, receives picker boats with loads of tanner crab. One shrimp fishing fleet--15 medium trawlers and 2 factoryships--remained on Portlock Bank, east of Kodiak Island. In early April, a second shrimp fleet--1 canning 17 Fig. 2 - Factory ship 'V. Putintsev, ' nested with refrigerated transport 'Visili Perov, ' and SRTM 8-407 alongside, on shrimp grounds. factoryship and 6 medium trawlers--began fishing near the Shumagins, in the western Gulf. This was thefirst time the Soviets had fished shrimp near the Shumagins since the U.S. contiguous fishery zone was effected in March 1967, Japanese: Fishing effort--125 to 130 ves- sels--remained relatively stable. About 5 sterntrawlers fished ocean perch along the Shelf edge, principally in the east- ern Gulf. This was the only known Japanese ocean perch fishery in the Alaska region. Ten stern trawlers, 2 medium trawlers, and 1 refrigerated transport fished herring in central Bering Sea during first 2 weeks of April. Then, much like the Soviets, the Jap- anese reduced effort, and withdrew from the fishery during the third week. About 4 stern trawlers fishing groundfish along the Shelf edge, in eastern and central Bering Sea, had increased to 10 and 1 re- frigerated transport by month's end. Thead- ditional vessels had come from the abandoned herring fishery. Catches, mostly pollock, in- cluded small amounts of sablefish, arrow- tooth flounder, and ocean perch. (Photos: Branson) Three minced meat and meal factoryship fleets remained along the Shelf edge, north of the Fox Islands in the eastern Aleutinas, through mid-month. In late April, they moved north onto the Shelf, northeast of Unimak Is. At month's end, a fourth fleet of about 15 vessels was nearing the eastern Bering Sea fishing grounds, Two factoryships, with 30 tangle-net and pot-fishing trawlers, fished tanner and king crab north of the Alaska Peninsula. As be- fore, Japanese crab vessels often mingled with their Soviet counterparts, Three to 5 longliners fished sablefish in the Gulf off southeastern Alaska. In late April, 2 longliners were north of Fox Is, in eastern Aleutians, Athirdwas along the Shelf edge west of Pribilofs. Eastern Bering Sea catches appeared to be sablefish. South Korean: One stern trawler fished along the Shelf edge in the eastern Bering Sea, from west of the Pribilofs to near Unimak Pass. This same trawler made at least 2 trips to the eastern Bering Sea last year. 18 STATES New York REEF FISH STUDY BEGINS THIS SUMMER During summer 1969, the New York State Conservation Department will start an exten- sive, long-range study of the fish populations of artificialreefs. The Department says little is known of thesefish in northern waters. It is seeking information on kinds of reef fishes and their life stages spent there. This in- formation is necessary to manage these fish- ery resources properly. Reefs Selected The reefs selected are the inshore reefin Great South Bay near Saltaire and the off- shore reef near Fire Island Inlet. Sampling locations will be marked with red and white marker buoys. The Study The study will include general life history, movement, and population of sea bass and blackfish (tautog). Both willbe tagged either with red and white Petersen Disk tags, ora new type of colored plastic streamer. There will be a $1 reward for returning a tag. The public is asked to send both disks, if that type is used, or entire plastic streamer with where, how, and date fish was caught to: New York State Conservation Department, Setauket, New York 11785. * OK WATER-POLLUTION RESEARCH CENTER SET UP BY 9 COLLEGES Nine colleges and universities in the New York metropolitan area are working together to organize an oceanographic research center at Montauk, the easternmost tip of Long Is- land. The center will seek solutions to pol- lution problems in the waters around Long Island. The 9 institutions have leased the buildings formerl]y housing the testing facili- ties of the Republic Aviation Corp. These will be converced to marine laboratories this summer. The 9 are Adelphi, Dowling, Fordhar Hofstra, L.1., N. Y. Institute of Technology, New York University, St. John's, and the State University of N.Y. 7 : new center also will coordinate the marine research now being done independently by the 9 schools. Isolate Pollutants First Dr. James Alexander, acting director, said the first research project would be to isolate the compounds polluting Long Island waters. He added: ''Pollution is Long Island's main problem. Our aim willbe to find out how the ecology has been affected." Visiting professors and graduate students will study first pollution's effects on such microorganisms as plankton. Alaska SEEKS U.S. FUNDS FOR EARTHQUAKE - CAUSED SALMON DISASTER The Prince William Sound salmon fishery suffered a disastrous decline as a result of the March 1964 earthquake. The earthquake centered inthis area. Land mass subsidence in parts of Prince William Sound caused loss of spawning grounds. These are covered with salt water. In other areas, the land mass was uplifted: This caused instability and erosion of spawning beds. The result is a substantial decline of salmon runs throughout Prince William Sound. Montague Island Hard Hit The situation is particularly serious on Montague Island. The island was tilted up- ward 8 feet at its northeast end and 35 feet at the southwest. Before the earthquake, Montague Island salmon runs were about 700,000 each year; only 20,000 are expecteu for 1969. The Alaska Department of Fish and Game has requested the Secretary of theInterior to find the Prince William Sound salmon fishery a * shery disaster under Public Law 88-309. - ie finding would permit 100% Federal fund - ig for fishery restoration projects. State and Federal personnel are cooperating to pre- pare a proposal for rehabilitation and re- stocking of certain MontagueIsland streams. ed) Above photo 4/7/65 1.2 tide Wild Creek, Port Chalmers, Montague Island, Alaska Estimated +10.5 uplift from the Great Alaska earthquake of March 27, 1964 Below photo 10/31/64 4.6 tide way . : ry ee mae eh. E SS ee vin ie che hi Aerial photographs showing overwinter changes in the channel of Wild Creek which illustrate extreme instability following the Alaska earthquake. Most streams in Prince William Sound in areas uplifted 6 feet or more displayed similar action, (Photos: Jerre Olson) 20 California Will The Shrimp Boats Keep A Comin’? W. A. Dahlstrom and D. W. Gotshall The quota system applied to California's ocean shrimp fishery has enabled this infant industry to grow to lusty maturity inless than two decades. From a modest beginning of 206,107 pounds landed in 1952, the first year of the fishery, landings hit a new high of 2,272,045 pounds in 1968. The question is, will it always be that way? The answer is a qualified yes. The ocean shrimp fishery can prove stable and profitable for many years to come, with one provision. The quota system must be strictly adhered to, or the fishery could disappear in a single season. Two other questions might be, 'How and why are quotas set,'' and ''Why is this fishery so susceptible to overfishing?" Both good questions, but before we answer them, let's review the history of the ocean shrimp fish- ery. California Ocean Shrimp Prior to 1952, it was a latent, unutilized resource. The groundwork for utilizing this resource was carriedonby marine biologists of the California Department of Fish and Game. During some of the bottom fish investiga - tions conducted by the Department before 1950, occasional net hauls contained numer- ous shrimp. With these encouraging signs and the hope of developing a new resource, a scouting plan was designed to determine the location and extent of our shrimp beds. During 1950 and 1951, exploratory fishing was conductedfrom the Department research vessel 'N.B.Scofield'. Tows were made over the areas where shrimp had been found and over areas where the bottom and depth ap- peared suitable for shrimp. From exploratory fishing and data received from commercial fishermen, we learned that ocean shrimp are always found inassociation with green mud bottoms. This does not mean, however, that there are shrimp wherever there is green mud. Some unknown factors are involved because shrimp concentrations large enough to support commercial fishing are not found on all of the green mud areas located off California. As a result of the 1950-51 search, five dense concentrations of ocean shrimp were charted along the California coast. Areas Established In 1951 the California State Legislature enacted laws empowering the Fish and Game Commission to regulate the new ocean shrimp fishery. The area of the shrimpbeds and the abundance of shrimp onthem were used as a basis to designate three fishing areas, each with a specified limit or quota. By 1956 it had become apparent that a portion of one of these areas (B) was not being fully utilized. Therefore it was divided and the two shrimp- ing areas formed were allotted separate quotas. Thefour designated shrimping areas along the California coast are: Area A, from the Oregon -California border to False Cape; Area B-1, False Cape to Pt. Arena; Area B-2, Pt. Arena to Pigeon Pt.; AreaC, Pigeon Pt. to the Mexican border. Statewide landings in the first year of the fishery, 1952, were 206,107 pounds. They climbed steadily to peaks of 2,006,274 pounds in 1960 and 2,095,278 pounds in 1963. Land- ings fluctuated between 980,608 pounds and 1,425,875 pounds from 1964 to 1967 because of lower shrimp abundance, reduced quotas in Area "A"', and little or no harvest from Areas "B-1", "B-2", and "C". The all time high of 2,272,545 pounds landed in 1968 was made possible because of shrimp abundance, an increased quota in Area "A", and landings of 191,925 pounds in The authors are Marine Biologists, California Department of Fish and Game. Reprinted from 'Outdoor Califomia', May-June 1969. Area '"'B-2", After initial landings of about 200,000 pounds each year during 1952 and 1953inArea 'C"", Area "A" became the prin- cipal area of production and has remained the top producer since then. Statewide landings have average 1,699,734 pounds annually overthe past 10 years. The 10 years of shrimping have brought approxi- mately $1,800,000 to the state's fishermen. Last season's record catch of 2,272,545 pounds was worth approximately $270,000 to the fishermen. Statewide Landings - Ocean Shrimp Pounds Landed 206,107 295,524 299,768 847,062 1,170,074 1,425,631 1,730,222 1,785,228 2,026,787 2,006,274 1,786,289 2,095,278 980,608 1,425,875 1,213,959 1,404,821 2,272,545 Population Characteristics The ocean shrimp has the scientific name of Pandalus jordani and is actually a small prawn--small enough so that it falls into a size commonly marketedas shrimp. Heads- on counts per pound range from about 70 to 160, and average about 100 per pound. Shrimp beds do not have stable populations as evidenced by the failure of the fisheries in Area "B-1", "B-2", and "C", Landings in Area ''C'"' (Morro Bay) have virtually ceased Since 1953 because the fishermen have not been able to find the shrimp in commercial quantity. Thefishery in Area 'B-2"' (Bodega Bay) also declined after six years of fishing from 1953 to 1958. Landings have been spo- radic and some years fishermen are unable to find the shrimp in commercial quantity. a1 ee | -OCEAN SHRIMP- — Brookings = ORES CRESCENT CITY eats: 20N Klamath River °- | Redding Rock EUREKA \ io) = SS SS False Cape > gle Big Flat Ps Usal a A a BA ® Cape Vizcaino F2) ‘@ FT. BRAGG a — = SS = Pt. Arena ce) | Russian River z BODEGA BAY alean SAN FRANCISCO (@ Pigeon Pt, AREA C ra) MORRO BAY as @ AVILA om ) Pt. Sal © Pt. Conception SHRIMP BEDS KXyyyG 22 The fate of the Area ''B-1"' (Fort Bragg) fishery took a similar course. After five years of fishing from 1957 to 1961 with peak landings of 797,000 pounds in 1961, the fish- ery collapsed and little or no landings have been made since. Thehighest catch rate was made in 1961 with an average catch per hour of 952 pounds. Efforts by fishermen and surveys by the Department from time to time in those areas other than ''A'' have usually not located com- mercial quantities of shrimp. The harvest by the fishery in Area 'A'' may have been relatively stable but the shrimp population was not. Strong and also weak year classes in the population have been determined from the data obtained during the research cruises and by sampling the commercial catch. The population will surge up and down depending upon the numbers of new shrimp or recruits entering the shrimp resource. The shrimp populationin Area "A" is com- posed mostly of one andtwo year old shrimp. Very few shrimp live to be three years old and as far as we know, no Shrimp live longer than four years in California waters. Since 1964, recruitment has been good every other year. The 1964 year class as well as the 1966 were strong. A post-season survey completed in Sep- tember 1968, also reveals that the 1968 year class is strong. Unfortunately the 1965 and 1967 year classes were relatively weak, so the fishery had to rely on each strong year class for two successive years. However, this did result in larger shrimp during the second year of the year class in the fishery. The pattern of strong recruitment every two years was evident in 1959 and also in 1961. However, this did not occur in 1963. The population swung into strong even year re- cruitment in 1964. Since the harvested shrimp are so young, many are caught before they have a chance to spawn. It takes them about 13 years to be- come sexually mature. Life history studies of this species have revealedsome amazing characteristics. The normal pattern is for the shrimp to function as amale first when between one and two years old, then go through several transitional phases and then become a female when be- tween two and three years old. During strong recruitment years, how- ever,it hasbeen observed that many shrimp, as high as 70 percent of a year class, will start changing sex to females between one and two years old and will not function as males. This occurred in1967 and resulted in a strong 1968 year class. Range The range of this speciesis from Unalaska toSan Diego. They appear tohave amaximum density off central Oregon. Area ''A'' is the California bed closest to the area of maximum density. Our other shrimping areas are further away and never have had the potential of Area "A". Initial surveys of the areas in 1950 and 1951 revealed a much larger popula - tion inArea "A" than in either Areas "'B" or "C" Therefore, the original quotas were set at 1,500,000 pounds in Area 'A", 400,000 in Area ''B", and 200,000 pounds in Area "C". The Area "B' resource comprised one bed ° off Bodega Bay and one off Ft. Bragg. We believe that it is not possible to have stable populations inAreas 'B-1", "B-2"' and "C" because of the fact that species on the extremities of their range are known to fluc- tuate widely and our observations indicate that the populations have been relatively small and do not have large potential. Even in the absence of fishing or with limited fishing, the resource has not returned toits former level of abundance in these areas. Natural mortality is high and probably a good portion of this is caused by predator fishes. Fishing no doubt contributed its share to upset the delicate balance between re- cruitment and mortality and send the popu- lations down to low abundance levels. Al- though shrimp still remained in the areas, the populations were reduced to a point where it became uneconomical to catch them. The populations in these areas remain at a low level and only in Area '"'B-2" does the population occasionally make a slight come- back. Usually this is because a new year class enters the population but its potential is limited and provides only afishery of about one season's duration. This occurred in 1962, 1963, 1965, and 1968 when landings ranging from 180,000 to 250,000 pounds were made. Estimating Population How do we determine the number and pounds of shrimp on a particularbed? Since 1960 we have usedour research vessels, the 'N. B. Scofield' and 'Alaska', to survey the beds. Twosurveys were made each year, one prior to the opening of the season andthe sec- ond in the fall after fishing had ceased.. Until 1965, a shrimp net was towed in areas where shrimp were concentrated and also outside of the concentrations to determine total area and abundance. In 1965 we changed our survey methods in an attempt to improve our estimates. Area "A" was selectedfor a three-year intensified study. First we compiled all information from fishermen's records and our research cruises todetermine the area where concen- trations of shrimp had been found since 1951. The resulting survey area, covering 270 square miles, was divided into sub-areas basedon where shrimp concentrations tended to be more uniform through the years. Next, our statisticians were given the task of setting up a random survey plan that would yield reliable estimates from the limited number of days that the research vessel was available. The sampling system which was designed by these specialists involved several complex statisticalformulas andthe use of computers to calculate the estimates. We have used this survey plan since March 1965 in Area "A", During the last four years, marine biolo- gists have spent 205 days atsea and have made 1,188 tows. After a survey was complete, the data was fed into a computer, which in turn calculated the average number of shrimp per tow. A calculation was then made to deter- mine how many possible tows 3 mile in length could be made in the survey area. The total estimated population was then calculated by multiplying the average number of shrimp per tow by the total number of possible tows. Mortality Rates One of the mostimportant facts we need to know about any fish populationis the mortality rate, The endproduct ofall our research, no matter what species, is to be able to predict 23 the optimum harvest that a population of a marine species can yield and still maintain itself. Mortality rates play an extremely impor- tant role in the complicated calculations in- volved in arriving athow many shrimp can be harvested each year. All shrimp die either from fishing orfrom natural causes, such as being eaten by preda- tors. We use population estimates to calcu- late mortality rates. In simplest terms, the annual mortality rate is the percentage of shrimp that die during the year. We can sep- arate the percentage killed by fishing from the percentage killed by natural factors, sim- ply by determining the percent of the popula- tion that dies naturally during the season and also during the winter, when no fishing is taking place. This natural mortality rate for shrimp varies depending on the age of the shrimp. During their first year of life, approximately 67 percent of the shrimp die from natural causes; about 50 percent of the survivors die from these causes during the second year, and at least 75 percent of the population dies during the third year. Thus, in order to have enough spawning shrimp in the fall, we must leave enough shrimp at the end of fishing to make up for the numbers that will die naturally. The earlier the quota is reached, the more shrimp we need, Let's consider the effects of predators on the shrimp population. We have found that Pacific hake feed heavily on shrimp. We have also found that if we examine enough hake stomachs we candetermine the percentage of one, two, and three year old shrimp in the population. To put it another way, it appears that we may be able to use Pacific hake as "finny'' marine biologists tohelp collect data on the shrimp population, Quotas The bag limit or quota on a particular fishery is designed to provide a continuing and safe level of harvest. In other words, the De- partment of Fish and Game shrimp research program has been trying to prevent a "boom and bust" fishery. The boom and bust fish- ery is best exemplified by the sardine fishery. 24 Each California shrimp bedhas a separate quota. The quotas from 1952 through 1960 were based on harvesting 25 per cent of the estimated population. Landings and catch rate per hour were also used as guidelines. Areas "B-1", "B-2", and "C" have had a minimum quota of 250,000 pounds since the year each Area failed. A decline in the northern California shrimp population (Area "'A'') in 1964 prompted De- partment biologists to examine other methods for setting the quota for that area. The biol- ogists found that there seemed to be a rela- tionship between the number of females left at the end of the commercial fishery in the fall and the number of one year old shrimp produced by these females. In 1965 the quota for Area ''A'' was set to allow a minimum of 300,000,000 females to survive and spawn. These females produced an estimated 1,800,000,000 one year old shrimp, or six young shrimpfor every spawn- ing female. In the fall of 1966 a spawning population of 150,000,000 females produced approximately 400 million one year old shrimp, or slightly less thana 3to 1 increase. The one year olds produced by the 300 mil- lion females supported the fishery during 1967 and 1968; infact the 1968 California catch was the largest ever landed from Area A. Thus we learned that we hadto leave a suf- ficient spawning stock for continued reproduc- tion. The quota for Area 'A'' is determined during the winter, following a fall research cruise. From the cruise data, the biologist in charge at Eureka determines the number of shrimp that will be on the bed when the season opens the following spring, and then calculates how many pounds of shrimp can be harvested and still leave enough females for spawning in the fall. The fall population es- timate and our calculated mortality rates are used to make these predictions, The recommendations are sent through staff to the Director. After review, the Di- rector makes a recommendation to the Fish and Game Commission which in turn estab- lishes a quota, during a public meeting, for the coming season. At this time shrimp fishermen and processors have an opportunity to make their own recommendations to the commission concerning the quota. Why Conservative When quotas were originally established in 1952, it was realized that the areas had limited potential. These quotas based on one-fourth of the total population would serve as a step- ping stone to increase or decrease the quotas depending upon the change of abundance of the shrimp in each area. Initially the small quotas were attained and sho rily thereafter the fisheries declined. Area ''A"', however, has continued on a sus- tained yield basis since inception of the fish- ery in 1952. If overfishing takes place in this area, we believe events will follow the pattern of the other areas in California and that an industry based on shrimp in California will be virtually non-existent. The backbone of the California shrimp landings has been the Area "A" bed and we believe that through the flexible use of a quota system the resource has been able to sustain itself. A good example of the tragic consequences of overfishing can be provided by what hap- pened in the State of Washington. With un- restricted fishing, landings peaked at 6.4 mil- lion pounds in two years (1968). Since then, there has been a steady decline in effort and landings, and during 1964, 1965, and 1966, virtually nothing was landed. WASHINGTON no o z =) to) a w °o 72) Zz jo} 4 =) = CALIFORNIA Seas pate oN 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 YEAR Apparently this same thing happened within California's Area "B"' and "'C'' beds. Area C off Morro Bay peaked during 1953 with land- ings of 200,000 pounds. In 1954 less than 10,000 pounds were landed. Peak landings occurred during 1957, 1963, 1965inArea B-2, In 1961, 800,000 pounds were landed from Area B-1; the following season saw landings drop off to 250 pounds. Importance of Fishery What would happen to the economy of the north coast regions of Eureka and Crescent City ifthe Area "A" shrimp bed failed? The first noticeable effect would be reduced sum- meremployment. Shrimp processing in Eureka and Crescent City now employs be- tween 400 and 500 persons each summer. A large number of these workers are high school students. In many cases this is the only employment open to these students. The economic value to the 30 to 45 fish- ermen who participate in the fishery must also be considered. These fishermen have received an average of $180,000 annually for the past 10 years. We estimate from the wholesale price of shrimp, that the Area "A" shrimp fishery in the past 10 years has con- tributed an average of $600,000 annually to the north coast economy. Evidently the fishermen are prospering from the shrimp fishery and other fisheries they pursue during the year. Five new boats, 50 to 60 feet in length, have been built and have been or will be involved in the shrimp fishery. Crescent City is intheprocess of building two new fishprocessing plants. The success of the companies that will operate these plants will depend in part upon the shrimp landings. It would be tragic to see the shrimp indus - try fail because of lackofshrimp, The Mon- terey sardine industry remains as a powerful example of what can happen when animportant fishery fails. Empty and abandoned can- neries, rusting equipment, and large purse seiners slowly going to pieces from disuse are constant reminders of what can happen when an "inexhaustable" supply of fish suddenly vanishes. Future What about the future of the ocean shrimp resource? We are convinced that California can maintain ahealthyfisheryfor future gen- erations. The continued sustained yield of Area "A" since 1952 speaks for itself. The key to the future of California's ocean shrimp industry is in Area "A", Our statisticians have calculated that Area ''A'' can safely har- vest 1.5 to 2.0 million pounds each year. In some years greater harvests may become possible, Efforts will be made to work out a joint management plan with the State of Oregon for management of the Area "'A'' shrimp popu- lation because vessels operating out of 25 Brookings, Oregon, also fish the same area and harvest from the same population. For California to have a continued stable fishery, a quota system is necessary. The cooperation and understanding of the mem- bers of the Department of Fish and Game, the Fish and Game Commission and the members of shrimp industry are the essential ingre- dients. If this resourceis properly managed, it can continue to produce savory shrimp cocktails and Louis for many years to come, OK OK ANCHOVY LANDINGS FAR EXCEED LAST SEASON'S California landings of anchovies for reduc- tion were estimated at 27,246 tons for the 1968/69 season, the California Department of Fish and Game (DFG) reported May 24, The quota for the season that ended May 15 was 75,000 tons. Landings were much greater than the previous season's, when there was little fishing and the total was 6,505 tons, In the Northern Permit Area, with a quota of 10,000 tons, landings were2,736tons. The 5 zones of the Southern Permit Areahad land- ings of 24,510 tons. The bulk of landings -- 12,046 tons--were in offshore Zone V. Zone Il, Point Hueneme to Point Vicente, and Zone III, Point Vicente to Dana Point, attained quotas of 5,000 tons before end of season and were closed. Insufficient Plant Capacity DFG said southern fleet remained active until season's end. But considerable time was lost because vessels were unable to unload for lack of sufficient plant holding and processing capacity. State, Federal, and university biol- ogists have estimated the anchovy population in California waters ata minimum of 2 million tons. Anchovies taken in the reduction fishery are processed into oil and fish meal for poultry and livestock feed, also used as bait and for canning. Study Anchovy Population DFG noted that anchovy population studies are continuing. During April, 10,000 ancho- vies were tagged in Ensenada; the total tagged now is 380,719. Tag recoveries for April were 55, and 42 in May; total recoveries are 965. The latest tag recoveries bolster earlier data showing a strong north-to-south move- ment and an exchange of fish between major fishing areas inSouthernand Central Califor- nia. —_S>_-P -P

3da9%9 “M ,G9| “Huo, yo 3Sam spue[S] ueLznaly buole auoz snonb13 -UOD ULYZLM Pas Buluag uL suoLzeuado Bulpeo, pue Bulysty paqyqiwuad sqataos "8 [tudy nuyz ¢ [Lady potuad ay} bulunp suazaw goo’, pue ooz uagamjaq syzdap ze suazem | eudLzeUUaqUL UL Ssau0Z OM} BSA94} ULYZLM ueab a, Lqow Y2LM BULYSLY WOUZ ULP4Jau [LLM SJALAOS “pue(s] abuoay “35 $40 “2 pue|s] xPALUNN $40 “L :Pas buluag u4azsea ul au0z SnoOnBi}UOD ULYZLM SUOLZe4aGO BuLpeo| pazyztwaad szaLaos 34 Essentially, they afford protection to U.S, king crab fishermen on the high seas in 6 areas off Kodiak Island, and the Davidson Bank re- gion south of Unimak Island; they permit the Japanese to fish within the contiguous fishery zone along the Aleutian Islands and off the Pribilof Islands. Soviet Agreements After nearly 4 weeks, negotiations with the Soviet Union ended in late January 1969 with the signing of modifications of 3 fishery agreements. The new arrangements are of 2-years!' duration. They involve Soviet fish - ing for king and tanner crabs in the eastern Bering Sea; fishing within the contiguous fish- ery zone off the coasts of Alaska, Washington, Oregon, and California; and fishing in the vicinity of American crab pot and halibut longline concentrations on the high seas. King Crab Catches Reduced The new arrangements negotiated with the Soviets also were more advantageous to the U.S. than the earlier agreements. King crab fishing by the Soviets in the eastern Bering Sea was curtailed by reduction of their annual catch quota from 100,000 cases to 52,000 cases in 1969 and 1970. The Soviets also agreed to an expanded crab pot sanctuary; the boundaries are identical to those agreed to by the Japanese (figure 1). Provisions of the Soviet agreement not only prohibit fish- ing in the sanctuary with other than pot gear for king crab but also tanner crab. In addi- tion, the Soviets agreed to refrain from trawling for other species within the sanctu- ary area. The latter provision should be beneficial to U.S. fishermen in the area faced with interference by the large Soviet winter flounder fishing expeditions north of the Alas - ka Peninsula. Take of Tanner Crab Restricted The Soviet catch of tanner crab from the U.S. Continental Shelf was also brought under control for the first time by the modified agreement. The Soviet take of tanner crab, unlike the Japanese, is primarily taken inci- dentally with king crab. It was limited to 40,000 cases (about 6 million crabs) annually in 1969 and 1970. Halibut Grounds Closed to Trawlers Soviet vessels operating near the tradi- tional halibut fishing grounds in the eastern Bering Sea, like the Japanese, presented problems to American longline fishermen during the short spring halibut fishing sea- son. The revised agreement calls for Soviet trawlers to refrain completely from fishing on 2 prime halibut fishing grounds during the first 6 days of the halibut season (figure 3). Protection of U.S. halibut fishermen from Soviet trawling in the 2 high-seas areas ad- jacent to Kodiak Island was continued in the new arrangements. Crab Pot Areas Protected U.S. king crab fishing on the high seas was also provided protection by the January agreements with the Soviets. The 6 high-seas areas of U.S. king crab pot concentrations off Kodiak Island remained closed to trawling during a period revised to coincide with pres- ent Alaskan crab fishing seasons. The So- viets also agreed to refrain from trawling during the king crab season in the same area on Davidson Bank as did the Japanese. Additional Loading Zones Permitted In view of the concessions on the high seas by the Soviet Union, the U.S. agreed to 3 new Soviet loading areas within the contiguous fishery zone: one in the Gulf of Alaska off Afognak Island, and 2 in the Bering Sea off St. George and off Nunivak Islands. In addi- tion, the fishing areas allowed the Soviets within the contiguous fishery zone along the Aleutian Islands were altered. They now coincide with the fishing zones provided the Japanese. Other provisions of the 1967 agree- ment were continued without change. 35 ATLANTIC OCEAN FISHERY RESOURCES "Report of the ACMRR/ICES Working Party of the Fishery Resources of the East- ern Central and Southeast Atlantic,'' FAO Fisheries Reports, No. 56, Supplement 1, Foodand Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome, 1968, 56 pp. This isasummary of Working Party Stud- ies of stocks in 3 regions--from Straits of Gibraltar to Cape Blanco; from Cape Blanco to mouth of Congo River; and from Congo southwards. It reports the present state of the stocks, fishing effort, proposals for im- proved reporting of fishery statistics, ob- servations on problems of mesh regulation-- and recommends areas of future research. BRITISH ISLES "British Freshwater Fishes--Factors Af- fecting Their Distribution,'' by Margaret E. Varley, Fishing News (Books) Ltd., London, 1967, 148 pp., illus. Some British freshwater fishes have an economic value as food, notably salmon and trout and, to a lesser extent, eels. Their real value, however, is recreational--the provision of raw material for angling. Meth- ods of fishing vary with the species, and an- glers want toknow what sort of fishto expect in a givenlocation. Dr. Varley has answered their questions in this comprehensive treat- ment of the origins, environmental factors, distribution, feeding andcommercial aspects of the freshwater fishes. ESTIMATING ABUNDANCE "The Abundance of Hake off South Africa," by D. H. Cushing, Fishery Investigations, Series II, Vol. XXV, No. 10, Ministry of Agri- culture, Fisheries and Food, 1968, Her Maj- esty's Stationery Office, London, 20 pp., illus. An echo sounder that resolves signals from fish into individual traces was used in a survey for hake within 4 fathoms of the bottom, between Cape Town and Walvis Bay in February 1966. With a statistical treat- ment of the results, it was possible to esti- mate the sizes of fishand density innumbers per cubic meter. Thetrue power of this new technique may lie in the capacity to estimate absolute abundance acoustically. In this paper, D,H. Cushing describes the method for estimating the absolute abundance of fish targets in size groups by acoustic methods. As the fish cannot be identified acoustically, he suggests that such surveys be supported by catches. In anexploited area, catches of the commercial fleet can be used for identification. In an unexploited area, the acoustic method endows the research vessel with the sampling power of a commercial fleet. FRESHWATER RESEARCH "Freshwater Fisheries Field Techniques-- Tagging, Transportation, Mortality, and Drift Sampling,'' by C. J. Hardy, Fisheries Techni- cal Report No. 27, New Zealand Marine De- partment, Wellington, 1968, 35 pp., illus. This report describes a preformed wire loop for tagging trout; a thermally insulated lightweight livebox for holding and transport- ing trout; handling mortalities in trout sam- pling; and a simple lightweight drift sampler for streams. It also includes sections on electric fishing, anesthetics and sedation, fin clipping, and water temperature changes. GEAR "The Seine Net--Its Origin, Evolution and Use| by D. B. Thomson, Fishing News (Books) Ltd., London, 1969, 192 pp., illus. In the past 50 years, commercial fishing has progressed from the state of a highly skilled but primitive art to a science. Docu- mentation of fishing gear and methods is ex- tremely important in a world of rapidly ex- panding technology. In the past, a fisherman 36 gathered his vast store of information from experience, observation, word of mouth, and ancient folklore. Today, a far greater and much faster dissemination of information is required. The fish-catching side has been the most poorly documented of all sections of the fishing industry. D. B. Thomson, an expert mariner, fish- erman, and teacher, provides a comprehen- sive and authoritative review of the seine net. Hetraces its history, evolution, and adaption tothe needs of various fisheries and he pro- vides an exhaustive record of its practical use in different parts of the world. MEDICAL QUIDE "Handy Medical Guide for Seafarers, Fishermen, Trawlermen, Yachtsmen," by R.W. Scott, Fishing News (Books) Ltd., Lon- don, 1969, 86 pp., illus. This is a simple handbook suitable for ready reference in dealing with medical prob- lems at sea. It is a practical aid designed primarily for conditions in distant-water trawlers. But it should be of value to other fishermen, seamen, yachtsmen, oil-rig crews, and to landsmen in isolated situations. -—————___¥ The following publications are available free from Division of Publications, BCF, 1801 N. Moore St., Arlington, Va. 22209: HATCHERY OPERATIONS "Recent Advances in Artificial Culture of Salmon and Steelhead Trout of the Columbia River,'' by Fred Cleaver, Fishery Leaflet 623, Fish & Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior, 1969, 5 pp., illus. Between 1948 and 1962, 21 hatcheries were constructed or remodeled on tributaries to the lower 180 miles of the Columbia River. By 1962, there was some doubt thai the hatch- eries contributed enough salmon and steel- headtrout to justify their costs. Further con- struction was deferred until the value of hatchery production could be measured. This is areport onthe results and methods of a cost-benefit study. The catches from fish reared in the hatcheries were found to have increased rapidly, beginning in 1964, By 1967, the benefits from operation of the hatcheries appeared well in excess of their costs. The Oregon moist pellet diet seemed to be the greatest single factor in providing an economically favorable operation. PESTICIDES "Some Effects of DDT on the Ecology of Salmon Streams in Southeastern Alaska,'' by Roger J. Reed, SSR-Fisheries No. 542, Fish & Wildlife Service, Department of the Interi- or, 1966, 15 pp., illus: Most watersheds in southeastern Alaska have valuabie stands of Sitka spruce and western hemlock. Many of these watersheds contain streams with significant populations of trout and salmon. Concern about timber losses from infestations of black-headed bud- worm and hemlock sawfly caused U.S. Forest Service, in 1960, to propose a pilot study to evaluate effect on fishand wildlife of DDT in forested watersheds. This paper describes a 4-year study of DDT's effects in 2 Alaska salmon streams. Direct harmful effects on fishes from DDT sprayed at a relatively low rate were not demonstrated, but the accompanying drastic reduction of aquatic insects may have reduced growth and survival of salmon and trout sig- nificantly. LAKE MICHIGAN "Bottom Trawl Explorations in Southern Lake Michigan, 1962-65," by Norman J. Reigle, Jr., Circular 301, Fish & Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior, 1969, 35 pp., illus. The fish population of Lake Michigan has changed dramatically since the sea lamprey became plentiful--and the valuable food spe- cies subsequently declined. The recent ex- plosive invasion by the alewife has had addi- tional effects on the fauna. To survive, fish- ermen must now turn tothe abundant low- value species, suchas alewives and bloaters. In 1965, a limited trawl fishery landed over 12 millionpounds of fish, primarily alewives and chubs. This paper summarizes bottom trawl ex- plorations from 1962 t01965. Their purpose was to gather information on the seasonal depth and geographic distribution of abundant unutilized species in relation totheir availa- bility to a growing trawl fishery. "Bottom Trawl Explorations in Green Bay of Lake Michigan, 1963-65," by Norman J. ee ee ——_ — as Reigle, Jr., Circular 297, Fish & Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior, 14 pp., illus. The commercial fishery in Green Bay was formerly a gill net and pound net fishery based primarily on common whitefish, lake herring, and yellow pike or walleye. If com- mercial fishing in Green Bay is to survive, fishermen will have to turn to the efficient harvesting of large volumes of low-priced industrial fish. Trawling is one way to ac- complish this goal. The aim of this study was to obtain the basic seasonal and bathymetric data needed toestablish more effective and efficient meth- ods of harvesting the existing fish resources. The paper reports the results of 179 explor- atory drags, made during 11 cruises, to de- termine if bottom trawling in Green Bay is commercially feasible. 37 SHRIMP "Length-Weight Relation and Conversion of 'Whole! and 'Headless' Weights of Royal- Red Shrimp, Hymenopenaeus robustus (Smith),"' by Edward F. Klima, SSR-Fisher- ies No. 585, Fish & Wildlife Service, Depart- ment of the Interior, May 1969, 5 pp. Over 70,000 pounds of headless (heads off) royal-red shrimp, worth more than $55,000, were landed during 1967. It hasbeen estimated that the 3 commercial fishing areas off the southern U.S. could produce 1.6 mil- lion pounds of 20-count whole shrimp an- nually. The development of a royal red shrimp fishery demands biological studies. Informa- tion on length-weight relation is required for studies of condition, growth, sexual maturity, and equilibrium yield interms of weight. This paper gives the length-weight relation of royal-red shrimp for each of the 3 com- mercial fishing areas. --Barbara Lundy WHAT IS THE GREATEST DEPTH OF THE OCEAN AND WHERE IS IT? According to the latest records, the greatest depth of 37,782 feet was observed in 1962 by the British survey ship COOK in the Mindanao Trench near the Philippines. This spot is now known as the Cook Deep. As long ago as 1927, depths in excess of 35,000 feet in the Same area were reported by the German cruiser EMDEN, Inrecent years, many other deeps have been measured by oceanographers. Some of those reported by British, Soviet, and U.S. ships follow: In 1952, the British survey ship CHALLENGER located a depth of 35,640 feet in the Marianas Trench off Guam (the Challenger Deep). This depth was measured by an echo sounder; it took 13 seconds for the sound to reach the bottom. To confirm the sounding, a weighted cable was lowered to the bottom; this lowering required 90 minutes. In 1959, the Soviet vessel VITYAZ reported a depth of 36,200 feet near the Challenger Deep. The Marianas Trench had been sounded in 1927 by the Japanese survey ship MANSHU, which recorded a depth of 32,190 feet. On January 23, 1960, the bathyscape TRIESTE descended into the Marianas Trench to a depth of 35,800 feet. Although most publicity has been given to the Marianas and Mindanao Trenches, very deep soundings have also been recorded in the Southern Hemisphere. In 1952, the U.S, re- search vessel HORIZON recorded a depthof 34,884 feet in the Tonga Trench, south of Samoa Islands. ("Questions About the Oceans,'' U.S, Naval Oceanographic Office.) 38 INTERNATIONAL UN Calls for World Conference on Pollution The United Nations has called for a world conference onpollution in1972. The General Assembly has approved a resolution summon- ing a conference to promote international cooperation in "eliminating the impairment of human environment.'' The resolution was sponsored by 54 of the 124 member nations. It alerts all nations to the dangers resulting from man's ability to change and shape his environment. It emphasizes the ''continuing and accelerating" pollution of water and air. Sweden Is Prime Mover Sweden is prime mover of the conference. She warns that the world soon may have "no escape'' from the many forms of international pollution. Sweden outlawed the use of DDT in Apr. 1969. Purposes of Conference The Swedes see 2 principal reasons for the conference: (1) to exchange ideas on fighting local and regional pollution (including help for developing nations rushing into industrial - ization and urbanization). (2) To establish pollution-control standards and to determine who will pay costs of controlling pollution when it crosses national boundaries or threat- ens common environment. ('Resources,! Vol. 6, No. 1, 1969.) World Program Launched to Conserve Sea Turtles A campaign has been launched to save the world's seaturtlesfrom extinction. Experts attended a 4-day conference in Switzerland to set plans. The conference was organized by the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources and sponsored by the World Wildlife Fund. Scientists and nature lovers are alarmed at the rate at which the 7 surviving species are being depleted. The turtles are being used for oil, calipee for soup, meat, eggs, leather, and shell. The turtles are vulnerable from birth to death. The females often are killed when they come ashore to lay eggs; the eggs are taken by humans for food. Few baby turtles survive the long crawl from beach into sea; once in the sea, they face many enemies. Conference's 7-Point Plan The conference decided on a 7-point plan to "save this valuable marine resource from destruction": (1) Action on breeding beaches to insure maximum incubating and hatching of turtle eggs. (2) A survey and analysis of existing ex- ploitation of marine turtles to provide basis for regulating size of commercial operations. (3) A broad information program to edu- cate public. (4) Beach surveys to gather information for governments involved. (5) Establishment of sanctuaries for tur- tles on islands in Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans. (6) Appointment of scientist to coordinate conservation efforts. (7) Periodic meetings of specialists to discuss conservation problems and progress. (‘South African Digest,’ May 9.) U.S. & USSR Jointly Survey Ichthyoplankton on Georges Bank R/V 'Prognoz' of the Soviet Atlantic Re- search Institute of Fisheries and Oceanog- raphy (ATLANTNIRO) and ‘Albatross IV,'re- search vessel of BCF's Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, Mass., have studied together plankton samples and abundance of fish eggs and larvae on the southern and eastern parts of Georges Bank. The survey was partof the U.S.-USSR scientific exchange under the bi- lateral mid-Atlantic Fisheries Agreement. Methods The vessels operated simultaneously for 24 hours on 6sampling strata. The survey's first phase ran from April 15 to 24; the sec- ond was scheduledfor May 19 to 29. The ves- sels met off Martha's Vineyard to exchange personnel and equipment. During the first phase, a Soviet scientist boarded the Alba- tross IV and aU.S. biologist went aboard the Prognoz. Only about athirdof the first phase had been completed when mechanical trouble forced Albatross IV into Boston for repairs. The second phase was expectedto take place as scheduled. Prognoz's Future Plans The Prognoz will stay on Georges Bank until early August and explore electric light fishing for Atlantic saury. Other ATLANT- NIRO research vessels are in the area long- lining for swordfish. U.S. and Argentina Conduct Oceanographic Project For the third successive year, the U.S. and Argentina have collaborated in joint oceanographic studies off the South Atlantic coast. The icebreaker USCG 'Glacier' has just completed the 1969 program in the Bay of San Mathias. Dr. Jack W. Pierce of the Smith- sonian Institution and several Argentine scientists boarded her in Buenos Aires on April 9. Deep-coring operations, part of a continuing coastal sedimentation study, were finishedonAprill4. 'Glacier' had worked in the Wedell Sea from December 1968 to April 1969 with the Argentine icebreaker ‘San Martin.! Previous Studies In December 1968, Dr. Frederic R. Siegel of George Washington University had worked in the project aboard 'Edisto'. Drs. Pierce 39 and Siegel try to alternate in the research. They work aboard USCG icebreakers en route to andfrom the Antarctic. Their first voyage was aboard 'Oceanographer' in 1967. Reports to Argentina The U.S, scientists present regular prog- ress reports to Argentine authorities on the results of this joint operation. The program is a fine example of cooperative bilateral scientific research. (U.S. Embassy, Buenos Aires, Apr. 23.) Charges Up 10% for Chilean and Peruvian Fish Meal Shipped to U.S. Charges for shipping fish meal from Peru and Chile to U.S. Gulf of Mexico and Atlantic ports increased 10% on March 10. The in- crease was due to a surcharge on all goods shipped. It was agreed to by the West Coast South American Northbound Conference, which is empowered to set rates for shipping to U.S. ports. The surcharge is designed to restore to the shippers money lost during recent longshore- men's strike, and to gain funds to pay for the new contracts with longshoremen. Rates in effect before the strike (sacked meal): Less than 300 tons 300-1,000 tons Over 1,000 tons $29.50 a metric ton $27.50 a metric ton $24.50 a metric ton The new rates simply add 10%. (Federal Maritime Commission.) Japanese Survey Philippine Market for Canned Mackerel The Japan External Trade Organization (JETRO), agovernment trade-promotion agency, recently published survey results of the canned mackerel, sardine, and saury market in the Philippines. The survey found good potentialfor increased canned mackerel exports, 40 There are only 2 fish canneries in the Philippines. One, the White Rose Packing Corp., with modern facilities, has a daily processing capacity of 120 tons. Due to lack of raw material, the plant has not been put into operation. The corporation has its own fishing boats but finds it more profitable to sell the catch fresh. Another problem is the high tariff on imports of tinplate (40% ad valorem) and tomato sauce (150% ad valorem). The canning industry has appealed for tariff cuts on those items, but the government has refused. Other Canneries The second cannery, Visayan Packing Corp., a wholly Philippine-owned firm es- tablished in 1955, is the only fish cannery in operation. Itpacks tuna, mackerel, sardines, and tangerines, and exports frozen tuna to the U.S. A third tuna and mackerel cannery is scheduled for construction by the end of 1969. Canned Sardine Imports Banned The Philippine Government, in 1963 and again in 1967, banned canned sardine imports from the Union of South Africa because of her apartheid policy. In 1967, the Cebu United Enterprises had requested the Government to allow imports from South Africa, claiming South African product costless than Japanese imports. Cebu also claimed that Japanese and U.S, canned sardines were actually South African sardines packed under different labels. Japan Major Canned Mackerel Supplier The Philippine population and the demand for protein continue to grow. These cannot be adequately supplied domestically, so Japan probably will continue tobe a major supplier of canned mackerel. Since the Japanese prod- uct does not compete with Philippine domestic brands, imports from Japan are likely to in- crease. To expand the canned mackerel and saury market inthe Philippines, efforts must be made to promote greater consumer inter- estandacceptance. (‘Nihon Suisan Shimbun,! Apr. 4.) ee J7* Ke N i Japanese-Australian Shrimp Venture Makes Good Hauls A Nihon Suisan-owned fleet--6 shrimp trawlers (100 gross tons) and one 386-ton processing vessel--operating in Gulf of Car- pentaria, northern Australia, made good hauls of shrimp (mostly banana) in mid-April. Catch per vessel per day was around 660 pounds; about 570 pounds is considered the break-even point for 100-ton-class shrimp vessels. Other Joint Ventures Nihon Suisan began shrimp fishing in Gulf of Carpentaria in Oct. 1968 jointly with Aus- tralian Hickman Company. They established the Northern Research Pty. Ltd. at Darwin. Two other Japanese-Australian shrimp ven- tures also are based at Darwin. ('Minato S. Korean Team Recommends Tuna Fleet & Freezer Plant for El Salvador AS. Korean team studied El Salvador's fisheries for 3 weeks in late Jan.-early Feb. 1969. It has recommended that El Salvador obtain 10 longliners, build a freezer plant, and enter the eastern tropical Pacific tuna fishery. The team's 114-page report recommends: (1) purchase of ten 200-300-gross-ton long- liners, (2) build a1,000-ton-capacity(20 tons per day) shore freezer plant at Acajutla, and (3) develop the technical skill to use those facilities. S. Korea would provide technical experts to train fishermen and get Salvadoreans started; she could build the vessels in her own boatyards. Study Team's Thinking The project could survive on an annual catch of 6,000 metric tons of assorted tunas; about 27% (yellowfin, skipjack, bluefin, alba- core) couldbe marketed in the U.S. The rest could be sold to Japan. All tunas would be sold frozen. El Salvador could encourage landings by foreign vessels to utilize plant's excess capacity andallow its operation when domestic vessels were unable to fulfill quotas. Relations With IATTC The yellowfin catch--1,080 tons, about 18% of 6,000-ton-projected tuna total--would not involve difficulties with the U.S. over the IATTC. This is because the yellowfin catch would be less than the 4,000-ton threshold limit agreed to by IATTC in March, For 1969, after closure, vessels under 300 tons will be permitted unrestricted fishing until aggregate yellowfin catch for a country reaches 4,000 short tons. After that, all ves- sels would be subject to 15% limitation on yellowfin. ElSalvadoris notanIATTC mem- ber. A Trip's Expenses These are some projected total expenses for a 5-month fishing voyage for a vessel with 24-27 men: crew salary, $6,600 (less than $60 per man per month); food $600; bait $7,800, The S, Koreans have about 40 idle long- liners they are recommending to El Salvador. IAFMM Meetings Scheduled The Executive Council of the International Associationof Fish Meal Manufacturers (IAFMM) met in Madrid, Spain, Apr. 15-16. Representatives of fish mealproducers from 12 countries attended. The Association's Director reviewed the latest information on current and potential production, consumption trends, and market prospects. 41 Meetings Slated The Ninth Annual Conference is scheduled for Cannes, France, Oct. 6-10,1969. Execu- tive Council and Scientific Committee meet- ings have been scheduled for April 1970 in the United States (possibly at College Park, Md.). (U.S, Embassy, Copenhagen, Apr. 29.) SA Att NEW DOCUMENTARY SERVICES (Provided by the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome, Italy) The wealth of technical, economic and so- cial information, contained in some 25,000 publications and documents produced by FAO since its creation in 1945, is now readily available through the services provided by the FAO Documentation Centre. e Published indexes (Monthly "Current Index" - sinee January 1967 - and retro- spective ''Special Indexes" - for the period 1945-1966) permit the selection of documents of interest in the fields of agriculture, fish- eries, forestry, nutrition, rural economy, etc., through thousands of subject matter, author and title references in each field. e A "Question and Answer" service pro- vides, on request, ad hoc bibliographies on specific subjects. e Documents of interest can be obtained in original form(printed or mimeographed) or, if out of stock, in the form of photocopies or microfiches. e The "Current Index" is sent, free of charge, on request. Details onother services (Retrospective Indexes, "Question and An- swer'' service, Reproduction Services) will be obtained by writing to the: FAO Documen- tation Centre (Ref.P.69), FAO Headquarters, Via Terme di Caracalla, 00100, Rome, Italy. 42 FOREIGN CANADA PLANS EXCLUSIVE FISHING ZONES Canada will establish exclusive fishing zones on her east and west coasts, Minister of Fisheries and Forestry Jack Davis an- nounced April 5. Lines will be drawn from headland to headland on both coasts. The lines will cover immediately all sections where Canada's territorial waters and fishing zones canbe measured from the same base- line, There are a few important exceptions, Davis noted. "I am thinking particularly of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. In this case, where it may not be desirable to close off all of the Gulf as internal waters, we can still make it an exclusive Canadian fishing zone. However, we will first haveto changethe law. This we intend to do in the next session of Parliament." The Minister indicated that baselines will be drawn from headland to headland down the east coast of Nova Scotia. 'This we can do right away,''he said, "because there is no conflict between inland waters (i.e., naviga- tion, etc.) andfishing zones along this section of our coast." Statement of Intentions The formal statement of the Canadian Gov- ernment's intentions was outlined as follows: The Canadian Government will shortly is- sue a list of geographical coordinates for the establishment of straight baselines, further defining Canada's territorial sea and exclu- Sive fishing zones on both our east and west coasts. Additional Baselines Maps published in 1967 already show straight baselines down the coast of Labrador, and around the east andsouth coasts of New- foundland. Further baselines will now be drawn from headland to headland down the east coast of Nova Scotia, and up along the west coasts of Vancouver Island and the Queen Charlotte Islands. These additional lines will also enclose as internal waters of Canada numerous bays andinlets. These willin their entirety become Canada's fisheries waters. New Maps Maps will be published illustrating this further demarcation of Canada's internal wa- ters, territorial sea, and exclusive fishing zones. These maps will show several im- portant gaps remaining along east and west coasts after issuance of the coordinates. The Government will deal with these gaps after amending the Territorial Sea and Fish- ing Zones Act. This is scheduled for Par- liament's next session. To Amend Present Act At present, the Territorial Sea and Fish- ing Zones Act provides only for drawing straight baselines. These define Canada's internal waters, on the landward side of the baselines, and herterritorial sea and fishing zones, which extend a total of 12 miles sea- ward of the baselines. To provide added flexibility for dealing with certain coastal areas, the Act willbe amended to permit the Governor-in-Council to draw "fisheries clos - ing lines.'' The lines will enclose these areas as exclusive fishing zones, without affecting the limits of Canada's internalwaters or ter- ritorial sea, Traditional Fisheries & Treaties Traditional fishing practices of other coun- tries willbe considered. However, establish- ment of baselines, andfisheries closing lines along remaining sections of coastline, will make it possible to conclude negotiations for phasing out these traditional fishing practices. Existing treaty rights willbe respected. Also, it is proposed to maintain the present re- ciprocal fishing arrangements with the U.S. Minister Davis concluded that this state- ment involving changes to Canada's Terri- torial Sea and Fishing Zones Act was being made now to advise other countries of Can- ada's intention to complete a nationalsystem of exclusive fishing zones. (Canadian Dept. of Fisheries and Forestry, Apr. 5.) Be aS BS Canada (Contd.): MARITIME LANDINGS IMPROVE The fishery catch in Canada's maritime provinces--Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island--for the first two months of 1969 was substantially higher than in 1968 and 1967. It also improved in total value, although prices per pound were lower than in 1968 and 1967. The lower unit value in 1969, compared withfirst 2 months of 1968, appeared related to much heavier herring landings, which command lower prices. Dur- ing Feb. 1969, only haddock, halibut, pollock, and scallop landings were below the 3-year average inquantity. (U.S, Consulate, Halifax, Mar. 21; Dept. of Fisheries of Canada, Mar. 18.) Maritime Fish Landings BGiltis. Veh ade Se ee [Landings (million lbs.}. . . 98.6 68.3 63.0 otal value (million C$)... | 4,9 3.6 3.8 Price per pound (C$)1/.... | 0.0497 | 0.0527] 0.060 1/Paid vessel by first buyer. * OK OK NEWFOUNDLAND LANDINGS INCREASE Newfoundland landings in first-quarter 1969 were considerably higher than in same period of 1968. Landings totaled 281 million pounds through March, compared to 224 mil- lion in 1968, Ex-vessel value was up from C$4 million in 1968 to $4.3 million in 1969. Species Landed Landings of the more expensive varieties - - cod, haddock, halibut, flounder, sole, turbot, and pollock--were generally down for all months, Only haddock had increased by the end of March; cod had an initial upturn in January, but was downnearly 6 million pounds by end of quarter. Landings of less expensive varieties -- ocean perch, hake, catfish, herring--gained steadily. Herring particularly showed a phenomenal gain; it increased over 50 mil- lion pounds for first 3 months. This is es- pecially noteworthy in view of the ‘dead, red herring’ scare plaguing fishermen in Pla- centia Bay and in St. Mary's Bay. Scallops also showed a sharp upturn due to greater 43 demand and more refined processing. (U.S. Consul, St. John's, Apr, 25.) OK OK PRICE OF L, ERIE YELLOW PERCH TO BE STABILIZED The Canadian Fisheries Prices Support Board (FPSB) has one million Canadian dol- lars available to stabilize the price paid fish- ermen for yellow perchfrom Lake Erie. This program is intended to firm up prices paid fishermen by both the processing industry and the trade. FPSB will buy frozen perch fillets from processors on condition that fish- ermen are paidaboat price of 8¢ a pound for spring -caught perch (Apr. 1 to May 31, 1969) and 10¢ a pound during rest of the year (June 1, 1969, to Mar. 31, 19770), 1968 Prices The Board also bought large quantities of Lake Erie perch in 1968. Those purchases were conditional on fishermen being paid 7¢ in the spring and 10¢ in the fall. The main difference in 1969 is that the Board will not purchase spring perch "in the round." Not A Subsidy All of the Board's costs should be re- covered by resale of the fish before Mar. 31, 1970, eliminating any element of subsidy in this year's program. (Canadian Dept. of Fisheries and Forestry, Apr. 3.) OK OK CALLS FOR TENDERS ON FROZEN GROUNDFISH SUPPLIES Fisheries and Forestry Minister Jack Davis announced April 24 that the Fisheries Prices Support Board was callingfor tenders on the supply of Canadian frozen groundfish products. This followed his earlier an- nouncement of a government purchasing pro- gram to strengthen and stabilize market prices for frozen groundfish products. The program is one in a series designed to assist groundfish industry recovery from the severe market declines that began in 1967. Their object is to forestall further distress selling--and so raise market price to the point where it will cover the efficient pro- ducers! basic costs. 44 Canada (Contd.): 80 Processors Invited The Fisheries Prices Support Board was to invite tenders from about 80frozen cod and ocean perch processors on the Atlantic Coast. Initial contracts were tobe awarded early in May. Davis said this and other programs, in- cluding a working capital loans program al- ready in operation, willhave asalutary effect on the market. He added that the outlook for the 1969 season is good. (Canadian Dept. of Fisheries, Apr. 24.) OK RECORD HARVEST IN 1968 Canada's harvest of fish and shellfish set another recordin1968. Estimatedfresh- and Salt-water landings were nearly 2.8 billion pounds; landed value was C$185.1 million. The yieldfrom seafisheries on both coasts was more than 2.6 billion pounds; landed value, $169.1 million. The fresh-water fish harvest was 120,000,000 pounds worth $16 million exvessel. Landings by Atlantic coast fishermen were just under 2.4 billion pounds; landed value was $113.8 million. Pacific coast fishermen landed 255.8 million pounds worth over $55.3 million. Lobsters & Salmon Led Again, lobsters were the most valuable east coast species--over 37 million pounds with landed value of $25.1 million. Salmon took the lead for British Columbia fishermen: nearly 180 million pounds with landed value of $44.5 million. Pacific salmon fishermen enjoyed good catches, but returns to the gill-net fleet were particularly high. Landings by salmon gill- netters were worth $20 million, nearly 40% above the 1958 record. The value of catch by salmon seiners, nearly $13 million, was $3.5 million above 1967. B.C. Halibut Halibut landings by British Columbia fish- ermen were 28 million pounds; landed value, 7.1 million dollars, up about 10% from 1967. Prices to fishermen averaged around 25 cents a pound, unchanged from 1967. Herring Down The herring reduction fishery was closed in 1968 due to low stock level. Production was limited to baitand experimental fishing. Value of landings was only $160,000. Groundfish & Shellfish Landings of grey and ling cod and sole, and other groundfish, rose about 10% over 1967. Landings were worth 1.8 million dollars to fishermen. Landings of most shellfish were down from 1967, although shrimp producers recorded a slight increase. Phenomenal Queen Crab Fishery A highlight of the Atlantic coast fishery was the almost phenomenal growth of the queen crab fishery. It paralleled spectacular increases in herring catches. Until 3 years ago, the queen crab was regarded as a nui- sance. Then it became a money-maker for fishermen and a table delight for gourmets. This resulted from efforts of federal-pro- vincial agencies and the fishing industry. From zero in 1965, landings reached 600,000 pounds in 1966. In 1967, the catch jumped to 2,000,000 pounds. The 1968 catch exceeded 9.3 million pounds worth over $886,000, This hardy, 8-legged crustacean is providing new income for more fishermen. Atlantic Herring Boom The growth of the Atlantic herring fishery has been spectacular, It began when large purse seiners began to make heavy catches. This was followed closely by the introduction of midwater trawl fishing sponsored by fed- eral and provincial departments. The gear has special advantage of being able to catch herring in daylight. During that period, they are largely dispersed and arefound usually at greater depths than during darkness. In darkness, the purse Seine is still the most effective fishing tool. The effectiveness of the midwater trawl for herring was demonstrated effectively by a 156-foot stern ramp trawler out of River- port, N.S. In one week's fishing, she landed 1,200 tons; the heaviest single catch was 427 tons. Canada (Contd.): Seaweed Industry The seaweed industry, too, is showing rapid growth on the Atlantic coast. One sea- weed, Irish moss, has become very important economically to some fishing communities. In the past 25 years, the Irish moss harvest in the Maritime Provinces (N.S., N.B., P.E.1.) has grown from 1.5 million pounds, worth $30,000 exvessel, to over 79 million pounds worth nearly $2.5 million. To promote this industry's growth, a Ma- rine Plants Experimental Station was built by Canada's Department of Fisheries at Mimine- gash, P.E.I. in 1966. This plant provides mechanical drying facilities for Irish moss. Within 2 years, 2 commercial plants were es- tablished nearby. Now the Station focuses on general development of Canada's marine- plants industry where there is a seaweed po- tential. Besides Irish moss, other seaweeds inthe Atlantic Provinces are utilized. Upward Trend The 1968 story of increased production is in line with the general trend of past15 years. In the decade ending in 1966, Canada's fish production gained 18%; returns to fishermen indollars rose 67%. Better fishing techniques and more efficient vessels and gear are credited. ('Fisheries of Canada,' Apr.) OK OK BEGINS PRICE DEFICIENCY PAYMENTS FOR SALTED COD Canada's Fisheries Prices Support Board is being asked to support the price paid to Atlantic coast inshore fishermen for 1969 salted cod production. This deficiency pay- ment program is designed to assist fishermen who suffered severe price declines as a re- sult of devaluation and oversupply in foreign markets in 1968. These fishermen would en- counter similar conditions in 1969. The Payment The Board will pay fishermen an amount to bring total price they receive for 1969 catch up to 1966-67 level. This supplementary payment will be made on certain grades of 45 fish only. It willbe made directlyto the fish- ermen after the season is over and after the salted cod has been sold to exporters. Pay- ment is being limited to certain grades to encourage production of better-quality fish. Each fisherman would receive half the difference between price obtained for each specified grade of salted cod and "target" price for same grade, This "target" price is the one fishermen may receive from the private fish trade as market conditions im- prove. Exact Payments Not Yet Fixed At present, the market returns for 1969 cannot be forecast. Sofinal payments to fish- ermen and support levels cannot be worked out precisely. Had the new scheme been in effect in 1968, the final price received by each fisherman would have been raised by 50% of difference between 1968 price and govern- ment's new "target" price. The program is an interim measure. Other steps will be outlined to reorganize salted cod industry in 1970 and thereafter. An advisory committee of fishermenand salted cod fish trade is being appointed to advise the Minister on administration of this new program andits impact on the incomes of fishermen in Newfoundland, Quebec, and Maritime Provinces. (Canada's Dept. of Fish- eries and Forestry, Apr. 25.) % OK OK OUTLOOK FOR EAST COAST FISHERIES IS OPTIMISTIC A generally optimistic future for Canada's East Coast fishing industry was forecast in mid-March by the Atlantic Development Board (ADB), but employment prospects are expected to drop sharply. The forecasts are contained in a review of the industry by ADB staff and fishery ex- pertsin3provinces. The industryis expected to increase its groundfish markets by 50% in TS G7 —19Tiae Two-thirds of output now goes to the U.S.,; Canada is expected to retainits share of total U.S. consumption, which is forecast to rise. Canadian demand will increase 20% to 130 million pounds, 46 Canada (Contd.): Prospects are good for production of fish meal and oil from herring reduction. Large new fish plants are indicated in the Fundy region, Western Nova Scotia, and Eastern Newfoundland. 1970 Demand May Equal 1966's The study says it will be 1970 before de- mand reaches the 1966 level. That preceded a decree by the Roman Catholic Church in the U.S. permitting the eating of meat on Friday. Prices also were depressed by overrapid industry expansion. They have begun to im- prove. Industry Needs Major Changes While near- and longer-term outlook ap- pears good, overallimprovements will not be made without major industry changes. In 1965, the primary fishery employed about 45,000 persons, 8% of labor force in Atlantic Provinces. Of these, only 6,000 worked more than 10 months of year, 27,000 worked 5 to 10 months, and remainder less than 5 months. The industry contributes about 6% to net com- modity production in the region: from 2.2% in New Brunswick to 10.5% in Prince Edward Island. It contributes about C$53 million to the region's total manufacturing output of $514 million. It employs 10,700 people in 520 fish-processing plants. Deep-Water Fishing Trend The major change predicted by the report is a quickened trend from inshore to deep- water fishing. This will leadto a substantial reduction in job opportunities in inshore fish- ery; increased manpower needs offshore will be only partial compensation. Compared to inshore fishery, landed values per fisherman in Atlantic offshore fishery are high; these averaged $7,300in 1964. The report sees growth potential here for Hast Coast fishery. An expanded trawler fleet will draw on manpower reserves ininshore fishery. But a fleet increase of 3 or 4 times would provide jobs for relatively few fishermen. Sufficient Resources Contrary to common fears of depleting North Atlantic fisheries, the report says there is no doubt that sufficient resources exist to permit expansion of Canada's catch. Landings and processing have tended to be concentrated in fewer ports--but not neces- sarily where greatest economic benefit might have resulted. A clear advantage has de- veloped from larger-scale operations. The report states: "It is the larger firms which create the greater value added per man-hour on per dollar of wages. The conclusion is inescapable that the benefits to the region will be greater if future increases in production take place in a relatively small number of large processing plants." Where Expansion Is Desirable No expansion of groundfish capacity is de- sirable in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Additions to processing should not be encouraged in Eastern Nova Scotia and Southern Newfound- land--but encouraged in Fundy area, Western Nova Scotia, and Eastern Newfoundland. The study suggests Shelburne as the growth port in Western Nova Scotia. One major port in Charlotte County, N.B., should be selected as development point on Fundy shore. Har- bour Grace is best suitedfor development as trawler harbor in Eastern Newfoundland. ("The Globe and Mail,' Mar. 21.) OK OK DAVIS ASKS END OF CANADA-U.S. FISHERY TARIFFS On May 6, Canadian Fisheries Minister Jack Davis called for abolition of tariffs on fish products between Canada and the U.S. He spoke at annual meeting of Fisheries Council of Canada. Mr. Davis said: 'We must obtain recip- rocity with the U.S. not only infishing in each other's waters, but also on the trade front as well. We must be able to buy our supplies and equipment at the lowest possible price and we mustbe able to sellour products with a minimum of red tape. "Essentially we must wipe out the tariff barriers between us. We must do away with quotas. And we must make sure, with the Canada (Contd.): aid of asuperior Canadian Inspection Service, that there is never any question about the quality of Canadian fish.' Exporting Nation Davis said Canada will always be an ex- porting nation. ''We have a larger source relative to our population. We are also out- fishing our American brethren east and west, north and south. Weare out-fishing the Rus- sians and Japanese as well. We are catching more fish per fishermen, per boat and per day at sea, Price the Problem The most difficult area in industry was price, he said. "Most prices, and certainly most costs, have been going up. But the ex- port pricefor some of our principal products has tended to go down. As a result we are being caught, increasingly, in a cost-price squeeze. We are being hurt even when the retail price for ourfish in other countries is going up." He noted that the groundfish industry is being squeezed hard. Plants had closed and new facilities were standing idle. 'This doesn't make much sense in the context of rising consumption and a stable price at the retail level in the United States." Many reasons had been given for the setbacks, but he blamed the industry's financial weakness. Some groundfish exporters were so badly off that they had to convert fish into cash im- mediately. 47 Price Support Davis revealed: 'In order to correct the situation the Canadian government has moved in. We have asked our fisheries prices oH port board to help stabilize the market.. This is not asubsidy Operation. We do not in- tend to lose money. '' The board will buy fish at market prices, holdit until prices improve, and recover costs in market place. Limiting Licenses He said some things will have to be done ininterests of conservation and good manage- ment. "One of these things is license limita- tion, We will have to limit the entry of new boats into some of ourfisheries. Our lobster fishery on the East Coast is a case in point. Our salmon fishery on the West Coast is an- other. In both of these instances we are overequipped. We are overequipped by a factor of 2 to 1. So a gradual reduction on boats and gear is imperative. "It is imperative if our fishermen are to earn adecent living andit is imperativeif we are to cut down onthe social assistance which is being paid to part-time fishermen on both coasts." Predicts Fewer Firms The Canadian Fisheries Minister predicted fewer firms and fewer fishermen in the in- dustry. But the overall outlook was promis- ing. Prices were rising and costs levelling off. ''The cost-price squeeze will subside and life willbe alittle easier all round," he con- cluded. 4 48 EUROPE USSR SONAR STUDIES PACIFIC SALMON MIGRATIONS Scientists from the Kamchatka Branch of the Soviet Pacific Research Institute for Fish- eries and Oceanography (TINRO) are using sonar totrack the migration routes of salmon in the Pacific and the Sea of Okhotsk. Sonar alsowill be used to determine the number of salmon. The scientists say this method en- ables accurate assessment of the status of the salmon resource, and allows scientific pre- dictions of future catches. Natural Salmon Reproduction Kamchatka is first in natural salmon re- production in the Soviet Far East. The sparsely populated area's many large and smallrivers offer idealconditions for salm- on propagation. (TASS, Mar. 25.) se sk coe Gr) cS IMPROVE CULTURE OF FRESHWATER CRUSTACEANS & FISHES Biologists have developed a method of breeding that has saved crayfish ('Astacus') from extinctionin Lithuania. Up to 90 young have beenhatched from each female stripped of fertilizedeggs. Hatchings6 to10 days old are released into ponds in the spring when water temperatures range between 10° and 15° C. (50°-59° F.). This year, hatcheries in east Lithuania will release about half a million into rivers and lakes. Carp Acclimatization of silver carp and bighead has progressed well in the Azov-Kuban re- gion. Rice field culture of these species has increased steadily in recent years. ('FAO Fish Culture Bulletin,' vol. 1 (2) Jan. 1969.) 7 OOK OK BUILDS NEW STERN FACTORY TRAWLERS Baltiia shipyards at Klajpeda is building a modified class of stern factory trawlers (BMRT). The first, 'Luchegorsk,! was launched inearly January 1969, She dis- places 4,000 tons and can produce 70 metric tons of fish meal and 30 tons of frozen fish a day. Equipped with automatic lines for fish-meal production, her production capacity is triple the regular BMRT's. Probably Fish Pollock Luchegorsk was assignedto the Far Hast- tern Fisheries Administration's Kamchatka fleet. On her way to the Pacific in March, she successfully tested her equipment off Spanish Sahara and the Canary Islands. The new BMRT probably will be deployed in Soviet Alaska pollock fishery. Alaska pollock is used almost entirely for fish meal. NEW UNDERWATER RESEARCH VESSEL TESTED 'Sever-2,' a new Soviet underwater re- searchcraft, passed her first (unmanned) test successfully. She was lowered to 2,185 meters (1,000 fathoms) in the Black Sea, off Sevastopol, in Mar. 1969. The 20-metric-ton craft is equipped with a movable mechanical "hand'' modeled after the human hand, several searchlights, anda light outside the hull supported by a special arm. She also carries supersensitive sound recorders, underwater cameras, and instru- ments to measure chemical composition and physical properties of water. Physical Characteristics Not a hydrostat, like 'Sever-1,' she can move at ''speed of a running man"' (about 5 miles an hour) at depths of 1,000 fathoms. She also can spin around her axis on one spot. The hull is encased in streamlined plexiglass "casing.'' The searchlights, mechanical "hand,'' and light protrude outside casing. Living quartersfor a3-man crew are equip- ped with air-regeneration units, fresh water, thermos containers for hot food, and battery power for underwater stays up to 3 days. For Research The craft is expected-to be operational by the end of the year. She then will be turned over to Fisheries Ministry for research in North Atlantic and Arctic. USSR (Contd.): A specially designed mothership will carry Sever-2 inahangar alongside, where temper- ature and moisture willbe keptconstant. The craft will be used to develop a technique for artificial fish schooling, and to study the re- actions of fishto light and sound. ('Pravda,' Mar. 22.) 1 OK OK COMPUTERIZED MODEL OF WORLD OCEANS PLANNED Scientists in Leningrad have begun to build a mathematical model of the world oceans, They are using a system of equations that describes the oceans' basic characteristics -- horizontal and vertical currents, tempera- ture, and salinity. In a successful trial, the computer calcu- lated correctly changes in currents off the western shores of the Atlantic andthe Pacific. The calculations were confirmed by independ- ent oceanographic observations, It also com- puted accurately the time needed for cur- rents todevelop inrelation to wind force and direction, Being Built at Leningrad The modelis being built by the Leningrad Branch of the Central Institute for Mathemati- cal Economics and the Leningrad Laboratory of the Institute of Oceanology. If successful, it willprovide a true 'portrait" of the ocean, The scientists believe the model will allow them to determine changes in the velocity of currents without sending out research ves- sels. (TASS, Mar. 25.) Note: Soviet research is interesting and exciting. The model's validity will be demonstrated only after years of practical test- ing. Soviet oceanographers probably have covered more of world oceans than other oceanographers because of large Oceanographic research vessels they have received from Poland and East Germany and their own wide-ranging research vessels. A successful model could affect world fisheries and shipping. % KOK NEW DEVICE DETERMINES SALINITY Soviet oceanographers used to determine sea-water salinity by taking a sample every 5 to 10 kilometers and determining the most important factors by chemicalanalysis, They often complained about the lapses in infor- mation between time of sampling and when they obtained the results of measurements, 49 Now the Far Eastern Scientific Research Institute for Geology's Geophysical Labora- tory has designed a new device for contin- uous measurement of water salinity. The device will be tested by vessels from the In- stitute of Oceanology's Leningrad branch, Note: U.S. oceanographers have used U.S.-manufactured con- tinuous salinity-measuring devices for several years. * OK OK 'VITIAZ' ENDS CRUISE IN EQUATORIAL PACIFIC The Soviet research vessel 'Vitiaz' has completed her 44th cruise in the equatorial Pacific, Expedition chief M. E, Vinogradov reports the collection of unique quantitative data onbiological productivity. For the first time, the growth rate of animals feeding on microscopic algae was determined, Bacteria were shown to form special ag- glomerations, important as a food component for small marine animals, Previously, bac- terial cells were not considered food because of their miniscule size; to explain their role in plankton, the scientists measured the amount of energy transferred from one food level to another. Plankton Research Intensive plankton research was conducted with special nets, bathyphotometers, and ra- dioisotopes to determine photosynthesis in- tensity. This research yielded for the first time adetailed picture of the vertical distri- bution of plankton. Large, stable accumulations of animals, microorganisms, and detritus were discov- ered at several dozen meters. These per- form important functions in the life of the ocean's upper layers. The collections will be used to design a mathematical model of vital links between marine animals, and to compile a general- ized 'biological productivity map! of the ocean. ('Izvestiia,' Feb. 20.) ee THE SUGGESTION BOX PROVES VALUABLE FISHING GEAR The Soviets have suggestion boxes and know how touse them. The Sevastopol Trawl- er Fleet Administration received 154 suzges- tions during first-half 1968; the 118 adopted saved thousands of rubles. 50 USSR (Contd.): One suggested a continuous production line for gutting, filleting and packing fish. Installed aboard a BMRT, it saved 50,303 rubles (US$55,300) during one trip. A sug- gestionthat various repairs be performed at sea, without docking, saved 6,168 rubles (US$6,785) per vessel. ('Rybnoe Khosiai- stvo,' Feb.) “ee le ste oe ok ok VESSEL STUDIES FISHERIES OFF SENEGAL Soviet scientists on the research vessel 'Blesk! of the Atlantic Research Institute for Fisheries and Oceanography have conducted a joint survey with Senegalese scientists off West Africa. The survey was made to as- sessthe fisheries, and to recommend meas- ures to utilize, conserve, and expand fishery resources. This was the first joint USSR-Senegalese scientific fisheries exchange. Joint cruises and expanded exchanges of scientific person- nel are planned. (TASS, Mar. 16.) U.S. Groundfish Survey The Blesk, on her maiden cruise during Sept-Nov. 1968, participated in a joint U.S.- USSR groundfish survey under the Mid-At- lantic Fisheries Agreement. The survey, conducted from BCF's Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, Mass., covered an area from the Gulf of Maine to Cape Hatteras. sk oe AS EXTENDS SEAWEED AGREEMENT WITH JAPAN On April 14, 1969, after only 3 days of ne- gotiations, the Soviets signed an extension of the ''private'' seaweed-collection agreement with Japan. The Japan Fisheries Association President (Nakabe) signed for Japan; the Act- ing Director of Commercial Fishing Division, Ministry of Fisheries (V. Lipanov) for the USSR. The Soviets first concluded this agree- ment (also known as "kelp agreement") in 1963 at Japan's insistence; they have ex- tended it every 2 years. The 1969 Agreement In the past, the Japanese were permitted to deploy 300 seaweed-collecting vessels in the Straits of Nemuro, off northeast Hok- kaido, inareas the USSRclaims as territorial waters. In 1969, Japanese will be allowed to deploy 330 vessels. Also, each Japanese fish- erman will be permitted to catch 10 kilo- grams of fish daily for his ownfood. As com- pensation, the Soviets will require each Jap- anese vessel topay afee of 12,000 yen (US$33) per year. The fees demanded, about $11,000 a year, are low compared with value of 1963 seaweed harvest estimated by Japanese at US$800,000. (No recent estimates are available.) dns BS Norway FISHING OUTLOOK IS PROMISING The short-term outlook for Norway's fish- ing industry is promising. Total catches of cod and other groundfish in the major fishing districts (Sogn of Fjordane thr ough Finnmark) reached 118,500 metric tons in first-quarter 1969--22% above same period 1968. High- quality spawning cod and Finnmark young cod provided 82,500 tons, a remarkably high pro- portion of the catch. Continuing good market conditions for frozenfillets were reflected in the more than 40% increase in fish purchases (to 57,000 tons) by the frozen-fillet industry. Stockfish There were no prospects for early re- sumption of stockfish sales to Nigeria, the traditional market for about 70% of Norway's stockfish. But raw fish supplies for hanging (stockfish) increased over 25% to 31,700 tons in first-quarter. This reflected both low prices and demand for salted fish, mainly klippfish, and state purchases and guarantees for stockfish production. Inventories On Dec. 31, 1968, stocks on hand of frozen fillets and stockfish were 18,000 tons and 8,400 tons, respectively. Frozen-fillet stocks were about 20% above, and stockfish inven- tories about 10% below, normal levels. Norway (Contd.): Exports of Frozen Fillets to U.S, Recorded shipments of frozen-fish fillets tothe U.S, inJan.-Feb. 1969 corresponded to over 33,000 tons on annual basis. According to Frionor's sales director, the U.S. frozen fish market is growing at a 10-20% rate. Industrial Fishery Reduction plants received about 446,000 tons of raw material during first quarter, slightly more than year before. The com- plete failure of the winter herring fisheries was offset by a good capelinfishery off Finn- mark. Prospects for the rest of 1969 will depend ondevelopment of North Sea mackerel and herring fisheries, the small and fat her- ring fisheries, and a possible reappearance of capelin. Competition for Fish Meal Fish meal industry spokesmen have voiced concern over planned EEC subsidization of surplus stocks of dehydrated skimmed milk, Reportedly, such stocks are well above com- bined Norwegian-Danish annual fish meal salesinEECarea, Itisbelievedthat market- ing such quantities of dehydrated milk for animal food will result in a cutback in EEC demand for Norwegian fish meal, The fish meal industry also is concerned about the potential price-lowering effects stemming from construction of central ware- houses in Europe by Peru. These warehouses will be supplied by large bulkships. (U.S. Embassy, Oslo, Apr. 25.) SUPPORT TO FISHERIES RISING A major aim of the General Agreement of June 3, 1964, signed by the Ministry of Fish- eries and the Norwegian Fishermen's Union, was to end state support to the fisheries in the near future. The steadily increasing sub- sidies granted since thenindicate no progress has been made, Total state support payments to the indus- try reached US$37.7 million in 1968. This included $7.8 million for state purchases of stockfish from producers/exporters. State support to the fishermen was 20.4% of 1968 51 exvessel catch value, compared with 16.8% in 1967, Norway Criticized Although the support system includes no direct export subsidies, Norway has been criticized lately, notably by Britain, for keep- ing export prices artificially low through subsidies. Norway's support system alsomakes Den- mark's unsubsidized industry wary of the Norwegian demand for a free NORDEC mar- ket for fishery products. (U.S. Embassy, Oslo, Apr. 25.) KOK 1968 FISH BODY OIL OUTPUT FELL In 1968, raw material supplies for fish meal and oil-reduction plants were about 20% below 1967. Production of fish body oils shrank correspondingly to 240,000 metric tons; 1967 production was 327,000 tons. Pro- duction of fish-liver oils increased from 10,500 to 11,000 tons. Production of Oils from Fish and Marine Animals i968 ares fee Commodity ape) in cope yellewe prim jaue seus Sperm oil: Antarctic . «2 ceseece Shore stations Antarctic Shore stations ae whiclie tel ‘eh eo! ce Pelagic Whaling Stops Since Norway will no longer participate in Antarctic whaling, the fish off her coast will bethe main source of marine oils. Only one Norwegian whaling expeditiontook part in the 1967/68 season, the last Norwegian pelagic - whaling season. Limited whalingis stillcar- ried on from 2 land stations in Norway. Imports & Exports Reflecting lowered fish oil production and dimished returns from whaling, fish oil im- ports increased from 23,022 tons in 1967 to 43,791 tonsin1968, Morethan one-half came Norway (Contd.): from Peru. Exports of fish oils dropped from 190,777 tons in1967 to115,726 tons in 1968-- about same as 1966. Exports of hardened marine oils increased by about 5,000tons to 86,190 tons as a result of larger shipments to Britain. (Sources: Di- rectorate of Fisheries, Bergen, 'The Nor- wegian Whaling Gazette,'! and Ministry of Fisheries, Oslo--U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, Apr Lo.) se ose ok * * INTERNATIONAL CONSERVATION EFFORTS Norway has not publicized any official policies regarding international efforts to conserve northeast Atlantic fish resources. Indications are, however, that she favors a national quota system for groundfish in the Barents Sea, regulatory measures for North Sea herring and mackerel fishing, and a ban on salmon fishing in international waters. All these issues were on the agenda of the May ICNEAF meeting in London. Ban on Driftnets The recently imposed ban on driftnets (gillmets) inside Norwegian fisheries limits reflects government recognition of the need to preserve the North Atlantic salmon stock. Minister of Fisheries Einar Moxnes has said that banning driftnets in domestic waters would give weight to Norway's support of a complete ban on salmon fishing in internation- al waters. Government's Efforts Backed The government's salmon conservation efforts are fully supported by marine scien- tists and salmon fishing interests. Norwegian landowners have had exclusive salmon fishing rights in the rivers and along the seacoast for hundreds of years. Drift-netting dates back only to the beginning of the 1960s. (U.S. Embassy, Oslo, Apr. 25.) Denmark FISHERY EXPORTS IN 1968 SET RECORD Danish exports of fishery products during 1968 were worth a record US$133 million. Compared with 1967, pond-trout exports in- creased almost 15% in quantity and 11% in value; exports of cod fillets and blocks rose 10% in quantity and 14% in value. Foreign Markets Common Market countries continued as the leading market, although Denmark's EFTA partners bought only slightly less. Exports to East Bloc countries increased 25%. Exports to the U.S. were up about 25% over 1967, pri- marilybecause of increased sales of cod fil- lets and blocks. Faroese Exports Total fishery exports from the Faroe Is- lands amounted to $19.2 million in1968, a 17% decline from 1967. Reductions in sale of salt fish accounted for much of the decline. Ex- ports of frozen fillets and blocks to the U.S. declined 25%, but the U.S. still was the largest buyer. (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, May 1.) Iceland WHITE FISH CATCHES INCREASE In 1968, there was greater fishing effort for the more valuable white fish sector--cod, for example. It produced a recovery in the white fish catch; it promises an even greater catch in 1969. This was due partly to fishing vessels and fishermen, previously lured to herring fishing during the boom years, re- turning to the white fish fishery. Processing of fish has been directed in- creasingly to products commanding a higher export value--and to the best market pros- pects. More profitable use results in larger volume of processed frozen white fish for export, and more labor-intensive methods favorable to employment. The almost com- plete loss of Iceland's stockfish (air-dried cod) market in Nigeria in the past 2 years cut production and export. So better quality raw material is being shifted into freezing and salting. Iceland (Contd.): 1969 Outlook Outlook for herring will not be discernible until early fall. This is because of changed migratory behavior of herring and smaller stocks. White-fish production for 1969 is expected at least at 1968 levels. Despite 6- week strike by fishermen that began Jan. 1969, the major cod-fishing season ending in May was bringing catches above 1968. For the first 3 months of 1969, cod catches in- creased 38% over 1968. The low-value spring capelin catches were reaching rec- ords. By end of March 1969, catches had more than doubled over 1968 period, The value of export production is yet to be determined by price movements abroad, These appear favorable, Supply conditions in the U.S., particularly for frozen fish, may well determinetrends. The U.S, is Iceland's leading market, followed by Great Britain and USSR in 1968, Salt-fish markets are shrink- ing. (U.S. Embassy, Reykjavik, May 8.) He ok CAPELIN MEAL SELLING WELL In 1965, when Icelanders started catching capelin ona large scale, exporters had trouble selling capelin meal to certain countries. Some buyers did not know capelin, Capelin meal, being more fatty than herring and cod meals, does not sell as well. Despite occa- sional sales difficulties, capelin meal usually sold at fair prices in 1965-1968. Production & Prices in 1969 The initial problems were largely over- come in 1969, and sales have been excellent. They have been helped by the recently favor - able market for fish meal. Iceland's 1969 capelin meal production will be about 25,000 tons, and average c.i.f. prices about IKr. 13,650 a ton. Capelin Meal Exports & Average Prices Metric Tons IKr, /Metric Ton 11,243 6, 360 15,756 6,070 19,185 6,480 6,480 6,620 ote: IKr, 57,07 = US$1 in 1968, IKr. 43,06 = US$1 in 1967, 1966, and 1965. 53 Polish Purchases The Poles have been large buyers of her- ring and cod meals in recent years. Efforts to get them to buy capelin meal were in vain until recently--when a Polish feed-blending specialist visited. Then Icelanders succeeded in selling Poland a 250-ton sample shipment of capelin meal at acceptable prices, Largest Buyer Is Denmark The Danes have purchased the lion's share of this year's capelin meal production, both for domestic use andfor reexport. They have a more favorable sales position than the Ice- landers. They do not have to pay a 10% im- port duty on fish and capelin meal in Britain because of Denmark's EFTA membership. (U.S. Embassy, Copenhagen, May.) Sweden AMERICAN CRAYFISH WILL BE PLANTED IN LAKES The Swedish Fisheries Directorate has an- nounced a US$40,000 appropriation to intro- duce American "Signal" crayfish into 60 lakes. It is anattempt to replace Swedish stocks of the European river crayfish (Pota- mobius astacus). These stocks had been decimated by a virulent fungus disease that first struck in 1907, Successfully Tested The American"'signal" crayfish, imported for testing from Lake Tahoe in Nevada and California, proved easily transplantable under Swedish conditions, It is said tobe a thousand times more resistant to the fungus disease thanthe river crayfish. The signal" crayfish is aggressive, reproduces rapidly, and may compete effectively enough to reduce river crayfish stocks even further. There- fore, introductions will be made under closely controlled conditions, The lakes selected for planting have at least 20 acres of surface area and had sustained good stocks of river crayfish before the disease struck. A Delicacy in Northern Europe The Swedes and other North Europeans relish fresh-water crayfish, eating them with 54 Sweden (Contd.): aquavit (1 tiny glass with each claw and 2 with the tail). Taste tests, presumably under standard conditions for crayfish eating, have shown that American "'signal'' crayfish has a flavor equal to the native variety. Market Opportunities The commercial market for crayfish in Sweden and Denmark lasts only a short period. It exists primarily during August, when many people are on vacation. Many crayfish con- sumed in Sweden and Denmark are imported from Turkey and Bulgaria. The U.S. Embassy in Copenhagen has received occasional in- quiries regarding U.S. suppliers of fresh live crayfish. * OOK 3K LICENSES SHRIMP IMPORTS The Swedish Agricultural Marketing Board decided that all cooked-shrimp imports were subject to license approval, effective March 1, 1969. The decision was made to give the Board an opportunity to follow the level of imports and price development. Requiring a license for imports does not mean automatic limitation. Imports will be readily licensed unless the level of imports and prices become problems. The license procedure will give the Board a chance to step inrapidly if import limitation is consid- ered necessary. Addition of coloring to shrimp imports also will be prohibited, effective July 1, 1969. (U.S. Embassy, Mar. 3.) OK OK EXTENDS DEADLINE ON COLORING SHRIMP Sweden will permit coloring of shrimp un- til Jan. 1, 1970. Previous deadline was July 1, 1969. After Jan. 1, 1970, coloring will be pro- hibited except for peeled and deep-frozen shrimp packed in closed original containers. The label must contain a statement that shrimp have been colored. (U.S. Embassy, Stockholm, Apr. 29.) Spain 1968 WAS GOOD YEAR FOR CANNED FISH INDUSTRY Fish canning, one of the more important sectors of Spain's food industry, has resumed its growth. Ithad experienced a sharp reduc- tion in output in 1966 after a peak in 1965. The value of fish canning in 1968 surpassed 1965's high. The industry produces primarily canned fish packed in oil, about 70% of output, and canned marinated fish, about 10%. Production centers are in the 4 northwest provinces that form Galicia. The more important canners operate in and around Vigo in Pontevedra province. World Market Of equal significance is the canned fish industry's performance in the international market. Exports in 1968 grew to about US$18 million, a 27% increase over 1967. Canned sardine and anchovy sales are the largest share (about 64%) of exports. Tuna, bonito, and albacore are next largest. Resumed expansion in domestic and ex- port markets points to possibility of increas- ing opportunities for U.S. manufacturers of processing and packaging equipment for do- mestic producers. (U.S. Embassy, Madrid, May 7.) United Kingdom 1968 FISH MEAL USE ROSE 100,000 TONS Fish meal consumption in the U.K. last year increased by more than 100,000 tons over 1967 to a record 582,000 long tons. Domestic meal production, boosted by larger amounts of unsold fish in Hull and Grimsby, rose 7,000 tons above 1967, to 87,000 tons. Imports The rest of the supply--495,000 tons worth US$70.3 million--was imported ($54.7 mil- lion for 395,450 tons in 1967 and $50.8 million for 308,500 tons in 1966). Total supply in 1967 was 475,450 tons; in 1966, 394,500 tons. United Kingdom (Contd.): Fish Oil In 1968, fish oil imports dropped from 281,900 tons worth $36 million in 1967 to 265,000 tons valued at $28.1 million. In 1966, oil imports of 177,800 cost $29 million. Onayieldbasis of 4 to 5 tons of fish for a ton of meal, British imports represented a catch of over 2 milliontons. ('Fishing News,' Mar. 7.) East Germany CONDUCTS OCEANOGRA PHIC RESEARCH IN BALTIC Early in March 1969, East Germany's oceanographic research vessel '!Prof. Al- brecht Penck' sailed on the first of 4 Baltic research voyages scheduled for this year. This is part of the program for International Baltic Sea Year 1969-70. It is being carried out by the Institute of Oceanography of the East German Academy of Sciences. The re- search is financed in part by the East Ger- man High-Seas Fisheries Administration. Research Procedures Measurements and che mical-biological samples will be taken at 14 locations. The sea's temperature, salt content, water den- sity, and ''production potential" will be meas- ured, According to a 1968 agreement, the participants will exchange data to lay the groundwork for development of fishing in the Baltic. Increasing Pollution Another research objective is to develop methods of fighting pollution. Recent ob- servations by the East German Institute of Oceanography at Rostock-Warnemuende have disclosed that pollution of the Baltic due to more organic matter has increased over the last decade. This matter is soaking up dis- solved oxygen and threatening marine life. (U.S. Mission, Berlin, Mar. 18.) Salen. 55 Czechoslovakia IMPROVES FISH-CULTURE TECHNIQUES The Department of Fish Culture and Hydro- biology, University of Brno at Bano, has in- creased fingerling production from 200-500 kilos/hectare to about 1,000-1,200 kilos per hectare by improvedculture techniques. At- tempts are being made to increase produc- tion of table fish to 1,500 kilos/hectare by judicious fertilization of the ponds, and an optimum ratio of natural and artificial feed- ing. (‘FAO Fish Culture Bulletin,' vol. 1, no. 2), oan.) baie «< as Poland FISH CULTURE IS GROWING Salmonid culture is expanding in Poland, particularly the pond culture of rainbow trout, Salmo gairdneri. Atlantic salmon, Salmo salar, were introduced into rivers in April 1968. Eyed eggs of this species came from Canada. Poland's annual harvest of common carp from ponds is about 12,300 metric tons. To- tal inland fishery production is 20,600 tons. Common carp is selected systematically for fast growth rate and delayed maturation, Carp Culture Monoculture of common carp is widely practiced, but other species--like tench and grass carp--are being stocked increasingly to achieve higher yields. Based on experi- ments conducted by the Inland Fisheries In- stitute at Zabieniec, commercial culture of grass carp, silver carp, and common carp is recommended. ('FAO Fish Culture Bulletin, ' vol. 1 (2); Jan: 1969.) % OK of 56 Economic Returns to Polish Factory Trawlers in Northwest Atlantic Bruno G. Noetzel The Northwest Atlantic has the world's richest resources of food fish; it is also the most exploited part of the ocean. Fishing ef- fort increases year after year. The pressure has accelerated with introduction of new fish- ing techniques--and transfer of fish-process- ing activities from land to fishing grounds via factory ships. Large fleets of modern stern-ramp trawl- ers operate year round. The vessels are equipped with highly mechanized fish-proc- essing facilities: freezing, fish meal, andfish oil plants, and refrigerated holds for frozen products. They are capable of converting the entire catch into final marketable products: frozenfillets in blocks, fish meal, andfish oil. These huge fishing and processing vessels, built entirely with state funds, are represen- tative of the direction of fishery development inmost of the Eastern European countries in the past 10 years. What the Vessels Look Like On Oct. 22, 1960, the Gdansk Shipyard de- livered the first in a series of these modern fishing vesselsto Poland's state-owned fish- ing industry. By the end of 1965, twelve fac- tory trawlers of the type described below were in operation, all managed by ''Dalmor" Deep-Sea Fishing Enterprise in Gdynia. The all-welded, steel-hull vessels have these main characteristics: length overall 85.20 m, moulded breadth 13.80 m, depth to shelter deck 9.75 m, gross tonnage 2,800, net tonnage 1,160. A Sulzer-Zgoda model 8TD48 diesel engine developing 2,400 h.p. at 180 r.p.m., is coupled to a 4-bladed 3.10 m dia- ameter Lips controllable pitch propeller to give a cruising speed of 11.5 knots. Auxiliary machinery includes four 250 kW generators drivenby Sulzer 6BAH22 diesels, each 375h.p. at 500r.p.m. Thestandard crew is 94 men, but there are accommodations for 102. The vessels can stay at sea 70 days without refueling. The processing plant is equipped with fil- leting machines for redfish (Baader 150) and for cod (Baader 99, and ona few vessels a Baader 38 also), heading machines (Baader 412), skinning machines (Baader 46 and 47), and washing machines (Baader 666). There are twofilleting lines (on some vessels there is an additional line for small cod), and 9 stands for filleting by hand (for larger fish). The total capacity of the processing plant is 50 m. tons of fish every 24 hours. Fish fillets, dressed fish, and whole fish are quick frozen in 2 blast freezers with a total capacity of 30 m. tons of products per 24 hours. The frozen fish blocks are stowed in 3 refrigerated holds (total volume 1,433 cubic meters). The fishmeal plant canhandle 20-30 m. tons of offals and by-catch per 24 hours. Fish meal packed in 50 kg. sacksis stowed in a 285 cubicm. hold (the storage capacity is 600-650 kg./cu.m). Up to one ton of liver oil can be produced daily from cod livers. Fish oil is also ob- tained as a by-product of fish meal produc- tion, Four tanks with a total volume of 58 cubic m. provide storage space for the oils (approximately 53 m. tons of oil). How They Are Operated During the 5-year period 1961-1965, these vessels made 75 trips (a total of 27.75 ves- sel-years were analyzed) to the Northwest Atlantic fishing grounds (International Com- missionforthe Northwest Atlantic Fisheries The author is an Industry Economist, Division of Economic Research, BCF, 7338 Baltimore Ave., College Park, Md. 20740. Note: Tables 1 and 2 and figure 6 are in the appendix in reprint (Sep. No. 842) of this article. Fora free copy of the Separate, write to Division of Publications, U.S. Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, BCF, 1801 N. Moore St., Arlington, Va., 22209. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Fish and Wildlife Service Sep. No. 842 (ICNAF) Convention Area) and only 2 explora- tory trips to the African shelf, On the average, a vessel was at sea 270 days per year; the balance in ports and ship- yards. The vessels spent anaverage 164 days in domestic ports between trips. Running to and from the fishing grounds re- quired 23.5% of time at sea, or 17.4% of a year's time (Figure 1). Onthe fishing grounds, about 75% of the time was used for fishing ac- tivity, including: setting and hauling of fyawl, trawling, and gear repairs (Figure 2),.= in harbors =a) Abanging grounds, storms Fig. 1 = Average use of annual vessel time, 1961-1965 ( in per- cent of a year's time). etting and hauling of all other —oer aN \trawling Fig. 2 - Breakdown of time spent on fishing grounds (in percent, 5-year averages). 57 Because of the long distance between home ports and grounds fished, the vessels were able tocomplete anaverage of only 2.77 trips a year, The average fishing activity per trip was 58 days (one day = 24 hours of fishing activity). The vessels averaged 496 hauls and 860 hours of trawling during the 58 days. On 2 trips tothe African grounds, 4,355.3 m, tons of fish were caught (or 2,178 m, tons per trip). The average catch from 75 trips to the ICNAF area was 1,676.5 m. tons, The production of these factory trawlers may be looked at from 2 viewpoints: What is this production relative to total landings by the entire Polish fishing fleet? What are the effects of this additional fishing pressure on the resources inthe ICNAF Convention Area? In 1965, the Polish fleet represented 11 vessel-years of operations--10 vessels were operated all year, and 2 joined fleet during year. This fleet caught 52,2 thousand m, tons of fish in the ICNAF area, It accounted for 18.6% of total landings by entire Polish fish- ing industry. This quantity is a significant portion of Polish landings, but it is only 1.6% of 1965 landings by all countries in ICNAF area, Over the 1961-1965 period, the catch by Polish factory trawlers from ICNAF area (125.7 thousand m, tons) was 0.9% of all land- ings. halibuts herring and other (1,5) | flounders pouncers: redfish Fig. 3 - Composition of catch from ICNAF area (in percent of total). 1/"All other" in Figure 2 includes: changing grounds, short calls to foreign ports (without time for unloading or repairs), running to and from these ports (mainly St. John's, Newfoundland). 58 The composition of catchfrom ICNAF area is shown in Figure 3. The total catch of 130,095 m, tons (5 years! production, Africa and ICNAF area combined) was processed aboard vessels into 68,959 m, tons of fish products. From ICNAF area alone, 66,402 m, tons of fish products were landed in these forms: Percent. of Total by Weight 23.46 15.55 rozen redfish fillets frozen cod fillets i Total frozen fillets 39.01 Frozen fish, dressed 34.13 Frozen fish, gutted 0,05 Frozen fish, whole 1.99 Other frozen products 0.15 Total frozen products Total landings 800 frozen products fish meal oils POO a OOK DOK RO V MMZZ/Z/——« = About 10% of total production was landed inforeignports. These landings consisted of: 6,066.1 m. tons of frozen products 550.1 m. tons of fish meal 11.1 m. tons of fish oils Out of these quantities 1,618.7 m. tons of frozen products were landed in Africa, the remainder in Canada, The balance of total production was brought intodomestic ports. The 5-year average load in those landings was 853 m. tons of fish prod- ucts. There was a Significant increase in landings per trip over time (Figure 4). m. tons 1000 00,0.0.4 —H— BSL F A RERS ws 800 Fig. 4 - Per-trip landings in domestic ports, 1961-1965. m.tons 30 20 m.tons 20 10 59 \N ae SUBAREA 2 (Labrador) »\ \N \ / 4 catch per day \ i fishing (m.tons) \ / a al A LY ~~ / a / N ! Percent 20 catch (percent of total) days fishing (percent of 0 1 2 3 y 5 6 i 8 9 10 abat 12 months SUBAREA 3 (Newfoundland) a da be - Mgr N catch per day \fishing aim. tons) ae \ catch ercent of total) . wosscoe™ etd | "es oe . days fishing (percent of total) Fig. S - Monthly distribution of effort and catch in two ICNAF subareas. 60 Catch Per Effort The catch from ICNAF area per vessel and year increased from 2,669 m. tons in1961 to 4,748 m. tons in 1965. This resulted partly from increased effort and partly from in- creased fishing efficiency as canbe seen from the data in Table 1 (in appendix). Fishing inthe Northwest Atlantic was mainly in 2 subareas (ICNAF notation): sub- area 2 (Labrador), and sub-area 3 (Newfound- land). These accounted for 97.3% of the ves- sels' total catch from ICNAF area, The remainder (2.7% of total) comes from sub- areal (Greenland), sub-area 4 (Nova Scotia), and sub-area 5 (Georges Bank). The highest catchrates in sub-areas 2 and 3 prevailed from December through May (Figure 5). These higher rates coincide gen- erally with high share of species other than redfishinthe catches (Figure 6 in appendix), Costs and Earnings Gross revenue from fishing is derived from 2 sources: the equivalent of U.S. dollars in Polish currency (zloties) for products oc- casionally soldinforeignports; and the value of fish products landed in domestic ports. The conversion rate is set arbitrarily by Narodowy Bank Polski, the State's Central Bank. Gross revenues and operating costs were takenfrom accountants' statements, Since no data onmanagement and administration costs were provided, this cost item (indicated as overhead cost) was estimated by the author as 15% of operating costs. The returns of an average factory trawler for 1963 through 1965 were: 1964 1965 . (1000 dloties)... . 45480.2 | 48344.7 | 47376.6 34392.0 | 32645.0 | 29273.0 5158.8 | 4869.8] 4391.0 5929.4 | 10829.9 | 13712.6 Gross revenue Operating costs Overhead (15%) TOss profit Return on investment (percent) Phe) 10.0 12.7 The dollar values in the last column give the U.S. reader an idea about the magnitude of values. The reader is cautioned against drawing conclusions from these figures. Without any valid and meaningful rate of ex- change in existence, the dollar values were approximated in the following way: the U.S. wholesale price for imported frozen cod fil- lets in blocks (over 10 pounds each) at 24.4¢ per pound (average for imports from 12 coun- tries in1965) was applied to quantities of cod fillets landed by the factory trawlers in 1965. Prices in dollars for other frozen fish landed were then derived by maintaining the same proportions tocod fillets price in price list on which crew wages are based. For fish meal and oils, the average 1965 U.S. whole- sale prices were used, The result of these calculations is the gross revenue value of 853.3 thousand U.S. dollars, indicating an overall conversion rate of 55.50 zloties to 1 U.S. dollar. The same conversion rate was then used to calculate costs. Theconversion rate for frozen prod- ucts aloneis 54.10 zloties; for fish meal and oils, 64.50 zloties to 1 U.S. dollar. The rate of return was calculated by re- lating gross profits to vessel's replacement value--approximately 107.7 million zloties, or 2.8 milliondollars. The replacement value in U.S. dollars is an estimate based on com- parable construction costs of the U.S. factory trawlers 'Seafreeze Atlantic' and 'Seafreeze Pacific! if built in Europe. The composition of operating costs is ex- emplified here by the 1965 costs per vessel: 1000 zloties Fuel and oils 4543 Fishing gear 3908 Packing and other materials 2467 Crew wages & payroll taxes 8309 Groceries & provisions 1835 Repairs 1310 Insurance 1219 Harbor & other fees 87 Depreciation 5003 Other costs 592 Total operating costs 29273 With prices for fish products fixed by government, the effectiveness of invested cap- ital (rate of return on investment) depends largely on government's economic policy to- ward fishing industry. Competition for U.S. Factory Trawler The first U.S. factory trawler, the Sea- freeze Atlantic, is on her maiden trip to the Northwest Atlantic fishing grounds, The U.S, and Polish vessels have many similar fea- tures (Table 2 inappendix). A long time span divides the first trials of the European and U.S. fishermen inmodern fishing technology. Experience has tobe gained before full results of fishing with the new vessel canbe expected. The setup of processing machinery (Table 2) indicates that the U.S, and Polish vessels are designedtoexploit the same species (cod and redfish stocks), The experience of Polish factory trawlers gives cause for optimism about the eventual achievements of the Sea- freeze Atlantic. The proximity to the fishing grounds favors U.S, vessels in reduced run- 61 ning time and higher proportion of effective fishing time per year. A broader report on Polish fishing vessels is in: ''A Report on the Economics of Polish Factory Trawlers and Freezer Trawlers," by BrunoG. Noetzel. It is based ondata provided by the Sea Fisheries Institute, Gdynia, Poland, under a contract with BCF. Acknowledgments I thank Dr. Adam A, Sokoloski and Dr. Frederick W. Bell for their valuable com- ments, and Frank Murrayfor preparing the graphs. 62 LATIN AMERICA Peru ANCHOVY SEASON CATCH LIMITS AND CLOSURE ANNOUNCED In mid-April, Peru announced a 9.5 mil- lion-metric -ton limit on anchovy catch for the 1968/69 season, The season began Sept. 1, 1968. This isthe same limit asinthe 1967/68 season; it is 1.3 million tons more than the 8.2 millionton provisional catch announced in January. Closure Dates On May 13, the Minister of Agriculture announced that the 1968/69 season wouldclose May 31. By then, the 9.5 million quota was expected tobe reached. Fishing will remain closed for 90 days, except for southern ports of loand Mollendo, The 1967/68 season had closed at the same time and for the same period, Previous Suspensions The 1967/68 season did not begin until October 1967, A strike had prevented fishing in September. Fishing was suspended Feb. 17-Mar, 17, 1968, andagainduring Feb. 1969, Production and Exports This season's fish meal production through February was 1,113,196 tons; it was 1,211,114 tons for same period 1967/68. March pro- duction was apparently the highest of any Fish Meal Production and Exports, First Quarter, 1967-1969 240, 495 17, 357 325,549 284,021 191,575 155, 233 287, 466 109, 644 163, 512 560, 622 100, 281 115, 673 $83,401 630, 829 140, 283 185,938 188, 225 192, 056 188, 222 month in the history of the fishery. Exports continued high compared to previous years, but stocks on hand were below previous levels. On April 24, prices for fishmeal c. & f. Ham- burg had reached US$159 a metric ton (de- liveries through Dec. 1969). Although production is somewhat unpre- dictable, April will be arecord for that month if the catch of the first two weeks is an indi- cator. Whether the 9.5 million ton limit will be obServed or increasedis uncertain. (U.S. Embassy, Lima; 'Sociedad Nacional de Pes- queria,' Apr. 21 & 22.) Cuba RECEIVES SHRIMP TRAWLERS FROM EUROPE Cuba has received 74 shrimp trawlers of the 90 orderedfrom Spain. Theremaining 16 should be delivered during the coming months. The vessels are being built by a consortium of 6 Spanish shipyards, most at Vigo. The steel-hulled 107-gross-ton trawlers are 23meters (77 feet) long overall, cantravel 10 knots, and carry a crew of 11. Their fuel tanks hold 40 metric tons and the water tanks hold 15. Thenonrefrigerated holds are about 80-cubic-meter capacity each. 30 Ordered from France Cuba has ordered thirty 25-meter-long (82 ft.) refrigerated vessels from France. They will have a50-tonfrozen storage capac- ity and brine tanks to preserve 4,000 pounds of shrimp. Cuba may pay with spiny lobster sales. Duringthe last quarter of 1968, France imported 540 metric tons of Cuban crusta- ceans, mostly spiny lobster, worth US$1.45 million, ASIA Third Asian Tuna Conference Held The third Asian tuna conference was held in Seoul, S. Korea, April 22-23, 1969. It was attended by representatives from Japan, S. Korea, Taiwan, and Okinawa. The conference covered problems in tuna production, sales and marketing, labor, and administration. The discussions showed growing interestin resource problems. The participants talked less about national inter- ests andmore about achieving common goals. Ways were sought to insure stable manage - ment and fishery growth. Agreements Reached Agreement was reached on the following: (1) The delegates affirmed the needto give due consideration to the tuna resource prob- lem. The delegates will urge their govern- ments to arrange a meetingof fishery scien- tists --and to promote national participation in International Conventionfor the Conservation of Atlantic Tunas and other international tuna organizations. (2) Despite rising costs of fishing vessels, labor, interest rates, and worldwide decline in catch rate, world tuna prices remain low. This poses a serious management problem, Tuna producers must cooperate to assure re- covery of production costs and reasonable profits. They must see that a rational price determination is made. (3) Unilateral extension of territorial wa- ters or fishery jurisdiction over vast areas must be firmly opposed. (4) A permanent organization, unanimously approved at this year's meeting, will be es- tablished, The next conference willbe held on Okina- wa in late Feb.1970. ('Katsuo-maguro Tsu- shin,' Apr. 28.) 63 Japan REGULATES EASTERN PACIFIC YELLOWFIN TUNA FISHERY The Japanese Fisheries Agency, in accord - ance with the Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission's closure of the eastern Pacific yellowfin tuna fishery on Apr, 16, 1969, is- sued the following instructions: 1) For 1969 only, longliners under 430 gross tons (carrying capacity 300 tons) and purse seiners will be able to fish freely for yellowfin on and after April 16 until combined yellowfin catch after closure reaches the 4,000 short tons allowed Japan. After 4,000 tons, vessels will limit yellowfin catch to 15% of total catch of such vessels. 2) Tuna longliners over 430 gross tons fishing in the regulatory area on or after April 16 would limit yellowfin catch to 15% of total catch of such vessels. ('Katsuo- maguro Tsushin,' Apr. 15.) * OK 1969 SALMON QUOTA IS 105,000 TONS The 14th annual meeting of the Japan-USSR Fisheries Commission in Tokyo, April 2-29, set the 1969 Japanese salmon catch quota in Convention waters at 105,000 metric tons. This is 3,000 tons less than in 1967, the pre- vious good year for Asian pink salmon runs; it is the lowest for a good pink salmon year. Of total, 49,750 tons were allocatedfor Area A (north of 45° N, latitude) and 55,250 tons for Area B (south of 45° N, latitude). The Soviet coastal quota was set at 80,000 tons, Much Talk About Herring At first, the Soviet negotiators sought entry of Soviet patrol boats into Area B and estab- lishment of a "'no-fishing zone" between Areas A and B as in 1968, They withdrew demand after strong opposition from Japanese. The subject of herring fishing was most troublesome; it took up 70% of talks. Both parties agreed to designate "no-fishing zones'' in certain areas of Karagin Bay and 64 Japan (Contd.): Gizhiga Bay onthe eastern and western sides of Kamchatka Peninsula. Japan also agreed to reduce herring fleet to 98 boats (about 4 1968 fleet) off Karaginski Island, east of Kam- chatka Peninsula. ('Suisan Keizai Shimbun,' May 1; 'Nihon Suisan Shimbun,' May 2.) * OK OK REPORT ON DISTANT-WATER TUNA FISHING In early April 1969, the Japanese tuna fish - eries in all oceans, other than eastern Pacific, were generally poor. Catchrates were down for albacore, yellowfin, and bluefin. Up to early April, light catches had caused frozen- tuna prices to rise an average $10-15 a ton onexport market. Frozen roundalbacore ex- ports to the U.S. were around c. & f. US$535 a short ton for direct shipment, andc. & f. US$492 a ton for Atlantic transshipment, Gilled-and-gutted yellowfin exports to the U.S. were quoted at around c. & f. $435. Pacific Ocean Inthe regulatory area of the eastern trop- ical Pacific, Japanese longliners had been making very good catches of big-eyed marlin andtunas early in March. Catches had aver- aged 3 tons a day per vessel. Some vessels landed as much as 4 tons per operation. In the South Pacific, around 10°9-15° S. latitude, near American Samoa, yellowfin fishing was good in March. South Korean longliners were catching around 2 tons per vessel, and Japanese vessels close to 3 tons per vessel per day. In the Tasman Sea, off southeast Australia, modern Japanese vessels concentrated on Australian bluefin fishing. But catches were poor, averaging under 1 ton a day per vessel. There seem to be definite indications of over- fishing in the area. Indian Ocean Off Fremantle, Australia, fishing had slowed; only afew vessels were there, Long- liners had begun converging off the Sunda Is - lands, Indonesia, to fish yellowfin, big-eyed, and Indian bluefin, Fishing was poor; ves- sels averaged 1-13 tons. In the Arabian Sea, good yellowfin catches of 3-4 tons a day were being made until mid- March. Fleet operations increased later and landings were cut sharply. In the western Indian Ocean, north of Madagascar, yellowfin fishing was veryslow. The albacore fishery south of the island had not developedfully. Japanese vessels fishing albacore were hopingfor a good season Start- ing in late May. However, because of wide- spread reports of possible current changes in the Indian Ocean, the predominant view was that the fishery does not look promising this year. Most vessels fishing there were catch- ing less than 1 ton a day. Atlantic Ocean Around Bermuda, some vessels were fish- ing with fair success, catching 22-3 tons of tuna (mostly albacore) per day. West of the Azores, some vessels were catching 2- -23 tons of albacore per day. In the Guinea Gulf, the yellowfin season was under way, but fishing was slow. Many vessels were landing under 2 tons per set. Off Angola, longliners were taking 1- -13 tons of albacore pervessel per day, butfish qual- ity was far poorer than last year. ('Suisan Tsushin,' Apr. 9.) * OK OK TUNA SEINERS DOING POORLY IN E, PACIFIC The 4 Japanese purse seiners fishing in the eastern Pacific yellowfintuna regulatory area for over 2 months are doing poorly. Their catch as of April10was only about 200 tons. In view of the good performance of U.S. seiners, Japanese opinion is that there is no reason whytheir fishermen cannot take more fish. Some observers attribute the poor fish- ing to extremely slow detection of schools. Better Communications Needed Until last year, Japanese longliners in the eastern Pacific intercepted messages be- tween U.S. seiners. This helped produce bet- ter catches. This year, interception has be- come impossible because U.S. seiners have changed messages in reporting fishing condi- tions due to Japanese entry into regulatory area. Therefore, even longliners are not Japan (Contd.): making good yellowfin catches. For long- liners and seiners to improve fishing effi- ciency, they must establishbetter communi- cations. ('Minato Shimbun,' Apr. 24.) OK OK NEW BOAT-CARRYING TUNA MOTHERSHIP IS IN EASTERN PACIFIC The new portable-boat-carrying tuna mothership 'Zenko Maru No. 18'(965 gross tons), owned by Ozu Fish Products Co., Misaki, Japan, departed Misaki April 28 for the eastern Pacific. The vessel has overhead hanger-type re- frigerated holds. Equipped with labor-saving devices, it requires only 48 men, compared with over 60 in a similar-sized vessel now operating, May Indicate Trend The Zenko Maru is designed to operate out of Japan or an overseas base, depending on where catch would bring higher price. Its construction for longline fishing indicates a possible direction industry may take in the future. For that reason, its performance will be closely watched in Japan until it returns in November. ('Suisan Keizai Shimbun,' May 2.) * OK OK SUMMER ALBACORE TUNA FISHING PICKS UP The pole-and-line summer albacore fish- ery was showing signs of improvement. Landings at Yaizuhave increased. Until Apr. 20, 5-6 vessels were bringing back only 50 metric tons of pole-caught albacore a day; on Apr. 21 and 22, over 200 tons were unloaded. The fishing grounds are within12 to 13 hours of port. Pole-and-line vessels are mostly 39- gross-ton craft. Exvessel price for pole- caught albacore was around US$479 a short ton. ('Suisan Keizai,' Apr. 25.) * OK OX 65 SOUTHERN BLUEFIN TUNA CATCH DROPS Japanese longliners began fishing for southern bluefin tuna off Australia about 23 years ago. They harvested 30,000-40,000 tons annually until late 1968. Since then, landings have fallen off sharply. In March 1969, catch per vessel was down to around 0.7 ton a day, compared with 3 tons before. Restrictions Urged The Far Seas Fisheries Research Labora- tory, Japanese Fisheries Agency, attributes the fall-off to fishing egg-bearing adults dur- ing spawning season, Spawning occurs off southern and western Australia from Oct. through Feb. The laboratory explained the bluefin grounds can be sufficiently rehabili- tated if fishing is diverted to another area. Therefore, the Agency is urging fishermen to carry out voluntary catch restrictions as soon as possible. ('Shin Suisan Shimbun Sokuho,! Mar, 8.) * KO FROZEN TUNA EXPORTS TO U.S. ARE SLOW In early Mar. 1969, direct exports of frozen tuna to the U.S. were slow because of good yellowfin fishing by California fishermen, Some Japanese trading firms were shipping limited quantities of frozen gilled-and-gutted yellowfin to U.S, west coast packers priced around US$420 c.i.f. a short ton. Prices for frozen round albacore exports to the west coast, unchanged for several months, were quoted at $515 a short ton, ('Katsuo-maguro Tsushin,' Mar. 5.) * OK * BRAND PROMOTION PUSHED IN ADVERTISING CANNED TUNA IN U.S. The Japan External Trade Organization's (JETRO) Fishery and Agriculture Division senior analyst has returned to Japan after 5 years inNew York. He has advised Japanese firms to combine brand promotion in their joint canned tuna advertising in the U.S, Promotion in U.S, Changes He noted that the concept of Japanese canned tuna promotion in the U.S, has changed. 66 Japan (Contd.): Now it involvesfew political problems. U.S. demand for canned tuna is strengthening and the market increasing. Quality and price dif- ferences between major U.S. brands and Japanese product are narrowing. It is neces- sary, therefore, to concentrate on brand promotion. (*Kanzume Nippo,' Apr. 26.) * * OX CANNED-TUNA PROMOTION WILL BE INCREASED The Japan Export Tuna Packers Assoc. will increase the budget for canned-tuna pro- motion in the U.S. and Europe. In the U.S., it is now about US$91,667, contributed equal - ly by government and industry. Because U.S. domestic packs and other imports compete strongly with the Japanese product, the Association feels a need to re- view promotion and to develop a combined plan for the U.S. and Europe. The Associa- tion is thinking of doubling the present bud- get. It wouldallocate about 10% of it to study supply conditions in overseas tuna bases as part of the raw material procurement plan for Japanese packers. ('Kanzume Nippo,! Apr. 21.) % OK OK SLUMP IN CANNED MACKEREL EXPORT PRICE TO PHILIPPINES Prices for Japanese canned mackerel ex- ports to the Philippines have been dropping in recent months. Inmid-April, they slumped to US$4.50 a case, c. & f. Manila, for No.1 small 100's in tomato sauce ($5.50-5.60 per case in 1968), and to c. & f. $5.30 case for 1- lb. tall 48's natural pack(c. & f. $6.15 a case in summer 1968). The sharp price reduction was attributed to heavy accumulation of unsold stocks by Japanese trading firms. This put Philippine buyers, who had only limited funds available to set up letters of credit, in a good position to force down prices. ('Suisan Tsushin,! Apr. 19.) FISH PASTE ('KAMABOKO') SHIPPED TO U.S. On April 16, Odome Kamaboko (boiled fish paste) Manufacturing Co. in Nagato, shipped 1,000 pieces of vacuum-packed high-quality 'Kamaboko! valued at US$550 to the U.S. It was the first large shipment of 'kamaboko! to the U.S. The firm plans to actively promote the product on the U.S. west coast and in Hawaii. Many Japanese-Americans live in these areas. It is made from lizardfish and has a shelf life of about a month. ('Minato Shim- bun,' Apr. 17.) x“ co NEW GILL-NET LONGLINER FISHING IN BERING SEA The new gill-net longliner 'Tenyu Maru No. 37' (499 gross tons) departed Onahama April 15onher maiden voyage to the eastern Bering Sea. She was scheduled to operate around St. George Island, east of 175° W. longitude, for about 2 months fishing primar- ily for Alaska pollock, sablefish, and herring. Fishing Area Changed Tenyu Maru had attracted considerable attention from fishermen in northern Japan because her owners previously had announced plans to send her to the eastern Pacific to fish saury off the U.S. west coast. Equipment The vessel, equipped with modern navi- gational devices, is designed to operate under all weather conditions. With the bridge lo- cated amidships, she can operate longline and drift-gill-net gear simultaneously. Owned by Ogata Gyogyo Fishing Co., she was built ata cost of about US$722,000 and carries a crew of 27. (‘Suisan Keizai Shimbun,! Apr. 15.) 3 ok NEW FISH-FINDER DEVELOPED Japan's Koden Electronics Co. has devel- oped a fish-finder with a totally new kind of electronic recording system. There are 2 models--a bottom-spread system for bottom trawling, anda range-spread system for mid- water trawling and tuna longlining. Japan (Contd.): New Principle The present fish-finders operate the re- cording pen mechanically. Koden's device completely eliminates mechanical movement of the pen. It uses anelectronic scanning and recording system to control 320 special re- cording pens, called ''multi-pens,"' lined up in a row like the teeth in a comb. Free control of electronic sweeper circuits connected to the individual pens permits recording to be done by moving the printing paper at proper speeds, Withthis instrument, various obser- vations previously considered impossible to recordcanbe registered very simply and ac- curately. Patents and Prices Koden has applied for patents in Japan, the U.S., and leading European countries. The product was scheduled to go on sale in May 1969. Prices range from US$1,944 to 5,000. ('‘Suisan Tsushin,' Apr. 16.) * K * SURVEY TEAM RETURNS FROM SURINAM The 5-man, Japanese government -industry fishery team sent to Surinam for 3-week sur- vey of shrimp and other coastal fishery re- sources returned to Japan on April 26. The survey was conducted in response to a re- quest by the Surinam Fisheries Director for assistance in developing fishery resources, primarily shrimp; and in constructing shore facilities. Abundant Resources The Japanese team found an abundance of shrimp, croaker, skipjack tuna, and other varieties off Surinam. Its members stated that the trip was very meaningful. They will consult with the Fisheries Agency to decide what form of assistance Japan can give. ("Minato Shimbun,! Apr. 29.) * OK OK CONSTRUCTION OF 859 FISHING VESSELS AUTHORIZED IN FY 1968 During fiscal year (FY) 1968 (April 1968 - March 1969), the Japanese Government au- thorized construction of 859 fishing vessels 67 (102,094 gross tons): 569 steel vessels (91,714 tons) and 290 wood (10,380 tons). No. of Vessels Gross Tons Kind of Vessel Wooden Woods Distant-water trawlers. . . « = Isei (East China Sea) trawlers . Offshore trawlers . . eee Tuna vessels Purse seiners oe Purse-seine auxiliary vessels . Salmon drift gill-netters ... Miscellaneous long-liners. . « Carriers. . Of steel vessels, 175(about 30%) were tuna vessels (41,949 gross tons). Sixty-nine of the steel tuna vessels were 200-300 tons; 41 between 300 & 400 tons; 39 under 100 tons; and 26 between 100-200 tons. The 290 wooden hulls included 76 tuna ves - sels (4,378 gross tons). ('Suisan Keizai Shimbun,' May 2.) FISHERY EXPORTS TO INCREASE IN 1969 South Korea South Koreahas set the 1969 export target for fishery products at US$68 million. This is 9.7% of total export target of $700 million. It is an increase of 33% over 1968's fishery exports of nearly $51 million. Planned Exports Among the planned increases for 1969 are: live fish $10 million (up $3 millionfrom 1968), frozen fish $7 million (up $2.4 million), and tuna $21 million (up $4.5 million). Laver at $15 million willbeadrop of $2 million. Fish- ery products are second to manufactured products in the total 1969 commodity export plan. (U.S, Embassy, Seoul, Apr. 4.) * OK OK PLANS TO DEVELOP AQUACULTURE South Korea has an ambitious aquaculture development plan extending into 1971. Itcalls for investment of 4,145 million won (about US$15.2 million). It includes cultivation of 68 South Korea (Contd.): finfish, shellfish, turtle, and seaweed in in- land waters for both domestic and foreign consumption. ('FAO Fish Culture Bulletin,‘ vol. 1 (2), Jan.) OK OK ATLANTIC TUNA COMPANY ESTABLISHED A new fishery companyhas been set up in Seoul, S. Korea, by the International Basic Economy Corporation (IBEC). It is a joint venture of Transoceanic Fishing Corporation (TFC), a division of IBEC, and TFC's former Seoul manager who is president of the new company. The contract allocates 75% of the shares to TFC. The president gets 25% and an option to buy up to 50% of total shares over the next 10 years. To Catch Atlantic Tuna Company assets include two 300-gross-ton tuna vessels. The vessels will catch tuna in the Atlantic and deliver catches to Cape Verde Islands for transshipment toIBEC cannery in Puerto Rico. TFC has operated 3 Korean- crewed tuna vessels under the Panamanian flag for the past 2 years. This operation will be continued jointly with the new company. (U.S, Embassy, Seoul, Feb. 17.) A South Vietnam POSTWAR FISHERIES EXPANSION PLANNED Rehabilitation and modernization of the fishing industry willplay a prominent role in South Vietnam's 10-year postwar reconstruc - tion programs, according to South Vietnam's Minister of State for Postwar Planning. The statement was made in a press interview in Bangkok, Thailand. Stressing the need for expanding high-seas fisheries, the Minister said that more technicians and modern equip- ment would be required. FAO Assistance With FAO assistance, South Vietnam re- cently began a high-seas fisheries develop- ment and training program. Its fisheries technicians are trained aboard trawlers con- tributed by Japan and the Netherlands. The first training cruise started in early 1969; other cruises are expected later in the year. U.S. Aid The U.S.is contributing aid to reconstruct the Saigon fish market, build cold storage facilities in and around Saigon, rebuild La-Gi fishing harbor, and develop fresh-water fish- eries. North Vietnam TO REORGANIZE AND EXPAND FISHERIES North Vietnam will pushfishery expansion in 1969, according to an editorialin the Com- munist Party organ 'Nhan Dan.' There are2 reasons for the plan: food shortages and a need for foreign currency. Another stimu- lus is the striking contrastin the last5 years between progress in fishery development in South and North Vietnam. Compared with South Vietnam According to FAO data, North Vietnam's catches increased at about the same rate as South Vietnam's until 1962. Then North Viet- nam landed 288,000 metric tons--30% more fish than in 1961--and surpassed South Viet- nam's 222,000. After 1962, statistics are available only for South Vietnam, whose 1967 catch reached 410,000tons. Estimated North Vietnamese catch in 1967 was only about 200,000 tons;it has been going down steadily since 1963. To stop this decline, the Central Committee of the Communist Party has di- rected anew approach to fishery development. North Vietnam will attempt to increase her catch to about 250,000 tons "in the immediate year." 1969 A Turning Point North Vietnam's fisheries never have been really developed; 1969 will be the "turning point.'' Administratively, as in the USSR, both state-owned and cooperative-owned fisheries will be set up. The cooperatives, disorgan- ized now, willbe "guided" by the state-owned fisheries. Poor economic management and outdated equipment are the principal "weak North Vietnam (Contd.): links.'' Gear and vessels will have to be mechanized, Shore bases employing local people will be established. The editorial states that the potential an- nual yield available to North Vietnam's fishing industry is about 1 million metric tons, (‘Nhan Dan,' Mar. 15.) as” ASIAN BANK LOANS US$10 MILLION TO BUILD TUNA LONGLINERS Taiwan The Asian Development Bank has approved a US$10 million loanto the Republic of China (Taiwan) to build and outfit forty 250-ton tuna longliners. The cost, including interest and working capital, has been estimated at US$16.7 million. The loan, with aninterest rate of 6.9% per year, willbe amortizedover 13 years, includ- ing a 3-year grace period. The proceeds of the loan will be reloaned to approved fishing companies through the Cooperative Bank of Taiwan, What Project Will Do The project will contribute significantly to Taiwan's 5-year program to accelerate fish- ery development. It will enable Taiwan to increase foreign trade and overseas earn- ings--and to provide jobs for students gradu- ating from maritime colleges and fishing schools. It also will provide better use of shipbuilding and related shore facilities. Fisheries Bureau's Role Taiwan's Fisheries Bureau will prepare the technical design of the vessels. The Bu- reau also will provide technical advice to operating companies, supervise operations, and ensure proper vessel maintenance. Tai- wan has the shipbuilding facilities and man- agerial and technical capabilities to produce 250-ton tuna longliners, The Vessels The vessels will be about 43 meters long (141 ft.) overall, 7.5 meters broad (24.6 ft.), 69 and 3.35 meters deep (11 ft.). They will have 700 horsepower main diesel engines and 10,5- knot service speed. The vessels will carry 25 officers and crew, and be able to operate efficiently in all deep-sea areas. Technical equipment will include a complete radio com- munication system, modernnavigation appa- ratus with radar, fish-finder, and deck machinery. A 50-cubic-meter quick-freez- ing room will be large enough to handle daily catches; it will freeze fish to -35° C, (-310 F.). Cold-storage rooms willhold about 300 cubic meters of fish at -20° C. (-4° F.), The vessels willbe capable of year-round operation from overseas bases in the Indian or Atlantic Oceans or other fishing grounds. The new deep-sea fishing harbor nearing completion at Kaohsiung will be home base, It will be necessary to return to Taiwan for major overhaul about once every 2 years, For Export Ninety-five percent of their annual catch willbe exported, Foreign exchange earnings of the 40 vessels may reach about US$5.5 mil- lion a year. (U.S, Embassy, Manila, Apr. 1.) Also, the loan willfinance construction of twelve 160-ton high-seas tuna fishing vessels, two 1,500-ton fish carriers, one large purse seiner, several high-seas fishing vessels totaling 8,500 tons, and coastal fishing vessels totaling 3,500 tons, These vessels are sched- uled to be built in 1970. ('Suisan Keizai,' Mar. 5.) Thailand EXPANSION OF DEEP-SEA FISHERIES PLANNED The Thai Fisheries Department is urging expansion of deep-sea fisheries. It will loan fishermen 50 million baht (US$2.4 million) to build large trawlers. The money will be ad- vanced by the Asian Development Bank. Thai Fishing Fleet Atpresent, Thailand has about one hundred 80-100-ton trawlers suitable for deep-sea fishing. It has about 39,000 fishing vessels in all, including 6,000 trawlers. In 1968, Thailand processed about 139,101 tons of fish for fish sauce. 70 Thailand (Contd.): Research and Training Thailand will cooperate with Denmark to establish a Marine Fishery Research Center at Phuket Island. It should be operational by late June 1970. In late March 1969, the Southeast Asian Fisheries Development Center approved US$60,000 for a Marine Fisheries Training Department in Bangkok. (U.S. Embassy, Bangkok, Apr. 11.) Mauritius SOVIET RESEARCH VESSEL VISITS PORT LOUIS A 3-ship Soviet naval flotilla had just sailed out of Port Louis harbor and off the front pages of the Mauritian press when another Soviet vessel sailed in witha gift of frozen fish. The fishery research vessel 'Aelita' was return- ing from 4 months (Nov. 11 to Mar. 15) in the Antarctic. She unloaded 11,000 pounds of fish (mostly Notothenia and Macrophthalma) for hospital patients. Apenguinwas given to Po- kunlall Ramlall, director of the People's College, and president of the Mauritius-USSR Friendship Society. Chief Scientist Interviewed The daily 'L'Express' interviewed the chief Scientist, Valerii Tod. He said the vessel had been on a mission for a Soviet Fisheries and Oceanography Institute. He warned that commercial fishing around Mauritius by Jap- anese and Taiwanese boats would eventually kill off big game fishing. He recommended that Mauritius establish territorial limits of 20 miles, at least to protect itself against the Japanese. Offers Soviet Aid The scientist stated: "The USSR assists numerous countries in the fishing field at the request of their governments. Idon't see why Mauritius doesn't make a similar request. The Soviet Government would never refuse to help such friendly and hospitable people like the Mauritians. The USSR could send re- search vessels, technicians, and fishing ves- sels. Mauritians could be given intensive training in new fishing methods. Everything depends on the needs of Mauritius. We are even prepared to take Mauritians fishing in the Antarctic. The USSR has advanced tech- niques and is thinking of canning tuna in Mauritius for local consumption and for ex- port. One day, perhaps, Mauritians could buy at special low prices Soviet-made ultra- modern fishing boats." as 3 HOW THICK IS THE ICE IN THE ARCTIC OCEAN ? The average thickness of the Arctic ice pack is about 9to10 feet, although in some areas it is as thick as 65 feet, with pressure ridges extending down- ward into the ocean as much as 125 feet. The atomic submarine NAUTILUS passing beneath the North Pole on Au- gust 3, 1968, measured a pressure ridge extending 25 feet down. The depth of the ocean at the North Pole was recorded as 13,410 feet; depths as great as 13,776 feet have been recorded near the Pole. Ice floes ranging from 7 to 13 feet in thickness have been reported in the Arctic. Icebergs, which are pieces of glacial ice floating in the sea, are many times thicker than sea floes. ("Questions About the Oceans,'' U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office.) SOUTH PACIFIC Australia NORTHERN TERRITORY HAS POOR SHRIMP SEASON The Northern Territory's first large-scale shrimp season has been a major disappoint- ment. Catches failed to meet more thana third of the cost of operating the 20 trawlers in the fishery. Catches represent only a fraction of expected levels. The seasonbeganearly inMarch. Despite poor returns, companies with millions of dollars invested in trawlers, processing plants, and associated facilities were opti- mistic that catches would improve later. Previous Increases For the six months ending Dec. 1968, shrimp exports increased 52% in weight and 75% in value over 1967 period. Australian Frozen-Shrimp Exports Six Months Ended December 1968 | 1967 | 1968 . (1,000 Lbs.) . . (A$1, 000) . Destination: South Africa . United States .... United Kingdom 71 American Samoa MAY 1969 TUNA PRICES SET Japanese suppliers and U.S. packers in American Samoa agreed on prices for May 1969 tuna deliveries. Prices per short ton werethe same as April's--albacore: frozen US$420, iced $405; gilled-and-gutted yellow- fin: frozen $337.50, iced $317.50. The Jap- anese originally hadaskeda $15-a-ton price increase for both species. ('Suisan Tsushin,' May 18.) * OK OK NEW MINIMUM WAGES SET FOR FISHERY WORKERS New minimum wage rates for fishery workers (among others) in American Samoa have been announced by the U.S. Department of Labor. The rates apply to about 2,500 workers in private industry, schools, and hospitals; most of the rates are slated for another increase in one year. The rates were recommended by an Indus- try Committee of employers, employes, and public. The committee was authorized to recommend minimum wage rates required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. The New Rates Minimum wage ratesfor the Fish Canning and Processing and Can Manufacturing Indus- try are: $1.15 beginning June 5, 1969, and $1.20 beginning June 5, 1970. aernse 72 FOOD FISH FACTS Fish Portions and Sticks. Within the last decade an entirely new line of frozenfoodproducts has entered the con- sumer market. The success of these products has been tremendous. Today's homemaker has a selection of food in easy-to-prepare forms that were unknown 10 years ago. Along withmany others, frozen convenience seafoods have become popular throughout the nation, with fish portions and sticks leading the field. As an example of how fishportions and sticks have caught on in the United States, sta- tistics compiled by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries showthat from a beginning in the mid '50s, the combined production of fishportions and sticks in 1968 rose to over 270 mil- lion pounds. This figure continues to grow as additional drive-ins, restaurants, schools, institutions, and homemakers are introduced to these convenience seafoods. DESCRIPTION Fish portions and sticks are generally made of cod, haddock, or pollock and come in frozen, raw or partially-cooked forms. Fishportions canbe obtained either breaded or un- breaded. They come in a variety of sizes and shapes to meet the requirements of differ- ent markets. Portions and sticks are cut by machine from large, solidly-frozen blocks of fish fillets. The cut pieces are dipped into a batter and coated with breading. Most fish sticks and some portions are then partially cooked. Partially-cooked fish portions and sticks take only minutes to prepare. Uncooked portions and sticks take slightly longer. For best results, follow the directions on the package for cooking time and temperature. Fish portions range in size from 13 to morethan 5 ounces andcome in square, round, and rectangular shapes. Generally speaking, one 8 or 10 ounce package of fish portions willserve two. Raw breaded fishportions are at least 2 inchthick and contain not less than 75 percent fish. Partially-cooked fish portion are at least 3 inchthick and contain not less than 65 percent fish. Fried fish sticks are 3 to 4 inches long and weigh up to 14 ounces. They are at least 3 inch thick and contain not less than 60 percent fish. An 8-ounce package will make two servings. (Continued following page.) 73 PURCHASING TIPS FOR FROZEN FISHERY PRODUCTS Check carefully to see that the container is intact. Avoid packages which have been stacked above the ''load line" or ''frost line" of the freezer. Take only those packages which are solidly frozen. Check for 'drip'' or ice onthe outside of the package. This may indicate that the contents have thawed and been refrozen. In buying cello-wrap packages, check for discoloration or other signs of freezer burn. Frozen fish should have little or no odor; a strong fishodor means poor quality. Within a few short years frozen fish portions and sticks have become an American standard, being featured as ''fishburgers" or fish sandwiches in drive-ins and restaurants across the land. Volume feeding operations have incorporated portions and sticks into their menus with great success. Today's homemakers are preparing practical portions and sticks in a variety of imaginative ways for family dining. Fish portions and sticks are a product of our rapidly changing society and it appears that their future is rosy, as producers, wholesalers, retailers, and consumers are shap- ing their activities around the convenience food product. (Source: National Marketing Services Office, BCF, U. S. Department of the Interior, 100 East Ohio, Rm. 526, Chicago, Illinois 60611.) (Recipe on p. 74.) 74 IT'S SUMMER--DO YOUR THING WITH SEAFOOD It's summer and you're tired of spending hours in the kitchen,- Right? Okay, get out and enjoy the summer air and allow yourself to live a little. How? Here's how--explore the wonderful world of quickly -prepared, convenience seafoods. A wide selection of ready- in-minutes fishery products can be found in the frozen seafood section of your market, ready and waiting to please and nourish your family. Of all the seafood convenience products on the market today, fish sticks and portions have grownthe fastest, according to the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Nearly 92 mil- lion pounds of fish sticks and more than 179 million pounds of fish portions were produced during 1968. This was a record year for both products. The increased consumer accept- ance of these products is probably because the fishing industry and the Bureau are con- stantly striving to advance product development as well as improving freezing, packaging, and storing methods. Fish portions and sticks are generally cut from frozen blocks of cod, haddock, or pol- lock fillets. They may be bought raw or partially cooked, usually breaded, and frozen. These products should not be thawed before cooking which saves time for the busy home- maker. Shapes of portions and sticks varyfrom square or round to the more popular rec- tangular shape and range in weight from 1 to 5 ounces. Fish Barbecue, a Bureauof Commercial Fisheries tested recipe, is a satisfying treat with an interesting new approach in preparation. Instead of first being fried, then served with a sauce on a bun, this unusual recipe allows the portions to absorb the tangy flavor of the easily-made barbecue sauce by being simmered in the sauce. Try it out on those hungry people around your house. Fish Barbecue will be a favorite and--you can take time out to live a little! Fish Barbecue 6 frozen raw breaded fish portions 6 poppy seed twist (25 to 3 ounces each) rolls, toasted Barbecue Sauce Place frozen portions in a single layer in hot Barbecue Sauce in a 12-inch fry pan. Cook over low heat for 8 to 10 minutes. Turn carefully. Cook 8 to 10 minutes longeror until fish flake easily when tested with a fork. Serve on rolls. Makes 6 servings. Barbecue Sauce $< cup chopped onion four vinegar 2 tablespoons butter or 2 tablespoons lemon juice margarine, melted if cups catsup 2 tablespoons Worcestershire sauce $ cup brown sugar ai teaspoon salt Cook onion in butter until tender in a 12-inch fry pan. Add remaining ingredients. Heat. Makes approximately 2 cups sauce. The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, United States Department of the Interior, has a full-color recipe booklet that shows you how to save time. Time for Seafood (I 49.49/2:12) Fishery Market Development Series No. 12, costs 45¢ and is filled with quick-fix fish and shellfish recipes that are certain to get the busy homemaker out of the kitchen in record time. Another Bureau booklet, Fishfor Compliments on a Budget (I 49,49/2:9) Fishery Mar- ket Development Series No. 9, costs 15¢ and contains time and budget-saving recipes. Both are available from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402. (Source: National Marketing Services Office, BCF, U.S. Dept. of the Interior, 100 E. Ohio, Rm. 526, Chicago, Ill. 60611.) Page 18 20 25 26 26 26 27 30 35 38 38 38 39 39 39 40 40 . INDEX UNITED STATES: . Goals for Decade of Ocean Exploration Out- lined . BCF and Industry Promote New England Pol- lock - Haddock Abundance Drops Further . ‘Oregon II' Discovers Scarlet Prawns Off Northeastern South America . Silt Is Major Killer of Young Oysters . Project Launched to Aid Delaware River Oysters . Whaling Catch Regulations Published . Underwater Research Vehicle RUFAS Makes Debut . Larval Tuna Fish Reared for First Time . Dr. L. L. Glasgow Testifies on Pollution by Pesticides . Fishery Legislation Proposed in Congress Oceanography: - 'GOFAR' Scientists Discover Salt Domes in Eastern Atlantic . Coast & Geodetic Vessels Survey Alaskan Waters . Australia and Antarctica Once Part of Super- continent, U.S. Scientsts Say - U.S. Scientists Search Bottom of North Cen- tral Pacific . Foreign Fishing Off U.S. in April States: New York: . Reef Fish Study Begins This Summer : Water -Pollution Research Center Set Up by 9 Colleges Alaska: ° Seeks U.S. Funds for Earthquake-Caused Salmon Disaster California: Will the Shrimp Boats Keep A Comin'?, by W. A. Dahlstrom and D. W. Gotshall Anchovy Landings Far Exceed Last Season's Florida: Gov. Kirk Signs Aquaculture Bill Texas: Electric Brooder Frees Male Catfish : Restock Oysters in San Antonio Bay ARTICLES: Research on A System for Bypassing Juvenile Salmon & Trout Around Low-Head Dams, by Clifford W. Long and Richard F. Krcma Revisions of International Agreements Affect- ing Alaskan Fisheries, by Ronald C, Naab -BOOKS INTERNATIONAL: . UN Calls for World Conference on Pollution World Program Launched to Conserve Sea Turtles . U.S. & USSR Jointly Survey Ichthyoplankton on Georges Bank . U.S. and Argentina Conduct Oceanographic Project . Charges Up 10% for Chilean and Peruvian Fish Meal Shipped to U.S. . Japanese Survey Philippine Market for Can- ned Mackerel . Japanese-Australian Shrimp Venture Makes Good Hauls . S. Korean Team Recommends Tuna Fleet & Freezer Plant for El Salvador Page 41 42 43 43 43 43 44 45 45 46 48 48 48 48 49 49 49 49 50 50 50 51 51 52 52 52 53 53 54 54 54 54 55 55 55 56 62 62 ee © @ . Index continued page . 75 INTERNATIONAL (Contd.): IAFMM Meetings Scheduled FOREIGN: Canada: Plans Exclusive Fishing Zones Maritime Landings Improve Newfoundland Landings Increase Price of L. Erie Yellow Perch toBe Stabi- lized Calls for Tenders on Frozen Groundfish Sup- plies Record Harvest in 1968 Begins Price Deficiency Payments for Salted Cod Outlook for East Coast Fisheries Is Optimis- tic Davis Asks End of Canada-U.S. Fishery Tariffs Europe: USSR: Sonar Studies Pacific Salmon Migrations Improve Culture of Freshwater Crustaceans & Fishes Builds New Stern Factory Trawlers New Underwater Research Vessel Tested Computerized Model of World Oceans Planned New Device Determines Salinity 'Vitiaz' Ends Cruise in Equatorial Pacific The Suggestion Box Proves Valuable Fish- ing Gear Vessel Studies Fisheries Off Senegal Extends Seaweed Agreement with Japan Norway: Fishing Outlook Is Promising Support to Fisheries Rising 1968 Fish Body Oil Output Fell International Conservation Efforts Denmark: Fishery Exports in 1968 Set Record Iceland: White Fish Catches Increase Capelin Meal Selling Well Sweden: American Crayfish Will Be Planned in Lakes Licenses Shrimp Imports Extends Deadline on Coloring Shrimp Spain: 1968 Was Good Year for Canned Fish In- dustry United Kingdom: 1968 Fish Meal Use Rose 100,000 Tons East Germany: Conducts Oceanographic Research in Baltic Czechoslovakia: Improves Fish-Culture Techniques Poland: Fish Culture Is Growing Economic Returns to Polish Factory Trawl- ers in Northwest Atlantic, by Bruno G, Noetzel Latin America: Peru: Anchovy Season Catch Limits and Closure Announced Cuba; Receives Shrimp Trawlers from Europe 76. 76 INDEX (CONTINUED) Page Page FOREIGN (Contd.): FOREIGN (Contd.): Asia: Asia (Contd.): 63 .. Third Asian Tuna Conference Held South Korea: Japan: Ol oo Fishery Exports to Increase in 1969 G3er Regulates Eastern Pacific Yellowfin Tuna Ol co Plans to Develop Aquaculture Fishery G8 55 Atlantic Tuna Company Established 3 5 4 1969 Salmon Quota Is 105,000 Tons South Vietnam: @4b o6 Report on Distant-Water Tuna Fishing 68 .. Postwar Fisheries Expansion Planned 64 .. Tuna Seiners Doing Poorly in E. Pacific North Vietnam: OH oo New Boat-Carrying Tuna Mothership Is in 68 .. To Reorganize and Expand Fisheries Eastern Pacific Taiwan: OB oo Summer Albacore Tuna Fishing Picks Up 69 .. Asian Bank Loans US$10 Million to Build 65 .. Southern Bluefin Tuna Catch Drops Tuna Longliners Gola. Frozen Tuna Exports to U.S. Are Slow Thailand: 65 .. Brand Promotion Pushed in Advertising OD os Expansion of Deep-Sea Fisheries Planned Canned Tuna in U.S. Mauritius: 66 .. Canned-Tuna Promotion Will Be Increased tO oo Soviet Research Vessel Visits Port Louis GB oo Slump in Canned Mackerel Export Price to South Pacific: Philippines Australia: O56 Fish Paste ('Kamaboko!) Shipped to U.S. TA 51g Northern Territory Has Poor Shrimp Sea- GiGiere New Gill-Net Longliner Fishing in Bering son Sea American Samoa: GB oo New Fish-Finder Developed Tals 6 May 1969 Tuna Prices Set OY co Survey Team Returns from Surinam Tah ob 6 New Minimum Wages Set for Fishery OW co Construction of 859 Fishing Vessels Au- Workers thorized in FY 1968 75 . .INDEX WG fs ie. HOW DEEP IN THE OCEAN CAN ONE SEE WITH NATURAL SUNLIGHT? Even when perfectly clear, water is at least a thousand times more opaque than air, because of thedensity difference. The depth to which one can see in the ocean is depend- ent on the amount of suspended matter and the angle of sunlight. Underwater visibility is best at noon when the sun is directly overhead; at that time about 98 percent of the light penetrates the Sea surface. When the sun is at an angle of 10 degrees above the horizon, only 65 percent of the light penetrates; the rest is reflected. Tropical waters usually have high transparency; the Mediterranean Sea, particularly the eastern section, is also noted for its good transparency characteristics. As a diver descends intothe ocean, the first change he notices isthat everything ap- pears to be blue-green; when he approaches the 100-foot level, it becomes impossible to distinguish colors. Light appears to come from all directions and there are no shadows. Cousteau reports that at 300 meters the pale blue lighting is hardly sufficient to define the shapes of objects a short distance away. Sometimes horizontal visibility is better at greater depths because of the higher amounts of suspended materials in surface waters. Italiandivers working onthe liner 'Egypt' southwest of Brest, France, reported that visibility diminished as they went to a depth of 66 feet, then improved. Light faded as they reached the wreck at 396 feet; at that depth, visibility was 6 feet. (''Questions About the Oceans,'' U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office.) *U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1969 341-148/13 As the Nation's principal conservation agency, the Depart- ment of the Interior has basic responsibilities for water, fish, wildlife, mineral, land, park, and recreational re- sources, Indian and Territorial affairs are other major concerns of America's ‘Department of Natural Resources," The Department works to assure the wisest choice in managing all our resources so each will make its full contribution to a better United States -- now and in the future, a7 Kae UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR , 2 U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE eee BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES = 198115 A 673 iat, reek > ni a 3 hie t i ang ra + va Be sl a . a. Mast) © OS Seu) = Sut) SONY E ea) S a) = RES ao” A = AES Nr ss ro) >\ od Sarre Oo BS oO” / a Z 3 z ; J 2 5 | JOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1Y¥Vvudlt Maca Sol a RA UCU eI Sue e 2 - - r C&L yi PP & 5 = > = > = 2 KM 2 = es - * a - = m 2 i Z iw Z m -IBRARI ES ,SMITHSONIAN_ INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS (S34 luvug MmMotl B RAR i ES | SMITHSONIAN eR = < ee = =< = 4 SN a ee NS = z SAS i z Sh af fe = ee Ve . a WA er a oi Li Fa WS ra YS g ES) 2 z a ae 2 8 = eee a 2 a 2 | NOLLALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS $3 buvygia_ LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLIW a = if ae = 2 SS 5 WS OE = Pa! LP > a 3 \9 [ex Ss we Lz ‘5 = ow (oy = SS es = oO bj =! oO = 3 N = 3 an e S a = a Si =! LIBRARI ES~ SMITHSONIAN” INSTITUTION | NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS |S3 luvagd 1 tl BRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAT Se eels S ee 6 — Gi oS yy = xu = 2 5 2 Be, = i> = > = > = Z = 2 = ed = = re wo + 7p) m w m w La = a = 7) cane z w Zz NOILALILSNI _NVINOSHLINS S33 {uvud roel BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLUMN wee Se ae = = = < My. 2 = z = rete x = 2 Vie im Zz = z = ENS 2 E ; 5 = : : ae ll = LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION id acer aast he 1uYVeYdit LIBRARI ES | SMITHSONIAT < WYlit 2 ¢ i : < ae Se ea, = pa = oO = ao” a z a z a z a NOILALILSNI ~NVINOSHLIWS saluvugit at! BRARIES _ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOLLNLITSNI SS = z SS S e 3] a a 5. Pe? 5 so a iE 2 i" Zz ras 2 = no ) m Zz o zZ a z e LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN as NOLLALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS Sa luvug mou B RAR i ES _,SMITHSONIAI aa = < = < = ~< Sa NS 5 é z z z 2 ON 5 % N (ee) a ° no w n 3 a WS » OO BE g S g = 2 E 2 2 = Oe feoinen 2 = 8 NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS $3 puvagdit_LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI_NVINOSHLI | 5 WO tw & uw Se ten a) a is fl =f AN we = Ps . Ef ‘bb = ce = eS 4 WSN < a Ly = < a : (= Cc feed LY, Cc aed Cc S x = S a : s sy 4 * = SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION _ NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS 2-4 luyugd 7 tl BRARI ES_ SMITHSONIA = = = ) =i ° = ° Y = 3, =) =) pa ] = . > E ca Sy SRE FE = = = a E ONE a = IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS HASTE LIBRAR Seay OK oc; NOILALI: t LIBRAR oo “S OILALI S STITUS C.. Wwased LIBRAR KuSONT, * on oc: NOILNLI: S3'14YVUSIT LIBRARIES SMI S3IYVUSIT_ LIBRAR 5 c = o 2 2 = z Le - 6 S = S = 5 4\ 2 5. 5 » = 2 5% } 2 =" 3 2 = 2 = m 2 Zz m Zz m Zz ON, NOLLALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS, S31YVYSIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOLLALILSNI NVI = <= = ao \ . = < Ni = < — = ss . 2 5 z 5 Fy 3 5 S (i iS = 2 = 2 = aa EX = Ss S = > = ele = z 77) aa 3 &, 17 LIBRARI ES "SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNILSNI_NVINOSHLINS $3 iuvugit LIBRARI ES "SM 4 uw 4 Ww za “ w z — w “ . VW on a “” hee a. tS a ow = oe a a.% 3) 2 | a > a > rad =] 2 a) = i} > = S = i> = 3S -_ Ps) : b — x 4 * 3 cal 7 5 2 Ws 3 : 5 : = a om 6 HA z ao z a ITLLIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION NOLLALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3INVYGIT LIBRARIES, SMI . = A z < ae Ne = 4 = ‘ = 3 z 2 NAG # 2 & E Z = Ne ee, 3 2 Ww: “ = > >" = > mS 7) = “ae ON —NVINOSHLINS” S3 buvug 7. BRARIES SMITHSONIAN ° NOLLALILSNI_ NVI a 2 a Fe g z Ub itm FB \ & a a a = 5 ~ a a) < 2 < 2 < | < a } 4 a =| re a a o o [+] —_ om: = o -~ = = °o p= 3 = So a = a) = mi = = = 17 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIJLONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSINYVNSIT LIBRARIES SMI c z (a z - z e z .2 5 Uys = : : : Ey ) 5 Ge > E 5 e 5 E% as i / Z _ - = he <= - m 2 GG m 2 m no mn an rr) z 7) z no 2 7) z ON NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3INYVHY8IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSN! NVI! “ z wn = ’ ” z ow. n z = < & = = =< = Sf 4 z = = z 4 =z 2 = z E Zz = g EX > @ = > = > = > @ = z a z 77) - ae 77) te 77) 11. LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSN! NVINOSHLINS S3!1u¥vYsIT LIBRARIES SMI Ss 2) Ss “a Ss ae, ” 5 n “ P= aX 2! w XS = wn ae 2) = a. : « = ~ Ye. = = a % ) c <°G4 c = 2 < 2 2 = 2 > “ly, 2 5 rad s) E > ONO E = = bp 7 3 = oA ys ae a YS ee _ CF a ron a ly 6 neil a fest ar Teint inden eee Nae va Fee aS pesganlels enon